Ahirbudhnya Samhita Sanskrit IAST

Ahirbudhnya Samhita – Sanskrit in IAST

Hauptartikel · Sanskrit IAST · Devanagari · 108 Verse und Mantras

Diese Sanskritausgabe erschließt die 60 Kapitel der Ahirbudhnya Samhita und den als eigenen Anhang überlieferten Sudarshana-Sahasranama. Im Mittelpunkt stehen Narayana, Lakshmi, Sudarshana, Erkenntnis und Hingabe.

Textgrundlage und Leseschlüssel

Grundlage: Muktabodha M00002a und M00002b, elektronische Texte nach der Adyar-Ausgabe von 1916, herausgegeben von M. D. Ramanujacarya unter Aufsicht von F. Otto Schrader. Die E-Texte nennen CC BY-NC 4.0 als Nutzungslizenz. Seitenmarker, Fußnotenapparat, fortlaufende Summenzählungen und editorische Zwischenüberschriften sind entfernt. Eingangsverse, Sprecherangaben, Originalversnummern und Kapitelkolophone bleiben erhalten. Eckige Klammern, Lückenstriche und Unregelmäßigkeiten der Nummerierung wurden nicht stillschweigend verbessert.

Kapitel 1

śāstrāvatāro nāma prathamo'dhyāyaḥ

śuklāmbaradharaṃ viṣṇuṃ śaśivarṇaṃ caturbhujam |
prasannavadanaṃ dhyāyet sarvavighnopaśāntaye ||

akṣaratritayāvyaktavikārākṣādirūpiṇe |
paravyūhāditattvāya namaścakrāya cakriṇe || 1-1 ||

somasūryānalākalpāmakalpāminduśekharām |
pañcabinduṃ hareḥ śaktiṃ pañcakṛtyakarīṃ numaḥ || 1-2 ||

āplutaṃ divyagaṅgāyāmupāsīnaṃ paraṃ padam |
bharadvājo'tha papraccha durvāsasamakalmaṣam || 1-3 ||

bharadvājaḥ -

anasūyāhṛdānanda bhagavaṃstapasāṃ nidhe |
asti me saṃśayaḥ kaścit taṃ me vyākhyā tu marhasi || 1-4 ||

agniṣomakriyāyoginyātharvaṇavinirṇaye |
mahodaye'strasaṃghe ca pravartakanivartake || 1-5 ||

lokapālāstrasaṃghe ca tattatsāmarthyasaṃbhṛte |
mahodayāsu śaktīṣu vahnisūryenduvartmanām || 1-6 ||

astrāśraye ca śastraughe brahmarudrādinirmite |
trailokyatrāṇasaṃhārajanikarmavicakṣaṇe || 1-7 ||

maharṣigaṇasaṃdṛṣṭe mantragrāme mahodaye |
vaiṣṇave ca gadāśārṅgaśaṅkhakhaḍgādipūrvake || 1-8 ||

lākṣme ca dalagaṇḍābjapūrve'straughe mahodaye |
anyatroccāvace'pyevaṃ kīrtyamāne prabhāvataḥ || 1-9 ||

sudarśanāśrayatvaṃ tu tatra tatra nirūpitam |
kiṃkṛtaṃ tasya māhātmyaṃ svataḥ saṃsargato'pi vā || 1-10 ||

kiṃ tat sudarśanaṃ nāma kaśca śabdārtha iṣyate |
tena kiṃ kriyate karma jagad vyāpnoti tat katham || 1-11 ||

kiyantaḥ kīdṛśāḥ ke ca vyūhāstasyoditā mune |
prayojanaṃ ca kiṃ teṣāṃ vyūhī teṣāṃ ca kīdṛśī || 1-12 ||

viṣṇunā tasya saṃbandhaḥ kaśca kīdṛk ca saṃmataḥ |
kiṃ tena niyataṃ nityamutānyatrāpi dṛśyate || 1-13 ||

eṣa me saṃśayo jāto nānāśāstranirīkṣaṇāt |
chindhyenaṃ bhagavan samyagupasanno'smyadhīhi bhoḥ || 1-14 ||

durvāsāḥ -

upapannamidaṃ vatsa yat tvayaivaṃ vimṛśyate |
tāni tāni tapāṃsyadya vyuchanti tava suvrata || 1-15 ||

āntaḥkaraṇike taistaiḥ kṣayaṃ nīte kaṣāyake |
manīṣā jāyate puṃsāṃ paratattvavimarśinī || 1-16 ||

na saṃśayī bhavāneva pūrvopanyastavastuni |
brahmādyāśca yatante'tra saṃśayānā manīṣiṇaḥ || 1-17 ||

nirṇayo'tra mayā prāpto nāradāya surarṣaye |
sākṣāt kathayataḥ pṛṣṭācchaṃkarāllokaśaṃkarāt || 1-18 ||

prāpyāgryāṃ tapaso vyuṣṭiṃ nārado devasaṃmataḥ |

chindānaḥ saṃśayān sarvān brahmadevamaharṣiṣu || 1-19 ||

svayaṃ tu saṃśayaṃ prāpya gahanaṃ durvidaṃ suraiḥ |
arāgarogakaluṣastapasvī saṃyatendriyaḥ || 1-20 ||

padavākyapramāṇānāṃ yāthātathyavidhānavit |
brahmacārī damāvāsaḥ parāparavibhāgavit || 1-21 ||

śuśrūṣuranahaṃvādī yathārthajñānatatparaḥ |
nārado muniśārdūlastrīn lokānanusaṃcaran || 1-22 ||

chettāraṃ saṃśayasyāsya durvidasya surarṣibhiḥ |
devādanabhigamyānyaṃ sarvajñāccandraśekharāt || 1-23 ||

prabhābhiḥ svābhirakhilān prahasantamivācalān |
unmeṣamiva sattvasya prakṛṣṭajñānakāriṇaḥ || 1-24 ||

siddhavidyādharākīrṇaṃ devagandharvasevitam |
kailāsaṃ śaṃkarāvāsaṃ śaṃkaraṃ draṣṭumāyayau || 1-25 ||

rudrairvasubhirādityaiḥ siddhaiḥ sādhyairmarudgaṇaiḥ |
ṛṣibhiryogibhirdivyairbhūtairnānāvidhairapi || 1-26 ||

dadarśa sevitaṃ tatra samāsīnaṃ sahomayā |
tryakṣaṃ varadamīśānaṃ śūlinaṃ candraśekharaṃ || 1-27 ||

patiṃ paśūnāmaniśaṃ bhavapāśāvibhedinam |
sthitaṃ mūrtibhiraṣṭābhiravaṣṭabhya jagattrayam || 1-28 ||

taṃ dṛṣṭvā devamīśānaṃ nārado devadarśanaḥ |
praṇipatyātha tuṣṭāva gīrbhiragryābhirādarāt || 1-29 ||

nāradaḥ -

namaste devadeveśa namaste vṛṣaketana |
vṛṣapravaravāhāya vṛṣṇe kāmapravarṣiṇe || 1-30 ||

ojīyase parasmai te mīḍhuṣṭama namo'stu te |
sarvajñāya svatantrāya nityatṛptāya te namaḥ || 1-31 ||

anādibodharūpāya namaste nityaśaktaye |
kartre hartre ca jagatāṃ ṣaḍaṅgāya namo'stu te || 1-32 ||

daśāvyaya namastubhyaṃ namaste kṛttivāsase |
aghorāyātha ghorāya ghoraghoratarāya ca || 1-33 ||

[sadyojātāya devāya vāmadevāya te namaḥ |

namo jyeṣṭhāya rudrāya bhavodbhava namo'stu te || 1-34 ||

namo balavikārāya balapramathanāya te |
namaḥ - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - - ya te namaḥ] || 1-35 ||

namaḥ kalavikārāya kālāya kalanātmane |
namaste sarvabhūtānāṃ damanāya manonmana || 1-36 ||

namaḥ śarvāya śāntāya śaṃbhave śaṃbhave namaḥ |
vidyeśvara namastubhyaṃ bhūteśvara namo'stu te || 1-37 ||

mahādeva namaste'stu namastatpuruṣāya te |
jñānarūpa namastubhyaṃ namo vairāgyavāridhe || 1-38 ||

aiśvaryaguṇapūrṇāya namaste tapasāṃ nidhe |
nityasatya namaste'stu kṣamāsāra namo'stu te || 1-39 ||

dhṛtisāra namastubhyaṃ sraṣṭre te jagatāṃ namaḥ |
ātmasaṃbodhapūrṇāya trīn lokānadhitiṣṭhate || 1-40 ||

daśāvyayāya te nityamavyayāya namo namaḥ |
kṣoṇyambvanalavāyvabhracandrādityātmane namaḥ || 1-41 ||

namaḥ sarvopakārāya trilokīmadhitasthuṣe |

durvāsāḥ -

iti stuvānamagryābhirvāgbhirdevarṣisattamam || 1-42 ||

prasādamadhuraṃ vākyamityuvāca vṛṣadhvajaḥ |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

stotreṇānena bhaktyā ca tuṣṭo'smi munipuṃgava || 1-43 ||

brūhi kiṃ karavāṇyadya yadyapi syāt sudurlabham |

nāradaḥ -

kimanyadiha vaktavyaṃ yadi tuṣṭo jagatpatiḥ || 1-44 ||

etadeva hi kāṅkṣanti yatamānā vipaścitaḥ |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

prasanno'smi tavādyāstu darśanaṃ saphalaṃ mama || 1-45 ||

brūhi nārada tattvena yat te manasi vartate |

nāradaḥ -

tārakāmayasaṃkāśe saṃgrāme kālaneminaḥ || 1-46 ||

saṃpravṛtte jagaddhāturdevadevasya śārṅgiṇaḥ |
devadānavagandharvayakṣarakṣobhayāvahe || 1-47 ||

madhyāhnārkasahasrābhaśastrāstragaṇasaṃkule |
surāsurendrasainyeṣu nikṛtteṣu mahāstrataḥ || 1-48 ||

bhītavismitasaṃbhūtahṛtasaṃgatasaṃplutaiḥ |
piśācapretavetālabhūtasaṃghaiḥ samākule || 1-49 ||

udyantīṣvatighorāsu hrādinīṣvaśanīṣu ca |
devadānavadehebhyaḥ kṣaradbhiḥ kṣatajaistathā || 1-50 ||

syandamānāsu vegena syandinīṣu samantataḥ |
vidrutaiḥ sarvato bhītairhataśeṣaiḥ surāsuraiḥ || 1-51 ||

garuḍasthe jagannāthe sudarśanakarāmbuje |
prāduścakre kālanemirastragrāmānaśeṣataḥ || 1-52 ||

bhṛśāśvatanayā ye te ye te tvanmukhaniḥsṛtāḥ |
ye te brahmamukhodbhūtā ye te saṃvartakālajāḥ || 1-53 ||

lokapālodbhavā ye te ye te pātālavāsinaḥ |
mahābhūtamayā ye te ye te vaikārikodbhavāḥ || 1-54 ||

guṇatrayamayā ye te ye te gandharvayonayaḥ |
rakṣoyakṣodbhavā ye te ye te vidyādharāhvayā || 1-55 ||

ye te dvandvaguṇodbhūtā ye te śaktisamudbhavāḥ |
atharvāṅgirasā ye te ye te mantrāntarodbhavāḥ || 1-56 ||

sarvakāryakarā ye te pravartakanivartakāḥ |
yaṣṭayaḥ śaktayo yāstā ye te daṇḍādirūpakāḥ || 1-57 ||

mahābalā mahāvīryāstrailokyakṣapaṇodyatāḥ |
śailendrasaṃnibhāḥ kecit kecinnāgendrasaṃnibhāḥ || 1-58 ||

pārāvāranibhāḥ kecit kecid gaganasaṃnibhāḥ |
jvalajjvālāśatālīḍhā rodasīmadhyavartinaḥ || 1-59 ||

nṛtyantaśca hasantaśca kṣvelantaḥ patayālavaḥ |
anirdeśyā anaupamyā gaurāḥ śvetāruṇāsitāḥ || 1-60 ||

nānāsaṃsthānavarṇāśca nānāvibhramarociṣaḥ |
sarve saṃbhūya saṃyattāḥ kālanemipracoditāḥ || 1-61 ||

saprayogopasaṃhāraiḥ sarahasyaiśca saṃgataiḥ |
astragrāmairaśeṣaistairnārāyaṇakarodyate || 1-62 ||

sudarśanamahāvahnau saṃbhūya śalabhāyitam |
pūrṇāhutirabhūt tasmin kālanemirmahāsuraḥ || 1-63 ||

taṃ dṛṣṭvā vismayāviṣṭaḥ saṃgrāmaṃ mahadadbhutam |
antarhitaṃ kṣaṇāt kṛṣṇaṃ praṇipatya jagadgurum || 1-64 ||

imaṃ saṃdehasaṃdohaṃ hṛdayena vahan gurum |
tavāntikamiha prāptaḥ saṃśayacchedanāya vai || 1-65 ||

na hi sarvajñamīśānaṃ vinā chettāsya vidyate |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

devarṣe saṃśayān brūhi ye vartante tavāntare || 1-66 ||

apyanirvacanīyāste sarvāṃśchettāsmi sāṃpratam |

durvāsāḥ -

atha praśnān krameṇoktān nāradena surarṣiṇā || 1-67 ||

vyācaṣṭa bhagavān śarvaḥ sarvataḥ prītamānasaḥ |

saṃhitā seyamākhyātā nānāmantrārthagocarā || 1-68 ||

pañcarātramayī divyā nāmnāhirbudhnyapūrvikā |
arthaiḥ parakṛtiprāyaiḥ purākalpaiśca saṃyutā || 1-69 ||

nānāsiddhāntasaṃbhedā nānāvidyopaśobhitā |
śatadvayamihādhyāyāścatvāriṃśacca darśitāḥ || 1-70 ||

tato dvāparavelāyāṃ manuṣyāṇāṃ hitāya vai |
adhyāyānāṃ śatenātha viṃśatyā ca samanvitā || 1-71 ||

ativistaramutsṛjya guhyena pratisaṃskṛtā |
tato'pi buddhisaṃkocānmanuṣyāṇāṃ hitāya vai || 1-72 ||

yāti dvāparasandhyaṃśe vyāsasyānumatermayā |
ṣaṣṭyadhyāyairiyaṃ bhūyaḥ saṃhitā pratisaṃskṛtā || 1-73 ||

upanyāsthadyathāpraśnaṃ nārado bhagavānṛṣiḥ |
niruvāca yathā śarvastān sarvāṃstvaṃ nibodha me || 1-74 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śāstrāvatāro nāma prathamo'dhyāyaḥ || 1 ||

Kapitel 2

ṣāḍguṇyabrahmaviveko nāma dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ

Narayana als höchster Bezugspunkt der Lehre.

nāradaḥ -

mantragrāmānaśeṣāṃstān sūryavaiśvānaropamān |
anāyāsena jagrāha hareścakraṃ sudarśanam || 2-1 ||

sāṃsiddhikaprabhāvo'yamasya sāṃsargiko'pi vā |
kiṃ tat sudarśanaṃ nāma kaśca śabdārtha ucyate || 2-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu nārada tattvena yat tajjñānamanuttamam |
varṣāyutagaṇān ghoraṃ tapastaptvā mayā purā || 2-3 ||

prāptaṃ saṃkarṣaṇāt sākṣād vijñānabalavāridheḥ |
brahmādiṣu yadanyeṣu na maharṣiṣu vidyate || 2-4 ||

sudarśanasvarūpaṃ tat procyamānaṃ mayā śṛṇu |
śrute yatrākhilādhāre saṃśayāste na santi vai || 2-5 ||

anādyantaṃ paraṃ brahma yat tadakṣaramavyayam |
anāmarūpasaṃbhedyamavāṅmanasagocaram || 2-6 ||

sarvaśakti samastākhyaṃ ṣāḍguṇyamajaraṃ dhruvam |

tasya syāmiti saṃkalpo bhāvato'bhāvato'pi vā || 2-7 ||

svātantryānanuyojyena rūpeṇa parivartate |
yat tat prekṣaṇamityuktaṃ darśanaṃ tat pragīyate || 2-8 ||

vastutaḥ kālato deśāt tasya tvavyāhatirhi yā |
pūjā sātra suśabdārthastat sudarśanamīryate || 2-9 ||

kāraṇaṃ jagato yat tadādhāro jagataśca yaḥ |
pramāṇaṃ jagato yat tat pramāṇārtho'khilaśca yaḥ || 2-10 ||

tatrādhikāriṇo ye ca vibhāgā ye ca tadgatāḥ |
rakṣāvidhiśca yastasya sa ca yasya prakīrtitaḥ || 2-11 ||

sarvaṃ sudarśanāyattaṃ sudarśanamayaṃ ca yat |
iti sāṃsiddhikaṃ rūpaṃ tasya sarvātiśāyi ca || 2-12 ||

astragrāmeṣvaśeṣeṣu yat tat sāmarthyamaiśvaram |
etadīyamaśeṣaṃ tadityāptaṃ svena tat svakam || 2-13 ||

nāradaḥ -

devadeva jagannātha lokatritayaśaṃkara |
vimuhyatīva cittaṃ me saṃśayo bahulīkṛtaḥ || 2-14 ||

ṣāḍguṇyaṃ kiṃ paraṃ brahma kiṃprakāraṃ ca tadbhavet |
saṃkalpaḥ kīdṛśastasya kathaṃ darśanatāsya ca || 2-15 ||

kathaṃ cāvihatistasya sarvadeśātigocarā |
kiṃ kāraṇaṃ ca jagataḥ kīdṛśaṃ kiṃvidhaṃ ca tat || 2-16 ||

ko vā jagata ādhāraḥ kīdṛk katividhaśca saḥ |
kiṃ tat pramāṇamityuktaṃ kīdṛk katividhaṃ ca tat || 2-17 ||

pramāṇārthaśca ko nāma kīdṛk katividhaśca saḥ |
ke te'dhikāriṇo nāma kīdṛśāḥ kiṃvidhāśca te || 2-18 ||

sarvasyāsya ca kā rakṣā tadvidhiḥ kaśca kiṃvidhaḥ |
kaśca tatrādhikāryarthaḥ sa ca kiṃguṇa iṣyate || 2-19 ||

etanme bhagavan brūhi praśnajātamaśeṣataḥ |
upasaṃgṛhya caraṇāvupasanno'smyadhīhi bhoḥ || 2-20 ||

durvāsāḥ -

tato darśanapūtāya praṇipatyābhiyācate |
upasannāya munaye sarvaṃ vyācaṣṭa śaṃkaraḥ || 2-21 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

ekaṃ nirduḥkhaniḥsīmasukhānubhavalakṣaṇam |
anādyantaṃ paraṃ brahma nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 2-22 ||

sarvabhūtakṛtāvāsaṃ sarvaṃ vyāpya vyavasthitam |
niravadyamavikṣiptamataraṅgārṇavopamam || 2-23 ||

aprākṛtaguṇasparśamaprākṛtaguṇāspadam |
bhavodadheḥ paraṃ pāraṃ niṣkalaṅkaṃ nirañjanam || 2-24 ||

ākārād deśataḥ kālādanavacchedayogataḥ |
pūrṇaṃ nityoditaṃ vyāpi heyopādeyatojjhitam || 2-25 ||

idamīdṛgiyattābhiraparicchedyamañjasā |

uparyupari tattvānāṃ pūrvapūrvātmabhāvinām || 2-26 ||

pāramyeṇātmabhāvitvāt paramātmā prakīrtitaḥ |
omityāpannayogena sarvatattvapraveśataḥ || 2-27 ||

ṣāḍguṇyaguṇayogena bhagavān parikīrtitaḥ |
samastabhūtavāsitvād vāsudevaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 2-28 ||

āpnoti jagadityevamātmatvena nirūpitaḥ |
rūpāt prakārato'vyakteravyaktaḥ parigīyate || 2-29 ||

sarvaprakṛtiśaktitvāt sarvaprakṛtirīritaḥ |
pradhīyamānakāryatvāt pradhānaḥ parigīyate || 2-30 ||

netṛtvādanitṛtvācca nitya ityapi paṭhyate |
ananādadanāccāpi hyanantaḥ paripaṭhyate || 2-31 ||

parito mityabhāvācca prokto'parimito vudhaiḥ |
akṣayādakṣaraḥ prokto hyariṣṭo riṣṭavarjanāt || 2-32 ||

avikāryasvabhāvatvādavyāpyatvāt tathācyutaḥ |
rāgādidoṣanirmukteḥ samadhīgocaratvataḥ || 2-33 ||

sarvopādānatāsāmyāt samaḥ saṃparikīrtitaḥ |
dhyānavartmabahirbhāvāt svabhāvānanuyogataḥ || 2-34 ||

iyattayāpyacintyatvādacintyaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |
jaganti prabhavantyasmāt sarvatra prabhavatyapi || 2-35 ||

prakṛṣṭaśca bhavo yasmāt prabhavaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |
sarvapralayabhūmitvādavyayo vyayanāśanāt || 2-36 ||

bṛhattvād bṛṃhaṇatvācca brahmeti śrutigahvare |
kapilaḥ śreṣṭhavidyatvāt tejiṣṭhatvācca kāpilaḥ || 2-37 ||

hitaśca ramaṇīyaśca garbho hṛdayanāmavān |
hiraṇyagarbha ityevaṃ yogibhiḥ samudāhṛtaḥ || 2-38 ||

apanāśatapoyogādapāntaratapāḥ śrutaḥ |
śivaṃkaratayā proktaḥ śivaḥ pāśupate sthitaiḥ || 2-39 ||

adūraviprakarṣasthairvastuto'navagāhibhiḥ |
ityevamādibhiḥ śabdaistattvaṃ tadupalakṣyate || 2-40 ||

anekajanmasaṃsidhapuṇyapāpaparikṣaye |
nikṛtte vāsanājāle samyagvijñānaśastrataḥ || 2-41 ||

traiguṇyoparame tattu svenānubhavituṃ kṣamam |
sākṣādidamiti vyaktaṃ vācā vaktuṃ na śaknumaḥ || 2-42 ||

saṃvatsarasahasrāṇi pakṣirāḍiva saṃpatan |
naivāntaṃ kāraṇasyaiti yadyapi syānmanojavaḥ || 2-43 ||

uparyupari gacchanto viśikṣantastathā tathā |
jñānodyamadaśāyāste na vyaktimadhikāṃ gatāḥ || 2-44 ||

tatra sarvāṇi tattvāni niṣīdanti parātmani |

bhāvābhāvāvubhau protau jñānasūtramayātmanā || 2-45 ||

sarvapratyakṣadarśitvāt sarvātmā tat paraṃ padam |
atītānāgate kāle madhyataḥ pratisaṃhṛte || 2-46 ||

vartamānaṃ na tad brahma nātītaṃ naiva bhāvi tat |
agrataḥ pṛṣṭhato naiva nordhvataḥ pārśvayordvayoḥ || 2-47 ||

na kalmāṣaṃ na vikalaṃ na kṛṣṇaṃ na ca piṅgalam |
na sāraṅgaṃ piśaṅgaṃ na kapilaṃ nāruṇaṃ na ca || 2-48 ||

na babhru nakulaṃ naiva na śyāmaṃ na ca rohitam |
na dīrghaṃ naiva ca hrasvaṃ na sthūlaṃ naiva cāpyaṇu || 2-49 ||

na vṛttaṃ nāpyapāvṛttaṃ nāśritaṃ tadanāśritam |
naiva bhāvo na cābhāvastadbhāvārcitaye na ca || 2-50 ||

na śītaṃ nāpi caivoṣṇaṃ nānuṣṇāśītamapyuta |
na duḥkhaṃ na sukhaṃ naiva nirduḥkhaṃ sukhamavraṇam || 2-51 ||

na mūlaṃ nāpi tanmadhyaṃ naivāntaṃ kasyācinmune |
na śete tanna caivāste na tiṣṭhati na gacchati || 2-52 ||

sarvadvandvavinirmuktaṃ sarvopādhivivarjitam |
ṣāḍguṇyaṃ tat paraṃ brahma sarvakāraṇakāraṇam || 2-53 ||

nāradaḥ -

kiṃ tat ṣāḍguṇyamityuktaṃ devadeva jagatpate |
kathaṃ ca guṇahīnaṃ tat ṣāḍguṇyaṃ parigīyate || 2-54 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

aprākṛtaguṇasparśaṃ nirguṇaṃ parigīyate |
śṛṇu nārada ṣāḍguṇyaṃ kathyamānaṃ mayānagha || 2-55 ||

ajaḍaṃ svātmasaṃbodhi nityaṃ sarvāvagāhanam |
jñānaṃ nāma guṇaṃ prāhuḥ prathamaṃ guṇacintakāḥ || 2-56 ||

svarūpaṃ brahmaṇastacca guṇaśca parigīyate |

jagatprakṛtibhāvo yaḥ sā śaktiḥ parikīrtitā || 2-57 ||

kartṛtvaṃ nāma yat tasya svātantryaparibṛṃhitam |
aiśvaryaṃ nāma tat proktaṃ guṇatattvārthacintakaiḥ || 2-58 ||

śramahānistu yā tasya satataṃ kurvato jagat |

balaṃ nāma guṇastasya kathito guṇacintakaiḥ || 2-59 ||

tasyopādānabhāve'pi vikāraviraho hi yaḥ |
vīryaṃ nāma guṇaḥ so'yamacyutatvāparāhvayam || 2-60 ||

sahakāryanapekṣā yā tat tejaḥ samudāhṛtam |

ete śaktyādayaḥ pañca guṇā jñānasya kīrtitāḥ || 2-61 ||

jñānameva paraṃ rūpaṃ brahmaṇaḥ paramātmanaḥ |
ṣāḍguṇyaṃ tat paraṃ brahma svaśaktiparibṛṃhitam |
bahu syāmiti saṃkalpaṃ bhajate tat sudarśanam || 2-62 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ ṣāḍguṇyabrahmaviveko nāma dvitīyo'dhyāyaḥ || 2 ||

Kapitel 3

vaiśvarūpyasaṃkṣepo nāma tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ

nāradaḥ -

ṣāḍguṇyaṃ tat kathaṃ brahma svaśaktiparibṛṃhitam |
tasya śaktiśca kā nāma yayā bṛṃhitamucyate || 3-1 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śaktayaḥ sarvabhāvānāmacintyā apṛthaksthitāḥ |
svarūpe naiva dṛśyante dṛśyante kāryatastu tāḥ || 3-2 ||

sūkṣmāvasthā hi sā teṣāṃ sarvabhāvānugāminī |
idaṃtayā vidhātuṃ sā na niṣeddhuṃ ca śakyate || 3-3 ||

sarvairananuyojyā hi śaktayo bhāvagocarāḥ |

evaṃ bhagavatastasya parasya brahmaṇo mune || 3-4 ||

sarvabhāvānugā śaktirjyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ |

bhāvābhāvānugā tasya sarvakāryakarī vibhoḥ || 3-5 ||

svātantryarūpā sā viṣṇoḥ prasphurattā jaganmayī |
uditānuditākārā nimeṣonmeṣarūpiṇī || 3-6 ||

nirapekṣatayānandā svatantrā nityapūraṇāt |
svātmabhittisamunmīlatparāvarajagatsthitiḥ || 3-7 ||

nityā kālāparicchedāt pūrṇākārāviyogataḥ |
vyāpinī deśavibhraṃśādriktā pūrṇā ca sarvadā || 3-8 ||

jagattayā lakṣyamāṇā sā lakṣmīriti gīyate |
śrayantī vaiṣṇavaṃ bhāvaṃ sā śrīriti nigadyate || 3-9 ||

avyaktakālapuṃbhāvāt sā padmā padmamālinī |
kāmadānācca kamalā paryāptasukhayogataḥ || 3-10 ||

viṣṇoḥ sāmarthyarūpatvād viṣṇuśaktiḥ pragīyate |
pālayantī harerbhāvaṃ viṣṇupatnī prakīrtitā || 3-11 ||

jagadākārasaṃkocāt smṛtā kuṇḍalinī budhaiḥ |
anāhatā budhaiḥ proktā manovāgādyanāhateḥ || 3-12 ||

paramānandasaṃbodhā mantrasūkṣmatayāpi ca |

śuddhasattvāśrayād gaurī hyaditiścāviśeṣaṇāt || 3-13 ||

sarvapuṇyakarībhāvānmahīyasyapi sā mahī |
tathānāhataśīrṣṇī cānāhato'bhyudayo yataḥ || 3-14 ||

prāṇayantī svasaṃvittyā jagatprāṇā itīryate |
parāhatāsurūpatvānmantramātā prakīrtitā || 3-15 ||

trāyantī gāyataḥ sarvān gāyattrītyabhidhīyate |
prakurvatī jagat svena prakṛtiḥ parigīyate || 3-16 ||

mimīte ca tatā ceti sā mātā parikīrtitā |
sarveṣāmaviparyāsācchivaṃkaratayā śivā || 3-17 ||

taruṇī kāmyamānatvāt tārā saṃsāratāraṇāt |
aviparyāsarūpatvāt satyā satyadvayānvayāt || 3-18 ||

śāntāśeṣavikāratvācchāntā sā cintyate budhaiḥ |
mohānapanayantī sā mohinī mohanādapi || 3-19 ||

iḍā haviradhiṣṭhānādiṣyamāṇatayāpi ca |
ramayantīti sā rantī ratiśca parikīrtitā || 3-20 ||

viśrutirviśrutā sadbhiḥ smārayantī sarasvatī |
anavacchinnabhāsatvānmahābhāsābhidhīyate || 3-21 ||

nāmadheyairiyaṃ taistairnānāśāstrasamāśrayaiḥ |

anvarthairdarśitāśeṣavibhavā vaiṣṇavī parā || 3-22 ||

udadheriva ca sthairyaṃ mahatteva vihāyasaḥ |
prabheva divaseśasya jyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ || 3-23 ||

viṣṇoḥ sarvāṅgasaṃpūrṇā bhāvābhāvānugāminī |
śaktirnārāyaṇī divyā sarvasiddhāntasaṃmatā || 3-24 ||

devācchaktimato bhinnā brahmaṇaḥ parameṣṭhinaḥ |
eṣa caiṣā ca śāstreṣu dharmadharmisvabhāvataḥ || 3-25 ||

bhavadbhāvasvarūpeṇa tattvamekamivoditau |
svātantryeṇa svarūpeṇa viṣṇupatnīyamadbhutā || 3-26 ||

yato jagadbhaviṣyantī kvacidunmeṣamṛcchati |

sahasrāyutakoṭyoghakoṭikoṭyarbudāṃśakaḥ || 3-27 ||

lakṣmīmayaḥ samunmeṣaḥ sa dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate |
kriyābhūtivibhedena bhūtiḥ sā ca tridhā matā || 3-28 ||

avyaktakālapuṃbhāvāt teṣāṃ rūpaṃ pravakṣyate |

kriyākhyo yo'yamunmeṣaḥ sa bhūtiparivartakaḥ || 3-29 ||

lakṣmīmayaḥ prāṇarūpo viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpa ucyate |
svātantryamūla icchātmā prekṣārūpaḥ kriyāphalaḥ || 3-30 ||

unmeṣo yaḥ susaṃkalpaḥ sarvatrāvyāhataḥ kṛtau |
avyaktakālapuṃrūpāṃ cetanācetanātmikām || 3-31 ||

bhūtiṃ lakṣmīmayīṃ viṣṇoḥ śaktiṃ saṃbhāvayatyasau |
avyaktaṃ pariṇāmena kālaṃ kalanakarmaṇā || 3-32 ||

puruṣaṃ bhojanodyogaiḥ sarge saṃyojayatyayam |
sāmarthyatritayādānād viyojayati saṃcare || 3-33 ||

viṣame pariṇāme yat sāmarthyaṃ triguṇātmanaḥ |
sṛṣṭau dadhāti tat tasmin viparyāsaṃ ca saṃhṛtau || 3-34 ||

avyaktapuruṣodyogasaṃyojanavidhikramam |
kāle dadhāti sargādau viparyāsaṃ ca saṃhṛtau || 3-35 ||

puṃsaśca vuddhisāmarthyamasāmarthyaṃ ca bhojane |
saṃkalpaḥ kurute viṣṇoḥ sargaprativisargayoḥ || 3-36 ||

trīnetān saṃhatān sṛṣṭau vihatān pratisaṃcare |
dadhāti svena rūpeṇa guṇo maṇigaṇāniva || 3-37 ||

sthitau ca kurute rakṣāṃ teṣāṃ kāryasamīkṣaṇāt |

sarvatrāvyāhatatvaṃ yat tat sudarśanalakṣaṇam || 3-38 ||

so'yaṃ sudarśanaṃ nāma saṃkalpaḥ spandanātmakaḥ |
vibhajya bahudhā rūpaṃ bhāve bhāve'vatiṣṭhate || 3-39 ||

vyāptiṃ sudarśanasyemāṃ procyamānāṃ mayā śṛṇu |
yajjñātvā puruṣo loke kṛtakṛtyatvamaśnute || 3-40 ||

ṣāḍguṇyaṃ yat paraṃ brahma yā gatiryogināṃ parā |
nārāyaṇaḥ sa viśvātmā bhāvābhāvamidaṃ jagat || 3-41 ||

niṣkalena svarūpeṇa yadā prāpya niyacchati |
sadā sattā hi yā tasya jagannirmāṇaśaktikā || 3-42 ||

sarvabhāvātmikā lakṣmīrahaṃtā paramātmanaḥ |
taddharmadharmiṇī devī bhūtvā sarvamidaṃ jagat || 3-43 ||

niṣkalena svarūpeṇa sāpi tadvanniyacchati |
tadīyaikā kalā bhūtirjagadbhavanasaṃjñitā || 3-44 ||

vyāpāro vāstavastatra jaganniyamanātmakaḥ |
niṣkalā yā kriyāśaktirlakṣmyāḥ saudarśanī kalā || 3-45 ||

bhajete tau yadā rūpaṃ manonayananandanam |
rakṣāyai jagatāmīśau cakrapadme tadā kriyā || 3-46 ||

rakṣopakaraṇaṃ devau tau yāvadyāvadicchataḥ |
śaṅkhaśārṅgādirūpeṇa tāvat tāvat sudarśanam || 3-47 ||

prakāśāhlādapātairyadviśvasyopacikīrṣataḥ |
sūryenduvahnirūpeṇa tadā cakraṃ sudarśanam || 3-48 ||

devadaityādikān bhāvān yadā tau bhajataḥ svayam |
tattadastramayī devī tadā saudarśanī kriyā || 3-49 ||

yadā viśvopakārāya śāstraṃ nānāphalāśrayam |
kurutaḥ sā kriyā tatra śāsanaṃ hṛdayasthitam || 3-50 ||

yadā tau bhavataḥ śāstraṃ viśvopakṛtaye vibhū |
tadā sā śāstratātparyaṃ kriyā saudarśanī kalā || 3-51 ||

śāstrādhikāriṇo nāma yadā tau pitarau dhruvau |
adhikārastadā teṣāṃ kriyāśaktiḥ sudarśanam || 3-52 ||

yadā śāstrārthabhūtau tau phalasādhanasaṃśrayāt |
phalaprasavasāmarthyaṃ kriyā tatra sudarśanam || 3-53 ||

puruṣārthāstu catvāro yadā tau bhavataḥ svayam |
ātmatarpaṇasāmarthyaṃ tadā cakraṃ sudarśanam || 3-54 ||

yadā mantramayīṃ rakṣāṃ bhajato jagatāṃ hite |
mantrayantramayī devī kriyāśaktistadā tviyam || 3-55 ||

vaiśvarūpyasya saṃkṣepaḥ kriyāśakteḥ pradarśitaḥ |
sudarśanātmikāyāste kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 3-56 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ kriyāśaktervaiśvarūpyapradarśanaṃ nāma tṛtīyo'dhyāyaḥ || 3 ||

Kapitel 4

pratisaṃcaravarṇanaṃ nāma caturtho'dhyāyaḥ

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan devadeveśa sarvajña vṛṣaketana |
kiṃ tat kāraṇamityuktaṃ sṛṣṭaye yat pravartate || 4-1 ||

sudarśanena yad vyāptaṃ rūpataḥ kāryato'rthataḥ |
vistareṇa mamācakṣva jagataḥ kāraṇaṃ param || 4-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

procyamānaṃ mayā tattvaṃ kāraṇasyāvadhāraya |
tatra tāvannibodhemaṃ prākṛtaṃ pratisaṃcaram || 4-3 ||

yena kālena sā vidyā prakṛtirmūlasaṃjñitā |
sasyādisṛṣṭaye dhenurabhavanmegharūpiṇī || 4-4 ||

kālena tāvatā sā tu cikīrṣye pratisaṃcare |
adhenurnīrasā śuṣkā bhavatyavyaktasaṃjñitā || 4-5 ||

nāradaḥ -

kālena kiyatā sargaḥ sā dhenuḥ kāmarūpinī |

adhenuḥ sā bhaved devī yāvatā pratisaṃcare || 4-6 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

aṣṭādaśa nimeṣāstu kāṣṭhā triṃśattu tāḥ kalā |
tāstu triṃśat kṣaṇaste tu muhūrto dvādaśa smṛtaḥ || 4-7 ||

te tu pañcadaśāhaḥ syāt tāvatī rātririṣyate |
te pañcadaśa pakṣaḥ syāt pakṣau dvau māsa iṣyate || 4-8 ||

saṃvatsaro mānuṣastu tairdvādaśabhiriṣyate |
kāmyaḥ ṣoḍaśabhistaistu kāmyābdānāṃ tathā mune || 4-9 ||

vidyā dhenuradhenuśca bhavet kālena tāvatā |
adhenvāṃ tu tatastasyāṃ cikīrṣye pratisaṃcare || 4-10 ||

nīrasaṃ śuṣkamevāsījjagadetaccarācaram |
mahāvātena saṃśuṣkaṃ saṃdagdhaṃ ca mahāgninā || 4-11 ||

ā śailādā tṛṇāccaiva yadā bhūmau samunnatam |
mānaveṣu layaṃ yānti tadā mānavamānavāḥ || 4-12 ||

manuṣveva layaṃ yānti mānavāste catuḥśatam |
evaṃ cetanavarge tu manuṣveva layaṃ gate || 4-13 ||

mithunānyeva catvāri manūnāṃ kevalāni tu |
kūrmapṛṣṭhasamānāyāṃ bhuvi tiṣṭhanti vai mune || 4-14 ||

nārāyaṇasya saṃkalpādavyāhatasudarśanāt |
bhūmergandhātmakaṃ sāraṃ grasantyāpastadā mune || 4-15 ||

āttagandhā yadā bhūmirambhasā kāraṇātmanā |
atibhūya tadā pṛthvīṃ manavo'psu vyavasthitāḥ || 4-16 ||

bhūmistvāttarasā śaśvajjahāti vyaktināmanī |
prabhavantyāpa etarhi jagadetaccarācaram || 4-17 ||

saṃkalpādeva pūrvasmāt sudarśanamayāddhareḥ |
apāmapi rasaṃ sāraṃ jyotirgrasati kāraṇam || 4-18 ||

atibhūya tadāpastu manavo jyotiṣi sthitāḥ |
āpaścāttarasāḥ śaśvajjahati vyaktināmanī || 4-19 ||

dedīpyamānametarhi jyotireva jaganmune |

saṃkalpacodito viṣṇorvāyuḥ kāraṇasaṃjñitaḥ || 4-20 ||

jyotiṣo'pyāntaraṃ rūpaṃ sāraṃ grasati tad dhruvam |
saṃkalpacoditā viṣṇormanavo'pi tadā mune || 4-21 ||

atibhūyākhilaṃ jyotirvāyumeva śrayanti te |
āttarūpaṃ tadā jyotirjahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-22 ||

vāyurdodhūyamānastu jagadetaccarācaram |

tataḥ kāraṇamākāśaṃ viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpacoditam || 4-23 ||

sāraṃ grasati saṃsparśaṃ kāraṇaṃ vai nabhasvataḥ |
sudarśaneritā viṣṇormanavo'pi mahāmune || 4-24 ||

na bhasyevāvatiṣṭhante vyatibhūya samīraṇam |
āttasparśastadā vāyurjahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-25 ||

bhṛśaṃ śabdāyamānaṃ tadviyadviśvaṃ carācaram |

kriyāśaktīrito viṣṇorahaṃkāro'bhimānavān || 4-26 ||

sāraṃ grasati śabdākhyaṃ kāraṇaṃ nabhaso mune |
tayaiva preritā viṣṇoratibhūya viyatpadam || 4-27 ||

ahaṃkāre'vatiṣṭhante manavo bhagavanmayāḥ |
āttaśabdaṃ viyat tacca jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-28 ||

ahamityeva tadviśvamahaṃkārātmakaṃ mune |

abhimānātmakaṃ sāramahaṃkārasya kāraṇam || 4-29 ||

sudarśaneritā viṣṇorbuddhirgrasati vai mune |
sudarśaneritā viṣṇoratibhūya tvahaṃkṛtim || 4-30 ||

buddhāvevāvatiṣṭhante manavo'ṣṭau mahāmune |
āttābhimāno'haṃkāro jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-31 ||

buddhirevedamakhilaṃ vyavasāyavatī mune |

sāramadhyavasāyākhyaṃ buddheḥ kāraṇamavyayam || 4-32 ||

sudarśaneritaṃ viṣṇostamo grasati kāraṇam |
sudarśaneritā viṣṇormanavo'pi mahāmune || 4-33 ||

atibhūya tadā buddhiṃ tamasyeva śritāḥ sthitim |
āsīdidaṃ tamobhūtamaprajñātamalakṣaṇam || 4-34 ||

apratarkyamavijñeyaṃ saṃstabdhaṃ guru mohanam |

ghrāṇaṃ jihvā ca cakṣuśca tvak ca śrotraṃ ca pañcamam || 4-35 ||

pāyūpasthaṃ tathā pādau hastau vāk caiva pañcamī |
dvayoḥ pañcakayordvandvaṃ ghrāṇapāyvādikaṃ kramāt || 4-36 ||

mahījalādibhirhetau līyamānaiḥ svake svake |
samaṃ vilayamāyāti saha ghrāṇādivṛttibhiḥ || 4-37 ||

mano'haṃkāra ityetat savṛtti karaṇadvayam |
ahaṃkāre layaṃ yāti buddhau bodhanamindriyam || 4-38 ||

tama evedamakhilamidānīmavatiṣṭhate |

sthitiśaktirhi yā cāsya tamaso gurutāmayī || 4-39 ||

rajo grasati tāṃ śaśvadīśvarecchāpracoditam |
icchayā preritā viṣṇormanavo'pi mahāmune || 4-40 ||

rajasyevāvatiṣṭhante vyatibhūya tamogatim |
āttasāraṃ tamastattu jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-41 ||

calakiryātmakaṃ duḥkhaṃ raja eva jagat tadā |

yā sā spandamayī śaktiścalattātmā rajomayī || 4-42 ||

tāṃ vai sudarśanādiṣṭaṃ sattvaṃ grasati kāraṇam |
rajaḥsthā manavaścaiva viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ || 4-43 ||

atibhūya rajaḥ sattvaṃ viśanti vimalaṃ mune |
āttasāraṃ rajastattu jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-44 ||

laghu prakāśakaṃ sattvamidamāsīccarācaram |

kālo nāma guṇo viṣṇoḥ sudarśanasamīritaḥ || 4-45 ||

sāraṃ prajñāmayaṃ sattvādādatte jñānakāraṇam |
atibhūya tadā sattvaṃ manavaḥ kālasaṃśritāḥ || 4-46 ||

kāla eva jagat kṛtsnamidamāsīt tadā mune |
āttasāraṃ ca tat sattvaṃ jahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-47 ||

kālī kālagatā śaktiryā sāśeṣaprakālinī |
niyatirnāma tāṃ tattvaṃ grasatīśvaracoditā || 4-48 ||

sudarśaneritāste ca manavo'ṣṭau mahāmune |
atītya kālatattvaṃ tāṃ niyatiṃ pratipedire || 4-49 ||

āttasārastadā kālo jahāti vyaktināmanī |
niyatirnāma sā viśvamidamāsīccarācaram || 4-50 ||

mahāvidyāmayī śaktirniyateryā mahāmune |
śaktirnāma tadā tāṃ tu grasatīśvaracoditā || 4-51 ||

manavo'pīśvarādiṣṭā niyatiṃ tāmatītya vai |
śaktiṃ māyāmayīṃ viṣṇorviśanti vipulātmikām || 4-52 ||

niyatiścāttasārā sā jahāti vyaktināmanī |
atha śaktiridaṃ viśvaṃ jagadāsīccarācaram || 4-53 ||

ā caitanyonmiṣattāyāḥ śakteḥ śaktiḥ sanātanī |
sudarśaneritastāṃ tu puruṣo grasati svayam || 4-54 ||

atītya manavaḥ śaktiṃ taṃ viśantīśvareritāḥ |
āttasārā tadā śaktirjahāti vyaktināmanī || 4-55 ||

sarvātmā sarvataḥśaktiḥ puruṣaḥ sarvatomukhaḥ |
sarvajñaḥ sarvagaḥ sarvaḥ sarvamāvṛtya tiṣṭhati || 4-56 ||

manūnāmeṣa kūṭasthaḥ puruṣo dvicaturmayaḥ |
kṛtsnakarmādhikāro vai devadevasya vai hareḥ || 4-57 ||

trayodaśānāṃ bhūmyādiśaktyantānāṃ mahāmune |
vilīnasvasvakāryāṇāṃ kāmyavarṣaśatasthitiḥ || 4-58 ||

puṃsastrīṇi śatāni syustato manumayaḥ pumān |
caturdhā svaṃ vibhajyātha brahmakṣatrādibhāvataḥ || 4-59 ||

sve sve sthāne'niruddhasya mukhabāhvādike mune |
pralīyate kṣaṇenaiva taptāyaḥ piṇḍavārivat || 4-60 ||

tato'sau bhagavānekaḥ pralīnacidacinmayaḥ |
śatāni daśa ṣaṭ cātha varṣāṇāmavatiṣṭhate || 4-61 ||

avasthāya tato'pyeti pradyumnamajaraṃ vibhum |
nirudhya sarvaceṣṭāḥ svāstāvatkālaṃ sa tiṣṭhati || 4-62 ||

tataḥ pradyumnasaṃjño'sau bhagavān puṣkarekṣaṇaḥ |
apyeti bhagavantaṃ taṃ saṃkarṣaṇamanāmayam || 4-63 ||

kālaṃ tiṣṭhati tāvantaṃ sarvadevamayo'cyutaḥ |
cidacitkhacitaṃ viśvaṃ śuddhāśuddhamaśeṣataḥ || 4-64 ||

tilakālakavat svasya dehe jñānamaye dadhat |
udayāstācalāveṣa devaḥ saṃkarṣaṇo balaḥ || 4-65 ||

cidindoracidaṅkasya kalāstā anudhāvataḥ |
ahīnamaharetaddhi saṃkarṣaṇamayaṃ param || 4-66 ||

yatra nānāvidhā bhāvā vyajyante svasvayākhyayā |

śatāni ṣoḍaśa sthitvā varṣāṇāmayamacyutaḥ || 4-67 ||

apyeti bhagavantaṃ taṃ vāsudevaṃ sanātanam |
nāsadāsīt tadānīṃ hi no sadāsīt tadā mune || 4-68 ||

bhāvābhāvau vilopyāntarvicitravibhavodayau |
anirdeśyaṃ paraṃ brahma vāsudevo'vatiṣṭhate || 4-69 ||

sā rātristat paraṃ brahma tadavyaktamudāhṛtam |
ṣaṇṇāṃ yugāni vijñānabalādīnāmaśeṣataḥ || 4-70 ||

trīṇi yasmin pralīyante yat tat sā rātrirucyate |
saṃkarṣaṇādibhūmyantamañjanaṃ vigataṃ yataḥ || 4-71 ||

tadavyaktamiti jñeyaṃ samatvāt sama ucyate |
yā sā bhagavataḥ śaktirahaṃtā sarvabhāvagā || 4-72 ||

apṛthakcāriṇī sattā mahānandamayī parā |
saṃkarṣaṇādibhūmyantastasyāḥ koṭyaṃśa īritaḥ || 4-73 ||

sadasaccidacidrūpairyatra viśvaṃ prakāśate |
tasminnuparate śaśvadviśvakolāhalodgame || 4-74 ||

alakṣyā kāryataḥ śaktirdevādvijahatī bhidām |
pratisaṃcarikāṃ śaktiṃ kriyāṃ saudarśanīṃ svakām || 4-75 ||

saṃhṛtya bibhratī tāṃ tu sthitiṃ saṃkalparūpiṇīm |
indhanābhāvato jvālā vahnibhāvaṃ yathā gatā || 4-76 ||

brahmabhāvaṃ vrajatyevaṃ sā śaktirvaiṣṇavī parā |
nārāyaṇaḥ paraṃ brahma śaktirnārāyaṇī ca sā || 4-77 ||

vyāpakāvatisaṃśleṣādekaṃ tattvamiva sthitau |
saṃkarṣaṇodayo yāvadahaḥ pauruṣamiṣyate |
tāvatī pauruṣī rātriḥ saṃhṛtākhilavastukā || 4-78 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ pratisaṃcaravarṇanaṃ nāma caturtho'dhyāyaḥ || 4 ||

Kapitel 5

śuddhasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

kāryakāraṇavargasya pralayo'yaṃ pradarśitaḥ |
sudarśanamayīṃ sṛṣṭiṃ tasya vakṣyāmi te mune || 5-1 ||

prasuptākhilakāryaṃ sarvataḥ samatāṃ gatam |
nārāyaṇaḥ paraṃ brahma sarvāvāsamanāhatam || 5-2 ||

pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyamasamīrāmbaropamam |

tasya staimityarūpā yā śaktiḥ śūnyatvarūpiṇī || 5-3 ||

svātantryādeva kasmāccit kvacit sonmeṣamṛcchati |
ātmabhūtā hi yā śaktiḥ parasya brahmaṇo hareḥ || 5-4 ||

devī vidyudiva vyomni kvaciduddyotate tu sā |
śaktirvidyotamānā sā śaktirityucyate'mbare || 5-5 ||

vyanakti vividhān bhāvān śuddhāśuddhān samūrtikān |

tasyā unmeṣamṛcchantyāḥ svātantryaṃ yat svanirmitam || 5-6 ||

prekṣaṇātmā sa saṃkalpastat sudarśanamucyate |
sā kriyā taddharervīryaṃ tat tejaśca balaṃ ca tat || 5-7 ||

vyajyante ye ca te bhāvāḥ svabhittiparivartitāḥ |
sā bhūtirviṣṇuśaktiḥ sā śakteḥ koṭyaṃśakalpitā || 5-8 ||

bahubhirdvandvabhāvaiḥ sā śaktirbhūtamayī sthitā |
śuddhāśuddhavibhāgena cetyacetanarūpataḥ || 5-9 ||

kālyakālavibhedena vyaktāvyaktavibhāgataḥ |
vyaṅgyavyañjanarūpeṇa vācyavācakabhedataḥ || 5-10 ||

bhogyabhoktṛvibhedena dehadehivibhedataḥ |
anyaiścaivaṃprakāraiḥ sā dvandvabhedairvibhajyate || 5-11 ||

evaṃ prakārabhedena yā śaktirhetutāṃ gatā |
tāṃ vijānīhi devarṣe divyāṃ saudarśanīṃ kalām || 5-12 ||

samīryate yathā vahnirmegho vāpi samīraṇāt |
tathā sudarśanenaiva vibhūtiḥ preryate kalā || 5-13 ||

ānulomyena sarge tu prātilomyena saṃhṛtau |
yathā saṃpreryamāṇā sā sudarśananabhavasvatā || 5-14 ||

dadhāti vividhān bhāvāṃstathā me gadataḥ śṛṇu |

tatra śuddhamayaṃ sargaṃ vibhūteḥ prathamaṃ śṛṇu || 5-15 ||

yat tat ṣāḍguṇyamityuktaṃ jñānaiśvaryabalādikam |
yugaistasya tribhiḥ śuddhā sṛṣṭirbhūteḥ pravartate || 5-16 ||

tatra jñānabaladvandvādrūpaṃ sāṃkarṣaṇaṃ hareḥ |
aiśvaryavīryasaṃbhedādrūpaṃ prādyumnamucyate || 5-17 ||

śaktitejaḥsamutkarṣādāniruddhī tanurhareḥ |
ete śaktimayā vyūhā guṇonmeṣasvalakṣaṇāḥ || 5-18 ||

ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā devāḥ puruṣāḥ puṣkarekṣaṇāḥ |
tatra tatrāvaśiṣṭaṃ yad guṇānāṃ dviyugaṃ mune || 5-19 ||

anuvṛttiṃ bhajatyeva tatra tatra yathāyatham |

vyāptimātraṃ guṇonmeṣo mūrtīkāra iti tridhā || 5-20 ||

cāturātmyasthitirviṣṇorguṇavyatikarodbhavā |

tatra jñānamayatvena devaḥ saṃkarṣaṇo balī || 5-21 ||

vyanaktyaikāntikaṃ mārgaṃ bhagavatprāptisādhanam |

vīryaiśvaryamayo devaḥ pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ || 5-22 ||

sthitaḥ śāstrārthabhāvena bhagavatprāptivartmanā |

śāstrārthasya phalaṃ yat tad bhagavatprāptilakṣaṇam || 5-23 ||

prāpayatyaniruddhaḥ san sādhakān puruṣottamaḥ |
śāstraśāstrārthatatsādhyaphalanirvāhakā ime || 5-24 ||

puruṣāḥ puṇḍarīkākṣā vyūhāḥ śaktimayā hareḥ |

bhagavān vāsudevaśca vyūhāścaite trayo mune || 5-25 ||

cāturātmyamidaṃ viddhi vyaktāvyaktasvalakṣaṇam |

guṇāḥ śaktimayā ye te jñānaiśvaryabalādayaḥ || 5-26 ||

teṣāṃ yugapadunmeṣaḥ staimityavirahātmakaḥ |
saṃkalpakalpito viṣṇoryaḥ sa tadvyaktilakṣaṇaḥ || 5-27 ||

bhagavān vāsudevaḥ sa paramā prakṛtiśca sā |
śaktiryā vyāpino viṣṇoḥ sā jagatprakṛtiḥ parā || 5-28 ||

śakteḥ śaktimato bhedād vāsudeva itīryate |

sarvaśaktimayo devo vāsudevaḥ sisṛkṣayā || 5-29 ||

vibhajatyātmanātmānaṃ yaḥ sa saṃkarṣaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ |

bhānāvudayaśailasthe prabhā yadvadvijṛmbhate || 5-30 ||

udayasthe tathā deve prabhā saṃkarṣaṇātmikā |

avyāpṛtā śatānyeṣā śaktistiṣṭhati ṣoḍaśa || 5-31 ||

saṃkarṣaṇātmikā sākṣād vijñānabalavāribhiḥ |
ananto bhagavān viṣṇuḥ śaktimān puruṣottamaḥ || 5-32 ||

pūrṇastimitaṣāḍguṇyo nistaraṅgārṇavopamaḥ |
ṣaṇṇāṃ yugapadunmeṣād guṇānāṃ svapracoditāt || 5-33 ||

ananta eva bhagavān vāsudevaḥ sanātanaḥ |
tatra jñānabalonmeṣāt svasaṃkalpapracoditāt || 5-34 ||

ananta eva bhagavān devaḥ saṃkarṣaṇo'cyutaḥ |

sthitvā ṣoḍaśa varṣāṇi devaḥ śaktimayo'cyutaḥ || 5-35 ||

ananta eva bhagavān pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ |
aṃśāṃśenoditā śaktiḥ prādyumnī bhagavatprabhā || 5-36 ||

avyāpṛtā śatānyeṣā tūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhati ṣoḍaśa |

tataḥ śaktimayo devaḥ pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ || 5-37 ||

śatāni ṣoḍaśa sthitvā svasaṃkalpapracoditaḥ |
ananta eva bhagavānaniruddho bhavatyuta || 5-38 ||

aṃśāṃśenoditā śaktirāniruddhī hareḥ prabhā |
avyāpṛtā śatānyeṣā tūṣṇīṃ tiṣṭhati ṣoḍaśa || 5-39 ||

śatāni ṣoḍaśa sthitvāniruddhaḥ śaktimānasau |
tadā vyāpriyate sṛṣṭau pūrvābhyāṃ saha nārada || 5-40 ||

vyūhā ete viśālākṣāścatvāraḥ puruṣottamāḥ |

nirdoṣā niraniṣṭāśca niravadyāḥ sanātanāḥ || 5-41 ||

anantamakṣaraṃ caitaccāturātmyaṃ mahāmune |

nistaraṅgadaśāyāṃ te niḥsattāḥ saktacinmayāḥ || 5-42 ||

śaktyātmakā guṇonmeṣadaśāyāṃ te vyavasthitāḥ |
tatra sthūladaśāyāṃ te vyaktibhāvamupāgatāḥ || 5-43 ||

jagatāmupakārāya saccidānandalakṣaṇāḥ |

mana -ālambanāyaiṣā cāturātmyavyavasthitiḥ || 5-44 ||

āmnāsiṣuramuṣyāśca rahasyāmnāyavedinaḥ |
vyūhāntaravibhāvādīn bhedān saṃkalpakalpitān || 5-45 ||

vyūhāntaraṃ daśa dve ca keśavādyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ |

keśavāditrayaṃ tatra vāsudevād vibhāvyate || 5-46 ||

saṃkarṣaṇācca govindapūrvaṃ tritayamadbhutam |

trivikramādyaṃ tritayaṃ pradyumnāduditaṃ mune || 5-47 ||

hṛṣīkeśādikaṃ tattvamaniruddhānmahāmune |

parāḥ svakāraṇāntaḥsthāḥ sūkṣmāste dvibhujāḥ smṛtāḥ || 5-48 ||

caturbhujāste vijñeyāḥ sthūlāstribhuvaneśvarāḥ |
cakrādyāyudhavinyāso yantratantre'bhidhāsyate || 5-49 ||

vibhavāḥ padmanābhādyāstriṃśacca nava caiva hi |
padmanābho dhruvo'nantaḥ śaktyātmā madhusūdanaḥ || 5-50 ||

vidyādhidevaḥ kapilo viśvarūpo vihaṃgamaḥ |
kroḍātmā baḍabāvaktro dharmo vāgīśvarastathā || 5-51 ||

ekāmbhonidhiśāyī ca bhagavān kamaṭheśvaraḥ |
varāho nārasiṃhaśca pīyūṣaharaṇastathā || 5-52 ||

śrīpatirbhagavān devaḥ kāntātmāmṛtadhārakaḥ |
rāhujit kālanemighnaḥ pārijātaharastathā || 5-53 ||

lokanāthastu śāntātmā dattātreyo mahāprabhuḥ |
nyagrodhaśāyī bhagavānekaśṛṅgatanustathā || 5-54 ||

devo vāmanadehastu sarvavyāpī trivikramaḥ |
naro nārāyaṇaścaiva hariḥ kṛṣṇastathaiva ca || 5-55 ||

jvalatparaśudhṛgrāmo rāmaścānyo dhanurdharaḥ |
vedavidbhagavān kalkī pātālaśayanaḥ smṛtaḥ || 5-56 ||

triṃśacca nava caivete padmanābhādayo matāḥ |

yataścaiṣāṃ samutpattiryo vyāpāro yadāyudham || 5-57 ||

yā mūrtiryādṛśī caiva yatra caite vyavasthitāḥ |
bhūṣaṇāni vicitrāṇi vāsāṃsi vividhāni ca || 5-58 ||

bāhyāntaḥkaraṇānāṃ ca trayo vargāḥ savṛttayaḥ |
saṃkalpanirmitā śaktiryā tattatkāryagocarā |
sāttvate śāsane sarvaṃ tattaduktaṃ mahāmune || 5-59 ||

itīyaṃ śuddhasṛṣṭiste viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpakalpitā |
bhūtyaṃśo leśataḥ proktaḥ śṛṇu sṛṣṭimathetarām || 5-60 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śuddhasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma pañcamo'dhyāyaḥ || 5 ||

Kapitel 6

śuddhetarasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

yo'sau nārāyaṇo devaḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ |
ahaṃbhāvātmikā śaktistasya taddharmiṇī || 6-1 ||

tāvimāvekadhaivoktau bhedyabhedakabhāvataḥ |
pṛthaktvena ca śāstreṣu jagaddhetutayoditau || 6-2 ||

naiva śaktyā vinā kaścicchaktimānasti kāraṇam |
na ca śaktimatā śaktirvinaikā vyavatiṣṭhate || 6-3 ||

tattadgauravamāśritya tantravedāntapāragaiḥ |
jagaddhetutayā devāvekaikāviva darśitau || 6-4 ||

iti vyavasthite sṛṣṭimuktaśiṣṭāmimāṃ śṛṇu |

yeyaṃ bhūtimayī sphūrtirviṣṇuśakteḥ puroditā || 6-5 ||

tasyāḥ saṃkalpamayyaiva sphūrtyā sā bahu nartyate |

bhūteḥ śuddhimayī sphūrtiḥ sā vyūhavibhavātmikā || 6-6 ||

yāmālambya tarantīmaṃ yogino bhavasāgaram |

atha śuddhetarā sṛṣṭistanmūlaiva pravartate || 6-7 ||

puruṣaścaiva kālaśca guṇaśceti tridhocyate |
bhūtiḥ śuddhetarā viṣṇoḥ puruṣo dvicaturmayaḥ || 6-8 ||

sa manūnāṃ samāhāro brahmakṣatrādibhedinām |

brāhmaṇo brāhmaṇī caiva mithunaṃ tanmanudvayam || 6-9 ||

pradyumnasya musvājjātaṃ svasaṃkalpena coditam |
urasaḥ kṣatriyadvandvamūrutaśca viśo dvayam || 6-10 ||

padbhyāṃ śūdradvayaṃ caiva pradyumnasya samudgatam |
samaṣṭiryā manūnāṃ sā puruṣo dvicaturmayaḥ || 6-11 ||

sūkṣmakālaguṇāvasthā sudarśanasamīritā |
pradyumnasya lalāṭācca bhruvoḥ karṇādudīritā || 6-12 ||

puruṣaḥ śaktirityetaccetanācetanātmakam |
vardhayetyaniruddhāya pradyumnenopapādyate || 6-13 ||

antaḥsthapuruṣāṃ śaktiṃ tāmādāya svamūrtigām |
saṃvardhayati yogena hyaniruddhaḥ svatejasā || 6-14 ||

niyatiḥ kāla ityevaṃ śaktiḥ saṃkalpacoditā |
dvidhodetyaniruddhāt sā yat tat kālamayaṃ vapuḥ || 6-15 ||

yattadguṇamayaṃ rūpaṃ śaktestasyāḥ prakīrtitam |
sattvaṃ rajastama iti tridhodeti krameṇa tat || 6-16 ||

sattvādrajastamastamastasmāt tamaso buddhirudgatā |

buddherahaṃkṛtistasyā bhūtatanmātrapañcakam || 6-17 ||

ekādaśakamakṣāṇāṃ mātrebhyo bhūtapañcakam |
bhūtebhyo bhautikaṃ sarvamityayaṃ sṛṣṭisaṃgrahaḥ || 6-18 ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan bhaganetraghna tattvavijñānavāridhe |
ākhyāhi vistareṇādya bhūterunmeṣamadbhutam || 6-19 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu nārada tattvena viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpakāritām |
bhūteḥ pariṇatiṃ citrāṃ cidacidvargasaṃkulām || 6-20 ||

śuddhā pūrvoditā sṛṣṭiryā sā vyūhādibhedinī |
sudarśanākhyāt saṃkalpāt tasyā eva prabhojjvalā || 6-21 ||

jñānānandamayī styānā deśabhāvaṃ vrajatyuta |
sa deśaḥ paramaṃ vyoma nirmalaṃ puruṣāt param || 6-22 ||

niḥsīmasukhasaṃtānamanavadyamanākulam |
tatrānandamayā bhogā lokāścānandalakṣaṇāḥ || 6-23 ||

jñānānandamayā dehā muktānāṃ bhāvitātmanām |

sadā paśyanti te devāḥ puruṣaṃ puṣkarekṣaṇam || 6-24 ||

ṣāḍguṇyavigrahaṃ devaṃ tādṛśyā ca śriyā yutam |
saṃkalpasādhitāśeṣadehadaihikavistaram || 6-25 ||

īśānamasya sarvasya jagatastasthuṣaspatim |
sarvāvāsamanāvāsaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 6-26 ||

tat padaṃ prāpya tattvajñā mucyante vītakalmaṣāḥ |
trasareṇupramāṇāste raśmikoṭivibhūṣitāḥ || 6-27 ||

āvirbhāvatirobhāvadharmabhedavivarjitāḥ |

paramaṃ te'dhvanaḥ pāraṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ padamāśritāḥ || 6-28 ||

viśanti nemamadhvānaṃ kālakallolasaṃkulam |

bhaktāste yādṛśe rūpe saṃsārapadamāśritāḥ || 6-29 ||

tādṛśaṃ te samīkṣante paramavyomavāsinaḥ |
vihṛtya suciraṃ kālaṃ koṭyoghapratisaṃcaram || 6-30 ||

tato viśanti te divyaṃ ṣāḍguṇyaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ yaśaḥ |

tadetat paramavyoma leśataste pradarśitam || 6-31 ||

naiva varṣāyutenāpi vaktuṃ śakyo'sya vistaraḥ |

uktaḥ karmādhikāro yaḥ puruṣaste caturyugaḥ || 6-32 ||

asmāt sa paramavyomnastiṣṭhatyarvāci vai pade |
sarvātmanāṃ samaṣṭiryā kośomadhukṛtāmiva || 6-33 ||

śuddhyaśuddhimayo bhāvo bhūteḥ sa puruṣaḥ smṛtaḥ |
anādivāsanāreṇukuṇṭhitairātmabhiścitaḥ || 6-34 ||

ātmano bhūtibhedāste sarvajñāḥ sarvatomukhāḥ |
bhagavacchaktimayyaivaṃ mandatīvrādibhāvayā || 6-35 ||

tattatsudarśanonmeṣanimeṣānukṛtātmanā |
sarvato'vidyayā viddhāḥ kleśamayyā vaśīkṛtāḥ || 6-36 ||

brahmakṣatrādibhāvena cātūrūpyaṃ vrajanti te |
brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrā iti vibhedataḥ || 6-37 ||

ātmāno jīvasaṃjñāste bandhamokṣau vrajanti te |

manavo nāma kūṭasthāsteṣāmuktāḥ samaṣṭayaḥ || 6-38 ||

kleśāśayāparāmṛṣṭāḥ sarvajñāḥ sarvatomukhāḥ |
nityasiddhā hi bhūtyaṃśāste proktā bhagavanmayāḥ || 6-39 ||

āvirbhāvatirobhāvaiḥ svasminnātmani nārada |
ātmano vartayantaste vaiṣṇavā ādhikārikāḥ || 6-40 ||

viṣṇoḥ saṃkalparūpeṇa sthitvāsmin pauruṣe pade |
yogenāvatarantyaṃśaiḥ sthānāt sthānaṃ dharāvadhi || 6-41 ||

sṛṣṭāyāṃ karmabhūmau te mithunībhūya mānavān |
catuḥśataṃ sṛjantyete bhūyo mānavamānavān || 6-42 ||

te cāparimitāḥ sarve vistārastatra vakṣyate |

arvācīne pade tasmāt puruṣāddhi caturyugāt || 6-43 ||

sṛṣṭānirudhataḥ śaktistatsudarśanacoditāt |

sṛṣṭāyāmatha śaktau tu manavo'ṣṭau mahāmune || 6-44 ||

avatīrya svakāt sthānādviṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ |
tiṣṭhanti kalalībhūtāstasmiñśaktimaye pade || 6-45 ||

kālo nāma guṇo nāma tasyā garbhasthitaṃ dvayam |

kālasya niyatirnāma sūkṣmaḥ sarvaniyāmakaḥ || 6-46 ||

udeti prathamaṃ śakterviṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaḥ |

manavo'vatarantyatra te sudarśanacoditāḥ || 6-47 ||

yasya syādyādṛśaṃ rūpaṃ yatkaraṃ yatsvabhāvakam |
sudarśanaprabhāvasthaṃ tattanniyamabhāvitam || 6-48 ||

kālasya pāvanaṃ rūpaṃ yattu tatkalanātmakam |
udeti niyateḥ so'tha kālaḥ saṃkalpacoditaḥ || 6-49 ||

niyatermanavo'pyatra kāle hyavataranti te |
kālaḥ sa kalayatyeko viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaḥ || 6-50 ||

kalayatyakhilaṃ kālyaṃ nadīkūlaṃ yathā rayaḥ |

yattadguṇamayaṃ rūpaṃ śakteḥ pūrvaṃ samīritam || 6-51 ||

sopānakramataḥ kālāt tadgauṇaṃ vyajyate vapuḥ |

sattvaṃ tatra laghu svacchaṃ guṇarūpamanāmayam || 6-52 ||

prathamaṃ vyajyate kālānmanavo'vatarantyataḥ |

āniruddhī tato mūrtiḥ svasaṃkalpapracoditā || 6-53 ||

adhitiṣṭhati tat sattvaṃ viṣṇunāmnaiva nāmabhāk |

tadetat sakalaṃ svacchaṃ sukhamāsīdanākulam || 6-54 ||

antaḥsthamanukaṃ sattvamantaḥsthācidguṇaṃ mune |
viṣṇunādhiṣṭhitaṃ tasmādviṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāt || 6-55 ||

rajo nāma guṇaḥ sattvāt tasmādāvirbhavatyalam |

manavo'vatarantyatra sattvāt saṃkalpacoditāḥ || 6-56 ||

brāhmī mūrtirguṇaṃ taṃ cāpyāniruddhyadhitiṣṭhati |

tadetat pracalaṃ duḥkhaṃ rajaḥ śaśvatpravṛttimat || 6-57 ||

lolībhūtamidaṃ tacca viśvamantaḥsthitaṃ tadā |

brahmaṇādhiṣṭhitāt tasmādantaḥsthamanukānmune || 6-58 ||

saṃkalpacoditaṃ viṣṇostamo nāma guṇo'bhavat |

manavo'vatarantyatra te sudarśanacoditāḥ || 6-59 ||

rudro nāma guṇastaṃ cāpyāniruddhyadhitiṣṭhati |

guru viṣṭambhanaṃ śaśvanmohanaṃ cāpravṛttimat || 6-60 ||

tat tamo nāma bhaṇitaṃ guṇasāgarapāragaiḥ |

sudarśanamayenaiva saṃkalpenātra vai hareḥ || 6-61 ||

codyamāne'pi sṛṣṭyarthaṃ pūrṇaṃ guṇayugaṃ tadā |
aṃśataḥ sāmyamāyāti viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditam || 6-62 ||

traiguṇyaṃ nāma tattvajñaistat tamaḥ parigīyate |

guṇasāmyamavidyā ca svabhāvo yonirakṣaram |
ayonirguṇayoniścetyādyāstraiguṇyavācakāḥ || 6-63 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śuddhetarasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma ṣaṣṭho'dhyāyaḥ || 6 ||

Kapitel 7

śuddhetarasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma saptamo'dhyāyaḥ

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

anyūnānatiriktaṃ yad guṇasāmyaṃ tamomayam |
tat sāṃkhyairjagato mūlaṃ prakṛtiśceti kathyate || 7-1 ||

kramāvatīrṇo yastatra caturmanuyugaḥ pumān |
samaṣṭiḥ puruṣo yoniḥ sa kūṭastha itīryate || 7-2 ||

yat tat kālamayaṃ tattvaṃ jagataḥ saṃprakālanam |
sa tayoḥ kāryamāsthāya saṃyojakavibhājakaḥ || 7-3 ||

mṛtpiṇḍībhūtametattu kālāditritayaṃ mune |
viṣṇoḥ sudarśanenaiva svasvakāryapracoditam || 7-4 ||

mahadādipṛthivyantatattvavargopapādakam |

payomṛdādivat tatra prakṛtiḥ pariṇāminī || 7-5 ||

pumānapariṇāmī san saṃnidhānena kāraṇam |

kālaḥ pacati tattve dve prakṛtiṃ puruṣaṃ ca ha || 7-6 ||

puruṣādhiṣṭhitāt tasmādviṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāt |
kālena kalitāccaiva guṇasāmyānmahāmune || 7-7 ||

mahān nāma mahattattvamavyaktāduditaṃ mune |

vidyā gauryavanī brāhmī vadhūrvṛddhirmatirmadhuḥ || 7-8 ||

akhyātirīśvaraḥ prājñetyete tadvācakā mune |

kālo buddhistathā prāṇa iti tredhā sa gīyate || 7-9 ||

tamaḥsattvarajobhedāt tattadunmeṣasaṃjñayā |
kālastruṭilavādyātmā buddhiraghyavasāyinī || 7-10 ||

prāṇaḥ prayatanākāra ityetā mahato bhidāḥ |

dharmo jñānaṃ virāgaścāpyaiśvaryamiti saṃjñayā || 7-11 ||

mahataḥ sāttvikaṃ rūpaṃ caturdhā pravibhajyate |

adharmājñānāvairāgyamanaiśvaryaṃ ca tāmasam || 7-12 ||

vidyāyā udare'ṣṭau te sudarśanasamīritāḥ |
manavo garbhatāṃ yānti sarvajñāḥ sarvadarśinaḥ || 7-13 ||

bodhanaṃ nāma vaidyaṃ tadindriyaṃ teṣu jāyate |
yenārthānadhyavasyeyuḥ sadasatpravibhāginaḥ || 7-14 ||

vidyāyā udare tatrāhaṃkṛtirnāma jāyate |
saṃkalpāccoditā viṣṇoścoditāyāḥ sudarśanāt || 7-15 ||

ahaṃkāro'bhimānaśca prajāpatirahaṃkṛtiḥ |
abhimantā ca boddhā cetyasyāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ || 7-16 ||

tasya vaikārikaṃ nāma rūpaṃ sāttvikamucyate |
taijasaṃ rājasaṃ rūpaṃ bhūtādirnāma tāmasam || 7-17 ||

kāmaḥ krodhaśca lobhaśca mānaścāvamatistṛṣā |
ityahaṃkṛtirūpāṇi darśitāni mune tava || 7-18 ||

nānāvibhavayuktāyāmutpannāyāmahaṃkṛtau |
tadantargarbhamāyāti manūnāṃ taccaturyugam || 7-19 ||

sudarśaneritaṃ viṣṇorāhaṃkārikamindriyam |
mano nāma manūnāṃ tajjāyate cintanātmakam || 7-20 ||

manasvī buddhimāṃścāpi garbho manumayastathā |

bhūtādeḥ śabdatanmātraṃ tāmasādatha jāyate || 7-21 ||

viyacca śabdatanmātrājjāyate śabdalakṣaṇam |

śabdaikaguṇamākāśamavakāśaprāyi ca || 7-22 ||

tadantargarbhatāṃ yānti viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ |

manavo'ṣṭau mahābuddhe tadā vaikārikāt punaḥ || 7-23 ||

śrotraṃ vāgiti vijñānakarmendriyayugaṃ mune |
samīkṣayaiva devasya manuṣu pratijāyate || 7-24 ||

śrotravānatha vāgmī ca garbho manumayastathā |

sudarśaneritādviṣṇorbhūtādeḥ sparśamātrakam || 7-25 ||

jāyate sparśavān vāyustasmādapi ca jāyate |

śoṣaṇaṃ preraṇaṃ ceṣṭā vyūhanaṃ ca samūhanam || 7-26 ||

kriyābhedā ime tasmājjāyante vāyuto mune |

vaikārikādahaṃkārāt tvakpāṇidvitayaṃ mune || 7-27 ||

jñānakarmendriyadvandvaṃ saṃkalpāt tasya jāyate |

tadantargarbhatāṃ yāti tadā manumayaḥ pumān || 7-28 ||

ceṣṭamānastadā garbho viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaḥ |
tvakpāṇidvayavānāsīt sparśādānādisiddhaye || 7-29 ||

tāmasādatha bhūtādeḥ sudarśanasamīritāt |
jāyate rūpamātraṃ tu jyotistasmācca rūpavat || 7-30 ||

rūpaṃ vyaktistathā pākaḥ kāntirdīptiritīdṛśāḥ |
jāyante taijasā bhedā bhedādvaikārikāt tathā || 7-31 ||

sudarśaneritājjātaṃ cakṣuḥpādayugaṃ mune |

tadantargarbhatāṃ yānti te sudarśanacoditāḥ || 7-32 ||

manavo rūpavantaste kāntidīptyādiśālinaḥ |
cakṣuṣmantaḥ pādavanto vīkṣaṇāṭanayoginaḥ || 7-33 ||

tāmasādatha bhūtāderviṣṇorīkṣāniyojitāt |

jāyate rasamātraṃ tu jāyante'mbhāṃsi vai tataḥ || 7-34 ||

jāyante'tha guṇāsteṣāṃ rasasnehadravādayaḥ |

atha vaikārikāt tasmād viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāt || 7-35 ||

rasanopasthamityetajjāyate dṛkkriyātmakam |

tadantargarbhatāṃ yānti viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ || 7-36 ||

manavaste mahābuddhe viṣṇukarmādhikāriṇaḥ |

sarasāḥ snehavantaśca rudhirādidravānvitāḥ || 7-37 ||

jāyante rasanāvantaḥ puṃstrīvyañjanabheditāḥ |

sudarśaneritāt tasmādbhūtādestadanantaram || 7-38 ||

jāyate gandhatanmātraṃ tasmādgandhavatī mahī |

kāṭhinyaṃ gauravaṃ sthairyamityādyāḥ pārthivā guṇāḥ || 7-39 ||

vaikārikādahaṃkārāt sudarśanasamīritāt |
ghrāṇaṃ pāyuriti dvandvaṃ jñānakarmātmakaṃ mune || 7-40 ||

bhuvaste garbhatāṃ yānti viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditāḥ |

guravaḥ sthirasaṃghātā asthidantādisaṃyutāḥ || 7-41 ||

ghrāṇavantaḥ pāyumantaḥ saṃpūrṇāvayavā mune |

saṃkalpaścaiva saṃrambhaḥ prāṇāḥ pañcavidhāstathā || 7-42 ||

manaso'haṃkṛterbuddherjāyante pūrvameva tu |

evaṃ saṃpūrṇasarvāṅgāḥ prāṇāpānādisaṃyutāḥ || 7-43 ||

sarvendriyayutāstatra dehino manavo mune |

yo yādṛgvarṇitaḥ pūrvaṃ kālastatpratisaṃcare || 7-44 ||

sarge sa eva vijñeyo vaiṣṇavaistattvacintakaiḥ |
vidyāvipariṇāmo'yaṃ saptadhā vīkṣayā hareḥ || 7-45 ||

mahābhūtāni tānyāhurvibhāgān saptadhā mune |

manavo'pi vibhajyante sudarśanasamīritāḥ || 7-46 ||

yugaśo yugaśaḥ pūrvaṃ paścāt puṃstrīvibhedataḥ |
svayamāgatavijñānāḥ sarvajñāḥ sarvadarśinaḥ || 7-47 ||

ātmanyadhyakṣamīśānamaniruddhaṃ dadhatyatha |

tato hyadhyakṣavantaste tatsaṃkalpena coditāḥ || 7-48 ||

garbhānādadhate strīṣu manavaste śataṃ śatam |

brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrāśceti vaturvidhāḥ || 7-49 ||

mānavā manuyoṣidbhyo jāyante dvandvalakṣaṇāḥ |

manubhiḥ saṃskṛtāste tu svāsu patnīṣu mānavāḥ || 7-50 ||

janayanti bahūn putrāṃste syurmānavamānavāḥ |

teṣāṃ gotrāṇyanekāni yairidaṃ sakalaṃ tatam || 7-51 ||

cāturvarṇyamayā ete bhagavatkarmakāriṇaḥ |

teṣāṃ ye karma kurvanti sādhavaḥ śatavārṣikam || 7-52 ||

vivekajñānamāsādya te viśanti hariṃ param |

yugādiyuganirhrāsādye karmāntarakāriṇaḥ || 7-53 ||

phalābhidhyāyino yānti tatprasūtāṃ gatiṃ tu te |

yā sā vidyā purā proktā manugarbhavatī mune || 7-54 ||

garbhavatyeva sā devān nānāguṇavibheditān |
daityadānavarakṣāṃsi gandharvoragakiṃnarān || 7-55 ||

iti nānāvidhā yonīrviṣṇoḥ saṃkalpacoditā |
svasaṃkalpena sṛjati te cānyāṃste'pi cāparān || 7-56 ||

manugarbhadaśāyāṃ tu pitṛdevarṣimānavāḥ |
iti sṛṣṭāstayā śaśvadvidyayā brahmaṇā svayam || 7-57 ||

kūṭastho yaḥ purā proktaḥ pumān vyomnaḥ parādadhaḥ |
manavo devatādyāśca tadvyaṣṭaya itīritāḥ || 7-58 ||

jīvabhedā mune sarve viṣṇubhūtyaṃśakalpitāḥ |

atha vyakteṣu manuṣu prajāteṣu punaḥ punaḥ || 7-59 ||

vidyaivāṃśena kenāpi dhenurbhavati śāśvatī |
dhenurityucyate vidyā meghabhāvamupāgatā || 7-60 ||

payaḥ kṣarati varṣākhyamannādipariṇāmavat |

tattu vaidyaṃ payaḥ prāśya sarve mānavamānavāḥ || 7-61 ||

jñānabhraṃśaṃ prapadyante sarvajñāḥ svata eva te |

tataḥ pravartyate śāstraṃ manubhiḥ pūrvajaistadā || 7-62 ||

tadādiṣṭena mārgeṇa te yānti paramāṃ gatim |
leśataḥ sṛṣṭirukteyaṃ bhūteḥ śuddhetarā mune || 7-63 ||

sudarśanena yā viṣṇorevaṃbhāvena bhāvyate |

bhūyaśca śṛṇu saṃkṣepamimaṃ nārada tattvataḥ || 7-64 ||

ekā śaktirharerviṣṇoḥ sarvabhāvānugāminī |
devī ṣāḍguṇyapūrṇā sā jñānānandakriyāmayī || 7-65 ||

bhāvyabhāvakabhedena sā dvidhābhāvamṛcchati |
bhāvakastatra saṃkalpaḥ sudarśanamayo hareḥ || 7-66 ||

avyāghātastu yastasya sā sudarśanatā mune |
jñānamūlakriyātmāsau svacchaḥ svacchandacinmayaḥ || 7-67 ||

bhāvyo nāma parāṃśo yaḥ sā bhūtiriti gīyate |
saṃkarṣaṇādibhūmyantā śuddhetaravibhāginī || 7-68 ||

saṃkarṣaṇādivyūhāntā śuddhasargamayī sthitā |
śaktyādirbhūmiparyantā śuddhetaramayī mune || 7-69 ||

aṃśayoḥ puruṣo madhye yaḥ sthitaḥ sa caturyugaḥ |
śuddhetaramayaṃ viddhi kūṭasthaṃ taṃ mahāmune || 7-70 ||

itīyaṃ vividhā bhūtirnānātattvamayī mune |
sudarśanena marutā jvāleva bahudheryate || 7-71 ||

ānulomyena sarge tu prātilomyena cāpyaye |
madhye ca sthāpyate tena kāryate ca tathā tathā || 7-72 ||

bhūteraṃśaḥ sa naivāsti svalpālpo'pi mahāmune |
yo na yāti svajanmādau sudarśanavidheyatām || 7-73 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śuddhetarasṛṣṭivarṇanaṃ nāma saptamo'dhyāyaḥ || 7 ||

Kapitel 8

jagadādhāranirūpaṇaṃ nāma aṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan devadevaśa bhaganetravināśana |
śrutaṃ mayaitadakhilaṃ tava vaktrāmbujasrutam || 8-1 ||

vyākulastvantarātmā me nānājñānavimohitaḥ |
kecit traibhūtikīṃ sṛṣṭiṃ bruvate tattvavādinaḥ || 8-2 ||

caturbhūtamayīmanye ke'pyanye pāñcabhautikīm |
tāṃ ṣaḍdhātumayīmeke saptadhātumayīṃ pare || 8-3 ||

aṣṭaprakṛtikāṃ kecinnavaprakṛtikāṃ pare |
daśatattvamayīmeke kecidekādaśātmikām || 8-4 ||

evamuccāvacāṃ saṃkhyāṃ tattvaprakṛtigocarām |
vadanti munayaḥ siddhā devā vedāstathaiva ca || 8-5 ||

aṇḍajāmapare sṛṣṭiṃ padmajāmapi cāpare |
pāvakīmapare sṛṣṭiṃ kecit kāyāntarodbhavām || 8-6 ||

vidyāgarbhamayīmeke śūnyarūpāmathāpare |

itthamuccāvacārthāste nānāśāstramahodadhau || 8-7 ||

nānādarśanakallolajātakolāhalodbhaṭe |
vimuhyatyavamagneyamaplavā vuddhiradya me || 8-8 ||

nirṇayaplavadānena tāmuttāraya śaṃkara |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

ucitaṃ tava devarṣe yadayaṃ praśna īritaḥ || 8-9 ||

muhyantyatra mahānto'pi śṛṇu me tattvanirṇayam |
paramātmā paro deva ekaḥ ṣāḍguṇyamujjvalam || 8-10 ||

vāganādiranantāpi tattvaṃ tannāvagāhate |
guṇaistaṭasthitaistaistairajānāneva sā sthitā || 8-11 ||

yadguṇe nāmni ye śrāntāstatra tattvavido mune |
manubhistadguṇaistaistaiste te tattvavidāṃ varāḥ || 8-12 ||

nirdiśanti jagaddhetuṇ svanirūḍhairmahāmune |
nānāguṇanimittaistairnānāvaktṛsamīritaiḥ || 8-13 ||

bhedaṃ vyavasthitāḥ śabdairaparyāyavido janāḥ |

evaṃ viṣṇoḥ priyā bhāḥ sā śaktiḥ ṣāḍguṇyavigrahā || 8-14 ||

nānānāmabhirekāpi tattvavidbhirupāsyate |

tasyāṃ pravartamānāyāṃ svasaṃkalpena sarjane || 8-15 ||

tathā nivartamānāyāṃ svasaṃkalpena saṃhṛtau |
vijñānabalavaiṣamyādye ye tattvavido mune || 8-16 ||

nyūnādhikavibhedena yāvatīrdadṛśurbhidāḥ |
tāvatīstāvatīste te procuḥ śiṣyābhicoditāḥ || 8-17 ||

ataścāsarvadṛgbuddhiḥ saṃkhyāsu pravimuhyati |
pitāmahādayo ye ca jagatkāryādhikāriṇaḥ || 8-18 ||

teṣāṃ nyūnādhibhāvo'pi vaktṛbhedāt prakalpitaḥ |
svātantryamaniyojyaṃ tu viṣṇoḥ ṣāḍguṇyarūpiṇaḥ || 8-19 ||

tadbuddhirucivaicitryādaṇḍapadmādisaṃbhavaḥ |
nānuyojanamarhanti paramātmapravṛttayaḥ || 8-20 ||

sa yathā ceṣṭate sṛṣṭau sthitau saṃharaṇe'pi vā |
tathā tathā prakārāste hyanantāḥ kālavaibhavāt || 8-21 ||

evaṃ prakāranānātve devasya harimedhasaḥ |
kaścidekaṃ paro'nyaṃ tu prakāramaparo'param || 8-22 ||

dhiyā viditvā provāca śiṣyāya hitakāmyayā |

citrā siṣṭyādiśāstrāṇāṃ pravṛttirata īdṛśī || 8-23 ||

yathādyatve manuṣyāṇāṃ karmavaiṣamyasaṃbhavā |
ahorātrādibhedeṣu sukhaduḥkhavyavasthitiḥ || 8-24 ||

tathā brāhmeṣvahaḥsviṣṭā sukhaduḥkhavyavasthitiḥ |

kecidvātākulā ghasrā brahmaṇo munisattama || 8-25 ||

tathā varṣākulāḥ kecit kecidātapasaṃkulāḥ |
prabhūtaśatravaḥ kecit kecit susvamanoharāḥ || 8-26 ||

anena niścayenaiva dhiyamāsthāya śāśvatīm |
saṃstambhayāntarātmānaṃ vyāmohaste vinaśyatu || 8-27 ||

iti nānāvidhākāraṃ kriyābhūtivibheditam |
nimittotpādakākāraṃ kāraṇaṃ kathitaṃ mune || 8-28 ||

nāradaḥ -

kāraṇaṃ kathitaṃ deva sarvajña vṛṣaketana |
yā sā śaktirjagaddhātuḥ kathitā samavāyinī || 8-29 ||

lakṣmīrnāma dvidhā sā tu kriyābhūtivibhedinī |
yā kriyā nāma saṃkalpaḥ sa sudarśananāmavān || 8-30 ||

bhūtirnāma jagadrūpā kālāvyaktapumātmikā |
aśuddhā śuddharūpā tu sā vyūhavibhavātmikā || 8-31 ||

kriyā pravartikā bhūteḥ sā sudarśanarūpiṇī |
ityetaddarśitaṃ tattvaṃ devadevena me śrutam || 8-32 ||

adhunā śrotumicchāmi dvitīyaṃ praśnamīśvara |
ādhāro nāma yaḥ prokto jagatāṃ vṛṣabhadhbaja || 8-33 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu nārada tattvena ya ādhāra udīryate |
yenedaṃ dhriyate viśvaṃ tantunā maṇayo yathā || 8-34 ||

yā sā śaktirharerādyā lakṣmīrnāma mahāmune |
yā sā sarvātmano viṣṇorbhāvābhāvānuyāyinī || 8-35 ||

tasyā alpāyutāṃśāṃśaḥ svasvātantryavijṛmbhitaḥ |
kriyābhūtivibhedena samudetīti varṇitam || 8-36 ||

sudarśanena kriyayā śaṅkuneva chado mune |
bhūtiḥ sā dhriyate śaśvadvistaraṃ tatra me śṛṇu || 8-37 ||

saṃhṛtākhilabhūtasya staimityaṃ brahmaṇo hi yat |
apyayaḥ sā mahārātristatsaṃkalpena dhāryate || 8-38 ||

mahārātridharo nāma tadaraṃ vai sudarśanam |
tadekāraṃ mahaccakramadyatve cintyate suraiḥ || 8-39 ||

yat sisṛkṣāmayaṃ rūpaṃ brahmaṇaḥ śaktisaṃbhavam |
jvāleva vāyunā vahneḥ saṃkalpena tadīryate || 8-40 ||

uṣaścakraṃ taduddiṣṭamaradvitayabhūṣitam |
bhūtikāmairajasraṃ tadbrahmaṇā caiva dhāryate || 8-41 ||

yaḥ sa saṃkarṣeṇonmeṣo yo dhārayati taṃ sadā |
sākṣādudayacakraṃ tadvijñānatritayātmakam || 8-42 ||

sa saṃkarṣaṇasaṃkalpo jñānakāmairniṣevyate |

yaḥ sa prādyumna unmeṣa aiśvaryamaya ūrjitaḥ || 8-43 ||

vaiṣṇavenaiva lākṣmeṇa sa saṃkalpena dhāryate |
tadvai pradyumnasaṃkalpamaiśvaryamayamūrjitam || 8-44 ||

samyak caturaraṃ cakramaiśvaryasthā upāsate |

āniruddho ya unmeṣaḥ śaktitejovidīpitaḥ || 8-45 ||

saṃkalpo brahmaśaktyutthastaṃ dhārayati sarvadā |
tadvaiśaktimahācakraṃ pañcāraṃ parikalpitam || 8-46 ||

śaktitejaḥsamṛddhayarthaṃ viśve devā upāsate |

vyūhāntarasamākhyātaṃ keśavādidviṣaṭkakam || 8-47 ||

sudarśanena dhriyate yena saṃkalparūpiṇā |
ṣaḍaraṃ tanmahācarkaṃ vyūhāntaravibhāvakam || 8-48 ||

ṛtvaraṃ tat samākhyātaṃ vratakāmā upāsate |

vibhavo yaḥ purā proktaḥ padmanābhādirūrjitaḥ || 8-49 ||

sa yena dhriyate viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpena mahāmune |
mahāsudarśanaṃ nāma dvādaśāraṃ taducyate || 8-50 ||

vibhavāntarasaṃjñaṃ tadyacchaktyāveśasaṃbhavam |
dhṛtaṃ tad dvādaśāreṇa tatsaṃkalpena cakriṇā || 8-51 ||

yattu tat paramaṃ vyoma yad viṣṇoḥ padamūrjitam |
sahasrāreṇa cakreṇa tatsaṃkalpena dhāryate || 8-52 ||

ete saudarśanā vyūhāḥ samāsena prakīrtitāḥ |
ādhārādheyabhāvena vartante te svayaṃ mune || 8-53 ||

saṃkalpaḥ koṭikoṭyaṃśaḥ śakterbhūtistathā dvidhā |
śaktiḥ sā vaiṣṇavī sattā bahudhaivaṃ prabhāsate || 8-54 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jagadādhāravarṇanaṃ nāma aṣṭamo'dhyāyaḥ || 8 ||

Kapitel 9

aśuddhajagadādhāranirūpaṇaṃ nāma navamo'dhyāyaḥ

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

ādhāraḥ kathitaḥ śuddhaḥ śuddhā sā yena dhāryate |
bhūtirvyūhādirūpeṇa yā sā devī pravartate || 9-1 ||

pumādyavaniparyantā yathā śuddhetarātmikā |
sā yena dhāryate cakraṃ tatsaṃkalpamayaṃ śṛṇu || 9-2 ||

tryaraṃ tat pauruṣaṃ cakraṃ puruṣo yena dhāryate |

cakraṃ triṃśadaraṃ proktaṃ śaktiḥ sā yena dhāryate || 9-3 ||

tādṛśaṃ naiyataṃ cakraṃ niyatiryena dhāryate |
ṣaḍaraṃ kālacakraṃ tat sa kālo yena dhāryate || 9-4 ||

sattvaṃ rajastamaścaiva dhāryante yairmahāmune |
tāni tvādhāracakrāṇi tryarāṇīti vidurbudhāḥ || 9-5 ||

cakramekādaśāraṃ tu buddhiḥ sā yena dhāryate |

aṣṭāraṃ tanmahācakramahaṃkārasya dhārakam || 9-6 ||

ekāraṃ vaiyataṃ cakraṃ dvyaraṃ tadvāyudhārakam |
tryaraṃ taijasamākhyātamāpyaṃ caturaraṃ mune || 9-7 ||

pañcāraṃ pārthivaṃ cakraṃ pṛthivī yena dhāryate |
guṇacakrāṇyaraiḥ sarvāṇyaṅkitāni tribhistribhiḥ || 9-8 ||

ekādaśavidhaṃ cakramaindriyaṃ dviyugārakam |
iyamādhāraśaktiste proktā pratisvikī mune || 9-9 ||

ekadhāraṃ mahaccakraṃ mahābhūtikaraṃ śṛṇu |
mahāketupaṭī yadvadvitatā vyomni dhāryate || 9-10 ||

aniśaṃ pāvamānena pavamānena vai mune |
saṃkarṣaṇādibhūmyantā viṣṇuśaktimayī tathā || 9-11 ||

nirālambe paṭe bhūtiḥ saṃkalpenaiva dhāryate |
tatsaṃkalpamayaṃ cakramanantāraṃ mahāmune || 9-12 ||

divyaṃ mahāvibhūtyākhyamavāṅmanasalaṅghitam |
aprameyamanādyantaṃ bhāvābhāvasvalakṣaṇam || 9-13 ||

anantāramaparyantaṃ paryantakulasaṃkulam |
brahmāṇḍakoṭikoṭyoghakoṭyarbudavibhāvitam || 9-14 ||

mahābhūtasahasraughasahasraughavibhāvanam |
jyotiriṅgaṇasacchāyairindriyaiḥ koṭikoṭiśaḥ || 9-15 ||

aṅkitaṃ kṣudrameghābhairbrahmāṇḍairanucitritam |
mahābhūtamayībhistu kvacidadbhirivātatam || 9-16 ||

vipruṅbhiriva varṣāṇāṃ vitataṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ padam |
mahābhūtaiḥ kvaciddīptaṃ jyotirbhirayutāyutaiḥ || 9-17 ||

vījitaṃ bhūtapavanairvyajanotthairiva kvacit |
kṣudrāvakāśasaṃkāśairākāśaiḥ koṭikoṭiśaḥ || 9-18 ||

chidritaṃ vividhākārairahaṃkārairahaṃkṛtam |
amahadbhirmahadbhiśca koṭikoṭivibhāgibhiḥ || 9-19 ||

aṅkitaṃ vividhākāraistamobhirbahulaṃ kṛtam |
kvacidvividhasaṃtāpacalanairayutāyutaiḥ || 9-20 ||

rajobhī rañjitaṃ kṣudrairviśadairlaghubhiḥ kvacit |
aṅkitaṃ bahubhiḥ sattvairvimalaiḥ koṭikoṭiśaḥ || 9-21 ||

trividhaiḥ ṣaṭprakāraiśca dviṣaṭkapravibhāgibhiḥ |
caturviṃśatisaṃbhedaistriṃśadardhadvayojjvalaiḥ || 9-22 ||

ṣaṣṭiṣaṭkasamākīrṇaiḥ koṭikoṭivibhāgibhiḥ |
kālairanekasāhasrairayutāyutasaṃkulaiḥ || 9-23 ||

kīrṇaṃ niyatirūpeṇa nānāniyamanātmanā |
koṭikoṭisahasraughakoṭikoṭiguṇena ca || 9-24 ||

śaktyā nānāvidhākāramadhukośanibhātmanā |
niṣyandamānatattvaughasvarūpamadhuvipruṣā || 9-25 ||

koṭikoṭisahasraughaniyutāyutarūpayā |
snigdhaṃ kvacidivātyarthaṃ puṃsā kvacidivāsthitam || 9-26 ||

śuklaraktāsitākārakarmakalpitarūpiṇā |
anekamaśakākīrṇodumbarapratimātmanā || 9-27 ||

nānājīvavibhedena nānāphalavidhājuṣā |
śubhāśubhobhayākāravāsanājaṭilātmanā || 9-28 ||

anekakleśakośena puruṣeṇāsthitaṃ kvacit |
nirmalānandasaṃbodhamahāsattāmayena ca || 9-29 ||

nityairmuktairnirābādhairnirmalānandalakṣaṇaiḥ |
sākṣāt paśyadbhirīśānaṃ nārāyaṇamanāmayam || 9-30 ||

devyā lakṣmyā samāsīnaṃ pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyadehayā |
nityoditairnityatṛptairatikrāntaistamo mahat || 9-31 ||

ātmabhiḥ śobhitenaivaṃ vareṇa niyatāṅkitam |
ṣāḍguṇyavigrahairvyūhaiḥ puruṣaiḥ puṣkarekṣaṇaiḥ || 9-32 ||

āsthitaṃ jagadutpattisthitisaṃhṛtikāribhiḥ |
iti vyāptavatīmetāṃ vibhūtiṃ vaiṣṇavīṃ parām || 9-33 ||

citrāmbaradharāṃ samyagdadhadātmānamātmanā |
saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavo yo'yaṃ maṇīn sūtramivāsthitaḥ || 9-34 ||

tadanantāramavyaktaṃ mahaccakraṃ sudarśanam |
bhāvitaṃ smṛtimātreṇa bhāvayatyakhilā gatīḥ || 9-35 ||

yo jihīrṣāmayo nityaḥ saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavaḥ paraḥ |
anantāramaparyantaṃ tatsaṃhṛtisudarśanam || 9-36 ||

eka eva tu saṃkalpo rūpairnānopagīyate |
anantamaparicchedyamaprameyamanūpamam || 9-37 ||

ataraṅgārṇavākāramanabhrāmbarasaṃnibham |
ekaṃ tat paramaṃ brahma ṣāḍguṇyastimitaṃ mahat || 9-38 ||

bhāvābhāvamayī tasya śaktirekānapāyinī |
taddharmadharmiṇī divyā jyotsneva himadīdhiteḥ || 9-39 ||

tasya saṃkalpasaṃkalpo rūpavyāpriyamāṇatā |
staimityasthitisaṃkalpastimitaṃ tat sudarśanam || 9-40 ||

prabhave cāpyaye vāpi sthitau vāpi mahāmune |
calattāpūrvarūpaṃ yaḥ saṃkalpastatra vartate || 9-41 ||

calanaṃ nāma taccakraṃ sudarśanamayaṃ mahat |

bhedāstrayo'sya vijñeyāstantravijñānapāragaiḥ || 9-42 ||

mahāsṛṣṭimayaṃ tatra samāsavyāsalakṣaṇam |
nānāśaktisamākīrṇaṃ tacca te kathitaṃ purā || 9-43 ||

mahāsaṃhāracakraṃ ca samāsavyāsalakṣaṇam |
tādṛgevātra vijñeyaṃ tacca te darśitaṃ purā || 9-44 ||

sthiticakraṃ tu yanmadhye samāsavyāsalakṣaṇam |
tasya vakṣyāmi vistāraṃ yatpramāṇatayā sthitam || 9-45 ||

yathā hyeko naṭo bhāvairnānārūpairvibhajyate |
tathā saṃkalpa evaikastaistairbhedairvibhajyate || 9-46 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ aśuddhajagadādhāranirūpaṇaṃ nāma navamo'dhyāyaḥ || 9 ||

Kapitel 10

arthātmakapramāṇanirūpaṇaṃ nāma daśamo'dhyāyaḥ

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan devadeveśa bhavānījīviteśvara |
lokanātha jagannātha devānāmabhayaprada || 10-1 ||

namaste tripuraghnāya tattvavijñānasindhave |
daśāvyayāya te nityaṃ ṣaḍaṅgāya namo namaḥ || 10-2 ||

yadetaduditaṃ nityaṃ jagatkāraṇamavyayam |
yaccādhāratayā proktaṃ saṃkalpākhyaṃ sudarśanam || 10-3 ||

tadetadakhilaṃ deva viṣṇusaṃkalpajṛmbhitam |
samāsavyāsarūpeṇa tattvato me'vadhāritam || 10-4 ||

idānīṃ śrotumicchāmi vistareṇāntakāntaka |
kiṃ tat pramāṇamityuktaṃ kīdṛśaṃ kiṃvidhaṃ ca tat || 10-5 ||

kimarthaṃ kiṃmayaṃ deva tanme vistaraśo vada |
vaktā sarvasya guhyasya tvadanyo naiva vidyate || 10-6 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu nārada tattvena pramāṇasthitimavyayām |
viśvaṃ yatraiva viśrāntaṃ sadevāsuramānuṣam || 10-7 ||

madhyamo yaḥ sa saṃkalpo viṣṇoḥ sṛṣṭavato jagat |
śāśvate tiṣṭhati vyaktaṃ jaganmārga itīdṛśaḥ || 10-8 ||

tat pramāṇamiti proktaṃ sthiticakraṃ mahāmune |

samaṣṭivyaṣṭibhāvena tad dvirūpaṃ vibhāvyate || 10-9 ||

aikarūpyeṇa saṃkalpo yaḥ sarvaviṣaye sthitaḥ |
mahāsthitimayaṃ cakraṃ tadetat kīrtitaṃ mune || 10-10 ||

tattveyattā samastātman yasminnāyatate'khilā |
prātisvikī vyavasthā yā yasya sattvasya yādṛśī || 10-11 ||

pariṇāmakriyāsādhyasthānarūpādigocarā |
tadvadvyaṣṭimaye cakre pramāṇe sā vyavasthitā || 10-12 ||

ekaceṣṭādiko yortho yaśca sṛṣṭyādilakṣaṇaḥ |
śāstraśāstrārthatatsādhyavyavasthātmā ca yo mune || 10-13 ||

vāsudevādike vyūhe svasvasaṃkalpasaṃbhavaḥ || 10-14 ||

pramāṇaṃ yena tat sarvamiyattāṃ pratipadyate |

yacca tat paramaṃ vyoma divyasaṃbhogalakṣaṇam || 10-15 ||

sthitipramāṇarūpeṇa tatsaṃkalpena vai hareḥ |
aniyattamasaṃkocamanantaṃ vyavatiṣṭhate || 10-16 ||

acetanānāṃ tattvānāṃ yā sā yoniḥ parā mune |
kālakālyamayī śaktiriyattā tattridhā parā || 10-17 ||

svarūpakāryabhāvādau sā pramāṇanibandhanā |
niyatiḥ kāla ityete dve kālasya bhide mate || 10-18 ||

śuddhāśuddhamaye madhye yaḥ pumān kūṭavat sthitaḥ |
nānājīvamahāyonistasya yā sthitiravyayā || 10-19 ||

iyattā yā ca sā cakre pramāṇe vyavatiṣṭhate |
iyattāyā bhidā yā ca kalākāṣṭhādigocarā || 10-20 ||

sā pramāṇamaye cakre sarvāpyāyatate mune |
sattvādīnāṃ svarūpaṃ yadyā pravṛttiḥ phalaṃ ca yat || 10-21 ||

iyattā tatra sarvatra sā pramāṇasudarśanāt |
yadrūpatritayaṃ buddherdharmādyā yā ca vikriyā || 10-22 ||

vyāpāraspandanirṇītirnimeṣātmā ca yo'khilaḥ |
yo'treyattāmayo bhāvaḥ sa pramāṇasudarśanāt || 10-23 ||

abhimāno dvidhā yo'pi saṃrambho yo'pyahaṃkṛteḥ |
yaśca kāmādiko bhāvastatreyattāsthitiśca yā || 10-24 ||

sā pramāṇamaye cakre saṃkalpe'smin sudarśanena |
pañcānāṃ pañcakaṃ yacca saṃkalpānāmavasthitam || 10-25 ||

tādṛśaṃ ca vikalpānāṃ tadetad dvitayaṃ mune |
iyattā yā sthitā vyāpya sā pramāṇasudarśanāt || 10-26 ||

tānavaṃ pāṭavaṃ yacca yaccālocanapañcakam |
śāntaghorādikaṃ rūpaṃ yacca dhīndriyapañcake || 10-27 ||

vacanādānavikrāntimodotsargamayaṃ ca yat |
śāntaghorādikaṃ rūpaṃ yatkarmendriyapañcake || 10-28 ||

tatreyattāmayaṃ rūpam yacca sthitimayaṃ vapuḥ |
pramāṇe vaiṣṇave sarvaṃ tatsaṃkalpasudarśane || 10-29 ||

vyūhāvakāśalaghutāceṣṭāpreraṇaśoṣaṇam |
vyūhāvakāśavyaktārdrasnehakṣudratvamapyuta || 10-30 ||

sthairyapārthivakāṭhinyamityetadbhautikaṃ vapuḥ |
ekadvitricatuḥpañcaguṇavyūhamayī sthitiḥ || 10-31 ||

yaistadvyāpya sthiteyattā sā pramāṇasudarśanāt |
tattve tattve ca maryādā yā yā śaśvadavasthitā || 10-32 ||

sā sā pramāṇacakrasya saṃkalpasya harergatiḥ |
itīyaṃ sthitimaryādeyattā cakre prakīrtitā || 10-33 ||

viṣṇusaṃkalpasaṃbhūtāṃ sthitimanyāṃ mune śṛṇu |
pratibandhanirāsena yā svabhāvagatirmune || 10-34 ||

tattvānāṃ tāttvikānāṃ ca sā sthitiḥ kathyate mune |
guṇāntarānugraheṇa yaḥ sattvonmeṣa ūrjitaḥ || 10-35 ||

dharmajñānādirūpo'sau sudarśanasamīritaḥ |
parimāṇaviśeṣaḥ sa bodhyastrailokyadhārakaḥ || 10-36 ||

śanairācaryamāṇo'sau sattvojjvalitabuddhibhiḥ |
bibharti rodasī śaśvadannavṛṣṭyādidānataḥ || 10-37 ||

guṇāntarānugraheṇa tamaso yaḥ sa udyamaḥ |
adharmādisvarūpo'sau viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaḥ || 10-38 ||

śanairācaryamāṇo'sau tamomalinabuddhibhiḥ |
annavṛṣṭyādināśena vināśayati rodasī || 10-39 ||

sattvasyopadravaḥ śaśvadato'nyasmādguṇadvayāt |

dharmasaṃsthāpanāyātha nirasiṣyannadhārmikān || 10-40 ||

janārdanatvamīśāno yadā viṣṇuḥ prapadyate |
tadā devasya saṃkalpaḥ sudarśanasamāhvayaḥ || 10-41 ||

āyudhādisvarūpeṇākāratvaṃ pratipadyate |
cakralāṅgalasaunandaśaṅkhaśārṅgaśaratmanā || 10-42 ||

khaḍgakheṭakarūpeṇa pāśāṅkuśaparaśvadhaiḥ |
daṇḍakuntasvarūpeṇa dambholimusalātmanā || 10-43 ||

śatavakrāgnirūpeṇa kuntaśaktimayātmanā |
tathā śūlasvarūpeṇa kharvāṅgādyāyudhātmanā || 10-44 ||

evaṃ nānāvidhai rūpaistatsaṃkalpavikalpitaiḥ |
udeti jagato vṛddhyai nārāyaṇakarāśrayī || 10-45 ||

iti śastramayo vyūho leśataste nidarśitaḥ |
aparo'stramayo vyūhaḥ saudarśana udīryate || 10-46 ||

rūpamāsthāya divyaṃ tadaṅgapratyaṅgabhūṣaṇam |
brahmakṣatrādibhāvena mukhabāhūrupādataḥ || 10-47 ||

brahmāstrādimayaṃ vyūhaṃ pravartakanivartakam |
sṛjatyaśeṣarakṣārthaṃ ṣaṣṭidvitayasaṃmatam || 10-48 ||

prajāpatipitṛbrahmadevebhyaśca tathā tathā |
divyo nānāvidhākāraḥ samudetyastrarūpavān || 10-49 ||

brahmadevarṣirājarṣiṣvapi mantramayātmasu |
anuvyāhāraśāpādirūpeṇaivāvatiṣṭhate || 10-50 ||

na tadasti pṛthivyāṃ vā divi vā munisattama |
nigrahe'nugrahe vāpi yatrāyaṃ naiva sādhanam || 10-51 ||

pramāṇavyūha etāvānarthākāro nidarśitaḥ |
sudarśanasya devasya śabdākāramatho śṛṇu || 10-52 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām arthātmakapramāṇavyūhanirūpaṇaṃ nāma daśamo'dhyāyāḥ || 10 ||

Kapitel 11

śabdātmakapramāṇavyūhanirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekādaśo'dhyāyaḥ

nāradaḥ -

namaḥ samastagīrvāṇasukhasaubhāgyadāyine |
śaṃkarāya girīśāya gaurīdayita te namaḥ || 11-1 ||

śrutaḥ pramāṇarūpo'yaṃ vyūhārtho yanmayākhilaḥ |
śabdākāro ya uddiṣṭastaṃ me vada sureśvara || 11-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

ādisarge purāvṛtte nānābhāvavibhūṣite |
āsīcchaktimato viṣṇoriyaṃ cintā sukhodayā || 11-3 ||

vipuleyaṃ kṛtā sṛṣṭirmayā sattvaguṇottarā |
pratyakṣasarvadharmārthā nirābādhā sukhottarā || 11-4 ||

prajeyamabhinirvṛttā devarṣibrahmasaṃkulā |

tattvajñānasamāyogāt saddharmakaraṇādapi || 11-5 ||

acireṇaiva māṃ prāpya svīyaṃ bhāvaṃ bhajiṣyate |

rajastamoguṇodrekaḥ kālenaiva bhaviṣyati || 11-6 ||

tadunmeṣavaśenaiva sattvamapyupacoṣyate |

tadā prādurbhaviṣyanti daityadānavarākṣasāḥ || 11-7 ||

tairiyaṃ sāttvikī divyā maryādā cālayiṣyate |

rajastamoguṇonmeṣāt samyagjñāne vināśite || 11-8 ||

jñānahetuḥ sa dharmo'pi tirodhānaṃ gamiṣyati |

tataśceyamanādhārā prajāśuddhā vinaṅkṣyati || 11-9 ||

tatra rūpairanekairme kṛtyaṃ śaśvadbhaviṣyati |

teṣūpakaraṇāpekṣā nānākārā bhaviṣyati || 11-10 ||

āviśyāviśya bhūtāni svena rūpeṇa māyayā |
taistaiḥ sādhanasaṃbhedairnirasya sukṛtadviṣaḥ || 11-11 ||

sukarā dharmamaryādā tatra tatra bhaviṣyati |

sādhanaṃ ca dvidhā kāryaṃ dharmadveṣinirākṛtau || 11-12 ||

śastrāstravyūharūpeṇa śāstrarūpeṇa caiva hi |

ityuktvārthatvarūpaṃ hi śastrāstraughasamākulam || 11-13 ||

vyūhaṃ sasarja saṃkalpya svena saṃkalpatejasā |
sa ca saudarśano vyūho maryādādhāraṇakṣamaḥ || 11-14 ||

pramāṇarūpa uddiṣṭo vakṣyate ca tathā tathā |
pramāṇarūpaśāstrārthaḥ saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavo hi yaḥ || 11-15 ||

udito brahmaṇastasmādyathā tadavadhāraya |

saṃkalpamayamevaikaṃ sakalāntastamonudam || 11-16 ||

nirghātaśabdavadvyomnaḥ śāstramekamabhūt tadā |
varṇārthaiḥ saṃbhṛtairvarnaiścidānandamahormibhiḥ || 11-17 ||

viṣṇuśaktisamudrotthairmaṇibhimāktikairiva |
protaṃ saudarśanaṃ rūpaṃ viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpakalpitam || 11-18 ||

tadvijñānamayaṃ śāstraṃ saddharmapratipādakam |
niyutādhyāyi yat proktaṃ kāmapālena śāśvatam || 11-19 ||

puruṣārthaiścaturbhistadanvitaṃ hetusaṃkulam |
ṛgyajuḥsāmabhirjuṣṭamaṅgirobhiratharvabhiḥ || 11-20 ||

padavākyapramāṇārthairvikalpairbahubhiścitam |
alaṃkṛtaṃ śubhaistaistaiḥ samayairdivyamānuṣaiḥ || 11-21 ||

tastairvikalpitaiḥ kalpaiśchandobhirvividhairvṛtam |
kālopagrahasaṃkhyābhiḥ prakṛtipratyayaiḥ svaraiḥ || 11-22 ||

vibhaktikārakairliṅgaiḥ svairaiḥ prakṛtisandhibhiḥ |
saṃjñābhiḥ sādhikārābhirbhūṣitaṃ paribhāṣayā || 11-23 ||

ādeśairāgamairlopairvikāraiścāpyupāghibhiḥ |
vṛttibhirvividhābhiśca vākyairupapadairapi || 11-24 ||

avyayairupasargaiśca nāmākhyātanipātakaiḥ |
mātrāvṛttisvarabalairabhiniṣṭānasāmabhiḥ || 11-25 ||

yamaraṅgavibhāgaiśca bhūṣitaṃ padabhaṅgibhiḥ |
varṇāgamavikalpaiśca tathā varṇaviparyayaiḥ || 11-26 ||

kalpanābhiśca laghvībhirvikṛteḥ prakṛterapi |
niruktakalpairvividhairnānānigamanairapi || 11-27 ||

grahanakṣatrarāśisthairvikalpairgaṇanotthitaiḥ |
horāskandhavikalpaiśca vidhānaiḥ phalakalpitaiḥ || 11-28 ||

vidhyarthavādamantrotthairvicāraiḥ karmakalpanaiḥ |
aṅgayuktikramohaiśca tantravāpātideśanaiḥ || 11-29 ||

adhikārairanekaiśca vicārairvākyagocaraiḥ |
pramāṇakalpitairnyāyairnigrahacchalajātibhiḥ || 11-30 ||

dravyakarmavikalpaiśca guṇasāmānyakalpanaiḥ |
cāturhotravikalpaiśca cāturvaidyavijṛmbhitaiḥ || 11-31 ||

cāturāśramyakalpaiśca cāturvarṇyavikalpitaiḥ |
saṃskārakalpairvividhairnityakāmyakriyākramaiḥ || 11-32 ||

itihāsapurāṇābhyāṃ vividhābhyāṃ samanvitam |
vividhaiśca prasaṃkhyānaiḥ svaprakṛtyādikalpitaiḥ || 11-33 ||

pumīśvaravikalpaiśca pariṇāmavikalpitaiḥ |
avasthālakṣaṇavyākhyādharmakḷptivicitritam || 11-34 ||

pramāṇānāṃ sasargāṇāṃ nānākalpanayānvitam |
lepālepavicāraiśca puruṣāvyaktagocaraiḥ || 11-35 ||

tattvatāttvikakalpaiśca nānāgativicintanaiḥ |
muktikramavicāraiśca khyātikalpairanekaśaḥ || 11-36 ||

jñānājñānasamākhyātaguṇadoṣavicāraṇaiḥ |
guṇatrayavikalpaiśca sargasaṃyogacintanaiḥ || 11-37 ||

ānvitaṃ vividhaiḥ sāṃkhyaiḥ prasaṃkhyānakṛtakramaiḥ |
yogaprakārakalpaiśca vṛttīnāṃ kalpanairapi || 11-38 ||

abhyāsakalpairvividhaiścāturvairāgyakalpanaiḥ |
antaraṅgabahirbhūtayogāṅgaparicintanaiḥ || 11-39 ||

kleśakarmavipākānāmāśayānāṃ ca varṇanaiḥ |
tāpasaṃskāracintābhirduḥkhabhedavicintanaiḥ || 11-40 ||

taistaiścaturadhiṣṭhānakalpanaiḥ kalpitaṃ pṛthak |
upādeyasya heyasya hānopādānayorapi || 11-41 ||

svarūpacintānaiścitrairbhogakāmavikalpanaiḥ |

kriyāyogairanekaiśca cittasaṃskārasādhanaiḥ || 11-42 ||

siddhibhiśca vicitrābhiścittasthābhiralaṃkṛtam |
patipāśapaśuvyākhyāvikalpairhetucitritaiḥ || 11-43 ||

śuddhādhvakalpanābhiśca kriyājñānavibhedataḥ |
arthapañcakacintābhiranekābhiralaṃkṛtam || 11-44 ||

śaktipañcakacintābhirmalatrayavicāraṇaiḥ |
bhogopakaraṇākhyānaiḥ puṃsāṃ rūpavikalpanaiḥ || 11-45 ||

dīkṣāpratiṣṭhākalpaiśca dharmaiḥ pāśupatairapi |
iti nānāvidhākārabuddhikalpavicitrayā || 11-46 ||

yuktaṃ kalpanayā śaśvat kḷptanānādhikārayā |
adhikāreṇa saddharmān vyācakṣāṇamanekadhā || 11-47 ||

niyutādhyāyakaṃ pūrvamāsīt saṃkarṣaṇoditam |
saṃkalpamayamādyasya viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpajāt kila || 11-48 ||

tena śāstreṇa te divyā manavo mānavāśca te |
ye proktā ādisarge te tathā mānavamānavāḥ || 11-49 ||

satkriyābhiranalpābhirnārāyaṇamatoṣayan |

atha kālaviparyāsādyugabhedasamudbhave || 11-50 ||

tretādau sattvasaṃkocādrajasi pravijṛmbhite |
kāmaṃ kāmayamāneṣu brāhmaṇeṣu mahātmasu || 11-51 ||

mandapracāramāsīt tacchāsanaṃ yat sudarśanam |

tato mohākule loke lokatantravidhāyinaḥ || 11-52 ||

saṃbhūya lokakartāraḥ kartavyaṃ samacintayan |
apāntaratapā nāma munirvāksaṃbhavo hareḥ || 11-53 ||

kapilaśca purāṇarṣirādidevasamudbhavaḥ |
hiraṇyagarbho lokādirahaṃ paśupatiḥ śivaḥ || 11-54 ||

ete taptvā tapastīvraṃ varṣāṇāmayutaṃ śatam |
ādidevamanujñāpya devadevena coditāḥ || 11-55 ||

sudarśanasya leśena tatsaṃkalpena saṃyutāḥ |
vijñānabalamāsādya dharmāddevaprasādajāt || 11-56 ||

āvirbhūtaṃ tu tacchāstramaṃśataste tatakṣima |

tatakṣa bhagavānpūrvamapāntaratapā muniḥ || 11-57 ||

harervācyāyanaḥ putro yāvadāttaṃ ca vai tataḥ |
udabhūt tatra dhīrūpamṛgyajuḥsāmasaṃkulam || 11-58 ||

viṣṇusaṃkalpasaṃbhūtametadvācyāyaneritam |

tatakṣa kapilaḥ śāstrādyāvadaṃśamudāradhīḥ || 11-59 ||

tat sāṃkhyamabhavacchāstraṃ prasaṃkhyānaparāyaṇam |

hiraṇyagarbho lokādiryat tatakṣādiśāsanāt || 11-60 ||

yamādyaṅgamabhūdetad divyaṃ yogānuśāsanam |

ahaṃ tatakṣa yacchāstrādaṃśānnānāvratākulāt || 11-61 ||

abhūt pāśupatākhyaṃ tat paśupāśavimocanam |

sadāgamamayāt tasmāt kevalād divyaśāsanāt || 11-62 ||

nirmame sāramuddhṛtya svayaṃ viṣṇurasaṃkulam |
tat paravyūhavibhavasvabhāvādinirūpaṇam || 11-63 ||

pañcarātrāhvayaṃ tantraṃ mokṣaikaphalalakṣaṇam |
sudarśanāhvayo yo'sau saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavaḥ paraḥ || 11-64 ||

sa svayaṃ bibhide tena pañcadhā pañcavaktragaḥ |

viṣṇusaṃkalparūpo'yaṃ pramāṇavyūha īritaḥ |

śastraśāstravibhedena kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 11-65 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śabdātmakapramāṇavyūhanirūpaṇaṃ nāmaikādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 11 ||

Kapitel 12

śabdātmakapramāṇavyūhaviśeṣasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ

nāradaḥ -

surāsuragaṇārādhya namaste pārvatīpriya |
tvatprasādācchrutaṃ deva divyaṃ tadvaiṣṇavaṃ yaśaḥ || 12-1 ||

yat tadādyaṃ mahacchāstraṃ sudarśanamayaṃ hareḥ |
tasmāt pṛthak pṛthakchāstramāhurvācyāyanādayaḥ || 12-2 ||

trayī sāṃkhyaṃ tathā yogaśāstraṃ pāśupataṃ tathā |
sāttvataṃ ceti tadrūpaṃ śrotumicchāmyahaṃ prabho || 12-3 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu nārada tattvena teṣāṃ rūpaṃ pṛthak pṛthak |
saṃkalpo yāvatā viṣṇorbhedena vyavatiṣṭhate || 12-4 ||

tatra trayīmayaṃ rūpamādyaṃ sarvārthadaśanam |
ṛgyajuḥsāmarūpatvāt trayī sā parikīrtitā || 12-5 ||

kāryabhedāt trayītve'pi caturdhā sā prakīrtitā |
ṛco yajūṃṣi sāmāni hyatharvāṅgirasastathā || 12-6 ||

cāturhotrapradhānatvādṛgāditritayaṃ trayī |

atharvāṅgirasāṃ rūpaṃ sarvamṛgyajuṣātmakam || 12-7 ||

tathāpi śāntyābhicāraprādhānyāt te pṛthak kṛtāḥ |

ekaviṃśatiśākhāvānṛgvedaḥ parigīyate || 12-8 ||

śataṃ caikā ca śākhāḥ syuryajuṣāmekavartmanām |
sāmnāṃ śākhāḥ sahasraṃ syuḥ pañca śākhā atharvaṇām || 12-9 ||

iyanta eva pratyakṣā āmnāyante maharṣibhiḥ |
smaryante munibhirnityaṃ labdhānujñairmaheśvarāt || 12-10 ||

eṣāṃ naiyamikā dharmāḥ svarūpāmnāyagocarāḥ |

kalpo vyākaraṇaṃ śikṣā niruktaṃ jyotiṣāṃ gatiḥ || 12-11 ||

chandasāṃ vicayaśceti ṣaḍaṅgāni vidurbudhāḥ |

upāṅgadvitayaṃ caitanmīmāṃsā nyāyavistaraḥ || 12-12 ||

dharmajñasamayo'rthāśca vedavādotthitāstathā |
nibaddhā cānibaddhā ca saṃskārācārasaṃtatiḥ || 12-13 ||

dharmaśāstraṃ maharṣīṇāmantaḥkaraṇasaṃbhṛtam |

itihāsapuraṇākhya upavedaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 12-14 ||

vāstuvedo dhanurvedo gāndharvaśca tathā mune |
āyurvedaśca pañcaita upavedāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 12-15 ||

daṇḍanītiśca vārtā ca vidyādvayamidaṃ param |
ekaviṃśatibhedo yaḥ saprakāraḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 12-16 ||

vācyāyanādṛṣeḥ pūrvaṃ viṣṇorvāṇīsamudbhavāt |
trayīrūpeṇa saṃkalpa iyadbhedo vijṛmbhitaḥ || 12-17 ||

sāṃkhyarūpeṇa saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavaḥ kapilādṛṣeḥ |
udito yādṛśaḥ pūrvaṃ tādṛśaṃ śṛṇu me'khilam || 12-18 ||

ṣaṣṭibhedaṃ smṛtaṃ tantraṃ sāṃkhyaṃ nāma mahāmune |

prākṛtaṃ vaikṛtaṃ ceti maṇḍale dve samāsataḥ || 12-19 ||

prākṛtaṃ maṇḍalaṃ tatra dvātriṃśadbhedamiṣyate |
tatrādyaṃ brahmatantraṃ tu dvitīyaṃ puruṣāṅkitam || 12-20 ||

trīṇi tantrāṇyathānyāni śakterniyatikālayoḥ |
guṇatantrāṇyatha trīṇi tantramakṣarapūrvakam || 12-21 ||

prāṇatantramathānyattu kartṛtantramathetarat |
sāmitantramathānyattu jñānatantrāṇi pañca ca || 12-22 ||

kriyātantrāṇi prañcātha mātrātantrāṇi pañca ca |
bhūtatantrāṇi pañceti triṃśad dve ca bhidā imāḥ || 12-23 ||

prākṛtaṃ maṇḍalaṃ proktaṃ vaikṛtaṃ maṇḍalaṃ śṛṇu |

aṣṭāviṃśati bhedaṃ tanmaṇḍalaṃ vaikṛtaṃ smṛtam || 12-24 ||

kṛtyakāṇḍāni pañcādau bhogakāṇḍaṃ tathā'param |
vṛttakāṇḍaṃ tathaikaṃ tu kleśakāṇḍāni pañca ca || 12-25 ||

trīṇi pramāṇakāṇḍāni khyātikāṇḍamataḥ param |
dharmakāṇḍamathaikaṃ ca kāṇḍaṃ vairāgyapūrvakam || 12-26 ||

athaiśvaryasya kāṇḍaṃ ca guṇakāṇḍamataḥ param |
liṅgakāṇḍamathaikaṃ ca dṛṣṭikāṇḍamataḥ param || 12-27 ||

ānuśravikakāṇḍaṃ ca duḥkhakāṇḍamataḥ param |
siddhikāṇḍamathaikaṃ ca kāṇḍaṃ kāṣāyavācakam || 12-28 ||

tathā samayakāṇḍaṃ ca mokṣakāṇḍamataḥ param |
aṣṭāviṃśatibhedaṃ taditthaṃ vikṛtimaṇḍalam || 12-29 ||

ṣaṣṭhitantrāṇyathaikaikameṣāṃ nānāvidhaṃ mune |
ṣaṣṭitantramidaṃ sāṃkhyaṃ sudarśanamayaṃ hareḥ || 12-30 ||

āvirbabhūva sarvajñāt paramarṣermahāmune |

viṣṇusaṃkalparūpaṃ ca mahadyogānuśāsanam || 12-31 ||

hiraṇyagarbhādudbhūtaṃ tasya bhedānimāñśṛṇu |

ādau hiraṇyagarbheṇa dve prokte yogasaṃhite || 12-32 ||

ekā nirodhayogākhyā karmayogāhvayā parā |

saṃhitā tu nirodhākhyā tatra dvādaśadhā smṛtā || 12-33 ||

aṅgatantramathādyaṃ tu doṣatantramataḥ param |

upasargābhidhaṃ tantraṃ tathādhiṣṭhānakaṃ param || 12-34 ||

ādhāratantraṃ yogaṃ ca bahistattvādhikāravat |
riktayogākhyatantraṃ ca pūrṇayogākhyameva ca || 12-35 ||

siddhiyogākhyayā trīṇi mokṣatantramataḥ param |
iti dvādaśabhedāste nirodhāyāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 12-36 ||

brahmaṇā gaditāstatra catasraḥ karmasaṃhitāḥ |
nānākarmamayī tvekā parā tvekā kriyāmayī || 12-37 ||

bāhyābhyantararūpeṇa dve api dvividhe smṛte |
yogānuśāsanaṃ śāstramiti ṣoḍaśavistaram || 12-38 ||

sudarśanamayaṃ viṣṇoruditaṃ tat prajāpateḥ |

tantraṃ pāśupataṃ nāma paśupāśapramocanam || 12-39 ||

madvaktrānniḥsṛtaṃ viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpapravijṛmbhitam |

aṣṭakāṇḍamidaṃ proktaṃ mayā tantramanuttamam || 12-40 ||

patikāṇḍamathādyaṃ tu paśukāṇḍamataḥ param |
pāśakāṇḍaṃ tṛtīyaṃ tu proktaṃ pañcaprabhedataḥ || 12-41 ||

śuddhacaryā ca miśrā ca kāṇḍe dve parikīrtite |
devakāṇḍamatho ṣaṣṭhaṃ dīkṣākāṇḍamataḥ param || 12-42 ||

sāyujyamaṣṭamaṃ proktaṃ kāṇḍaṃ pāśupataṃ mahat |
aṣṭakāṇḍamidaṃ śāstraṃ sudarśanamayaṃ hareḥ || 12-43 ||

divyaṃ pāśupataṃ śāstraṃ mayaivoktaṃ mahāmune |

yat tat saudarśanaṃ viṣṇoḥ sāttvataṃ nāma jṛmbhitam || 12-44 ||

bhedo daśavidhastasya saṃkṣepeṇa prakīrtitaḥ |
bhagavatsaṃhitā tvādyā tathānyā karmasaṃhitā || 12-45 ||

vidyāmayī tṛtīyā ca caturthī kālasaṃhitā |
kartavyasaṃhitā tvanyā ṣaṣṭhī vaiśeṣikī kriyā || 12-46 ||

saptamī gaditā tatra pūjyā saṃyamasaṃhitā |
aṣṭamyadhikṛte cintā navamī mārgasaṃhitā || 12-47 ||

sāttvatī gīyate śuddhā daśamī mokṣasaṃhitā |
etāvat sāttvataṃ śāstramāvirāsīt sanātanāt || 12-48 ||

etāni pañca śāstrāṇi mūlabhūtāni vai mune |
yuge yuge vibhajyante viṣṇusaṃkalpacoditaiḥ || 12-49 ||

tattatkartṛsamākhyātāstāstāstrayyādisaṃhitāḥ |

prādeśikyo nivartante hrāsakālānukālataḥ || 12-50 ||

hiṃsrāṇāṃ mohanārthāya saṃkalpā eva vaiṣṇavāḥ |
śāstrābhāsāḥ pravartante devabrahmarṣivaktrataḥ || 12-51 ||

eṣa pramāṇayorvyūho divyaḥ saudarśanaḥ paraḥ |
śabdārthapravibhāgena gaditaste mayā mune || 12-52 ||

prāṇo māyā kriyā śaktirbhāva unmeṣa udyamaḥ |
sudarśanaṃ ca saṃkalpaḥ śabdāḥ paryāyavācakāḥ || 12-53 ||

niṣṭhā tvekaiva śāstrāṇāmeteṣāṃ pañcavartmanām |
śāstraṃ sudarśanaṃ nāma tadartho viṣṇuravyayaḥ || 12-54 ||

pramāṇamaya uddiṣṭo leśato'yaṃ mahāmune |
vyūhaḥ saudarśano viṣṇoḥ kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 12-55 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śabdātmakapramāṇavyūhaviśeṣasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 12 ||

Kapitel 13

pramāṇārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ

nāradaḥ -

namaste devadeveśa namaste marutāṃ pate |
bhavānīpataye tubhyaṃ namaste vṛṣaketana || 13-1 ||

tvadvaktrakamalodbhūtā arthā avadhṛtā mayā |
yat kāraṇaṃ ca jagatāmādhāro jagatāṃ ca yaḥ || 13-2 ||

jagatāṃ yat pramāṇaṃ ca trayaṃ tadavadhāritam |
pramāṇārthamidānīṃ me vaktumarhasi śaṃkara || 13-3 ||

yaśca yādṛk ca yāvāṃśca pramāṇāsyārtha iṣyate |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu nārada tattvena pramāṇasyārthamuttamam || 13-4 ||

viṣṇusaṃkalpamūlo yo bahudhā pravijṛmbhate |

mitirmā gaditā sadbhiḥ prakṛṣṭā mā pramā smṛtā || 13-5 ||

prakarṣaśca miteḥ so'yaṃ yadyathārthāvadhāraṇam |
dhīsādhakatamaṃ yat tat pramāṇamiti śabdyate || 13-6 ||

pramāṇenārthyate yaddhi sa pramāṇārtha ucyate |
yat puṃso hitamatyantaṃ sarvadeśeṣu sarvadā || 13-7 ||

sa pramāṇārtha iṣṭo'tra sa dvedhā vyavatiṣṭhate |

hitaṃ ca sādhanaṃ ceti tayostattvamidaṃ śṛṇu || 13-8 ||

ātyantikī nivṛttistu puṃso yā duḥkhasaṃtateḥ |
tayopalakṣitaṃ nityaṃ sukhaṃ yat taddhitaṃ smṛtam || 13-9 ||

tasya yo'vyabhicāreṇa sādhanatvaṃ prapadyate |
hitasādhanamityuktaḥ so'rtho vedāntapāragaiḥ || 13-10 ||

svarūpabhūtaṃ yat puṃsro hitaṃ sukhamudīritam |
bhagavanmayatā sāsya bhagavattāparāhvayā || 13-11 ||

atyantasādhanaṃ tasya yat tad dvedhā vyavasthitam |
vidhā jñānamiti tvekā dharma ityaparā vidhā || 13-12 ||

hetumaddhetubhāvastu vidhayoranayoḥ smṛtaḥ |

jñānaṃ tu hetumat tatra tacca dvedhā vyavasthitam || 13-13 ||

sākṣātkāramayaṃ caikaṃ parokṣaṃ paramīryate |

hetumaddhetubhāvo'yaṃ dvayorapi nirūpyate || 13-14 ||

hetumattvaparokṣaṃ yat parokṣaṃ heturucyate |

anayorjñānayordharmaḥ sa heturiti gīyate || 13-15 ||

sākṣāt parokṣe tatsādhye hetustanmukhato hyasau |

asyāpi dve vidhe dṛṣṭe tattvaśāstrābdhipāragaiḥ || 13-16 ||

sākṣādārādhanātmaikaḥ parastu vyavadhānataḥ |

apāraṃ tat paraṃ brahma śaktimat parameśvaraḥ || 13-17 ||

nārāyaṇasamākhyātaṃ nityaṃ ṣāḍguṇyamavyayam |
vibhūtayastu tasyeme brahmādyāḥ sthāvarāntimāḥ || 13-18 ||

bhāvanātrayasaṃmiśrāstatsudarśanajṛmbhitāḥ |
yā sā bhūtiḥ purā śakteḥ koṭyaṃśenoditā mayā || 13-19 ||

tadaṃśaleśād brahmādyā viṣṇusaṃkalpajṛmbhitāḥ |
etadvibhūtimukhato yo hyakāmahatairnaraiḥ || 13-20 ||

brahmārpaṇena kriyate sa dharmo vyavadhānavān |

vibhūtimat paraṃ brahma tadevāvyavadhānataḥ || 13-21 ||

yena prīṇayate yogī sa sākṣāddharma iṣyate |

sāttvataṃ śāsanaṃ sarvaṃ tasyaitasyāvabodhakam || 13-22 ||

yastu pūrvastrayībhāgaḥ parabhāgārthatāṃ gataḥ |
aparasya sa dharmasya niṣkāmānāṃ nirūpakaḥ || 13-23 ||

dharma ekavibhūtistho mayā pāśupate smṛtaḥ |
ugravratairnaraiḥ śaśvad brahmaprītyai sa sādhyate || 13-24 ||

sākṣācca vyavadhānācca yat tanmokṣasya sādhanam |
parokṣaṃ tat prasaṃkhyānaṃ jñānaṃ sāṃkhyena cintyate || 13-25 ||

antaraṅgaśamādyaṅgabhaktiśraddhāpuraḥsaram |
trayyantairbrahmavijñānamaparokṣaṃ vibhāvyate || 13-26 ||

bahiraṅgāntaraṅgākhyayamādyaṅgakalāpavān |
cittavṛtttinirodhātmā yogo yogānuśāsane || 13-27 ||

śaśvadabhyāsavairāgyapareśapraṇidhānataḥ |
sākṣātkārāvabhāsākhyasiddhaśuddhāpavargadaḥ || 13-28 ||

yathoktatattvavijñānaṃ nānāhetuvidhānvitam |
dharmo bahuvidhaśceti sarvaṃ sarvairnirūpyate || 13-29 ||

hitapravṛtterlokānāṃ tanūkārāya pāpmanām |
rāgadveṣaprayuktānāmāyurvedopadeśavat || 13-30 ||

nānārūpaphalāvāptyai nānāniyamabheditāḥ |
śāstrairdharmā vidhīyante nānārūpā dhiyastathā || 13-31 ||

taditthaṃ saviśeṣaṃ te pumarthadvayamīritam |
athānyallaukikaṃ śāstraiḥ pumarthadvayamīritam || 13-32 ||

arthakāmau tayoḥ kāmaḥ smṛto vaiṣayikeritaḥ |
artho gobhūhiraṇyādiprekṣotthānaphalātmakaḥ || 13-33 ||

artho dharmasya kāmasya tathārthasyāpi sādhanam |
dharmo dharmasya kāmasya tathārthasyāpi sādhanam || 13-34 ||

kāmo dharmasya kāmasya tathārthasyāpi sādhanam |
arthaḥ kāmaśca sarvatra vyabhicāreṇa sādhanam || 13-35 ||

dharmaḥ sarvasya sādhyasya niyamenaiva sādhanam |
tadetat tritayaṃ proktaṃ trivarga iti paṇḍitaiḥ || 13-36 ||

mokṣaśca sādhya eveti puruṣārthacatuṣṭayam |

daṇḍanītiḥ savārtā sā sopavedacatuṣṭayā || 13-37 ||

pramāṇatvena nirdiṣṭā paṇḍitairarthakāmayoḥ |

itihāsapurāṇākhya upavedo hi yaḥ smṛtaḥ || 13-38 ||

sahāyabhāvaṃ śāstrāṇāṃ tattvajñāne vrajatyasau |
iti te leśataḥ proktā puruṣārthacatuṣṭayī || 13-39 ||

antaraṅgamamuṣyāstu sādhanaṃ śṛṇu nārada |
nirvyājā nirupaskārā dayā dharmasya sādhanam || 13-40 ||

heturutthānamarthasya deśakālopapāditam |
hetuḥ kāmasya saṃkalpo nirvyājo nirupaskṛtaḥ || 13-41 ||

hetustu sarvasaṃnyāso mokṣe jñānapuraskṛtaḥ |

nyāyyaṃ dharmādi dharmasya bahiḥsādhanamucyate || 13-42 ||

bahiḥsādhanamarthasya tantrāvāpādicintanam |

kāme pāṇigrahādyuktaṃ bahiraṅgaṃ vicakṣaṇaiḥ || 13-43 ||

niṣkāmadharmakṛtyādi bahirmokṣasya sādhanam |
vijṛmbhitamidaṃ bhūteḥ puruṣārthacatuṣṭayam || 13-44 ||

saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavastasya vijṛmbhāheturucyate |

iti te sakalā proktā pramāṇārthagatiḥ parā |
sasādhanā saprakārā kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 13-45 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ pramāṇārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma trayodaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 13 ||

Kapitel 14

jīvasya saṃsārahetutaduddharaṇaprakāravarṇanaṃ nāma caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ

nāradaḥ -

ajñānatimiraploṣilalāṭanayanatviṣe |
namaste tripurārāte namaste'ntakavidviṣe || 14-1 ||

puruṣārthāḥ śrutāḥ sarve mukhyagauṇavikalpitāḥ |
puruṣārthaḥ śruto mukhyastatra muktyabhisaṃjñitaḥ || 14-2 ||

bhagavattāmayī proktā muktiśca tripuradviṣā |
tasyāśca sādhanaṃ sākṣāt tattvajñānaṃ dvidhā sthitam || 14-3 ||

sādhanaṃ tasya ca prokto dharmo nirabhisaṃdhikaḥ |
bhūyo vistarataḥ śaṃsa muktiṃ tāṃ candraśekhara || 14-4 ||

yato yasya ca yā muktistacca me dvitayaṃ vada |
na hyanyaṃ praṣṭumarhāmi tvāmṛte sarvavedinam || 14-5 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

anādiraparicchedyaścidānandamayaḥ pumān |

bhagavanmaya evāyaṃ bhagavadbhāvitaḥ sadā || 14-6 ||

yā sā śaktirmahāsattā viṣṇostaddharmadharmiṇī |
tasyāḥ kuṭyarbudāṃśena śaktī dve kathite tava || 14-7 ||

bhūtiśceti kriyā ceti bhāvyabhāvakasaṃjñite |
bhūtiḥ sā kriyayā jvālā maruteva praṇartyate || 14-8 ||

nānābhedavatī bhūtervibhūtiḥ kathitā purā |
śuddhyaśuddhivaśād dvedhā śuddhā sā bahudhoditā || 14-9 ||

puṃśaktiḥ kālamayyanyā pumān so'yamudīritaḥ |

kālaśaktivikārasthaḥ so'yaṃ saṃsarati dhruvam || 14-10 ||

so'yaṃ śāstrīyamāsādya mārgaṃ svenābhijāyate |

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan devadeveśa tripurāntaka śaṃkara || 14-11 ||

kālaśaktivikārasthaḥ kathaṃ saṃsarati dhruvam |

kathaṃ vopāyamāsādya pumān svenābhijāyate || 14-12 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

sarvairananuyojyaṃ tat svātantryaṃ divyamīśituḥ |
avāptaviśvakāmo'pi krīḍate rājavadvaśī || 14-13 ||

saṃkalpo nāma yastasya sudarśanasamāhvayaḥ |
satyapyanantarūpatve pañcadhā sa vijṛmbhate || 14-14 ||

sṛṣṭisthityantakāreṇa nigrahānugrahātmanā |

tirodhānakarī śaktiḥ sā nigrahasamāhvayā || 14-15 ||

pumāṃsaṃ jīvasaṃjñaṃ sā tirobhāvayati svayam |
ākāraiśvaryavijñānatirobhāvanakarmaṇā || 14-16 ||

māyāvidyā mahāmoho mahātāmisramityapi |
tamo bandho'tha hṛdgranthiriti paryāyavācakāḥ || 14-17 ||

ākārasya tirodhānādaṇutvaṃ puṃsa iṣyate |

aiśvaryasya tirobhāvādakiṃcitkaratā smṛtā || 14-18 ||

puṃso vijñānasaṃkocādajñatvaṃ samudāhṛtam |
tirohitaḥ pumāñchaktyā viṣṇusaṃkalparūpayā || 14-19 ||

aṇuḥ kiṃcitkaraśceti kiṃcijjñaśceti kathyate |

malatrayamidaṃ proktaṃ bandhatrayamidaṃ budhaiḥ || 14-20 ||

tirobhāvanaśaktyaivaṃ vaiṣṇavyā bandhameyuṣaḥ |
avidyāsmitvarāgādyā malaṃ samupacinvate || 14-21 ||

kliśyadbhiḥ kleśitaḥ kleśairavidyādibhirīddṛśaiḥ |
nunnaḥ prepsājihāsābhyāmāgamānanusaṃpatan || 14-22 ||

iṣṭārthaprāptaye'niṣṭavighātāya ca lālasaḥ |
karma tat kurute kāmī śubhāśubhaphalodayam || 14-23 ||

tataḥ karmavipākasthaḥ śubhāśubhavimiśritān |
jātyāyuranubandhān sa prāpnoti vidhicoditaḥ || 14-24 ||

sukhādivāsanāstāstāḥ saṃcinoti śanaiḥ śanaiḥ |
eṣā nigrahaśaktestu tirodhānaparaṃparā || 14-25 ||

aṃśau yau kālaśaktyākhyau bhūteḥ samanuvartinau |
tābhyāṃ puṃsastirobhāvaṃ tanute nigrahātmikā || 14-26 ||

ajasya tvanayā śaktyā tisraḥ sṛṣṭyādiśaktayaḥ |
saṃcitaiḥ saṃpravartante taistaiḥ karmabhirūrjitaiḥ || 14-27 ||

bandho'nādirayaṃ prokto bandhahetuśca nādimān |

evaṃ saṃsṛticakrasthe bhrāmyamāṇe svakarmabhiḥ || 14-28 ||

jīve duḥkhākule viṣṇoḥ kṛpā kāpyupajāyate |

yā hyuktā pañcamī śaktirviṣṇusaṃkalparūpiṇī || 14-29 ||

anugrahātmikā śaktiḥ sā kṛpā vaiṣṇavī parā |
śaktipātaḥ sa vai viṣṇorāgamasthairnigadyate || 14-30 ||

anugrahātmanā śaktyā sudarśanamayātmanā |
svīkṛto hi yadā viṣṇoḥ karuṇāvarṣarūpayā || 14-31 ||

samīkṣitastadā so'yaṃ karuṇāvarṣarūpayā |
karmasāmyaṃ bhajatyeva jīvo viṣṇusamīkṣitaḥ || 14-32 ||

śaktipātaḥ sa vai jīvamuttārayati saṃsṛteḥ |
karmaṇī ca same tatra tūṣṇīṃ bhāvamupāgate || 14-33 ||

yathā hi moṣakāḥ pānthe paribarhamupeyuṣi |
nivṛttamoṣaṇodyogāḥ samāḥ santaḥ udāsate || 14-34 ||

anugrahātmikāyāstu śakteḥ pātakṣaṇe tathā |
udāsāte samībhūya karmaṇī te śubhāśubhe || 14-35 ||

tatpātānantaraṃ janturyukto mokṣasamīkṣayā |
pravartamānavairāgyo viveke'bhiniveśavān || 14-36 ||

āgamānanusaṃcintya gurūnapyupasadya ca |
labdhasattvaprakāraistaiḥ prabuddho bodhapālanaḥ || 14-37 ||

akṣiṇvan gurusaṃbodhaṃ kṣiṇvan kleśādikānapi |
vicinvan sarvataḥ sāramupacinvan parāṃ dhiyam || 14-38 ||

sāṃkhyayogasamāveśī satkarmanirataḥ svayam |
ugravratadharo jñānī vedāntajñānaniścalaḥ || 14-39 ||

saṃhatairvigṛhītaiśca mārgairebhiḥ suniścayaiḥ |
kleśena mahatā sthānaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ pratipadyate || 14-40 ||

saṃprāpya jñānabhūyastvaṃ nirmalīkṛtacetanaḥ |
anāvilamasaṃkleśaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ tadviśet padam || 14-41 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jīvasya saṃsārahetutaduddharaṇaprakāravarṇanaṃ nāma caturdaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 14 ||

Kapitel 15

adhikārinirūpaṇaṃ nāma pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyāto dhṛtātmabhiścakramadhyastho madhusūdanaḥ |
pāyādapāyāt saṃsārarūpakūpāttu naḥ paraḥ ||

nāradaḥ -

devadeva namaste'stu vṛṣaketana śaṃkara |
tvatprasādācchrutaṃ divyaṃ rahasyaṃ jñānamuttamam || 15-1 ||

praśnaśeṣaṃ mama brūhi yat pṛṣṭo'si mayā purā |
puruṣārthā hi ye proktāścatvāraḥ sakalāśrayāḥ || 15-2 ||

ke hi tānadhikurvanti tanme vistarato vada |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

ye hi te manavo nāma vidyāgarbhāḥ puroditāḥ || 15-3 ||

brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrā iti vibheditāḥ |
mānavāstatprasūtā ye tathā mānavamānavāḥ || 15-4 ||

mukhabāhūrūpādebhyo brāhmaṇādyāḥ samutthitāḥ |
brāhmaṇāḥ kṣatriyā vaiśyāḥ śūdrā ityapi te smṛtāḥ || 15-5 ||

dvitaye te yathāyogamadhikurvanti tānimān |

ye purā kathitāḥ pañca siddhāntāḥ sarvasaṃmatāḥ || 15-6 ||

manusantatijāstatra sāttvataṃ tvadhikurvate |

trayodaśavidhaṃ karma guṇaiḥ sāṃyamikairyutam || 15-7 ||

kurvāṇāḥ pañcakālasthāste yānti puruṣottamam |

vihitaṃ cāturāśramyaṃ trayāṇāṃ tatra nārada || 15-8 ||

brahmacārī gṛhastho vā vanastho bhikṣurityapi |

śūdraḥ śuśrūṣayā teṣāṃ bhagavatkarmasādhanāt || 15-9 ||

arāgaroṣalobhaḥ sañchanairyāti hareḥ padam |

sadbrahmayājinaste vai śuddhāḥ svādhyāyatatparāḥ || 15-10 ||

ananyayājino viprā āsṛṣṭeradhikāriṇaḥ |
mātāpitṛbhyāṃ taruṇāḥ prāgbuddheḥ sādhu pālitāḥ || 15-11 ||

ācāryanayasaṃpannāste śuśrūṣaṇatatparāḥ |
samyak saptapadārthajñā niyamasthāḥ samāhitāḥ || 15-12 ||

prakṛtijñānasaṃpannāḥ pramādaparivarjitāḥ |
tyaktakāmāḥ sudhṛtayaḥ śucayaḥ saṃyatendriyāḥ || 15-13 ||

siddhā nāma mahābhāgāḥ samāptajñānaniścayāḥ |
dhiyā samāptakarmāṇaścaraṇairanvitāḥ śubhaiḥ || 15-14 ||

āsamāpteḥ samāsthāya caturṇāmekamāśramam |
pāñcakālikamacchidraṃ kurvāṇāḥ śatavārṣikam || 15-15 ||

vivekajāṃ parāṃ prāpya karmaṇo'nte śubhāṃ dhiyam |
pradyotamānavijñānā nirdhūtaprākṛtodyamāḥ || 15-16 ||

sahasrārciṣamīśānaṃ lakṣmīpatimanāvilam |
kṣetrajñaṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ vāsudevaṃ viśanti te || 15-17 ||

agnimān bahumātrāvānekaḥ kauṭumba āśramaḥ |
vratādiniratāḥ śuddhāstatrayo'nye'nagnayaḥ smṛtāḥ || 15-18 ||

kauṭumbamupajīvanti te trayo hyūrdhvaretasaḥ |

gaditā sāttvikī rītiriti te leśato mune || 15-19 ||

evaṃ vistarato me'dya rītimanyāṃ niśāmaya |

ye hi brahmamukhādibhyo varṇāścatvāra udgatāḥ || 15-20 ||

te samyagadhikurvanti trayyādīnāṃ catuṣṭayam |

trayīsthā eva sidhyanti sāṃkhyādiṣvapi ca triṣu || 15-21 ||

ārohantīcchayā te'pi sāttvataṃ śāsanaṃ param |

prāptāḥ pāśupataṃ ye hi dharmaṃ brahmaṇapūrvakāḥ || 15-22 ||

na dharmamanutiṣṭhanti trayīsthaṃ te punarmune |
pañcarātraṃ praviśyeva nānyaṃ dharmaṃ vitanvate || 15-23 ||

niṣkarmāṇaḥ smṛtāḥ sāṃkhyāḥ prasaṃkhyānaikatatparāḥ |

nityanaimittikairyukto yogī yogāṅgavāñchayā || 15-24 ||

kuryādalabdhalābhāya labdhavṛddhaya eva ca |
brahmiṣṭho vaidikaṃ karma nityaṃ naimittikaṃ tathā || 15-25 ||

trayyādimārgagā rītirnāradaiṣā pradarśitā |

varṇāśramavibhāgaṃ me dharmaiḥ saha niśāmaya || 15-26 ||

varṇāścatvāra uddiṣṭā brāhmaṇādikrameṇa ye |

adhīyīraṃstrayo varṇāḥ pūrve bhūtvā dvijātayaḥ || 15-27 ||

caturtha ekajātistāñchuśrūṣetānahaṃ kṛtaḥ |

brāhaṇo nāma yo varṇa ādyo brahmamukhodgataḥ || 15-28 ||

sa trīnadhyāpayedetān brāhmaṇādīnanukramāt |
yājayecca yathākāmaṃ vṛttyarthamanasūyayā || 15-29 ||

tribhyaśca pratigṛhṇīyādeṣa vaiśeṣiko vidhiḥ |

śāstrāṇāṃ dhāraṇaṃ nityaṃ kṣatrajāterviśeṣaṇam || 15-30 ||

kṣatatrāṇaṃ yathāśāstraṃ prajānāṃ paripālanam |

viśo vaiśeṣikī vṛttiḥ kṛṣigorakṣavāṇijam || 15-31 ||

ijyādhyayanadānaṃ tu dvijātīnāmidaṃ samam |
nityaṃ dharmārthamevaitat tatra hiṃsādivarjanam || 15-32 ||

śuśrūṣaiva tu śūdrasya dharmo vṛttyarthameva ca |
śreṣṭhā brāhmaṇaśuśrūṣā kaniṣṭhe tvapare smṛte || 15-33 ||

ahiṃsā satyamakrodhaḥ svadāraniratirdayā |
caturṣveteṣu dharmo'yaṃ sāmānyena vidhīyate || 15-34 ||

brahmaṇaścāturāśramyaṃ kṣatrasya tu kathaṃcana |

trayaṃ cādyaṃ kṣatraviśorniyataṃ dharmalakṣaṇam || 15-35 ||

ācāryajanmanaḥ pūrvamavratāste dvijātayaḥ |

ācāryājjanma sāvitryāṃ dvitīyaṃ divyamiṣyate || 15-36 ||

te trayo yajñadīkṣāyāṃ janma prāpya tṛtīyakam |

brāhmaṇāḥ savanasthāryāḥ savanānte yathākramam || 15-37 ||

svādhyāye vartamānāste devāḥ sarve'pi te trayaḥ |

iti te kathitā varṇā āśramānapi me śṛṇu || 15-38 ||

ācāryājjanma saṃprāpya tadante niyataṃ vasan |
taddharmakārī tanniṣṭhastadbhaktastatparāyaṇaḥ || 15-39 ||

tanniveditasarvārtho bhikṣārthī tatkulādbahiḥ |
karmaśeṣeṇa cācāryādicchan svādhyāyamatvaraḥ || 15-40 ||

upāsīta bahiḥ saṃdhye nityasnāyyanasūyakaḥ |
kurvannindriyasaṃrodhaṃ bhūtānāmanukampakaḥ || 15-41 ||

vahniṃ samidbhirindhāna ubhe saṃdhye samāhitaḥ |
dharmajñasamayasthaṃ cāpyācarannātmano vratam || 15-42 ||

upakurvāṇako nāma svādhyāye sidhyati dvijaḥ |

vedasnāyī vratasnāyī gurave dakṣiṇāṃ dadat || 15-43 ||

prāpyānujñāṃ guroriccheccaturṇāmekamāśramam |

yadīcched brahmacaryaṃ sa brahmacārī svamāśramam || 15-44 ||

ācāryameva seveta yukta ā dehapātanāt |
jijñāsurbrahmacārī sa labheta jñānamuttamam || 15-45 ||

anyathā puṇyalopaḥ syāditi vedānuśāsanam |

atha cedrocayet kartuṃ gārhasthyaṃ dharmamuttamam || 15-46 ||

labdhānujño guroḥ snātvā saṃprāpya vidhivat striyam |
tayā saha careddharmaṃ nityaṃ svādhyāyatatparaḥ || 15-47 ||

śrāddhakṛt satyavādī ca nityaṃ caivātithipriyaḥ |

saṃkocinīṃ caran vṛttimanasūyuralolupaḥ || 15-48 ||

snātakavrataśālī ca pañcayajñaparāyaṇaḥ |

pañcakālarato nityaṃ dayākṣāntidhṛtisthitiḥ || 15-49 ||

akrodhasatyahrīvidyāśaucāsteyadamasthitaḥ |
anāyāso hyakṛpaṇaḥ śāstrīye maṅgale rataḥ || 15-50 ||

manasā karmaṇā vāpi yajñān sarvān samācaret |

akāmahatayā buddhyā tyaktāhaṃkāralobhayā || 15-51 ||

sattarkavyavasāyābhyāṃ locanābhyetyasaṃbhavam |
śrautasmārtakriyānityo nityanaimittike rataḥ || 15-52 ||

īdṛggṛhastho jijñāsuḥ prāpya jñānamanuttamam |
prāptavedāntavijñāno vaiṣṇavaṃ śrayate padam || 15-53 ||

kevalo dharmanityo'sau brahmaloke mahīyate |

gārhasthyādathavā pūrvaṃ vānaprasthyaṃ śrayet padam || 15-54 ||

gṛhasthastu yadā paśyed valīpalitamātmanaḥ |
apatyasyaiva cāpatyaṃ vanaṃ cātha samāśrayet || 15-55 ||

grāmyāhāraṃ parityajya vanyāhāropayogavān |
bahirātmani vāpyagniṃ juhvadyajñaparāyaṇaḥ || 15-56 ||

vatsare vatsare trīṇi tapāṃsi vidhivaccaret |

kurvan vanasthaḥ śāstrārthānakāmahatayā dhiyā || 15-57 ||

sevamāno vratasthaśca tāstā dīkṣāḥ samāhitaḥ |
vṛttisaṃkocakṛcchubhrastattvajijñāsayā yutaḥ || 15-58 ||

saṃprāpya tattvavijñānaṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ śrayate padam |

kevalo dharmanityaśca mahāprasthānamācaran || 15-59 ||

vītaśokabhayo vanyo brahmaloke mahīyate |

kāṣāyavasanaṃ prāpya dvābhyāmādita eva vā || 15-60 ||

dvayorekasya vā paścāt pārivrājyaṃ samācaret |
prājāpatyāṃ nirupyeṣṭiṃ sarvavedasadakṣiṇām || 15-61 ||

labdhānujño gurorvātha karmaśrānto mahāvratī |
samāropyāgnimānagnīṃścaturthāśramamāvaset || 15-62 ||

vimuktaḥ sarvadoṣebhyo virakto viṣayeṣu ca |
uccāvacāṃ vicinvaṃśca gatimasyāntarātmanaḥ || 15-63 ||

anvīkṣamāṇaḥ sūkṣmaṃ ca paramātmānamātmanā |
prasaṃkhyānaparo nityaṃ vedāntajñānatatparaḥ || 15-64 ||

samādhisthaśca satatamugravrataparo'pi vā |
vāsyaikaṃ takṣato bāhuṃ candanenaikamukṣataḥ || 15-65 ||

vidveṣamanurāgaṃ vā dvayorapyavicintayan |
vāyubhūtaḥ khavat svastha urvīsthiramanā muniḥ || 15-66 ||

vārivaccārdracetāstu śucirjvalanavat sadā |
gāṅgo hrada ivākṣobhyaḥ śūnyāgārasamākṛtiḥ || 15-67 ||

dhiyālocitasarvārtho dhiyā tyaktaparigrahaḥ |
dhiyā svīkṛtasacchāstro dhiyā tṛptaḥ suśuddhayā || 15-68 ||

dattasarvābhayo yogī sarvairdattābhayastathā |
svādhyāyādyogamāsīno yogāt svādhyāyamāmanet || 15-69 ||

abruvan kenacit kiṃcit prāpte kāle'pyavibruvan |
samaḥ sarveṣu bhūteṣu mātṛvat pitṛvat sadā || 15-70 ||

ātmajyotirātmaratiḥ prasīdannātmani svayam |

prajñāprāsādamārūḍho vimuktaḥ sarvato janaiḥ || 15-71 ||

bhūmiṣṭhāniva śailasthaḥ paśyan sarvānavasthitān |
kaiścinmūka iti proktaḥ kaiściddhīra itīpsitaḥ || 15-72 ||

kaiścit kaḥ sviditi proktaḥ kaiścid ghora itīritaḥ |
upekṣākaruṇāmaitrīmuditāliṅgitaḥ sadā || 15-73 ||

vivekabodhasaṃtoṣairnityaṃ parijanairvṛtaḥ |
bhaikṣāśī tuṣṭisaṃpūrṇo dharmairīdṛgguṇairyutaḥ || 15-74 ||

pradīpa iva śāntārciḥ parivrāḍ dhyānamāsthitaḥ |
dehasaṃskāranāśena vaiṣṇavaṃ śrayate padam || 15-75 ||

iti varṇāśramā ye te tulyavaiśeṣikairyutāḥ |
dharmāste leśataḥ proktāḥ kiṃ bhūyaḥ śrotumicchasi || 15-76 ||

iti pāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām adhikārinirūpaṇaṃ nāma pañcadaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 15 ||

Kapitel 16

varṇotpattinirūpaṇaṃ nāma ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ

nāradaḥ -

bhagavaṃstridaśārighna sarvajña vṛṣaketana |
pramāṇārthaḥ śruto'smābhiḥ sahetuḥ saviparyayaḥ || 16-1 ||

sarvasyāsya ca kā rakṣā kaśca rakṣādhikāravān |
saprakāramidaṃ dvandvaṃ bhagavan vaktumarhasi || 16-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

sudarśanamayī rakṣā devasya harimedhasaḥ |
svamṛte viṣṇusaṃkalpaṃ rakṣānyā na vidhīyate || 16-3 ||

yā sā divyā kriyāśaktirviṣṇuśaktyaṃśasaṃbhavā |
sudarśanāhvayā devī sarvakṛtyakarī vibhoḥ || 16-4 ||

tanmayaṃ viddhi sāmarthyaṃ sarvaṃ sarvapadārthajam |
tattvānāṃ tāttvikānāṃ ca cetanācetanātmanām || 16-5 ||

pramāṇānāṃ vicitrāṇāṃ bhāvābhāvayugasya ca |
dharmasyārthasya kāmasya mukterbandhatrayasya || 16-6 ||

yadyat svakāryasāmarthyaṃ tattat saudarśanaṃ vapuḥ |

uktā śāstrāstrarūpā te viṣṇusaṃkalpavikriyā || 16-7 ||

yayā devo jagannāthaḥ kāle kāle janārdanaḥ |
avatīryāthavāviśya bhūtāni laghayedbhuvam || 16-8 ||

nānāmantramayī cānyā yantrakośavicitritā |
vedatantrobhayodbhūtā nānāprasavaśālinī || 16-9 ||

sākṣādviṣṇoḥ kriyāśaktiḥ śuddhasaṃvinmayī parā |

sarvatattvārthapārajñaḥ sarvavidyāviśāradaḥ || 16-10 ||

askannanityanaimittaḥ śuddhābhijanasaṃataḥ |
triśuklo nistrisaṃdehaḥ ṣaṭkarmavidhipāragaḥ || 16-11 ||

brāhmaṇo brahmayonisthaḥ svadāranirataḥ śuciḥ |
adhikuryāt kriyāśaktiṃ viṣṇormantramayīṃ parām || 16-12 ||

brāhmaṇo nānavaṣṭabdhastayā kāryamihārhati |
avaṣṭambya tu rājānaṃ jagato'rthe tayā caret || 16-13 ||

rājā hi paramaṃ bhūtaṃ sarvadevamayo vibhuḥ |
kriyāśakteradhiṣṭhānaṃ vaiṣṇavyā bhagavanmayaḥ || 16-14 ||

mūrdhato hi purā devo rājānamasṛjat prabhuḥ |
mūrdhābhiṣiktastenāsau sarvabhūtopari sthitaḥ || 16-15 ||

dviguṇo brāhmaṇo rājā vedaśāstreṣu gīyate |

yastu taṃ dveṣṭi saṃmohāt sa hariṃ dveṣṭi durmatiḥ || 16-16 ||

yo hariṃ dveṣṭi saṃmohāt sa lakṣmīṃ dveṣṭi mānavaḥ |
lakṣmyā dveṣṭā tu durmedhāḥ sarvadharmeṣu hīyate || 16-17 ||

sa bhraṣṭaḥ sarvalokebhyaḥ sarvadevabahiṣkṛtaḥ |
apratiṣṭhe tamasyandhe samāstiṣṭhati śāśvatīḥ || 16-18 ||

aihikāmuṣmikīṃ lakṣmīmataḥ prepsurudāradhīḥ |
rājānaṃ bahu manyeta sarvalokādhidaivatam || 16-19 ||

brāhmaṇe kevale lakṣmīrna vasatyatimārdavāt |
atyaugryād bibhyatī kṣatre kevale necchati sthitim || 16-20 ||

brahmakṣatre tu saṃpṛkte hyagnīṣomamayātmani |
nivasatyatisaṃprītā grīṣme śīta iva hrade || 16-21 ||

dve hi te bibhṛto lokasthitiṃ saṃbhūya tejasī |
tayorhi sakalā śaktiḥ sthitā viṣṇoḥ kriyātmikā || 16-22 ||

mahatyā hi yathā nadyāḥ kusaro na dhṛteḥ kṣamam |
evaṃ laghurnaro naiva kriyāśakterdhṛtau kṣamaḥ || 16-23 ||

pārāvāro yathā dhīro mahatīṃ tāṃ pratīcchati |
brahmapṛktaṃ tathā kṣatraṃ kriyāśaktiṃ pratīcchati || 16-24 ||

pūryamāṇaṃ mahānadyā kutaṭākaṃ vidīryate |
rakṣyamāṇastathāpyeko naiva paryāpyate tayā || 16-25 ||

yathā samudragāminyāṃ mahatyāṃ sariti dhruvam |

upasnehena pūryante sarāṃsyanyāni bhūyasā || 16-26 ||

prayuktāyāṃ kriyāśaktau cakre vai cakravartinaḥ |
cakrasthā hi prajāḥ sarvāḥ samedhante tathā śriyā || 16-27 ||

cakravartī nṛpaḥ pūrvāṃ dvitīyāṃ maṇḍaleśvaraḥ |
adhikuryāt kriyāśaktiṃ tṛtīyāṃ viṣayeśvaraḥ || 16-28 ||

mahāmātro dvijātirvā yo vahvī rakṣati prajāḥ |
imāṃ naiko naraḥ kuryādekasmai mānavāya tu || 16-29 ||

adhikāraḥ kriyāyāśca śakteste saṃpradarśitaḥ |
rūpamasyā yathāvanme gadatastanniśāmaya || 16-30 ||

unmeṣaḥ paramaḥ śakterviṣṇoḥ koṭyaṃśakoṭitaḥ |
bhāvyabhāvakabhedena sa dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate || 16-31 ||

bhāvako viṣṇusaṃkalpaḥ sudarśanaparāhvayaḥ |

saiṣā devī kriyāśaktiḥ sāmarthyaṃ yoga ityapi || 16-32 ||

pārameṣṭhyaṃ mahātejo māyāyoga itīdṛśaiḥ |
śabdaiḥ prakārasāmarthyaḥ saṃkalpaḥ so'bhidhīyate || 16-33 ||

bhāvyo nāma ya unmeṣaḥ sā bhūtiriti gīyate |
śuddhyaśuddhimayī seti pūrvameva nidarśitam || 16-34 ||

jvalanasyeva sā jvālā saṃkalpena pratanyate |
eko nārāyaṇo devastasya bhāvānugāminī || 16-35 ||

tasyā devyāḥ kriyāśakteḥ sthitiṃ mantramayīṃ śṛṇu |

udyatī sā kriyāśaktirbhajate nādarūpatām || 16-36 ||

taṃ nādaṃ paramaṃ viddhi dīrghaghaṇṭānadopamam |

paramairyogibhiḥ svānte sa sākṣāt kriyate svayam || 16-37 ||

sa budbudavadambhodhau kvacidunmeṣamṛcchati |
anudrutagataiḥ so'tha yogibhirbindurucyate || 16-38 ||

nāmanāmisvarūpeṇa sa bindurbhidyate dvidhā |

tatra nāmodayaṃ prāpya śabdabrahma pravartate || 16-39 ||

prāpya nāmyudayaṃ bhūtiḥ pūrvoddiṣṭā pravartate |

nāmodayamidānīṃ me mantrādhvānaṃ mune śṛṇu || 16-40 ||

sā hi bindumayī śaktiḥ svecchayā nāmatāṃ gatā |
avarṇo'pyekadhā pūrvamanuttaramayātmanā || 16-41 ||

svaravyañjanabhedena sa dvidhā vyavatiṣṭhate |
binduśakteramuṣyāstu bhūyo'pi śṛṇu vistaram || 16-42 ||

udetyeṣā visṛṣṭākhyā śabdasargamayī parā |
ekānekavicitrārthā nānāvarṇavikāriṇī || 16-43 ||

sākṣāt somasvarūpā sā lakṣmyāḥ śabdamayī tanuḥ |
svaravyañjanarūpeṇa sā vivartaṃ prapadyate || 16-44 ||

a ityādisamunmeṣaḥ so'nuttara udīryate |

sarvā vāgayamevaikastattadākārabhedavān || 16-45 ||

sa icchanniriti vyakta unmiṣannuriti smṛtaḥ |

eta eva trayo varṇāḥ sarvasvaravibhāvanāḥ || 16-46 ||

anuttaraḥ sa ānanda ābhāvaṃ pratipadyate |
iricchayā sa īśāna ībhāvaṃ pratipadyate || 16-47 ||

urunmiṣannūnarūpa ūbhāvaṃ pratipadyate |

anuttarecchāsaṃdhānādekāro nāma jāyate || 16-48 ||

anuttarādbhavan bhūya aibhāvaṃ pratipadyate |
divyādanuttaronmeṣādokāro nāma jāyate || 16-49 ||

anuttarādbhavan bhūya aubhāvaṃ pratipadyate |

saṃdhyātmāna ime kūṭāścatvāraḥ samudāhṛtāḥ || 16-50 ||

anuttarecchāyogena hyedhamānaḥ sa e smṛtaḥ |
bhūyo'nuttarasaṃyogādai cāpyaiśvaryavān smṛtaḥ || 16-51 ||

divyādanuttaronmeṣādotaḥ sarvatra o smṛtaḥ |
anuttarāt sa saṃbhūya aurjityādaugatiṃ gataḥ || 16-52 ||

ekatribhāgayo ṛddhyā arayo ṛ smṛto budhaiḥ |
alayośca tathā ḷtvamākāraḥ syādanuttaraḥ || 16-53 ||

bhūyo'pyanuttarodyogāt plavamānastathā smṛtaḥ |
evaṃ caturdaśodyogānnānākāravibhāvinī || 16-54 ||

naṭīva kuṇḍalīśaktirādyā viṣṇorvijṛmbhate |
asya rūpadvayaṃ sūkṣmaṃ sṛṣṭisaṃhārakāraṇam || 16-55 ||

anākhyeyā mahāsattā kriyāśaktiḥ krameṇa sā |
śabdātmanā vivartsyantī sā purā yāti sṛṣṭitām || 16-56 ||

sṛṣṭiḥ sargo visargaśca visarjanamitīdṛśaiḥ |

mūlādhārāt samudyantī sā śāntā sā nirañjanā || 16-57 ||

aṅkṣyantī sāñjanaistaistaiḥ saṃskāraiḥ samanuttaram |
dṛṣṭidṛśyātmatāṃ prāpya śabdārthatvavivartinī || 16-58 ||

paśyantī nāma nābhau sā yogadṛśyodayaṃ gatā |
śaktiḥ sā vaiṣṇavī sattā mantramātā samañjanā || 16-59 ||

adhikārakṣayaṃ yānti yoginastāṃ gatā dhiyā |

vijṛmbhaṇonmukhī lakṣmīḥ paśyantī sā kriyāmayī || 16-60 ||

bhāvaṃ saṃskṛtya saṃskāraiḥ samarthākhyāṃ vivartanām |
bhṛṅgīva ninadantī sā hṛdabje yāti vistṛtim || 16-61 ||

vācyavācakabhāvena lolībhūtā kriyāmayī |
tadā saṃskṛtayaḥ sarvāḥ smṛtīḥ puṣyanti vācyagāḥ || 16-62 ||

evaṃvidhā kriyāśaktistattadvācyavivakṣayā |
śabdarūpaṃ samāsthāya kūṭasthaṃ vyaktivarjitam || 16-63 ||

sā yātyanuttaraspṛṣṭā kaṇṭhaṃ śaktirvisargiṇī |
punaḥ sānuttare sthitvā caturdaśavibhāvinī || 16-64 ||

anuttarottarā yāti kaṇṭhe heti vijṛmbhaṇam |
tataḥ sādimayī bhūtvā kāntavyañjanaśālinī || 16-65 ||

anuttaramayī bhūyo bindau saṃpratitiṣṭhati |
binduḥ saṃhāra ityukto visargaḥ sṛṣṭirucyate || 16-66 ||

imau dvau sṛṣṭisaṃhārau leśataste nidarśitau |
mattaḥ śṛṇu mune bhūyaḥ svarāṇāṃ vividhāṃ tatim || 16-67 ||

yadāditritayaṃ pūrvaṃ svarakūṭasthamīritam |
aṣṭādaśavidhaṃ tattu pratyekaṃ yogināṃ matam || 16-68 ||

svaravyañjanakūṭau yau ṛ ḷ ityuditau purā |
ādyo'ṣṭādaśadhāntyastu tayordvādaśabhedavān || 16-69 ||

iti svarāṇāṃ pañcānāmaśītiścaturuttarā |
svarakūṭāstu catvāro ye teṣāmīdṛśī bhidā || 16-70 ||

śatāni triṇyathaikārā viṃśatiścaturuttarā |
evaṃ pañca sahasrāṇi śatānyaṣṭāvanuṣṭubhām || 16-71 ||

aikāraḥ kathitaḥ samyak śikṣātattvaviśāradaiḥ |
okāraśca tathaukāra iyadbhedau prakīrtitau || 16-72 ||

ramyau gaurau yamityeva saṃkhyā saṃbhūya saṃdhigā |
yoginastāṃ prapaśyanti manyante manasā narāḥ || 16-73 ||

saṃbhūya svarasaṃkhyā tu stabdhau gauro yamityasau |
dvistāvantaḥ svarā jñeyāḥ sṛṣṭisaṃhārabheditāḥ || 16-74 ||

sargayuktā binduyuktāḥ kevalā iti ye tridhā |
deho'rthaḥ saṅga ityeva te saṃbhūya caturdaśa || 16-75 ||

sṛṣṭiḥ somaḥ samākhyātā binduḥ sūrya udīryate |

pūrve sapta svarāḥ sūryakiraṇāḥ parikīrtitāḥ || 16-76 ||

somasya kiraṇā jñeyā ākārādaya uttare |

aharnayati sūryastu svaraiḥ piṅgalayā caran || 16-77 ||

rātriṃ sṛjati somastu svaraiḥ svairiḍayā caran |

svarāṇāṃ yā parā viṣṇoḥ kūṭasthā śaktirujjvalā || 16-78 ||

suṣumnayā saṃcarate śabdabrahma vitanvatī |
iti te leśataḥ proktā svarāṇāṃ gatiruttamā || 16-79 ||

atha vyañjanasṛṣṭiṃ te kathayāmi mune śṛṇu |

anuttarottarā sṛṣṭiryā sā heti puroditā || 16-80 ||

ādivyūhasya devasya vāsudevasya sā tanuḥ |
acyuto binduyukto'sau rundhannādhāramādimam || 16-81 ||

sāgniṃ dīpayate nādaṃ yogārambhe tu yoginām |
acyutaḥ sṛṣṭiyukto'sāvūrdhvasṛṣṭiṃ karoti ca || 16-82 ||

acyutaḥ sṛṣṭiyuktastu bahiḥsṛṣṭiṃ karotyayam |

hāt sāt ṣāt śāttataḥ śaśvacchaktyūṣmāṇa udīritāḥ || 16-83 ||

cāturātmyamidaṃ proktaṃ caturbrahmeti śabditam |

kṣeṇa kūṭena saṃyogāt pañcabrahmeti śabditam || 16-84 ||

kṣastu satyasya bījaṃ tu proktaḥ sāttvataśāsane |

kaṣakūṭamuśantyanye nityaṃ tatpratirūpakam || 16-85 ||

śādvastasmālla uddiṣṭo lādro rādyaḥ prajāyate |
dhāraṇā nāma vijñeyā yādyā viśvasya dhāraṇāt || 16-86 ||

antaḥsthā iti ca proktā antaḥsthapuruṣeśayāḥ |
avasthā iti ca proktā īśāvataraṇakrame || 16-87 ||

yakārādīśaśaktisthānmakāro nāma jāyate |
anuttarottaro bindurma iti pratiśabdyate || 16-88 ||

cetanānāṃ tu sarveṣāṃ samaṣṭiḥ sā nigadyate |
asmadartho'yamuddiṣṭa so'yamuttamapūruṣaḥ || 16-89 ||

sūkṣmekṣayānuvṛddhau sā prakṛtyā bhogyarūpayā |
bha ityeva makārāt sā punaḥ sthūlā vivicyate || 16-90 ||

bhogopakaraṇākārā bahirantarvyavasthayā |
trayodaśātmanā vyaktā bādyā ṭāntā mahāmune || 16-91 ||

buddhiścāhaṃkṛtiścaiva manaśceti manīṣibhiḥ |
vāditritayamuddiṣṭaṃ nādi tāntaṃ tu dhīndriyam || 16-92 ||

ṇādi ṭāntaṃ tu karmākhyamatha bhogyodbhavo dvidhā |

ñādi cāntaṃ tu tanmātrapañcakaṃ pravijṛmbhate || 16-93 ||

ṅādiḥ pañcamahābhūtā kāntānyā varṇasaṃtatiḥ |
yasmādyasyodbhavo varṇāt tattvasṛṣṭyāṃ tu tat smaret || 16-94 ||

lasyaiva karaṇānyatve lakāro nāma jāyate |

catustriṃśaditi proktā varṇāste vyañjanātmakāḥ || 16-95 ||

evamekaikaśo yogādbhedāḥ syurbahavaḥ svaraiḥ |
catuḥpañcāśaduddiṣṭāḥ kakārāstatra vai mune || 16-96 ||

kikārāśca kukārāśca kṛkārāśca tathāvidhāḥ |
kḷkārāstatra ṣaṭtriṃśat kekārā rasadhīrmune || 16-97 ||

tathāvidhāśca kokārā yogibhiḥ saṃkhyayā smṛtāḥ |
stabdhasvārtho'yamityevaṃ kaikāro yogibhiḥ smṛtaḥ || 16-98 ||

kaukārāśca tathāsaṃkhyāḥ sapta saṃhatya te punaḥ |
deho'rthaḥ saṅga ityevaṃ saṃkhyātāḥ paramarṣibhiḥ || 16-99 ||

vegavyañjanasaṃkhyaiva deho'rthaḥ sāṅgabheditāḥ |
nītimatpratibhā heti saṃkhyayā jāyate mune || 16-100 ||

svaravyañjanasaṃyogādiyaṃ saṃkhyā samīritā |
ekadvitryādisaṃyogairvyañjanānāṃ kramāt kramāt || 16-101 ||

kevalānāṃ sasvarāṇāṃ tataḥ saṃkhyāvidhiḥ smṛtaḥ |

padavākyapramāṇādinānākorakaśālinī || 16-102 ||

varṇastambā jñānamūlā śabdaśaktirhi vaiṣṇavī |
viṣṇunā devadevena tena śaktimatā svayam || 16-103 ||

sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena proteyaṃ varṇasaṃtatiḥ |

tadājñayāsmadaṃśaiśca rudrairnānāvidhairiyam |
mantrayoniriyaṃ devī mātṛkādhiṣṭhitā sadā || 16-104 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ varṇotpattinirūpaṇaṃ nāma ṣoḍaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 16 ||

Kapitel 17

varṇasaṃjñānirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyāyināṃ sukhadaṃ nityaṃ jvālājaṭilakuntalam |
sudarśanākhyaṃ taddivyaṃ mahaḥ kimapi dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

namaste śarva sarvajña sarvāsuranibarhaṇa |
sthūlasūkṣmaparairbhāvairyathā varṇā adhiṣṭhitāḥ || 17-1 ||

viṣṇunā devadevena rudraiśca bhavadaṃśakaiḥ |
tathā taṃ me paraṃ bhāvaṃ vaktumarhasi śaṃkara || 17-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

viṣṇuśaktimayā varṇā viṣṇusaṃkalpajṛmbhitāḥ |
adhiṣṭhitā yathā bhāvaistathā tanme niśāmaya || 17-3 ||

prathamaścāprameyaśca vyāpako'kāra ucyate |
ānanda ādidevaśca gopanaścāḥ smṛto budhaiḥ || 17-4 ||

iṣṭa iddhaśca rāmaśca ikāraḥ paripaṭhyate |
viṣṇuśca pañcabinduśca māyā īkāra ucyate || 17-5 ||

ukāra udayaścāpi hyuddāmo bhuvanāhvayaḥ |
prajñādhāraśca lokeśa ūrja ūkāra ucyate || 17-6 ||

ṛkāra ṛtadhāmā ca satyaścāṅkuśa eva ca |
jvālā prasaraṇaścaiva ṛkāro viṣṭarāhvayaḥ || 17-7 ||

ḷkārastārakaḥ prokto liṅgātmā bhagavāniti |
ḹkāro dīrghaghoṇaśca devadattastathā virāṭ || 17-8 ||

ekārastu jagadyonistryaśro vigraha eva ca |
aikāraśca tathaiśvaryaṃ yogī hyairāvaṇastathā || 17-9 ||

odanaścautadevaśca vikramyokāra ucyate |
aurvo bhūdharasaṃjñaścāpyauḥ smṛto hyauṣadhātmakaḥ || 17-10 ||

trailokyaiśvaryado vyāpī vyomeśauṃkāra eva ca |
aṃkāraḥ sṛṣṭikṛt prokto visargaḥ parameśvaraḥ || 17-11 ||

kakāraḥ kamalaścaiva karālaḥ prakṛtiḥ parā |
khakāraḥ kharvadehaśca vedātmā viśvabhāvanaḥ || 17-12 ||

gakārastu gadadhvaṃsī govindaśca gadādharaḥ |

ghakārastvatha gharmāṃśustejasvī dīptimāṃstathā || 17-13 ||

ṅakāra ekadaṃṣṭrākhyo bhūtātmā bhūtabhāvanaḥ |
cadrāṃśuścañcalaścakrī cakāraḥ parikīrtyate || 17-14 ||

chandaḥpatiśchaladhvaṃsī chakāra chanda eva ca |
ajito janmahantā ca jakāraḥ śāśvataḥ smṛtaḥ || 17-15 ||

jhakāro jhaṣasaṃjñastu sāmagaḥ sāmapāṭhakaḥ |
ñakāra uttamākhyaśca īśvarastattvadhārakaḥ || 17-16 ||

viśvāpyāyakaraścandrī ṭa āhlāda udīritaḥ |
dhārādharo nemisaṃjñaṣṭhakāraḥ kaustubho mataḥ || 17-17 ||

mausalo daṇḍadhāraśca ḍakāro'khaṇḍavikramaḥ |
ḍhakāro viśvarūpaśca dṛḍhakarmā pratardanaḥ || 17-18 ||

ṇakāro'bhayadaḥ śāstā vaikuṇṭhaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |
takārastālalakṣmā ca vairājaḥ sragdharastathā || 17-19 ||

dhanvī bhuvanapālaśca thakāraḥ sarvadhārakaḥ |
dattāvakāśo damano dakāraḥ śāntidaḥ smṛtaḥ || 17-20 ||

dhakāraḥ śārṅgadhṛgdhāmā mādhavaśca prakīrtitaḥ |
naro nārāyaṇaḥ panthā nakāraḥ samudāhṛtaḥ || 17-21 ||

pakāraḥ padmanābhaśca pavitraḥ paścimānanaḥ |

phakāraḥ phullanayano lāṅgalī śvetasaṃjñitaḥ || 17-22 ||

bakāro vāmano hrasvaḥ pūrṇāṅgaḥ sa ca kathyate |
bhallātako bhakāraśca jñeyaḥ siddhiprado dhruvaḥ || 17-23 ||

makāro mardanaḥ kālaḥ pradhānaḥ paripaṭhyate |
caturgatiryakāraśca susūkṣmaḥ śaṅkha ucyate || 17-24 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhāro ro'nalaḥ kālapāvakaḥ |
lakāro vibudhākhyaśca dhareśaḥ puruṣeśvaraḥ || 17-25 ||

varāhaścāmṛtādhāro vakāro varuṇaḥ smṛtaḥ |
śakāraḥ śaṃkaraḥ śāntaḥ puṇḍarīkaḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 17-26 ||

nṛsiṃhaścāgnirūpaśca ṣakāro bhāskarastathā |
sakārastvamṛtastṛptiḥ somaśca parikīrtitaḥ || 17-27 ||

sūryo hakāraḥ prāṇastu paramātmā prakīrtitaḥ |
ananteśaḥ kṣakārastu vargānto garuḍaḥ smṛtaḥ || 17-28 ||

binduḥ saṃhāra ityukto visargaḥ sṛṣṭirucyate |
viṣṇuśaktimayā ete sthūlasūkṣmaparātmakāḥ || 17-29 ||

aprameyādayo bhāvāḥ śataṃ sārdhamudīritāḥ |

varṇāste'dhiṣṭhitā yaistairmadaṃśai rudrasaṃjñitaiḥ || 17-30 ||

tānnibodha mahābhāgānakṣarasthān mahāmune |
śrīkaṇṭhānandasūkṣmeśāstrimūrtirameśvaraḥ || 17-31 ||

aṅghrī'so bhārabhūtiśca tithiḥ sthāṇurbhavāhvayaḥ |
caṇḍīśo bhautikaḥ sadyojātaścānugraheśvaraḥ || 17-32 ||

akrūraśca mahāsenaḥ syuretāḥ svaramūrtayaḥ |
tataḥ krodhīśacaṇḍīśapañcāntakaśivottamāḥ || 17-33 ||

tathaikarudraḥ kūrmaikanetrāhvacaturānanāḥ |
ajeśaḥ sarvasomeśau lāṅgalī dārikastathā || 17-34 ||

ardhanārīśvaraścomākāntaścāṣāḍhadaṇḍinau |
atrirmīnaśca meṣaśca lohitaśca śikhī tathā || 17-35 ||

calagaṇḍadvigaṇḍau ca samahākālavālinau |
bhujaṅgeśaḥ pinākī ca khaḍgīśaśca bakastathā || 17-36 ||

śveto bhṛgurvakulīśaḥ saṃvartaka itīritaḥ |
rudramūrtaya uddiṣṭā madīyā varṇapālikāḥ || 17-37 ||

tathā varṇamayaṃ cakraṃ padmaṃ cāpi nibodha me |
praṇavo'kṣaḥ samuddiṣṭaḥ śaktirnābhirudīritā || 17-38 ||

akacāṣṭatapāścaiva savargyā arapaddhatiḥ |
yādayo nemiruddiṣṭā garuḍaḥ pradhirucyate || 17-39 ||

praṇavaḥ karṇikā proktā śaktiḥ kesarapaddhatiḥ |
svaradviraṣṭakaṃ vargā antaḥsthā ūṣmabhiḥ saha || 17-40 ||

patrāṣṭakamidaṃ proktaṃ garuḍo dīptirucyate |
iti cakrābjamadhyasthā mātṛkāvarṇamālinī || 17-41 ||

mantrayonirmahādevī vaiṣṇavī ṣaḍguṇātmikā |

ādivarṇaprakḷptāṅgā vargābharaṇabhūṣitā || 17-42 ||

padmagarbhapratīkāśā śaṅkhapaṅkajadhāriṇī |
praṇavenātha śaktyā ca śriyā saṃkḷptadehikā || 17-43 ||

svarasaṃpūrṇavadanā kacakḷptakaradvayā |
ṭatakḷptapadadvandvā pādikḷptodarā śubhā || 17-44 ||

yaraprāṇoṣmakā devī lakāravarahāriṇī |
vakārakāñcīsubhagā śaṣakuṇḍaladhāriṇī || 17-45 ||

sahṛtkā hāntarātmā ca kṣaprabhā varṇamālinī |
pāśāṅkuśakarāgrā ca vāṇī dhyeyā vipaścitā || 17-46 ||

vakṣyamāṇena mantreṇa puraivārādhayedgiram |

labdhānujñastato devyā gurupaṅktiṃ samarcya ca || 17-47 ||

gaṇeśamabhipūjyātha mantrāniṣṭān samuddharet |

aprameyādibhirbhāvairvaiṣṇavānuddharet sudhīḥ || 17-48 ||

raudrān rudraistataḥ śāktān bhāratyaṃśaiḥ samuddharet |
yadyapi vyāpakā mantrā nityaṃ siddhā mahāmune || 17-49 ||

syuḥ śaktiśālino mantrā evaṃ sṛṣṭivicintanāt |

ujjhitvoktakramaṃ yo hi mandātmā mantramuddharet || 17-50 ||

bhavanti śāpadā mantrāstasya śāstrātivartinaḥ |

anujjhitvā kramaṃ sarvaṃ yaḥ sudhīrmantramuddharet |
tasyādhyayanamātreṇa mantraḥ siddhiṃ prayacchati || 17-51 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ varṇasaṃjñānirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptadaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 17 ||

Kapitel 18

mantroddhāro nāma aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śaktiṃ samuddharet pūrvamagnīṣomātmanā sthitām |
viṣṇusthāṃ paramātmasthāṃ spṛśantīṃ vyāpinīṃ punaḥ || 18-1 ||

vānīhṛdayamādāya yojayedantarātmanā |
hṛdā punaḥ samāyojya yojayedūṣmaṇo dvayam || 18-2 ||

pañcabinduṃ mahāśaktiṃ smaredatha tadāsanām |
vyomeśamāśrayantīṃ tāṃ smaredatha dhiyā punaḥ || 18-3 ||

iyaṃ divyā mahāśaktiḥ somasūryāgnibhūṣaṇā |
māyā nāma tanurviṣṇostrailokyaiśvaryadojjvalā || 18-4 ||

sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena śaktireṣā nidarśitā |
saudarśanānāṃ mantrāṇāmiyaṃ yonirmahāmune || 18-5 ||

viṣṇusaṃkalparūpāṇāṃ ye cānye vaiṣṇavā bhuvi |
iyam sā paramā śaktirahaṃteyaṃ hareḥ parā || 18-6 ||

vicitrānekaśabdārthatattatsaṃkalpakorakā |
yugmāntairādibhiḥ ṣaḍbhirādyantasvaraṣaṭkayoḥ || 18-7 ||

aṅgakḷptiḥ samuddiṣṭā śaktyā melitayā svayā |

manasābhyasya tāṃ śaktiṃ saṃtoṣāvadhi vaiṣṇavīm || 18-8 ||

samuddharenmahāmantraṃ saudarśanamananyadhīḥ |
amṛtaṃ śaktihṛdbhūtamaprameyena varṇayet || 18-9 ||

divyaṃ tadantarātmānaṃ paramātmānamañjasā |
yojayet prathamenaiva tatsthāṃ tṛptiṃ tu kevalām || 18-10 ||

kevalaṃ tatsthitaṃ somaṃ tatsthitaṃ ca smaret sudhīḥ |
aśeṣabhuvanādhāraṃ tatsthamānandameva ca || 18-11 ||

kālapāvakamādāya duṣṭapāpendhanānalam |
yojayed vyāpakenaiva nānāvidhavibhāvinā || 18-12 ||

daśākṣarī mahāvidyā śaktiḥ saudarśanī tviyam |
sthūlasūkṣmaparākārā viṣṇusaṃkalparūpiṇī || 18-13 ||

tattadvicitrasaṃkalpasadasadbhāvabhāvinī |
sarvabhāvānugā viṣṇo parā saudarśanī sthitiḥ || 18-14 ||

ākāśādipṛthivyantabhūtibhedānuyāyinī |
sūkṣmā saudarśanī śaktiḥ kāraṇādivibhāginī || 18-15 ||

tattadduritadaityaughatamovidhvaṃsanātmikā |
sthūlacakrasvarūpāḍhyā viṣṇoḥ sāṃkalpikī sthitiḥ || 18-16 ||

svaravyañjanakūṭasthaiḥ pūrṇeyaṃ caturakṣarī |
nidānaṃ sarvasiddhīnāmapadaṃ lābhanāśayoḥ || 18-17 ||

kūṭe tryarṇamaye tvasyāḥ parataḥ prāyaśaḥ sthiteḥ |
yābhyāṃ ṣaḍakṣarī saiṣā vidyā bhuvanakārikā || 18-18 ||

paramātmānamādāya yojayedudayena tu |
pradhānaṃ saṃspṛśedbhūyaḥ paraṃ bījaṃ tu pañcamam || 18-19 ||

sūryamuddāmakālāḍhyaṃ sūkṣmaṃ tadbījamucyate |
saprāṇaṃ bhuvanādhāraṃ rakṣoduritamardanam || 18-20 ||

sthūlaṃ tu pañcamaṃ bījaṃ saudarśanamanuttamam |

yattat sāṃkarṣaṇaṃ ghoraṃ lāṅgalaṃ paramāyudham || 18-21 ||

yojayedaprameyeṇa candrikākevalena ca |
paraṃ tat paramaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ dīptiśāli sudarśane || 18-22 ||

sarvaśāstrārthakūṭasthamiti tejo'prameyakam |
ṣaṣṭhe parā sthitirbīje seyaṃ nārada darśitā || 18-23 ||

tat phullanayanākāraṃ phullairyannayanairvṛtam |
prathitaṃ prathamākrāntaṃ viśvāpyayakṛdujjvalam || 18-24 ||

sūkṣmaṃ ṣaṣṭhaṃ samuddiṣṭaṃ bījaṃ saudarśanaṃ param |
yasmānnayati sanmārgaṃ chittvāghaṃ bāhyamāntaram || 18-25 ||

prathate ca muhurvṛddhyā viśvamāpyāyayatyapi |
iyaṃ te madhyamāvasthā sūkṣmā ṣaṣṭhī pradarśitā || 18-26 ||

śvetākhyā vyāpakākrāntā āhlādena tu kevalam |
ṣaṣṭhī sthūlā samuddiṣṭā vidhā nārada te mune || 18-27 ||

sthāṇuṃ chittvā yathā dagdhvā pūrvaṃ kedārakārakaḥ |
phalaprāpaṇabījāni prathayitvā ca vāriṇā || 18-28 ||

āpyāyya śāntasaṃtāpo vyāpnuvan vividhaṃ phalam |
āhlādaṃ labhate'tīva seyaṃ ṣaṣṭhī parā mune || 18-29 ||

iti te darśitā śaśvacchaktiḥ sā ṣoḍaśākṣarī |

svaśaktyā tu samākrāntā gāyatrī seyamīritā || 18-30 ||

eṣā saudarśanī śaktirbhavabījakṣayaṃkarī |
japtārcitā hutā dhyātā tārayatyeva sādhakam || 18-31 ||

asyāḥ prātisvikaṃ bījaṃ caturthaṃ kūṭamuttamam |
smṛtā prātisvikī śaktistṛptiḥ somāmṛtātmikā || 18-32 ||

akṣarādādimādasyāḥ sūktaṃ pauruṣamudgatam |
dvitīyākṣarasaṃbhūtaṃ śrīsūktaṃ nāma yanmune || 18-33 ||

sahayoryat smṛtaṃ jñānaṃ tat sahasrāramucyate |
saho balaṃ samākhyātaṃ tat sravatyakhilena yat || 18-34 ||

tat sahasraṃ samākhyātamanantaṃ prāṇanaṃ ca tat |
araṃ jñānaṃ samākhyātaṃ nityaśuddhaṃ nirañjanam || 18-35 ||

jñānakriyātmikā śaktiriti saudarśanī kalā |
saṃprāpyodayamuddāmaṃ bhuvanasya kṛte svayam || 18-36 ||

prāṇasūryātmikā bhūtvā paramātmasvarūpiṇī |
nihatya duritaṃ śaśvadviśvamāpyāyayantyapi || 18-37 ||

śvetā prasannabhūyiṣṭhā svayamānandate muhuḥ |
saṃhṛtairvigṛhītaiśca vākyairvarṇaiḥ padairapi || 18-38 ||

leśato'rthagatiḥ proktā vistṛtyā naiva śakyate |

praṇavena samākrāntā seyaṃ saptākṣarī smṛtā || 18-39 ||

svaśaktyā ca samākrāntā seyamaṣṭākṣarī smṛtā |

śriyā sametā bhūyo'pi smṛtā saiṣā navākṣarī || 18-40 ||

athāsyā aṅgasiddhyarthamekamaṅgaṃ niśāmaya |
candrāṃśumuddharet pūrvamaprameyeṇa bhūṣayet || 18-41 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhāraṃ paraprakṛtisaṃyutam |
ānandena samākrāntaṃ dvitīyaṃ kūṭamuddharet || 18-42 ||

caturgatimathādāya hyaprameyeṇa bhūṣayet |
tato'mṛtamupādāyāpyamṛtādhārabhūṣitam || 18-43 ||

ānandayojitaṃ paścāt paramātmānamuddharet |
ānandapūritaḥ so'yaṃ mantraḥ sarvāṅgamantrarāṭ || 18-44 ||

aticañcaladīptāgniḥ phullatkamalasaṃnibhaḥ |
sūryānalasahasrābha ādidevasamadyutiḥ || 18-45 ||

nityatṛptaśca mantrātmā sūkṣmāvastha udāhṛtaḥ |
karālākāravarṇābhā sphuraccakrāyutānvitā || 18-46 ||

nihatya duritaṃ sarvaṃ prāṇena svena tejasā |
somasūryātmikā bhūtvā gopāyati jagattrayam || 18-47 ||

iti sthūlā gatirdivyā cakramantrasya darśitā |
idaṃ nānāvidhairbījairhṛdayādyaṅgasaṃtatau |
yojayeccakramantraṃ tu yathā tanme niśāmaya || 18-48 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tatrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ mantroddhāro nāma aṣṭādaśo'dhyāyaḥ || 18 ||

Kapitel 19

aṅgopāṅgamantroddhāro nāma ekonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

yattajjñānamayaṃ divyaṃ guṇānāṃ prakṛtiḥ parā |
pañcānāṃ tu balādīnāṃ nityaśuddhaṃ nirañjanam || 19-1 ||

tannāma hṛdayaṃ mantraṃ sa ṣāḍguṇyamayo yataḥ |
tasya vācakamākāramuddharenmanasā sudhīḥ || 19-2 ||

jñānatvādaprameyaśca prathamo vyāpakaḥ smṛtaḥ |
ānanda ādidevaśca gopanaśceti ṣaḍvidhāḥ || 19-3 ||

kramāt saṃhṛtya tajjñānaṃ sāṃkarṣaṇamanuttam |
tattadviśeṣasaṃyogādviśeṣyastanmayaḥ sadā || 19-4 ||

ityābhāvasamāyogājjñānātmā mantrarāṭ svayam |
hṛdayāya namaḥ paścādvyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet || 19-5 ||

ramaṇīyā samiddhā ca yecchā devasya śāśvatī |
sarvatrāpratighā divyā hyamṛtādhārabheditā || 19-6 ||

vīti bījena nirdiṣṭā taccaiśvaryaṃ mahaddhareḥ |
aiśvaryaṃ ca śiraḥsthāne yattat sarvopari sthitam || 19-7 ||

avighātātmakaṃ yattadicchāyā rūpamuttamam |
samiddhaṃ ramaṇīyaṃ tadamṛtasyāśrayaḥ paraḥ || 19-8 ||

vīti taddyotakaṃ bījaṃ tena saṃyojayecchiraḥ |
tena saṃyojitaścakramantra aiśvaryabṛṃhitaḥ || 19-9 ||

icchāmindhāna evāsya mantriṇaḥ saṃprakāśate |
tatastacchirase svāhā vyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet || 19-10 ||

amṛtā somarūpā ca yā sā tṛptimayī parā |
jagatprakṛtirīśānā viṣṇuśaktiḥ parāvarā || 19-11 ||

tasyā yo bhuvanākāra uddāma udayo'malaḥ |
su ityevaṃ samākhyātā śaktistenoditā satī || 19-12 ||

viśeṣayati rūpeṇa cakramantraṃ sanātanam |
tayā sa bheditaḥ śaktyā śaktyātmā saṃprakāśate || 19-13 ||

yā sā kuṇḍalinī śaktirhṛdayasthā samīritā |

yogibhiryā śikhā tasyā divyā dīpākṛtiḥ parā || 19-14 ||

prasaratyūrdhvabhāge tu śikhāsthāne virājate |
ataḥ śakteḥ śikhāsthāne nyāsastasyāstataḥ smṛtaḥ || 19-15 ||

śikhāyai vaṣaḍityevaṃ vyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet |

ūrjo nāma samuddiṣṭo balaṃ viṣṇoḥ svamūrjitam || 19-16 ||

prajñādhāraṇasāmarthyaṃ nityatṛptimayaṃ param |
sarvakāryaiḥ samudyuktaḥ śramābhāve hi tṛpyati || 19-17 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhārastadbalaṃ parigīyate |
bale balaṃ dhāraṇeddhā bibharti sakalaṃ jagat || 19-18 ||

caturgatimayaṃ yattat prāṇānāṃ parigīyate |
vyānāpānādikā sā ca proktā gaticatuṣṭayī || 19-19 ||

caturgatimayaḥ prāṇo balaṃ tat parigīyate |
ajito bhagavān yena jayatyakhilamacyutaḥ || 19-20 ||

etairguṇaiḥ samāyuktaṃ balaṃ tadvaiṣṇavaṃ mahat |
aprameyamanādyaṃ tat sūryaśabdena gīyate || 19-21 ||

balena bhedito mantro balātmā vyavatiṣṭhate |
balaṃ cākhilagātreṣu mūrchitaṃ vipulaṃ mahat || 19-22 ||

aṃsayostadabhivyaktiratastatraiva vinyaset |
kavacāya humityeva vyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet || 19-23 ||

mahattā nyūnatābhāvaḥ sa ca syādavikāritā |
avyāhatasvasaṃkalpaḥ suśabdārtho nirūpitaḥ || 19-24 ||

cetanācetanaṃ viśvaṃ svasaṃkalpena bhāvayan |
yaḥ syādavikṛtaḥ so'sya bhāvo mahāsudarśanaḥ || 19-25 ||

tadvīryaṃ tacca śāstroktaṃ yad duṣṭadamanātmakam |
śāntidaṃ sarvapāpānāṃ śaṃkaraṃ jagatāmapi || 19-26 ||

vikāraviraho daityamardinaḥ paramātmanaḥ |
mahāsudarśanetyevaṃ tadviryaṃ bahudhocyate || 19-27 ||

vīryeṇa bhedito mantro vīryātmā vyavatiṣṭhate |
tasya hastatale sthāne tatastat tatra vinyaset || 19-28 ||

tato'strāya phaḍityevaṃ vyaktyarthaṃ saṃprayojayet |

antarbodhasvarūpo yaḥ prākṛtadhvāntanāśanaḥ || 19-29 ||

sūryavat tapatastasya yā jvālāpyūrdhvagāminī |
puruṣāṇāmaśeṣāṇāmaiśvaryānnirapekṣatā || 19-30 ||

amṛtādhārarūpatvamaniśaṃ janmaghātakam |
nairapekṣyeṇa yat tasya tat tejaḥ samudāhṛtam || 19-31 ||

jvālāśabdena tat tejo vaiṣṇavaṃ bahudheryate |
tejasā bhedito mantrastejorūpo'vatiṣṭhate || 19-32 ||

tejaso nayanaṃ sthānamatastat tatra vinyaset |
vauṣaṇnetratrayāyeti vyatyāsād vyaktaye paṭhet || 19-33 ||

iti ṣāḍguṇyarūpeyaṃ darśitā te'ṅgasaṃtatiḥ |
upāṅgasaṃtatiścaiva nyasanīyā vipaścitā || 19-34 ||

kukṣipṛṣṭhāṃsayugmorujānupādayugeṣu ca |
śādyarṇān vyāpisaṃyuktān jñānādyairnamasā saha || 19-35 ||

vinyaset ṣaḍguṇātmaiva mantridehaḥ prajāyate |
aprameyo gadadhvaṃsī panthāḥ svargāpavargayoḥ || 19-36 ||

icchāmayo hi yo bhāvo viṣṇusaṃkalpajṛmbhitaḥ |
aśeṣaduritaploṣāt so'gnirityucyate budhaiḥ || 19-37 ||

agninā bhedito mantrastvagnyātmā vyavatiṣṭhate |
prākāraṃ kalpayet tena paritaḥ pāvakākṛtim || 19-38 ||

agniprākāramadhyastho durnirīkṣo'bhijāyate |
saṃsmaraṃścakragāyatrīṃ paritaścakramudrayā || 19-39 ||

ūrdhvādhastiryagākāraṃ mudrayedātmano bahiḥ |
agniprākārataḥ pūrvaṃ cakramudrāthavā bhavet || 19-40 ||

hṛdayaṃ cātha cakrāya vidmahepadamādimam |
mantranāthasya netrādipadaṃ sūkṣmo'tha dhīmahi || 19-41 ||

gāyatryā ādyanavame tataścaivānivāritaḥ |
tataḥ samastarūpaṃ tu gāyatryā daśamaṃ padam || 19-42 ||

uditā cakragāyatrī saptaviṃśatikīrtitā |
atha saudarśanāstrāṇāṃ mantrānetān nibodha me || 19-43 ||

oṃ namo bhagavan viṣṇo sarveṣāmādimaṃ samam |
cakramūrtidharetyevaṃ gadāmūrtidhareti ca || 19-44 ||

śārṅgamūrtidharetyevaṃ khaḍgamūrtidhareti ca |
cakrādyastracatuṣkaṃ tu tataḥ senāpatepadam || 19-45 ||

sarvatra samamuccārya vadet prātisvikaṃ tataḥ |
mantranātho bhaveccakre ṣaḍvarno'tha gadādiṣu || 19-46 ||

kaumodaki mahāśarṅga mahākhaḍgetyudīrayet |
varmāstre ca tato yuñjyādeṣa maunavidhikramaḥ || 19-47 ||

imāścatasro gāyatryaścakrādīnāmudīritāḥ |
śaṅkhādīnāṃ caturṇāṃ tu mantrānetānnibodha me || 19-48 ||

oṃ namo bhagavan viṣṇo sarveṣāmāditaḥ samam |
śaṅkhamūrtidharetyevaṃ halamūrtidhareti ca || 19-49 ||

musalamūrtidharetyevaṃ śūlamūrtidhareti ca |
senāpatepadaṃ paścāt sarveṣāṃ tulyamuccaret || 19-50 ||

mahātha pāñcajanyāya svāhetyekādhiko manuḥ |
mahāhalāya svāheti mantro'pyekādhikaḥ smṛtaḥ || 19-51 ||

mahā ca musalāyātha svāhetyabhyadhiko manuḥ |
mahāśūlāya svāheti sa cāpyabhyadhiko manuḥ || 19-52 ||

imāścatasro gāyatryaḥ śaṅkhādīnāṃ pradarśitāḥ |
daṇḍādīnāmathāṣṭānāmimān mantrān nibodha me || 19-53 ||

oṃ namo bhagavan viṣṇo sarveṣāmāditaḥ samam |
daṇḍamūrtidharetyevaṃ kuntamūrtidhareti ca || 19-54 ||

śaktimūrtidharetyevaṃ pāśamūrtidhareti ca |
aṅkuśamūrtidharāya kuliśamūrtidhareti ca || 19-55 ||

paraśumūrtidharāyātha tataḥ śatamukheti ca |
analamūrtidharetyevaṃ prātisvikapadakramaḥ || 19-56 ||

senāpatepadaṃ paścāt sarveṣā samamuccaret |
mahādaṇḍāyātha namo mantra evādhikaḥ smṛtaḥ || 19-57 ||

mahākuntāyātha namo mantro'pyeko'dhikaḥ smṛtaḥ |
mahāśaktaye ca namo mantro'pyeko'dhikaḥ smṛtaḥ || 19-58 ||

mahāpāśāyātha namo mantro'pyeko'dhikaḥ smṛtaḥ |
mahāṅkuśāya nama ityeṣo'pyadhika ucyate || 19-59 ||

mahā ca kuliśāyātha nama ityapi tādṛśaḥ |
mahāparaśave cātha nama ityapi tādṛśaḥ || 19-60 ||

mahāśatamukhetyevamanalāya tato namaḥ |
ayaṃ mantrastrayastriṃśadvarṇo vahnyayutaprabhaḥ || 19-61 ||

ityastrāṇāmime mantrā rūpataste nidarśitāḥ |

ādhārādyāsanākāro dvāraparyantapūjanam || 19-62 ||

mudrā ca vividhākārā yasya yasya ca yādṛśī |
abhiṣekavidhiścaiva dīkṣāniyama eva ca || 19-63 ||

bhūtaśuddhividhiścaiva dhyānāni vividhāni ca |
sarvaṃ jayāśrutaṃ kāryaṃ tattadvaiśeṣikaṃ vinā || 19-64 ||

amudrāṇāmihāstrāṇāṃ daṇḍādīnāṃ mahāmune |
kāryā samanvitā divyā śaktimudrāstramudrayā || 19-65 ||

iti te leśataḥ proktaḥ saudarśanavidhikramaḥ |
grahaṇādiprakāro'yaṃ vakṣyate śṛṇu taṃ mune || 19-66 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām aṅgopāṅgamantroddhāro nāma ekonaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 19 ||

Kapitel 20

mantragrahaṇādidīkṣāvidhānaṃ nāma viṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

vedavedāntatattvajño vidyāsthānavicakṣaṇaḥ |
ūhāpohavidhānajño daivapitryakriyāparaḥ || 20-1 ||

avaktā cāpavādānāmakartā pāpakarmaṇām |
amatsarī parotkarṣe paraduḥkhe ghṛṇāparaḥ || 20-2 ||

dayāvān sarvabhūteṣu hṛṣṭaḥ parasukhodaye |
puṇyeṣu muditāyukta upekṣāvān kubuddhiṣu || 20-3 ||

tapaḥasaṃtoṣaśaucāḍhyo yogasvādhyāyatatparaḥ |
pāñcarātravidhānajñastantrāntaravicakṣaṇaḥ || 20-4 ||

tantrāṇāmantarajñaśca mantrāṇāṃ kṛtyatattvavit |
padavākyapramāṇajño hetuvādavicakṣaṇaḥ || 20-5 ||

sāmānyasyāpavādasya vettā yantravicakṣaṇaḥ |
kuṇḍamaṇḍalabhedajñaḥ kriyākāravicakṣaṇaḥ || 20-6 ||

adhyātmajñānakuśalaḥ śānto dānto jitendriyaḥ |
sadanvavāyasaṃbhūta ācāryo nāma vaiṣṇavaḥ || 20-7 ||

ācāryamāśrayecchiṣyaḥ śreyo'rthī susamāhitaḥ |
vinayavrataśālī ca dvijātiḥ saṃskṛtaḥ śuciḥ || 20-8 ||

brahmacaryaparo dhīmān svadāranirato'thavā |
acchalena yathāvat svakṛtākṛtanivedakaḥ || 20-9 ||

saṃsārāṅgāramadhyasthaḥ pacyamānaḥ svakarmabhiḥ |
bhavantaṃ śaraṇaṃ prāpta upasanno'smyadhīhi bhoḥ || 20-10 ||

ityevaṃ pratipadyeta śiṣya ācāryasattamam |

ityevaṃ saṃprapannāya śiṣyāyācchalavādine || 20-11 ||

pratyakṣābhiḥ parokṣābhirupādhibhiranekadhā |
śodhitāyaikarūpāya rahasyāmnāyagopine || 20-12 ||

aśaṭhāyānasūyāya lobhamohādyasevine |
saṃvatsaraṃ parīkṣyaivaṃ paritaḥ parito dhiyā || 20-13 ||

niṣkampāya vadedvidyāṃ yāvatī yādṛśī ca sā |

mātṛkāmādito devīṃ vinyasedvapuṣi svake || 20-14 ||

aṅganyāsakaranyāsau mantravarṇaiḥ samācaret |
mṛjet prakoṣṭhamekaikaṃ trirmantreṇa trirūpiṇā || 20-15 ||

evaṃ pāṇitaladvandvamaṅgulīṣvatha vinyaset |
ubhābhyāṃ madhyamāgrābhyāmubhayasmiṃstaladvaye || 20-16 ||

tārakaṃ tārikāṃ lakṣmīṃ praṇavādyantagāṃ nyaset |
praṇavādyantagaṃ somaṃ madhyame'ṅguṣṭhaparvaṇi || 20-17 ||

sabinduṃ vinyaset prāṇameva tarjaniparvaṇi |
nyasedvarṇāṃstṛtīyādīnaṅgulyantaraparvasu || 20-18 ||

lāṅgalaṃ paramāstraṃ tu nyasedūrdhvāṅgulīṣvatha |

ṛṣiṃ śirasi vinyasyecchando vadanagocaram || 20-19 ||

nārāyaṇamanādyantaṃ devatāṃ hṛdaye smaret |

parākārasya mantrasya paramātmā ṛṣiḥ smṛtaḥ || 20-20 ||

saṃkarṣaṇastu sūkṣmasya sthūlasyāhamṛṣiḥ smṛtaḥ |

atharvāṅgiraso nāma pañca śākhā mahāmune || 20-21 ||

tāsu tvantarhito divyaḥ kṛtānto mantrarāṭ svayam |

mayā tretāyugādau tu taptvā varṣāyutaṃ tapaḥ || 20-22 ||

divyāt saṃkarṣaṇādeśāt parameṇa samādhinā |
sarva ātharvaṇo vedo mathitastu śanaiḥ śanaiḥ || 20-23 ||

mathyamānāt tatastasmād dadhno ghṛtamivoddhṛtaḥ |
mantro'yaṃ saparīvāraḥ sāṅgopāṅgaḥ sanātanaḥ || 20-24 ||

sthūlasya mantranāthasya tato māmṛṣimūcire |
daivī brāhmī tathārṣī ca gāyatrī chanda ucyate || 20-25 ||

paraḥ sūkṣmastathā sthūlaḥ paramātmā ca devatā |

vinyasedatha gātreṣu mantranāthaṃ sanātanam || 20-26 ||

parasūkṣmādibhāvena somārkānaladīdhitim |
praṇavāditrayaṃ mūrdhni lalāṭe somameva ca || 20-27 ||

āsye sūryaṃ gale srāṃ ca hṛdi raṃ nābhigaṃ tu huṃ |
mūlādhāre tu phaṭkāraṃ tārāditritayaṃ hṛdi || 20-28 ||

nābhau samūlagaṃ haṃ ca pādayoḥ srāṃ ca raṃ hṛdi |
huṃ vaktre phaṭ śirodeśe tataḥ sarvātmanā kriyā || 20-29 ||

hṛdayādīnyathāṅgāni sveṣu sthāneṣu vinyaset |
upāṅgeṣu tathā nyāsaṃ māntrairvarṇaiḥ samācaret || 20-30 ||

sthūlasūkṣmaparatvena dehaṃ vidyāt tatastridhā |
aṅgapratyaṅgakośāḍhyaṃ pratyakṣaṃ sthūlamucyate || 20-31 ||

puryaṣṭakaṃ tu sūkṣmākhyaṃ paramāṇava ucyate |
vahnyarkakoṭisaṃkāśajvālākolāhalākule || 20-32 ||

trividhe mantranāthe'smiṃstrividhaṃ bhāvayedvapuḥ |
tejo divyaṃ mahacchubhraṃ manaḥsthaṃ hṛtsthamavyayam || 20-33 ||

nārāyaṇamayaṃ dhyāyedātmānaṃ jyotiṣāṃ patim |
tatastaccakramadhyākṣasomasūryānalātmani || 20-34 ||

majjayitvā svamātmānaṃ nirvāsanamathoddharet |

tataḥ parādibhāvasthān mantranāthān sanātanān || 20-35 ||

tenaiva kramayogena tanūstā visṛjet punaḥ |
tāsu praveśya cātmānaṃ punarnyāsaṃ samācaret || 20-36 ||

hastadehādigo nyāso yāvat pūrvamudāhṛtaḥ |

atha mantratanurdivyo mantrātmā mantrasārathiḥ || 20-37 ||

viṣṇusaṃkalpajaṃ rūpaṃ vahan saudarśanaṃ vapuḥ |
netraiḥ śiṣyamavekṣeta vahnyarkendumayaiḥ kramāt || 20-38 ||

atha sthūlādibhāvena dahenmantreṇa taddhiyā |
pūrvoktakramayogena śiṣyātmānaṃ parātmani || 20-39 ||

nimajjayitvetyādyaṃ tu kramaṃ sarvaṃ samācaret |
manasā śuṣkadagdhotthe śiṣyadehe tathā tathā || 20-40 ||

vinyaset kramayogena mantranyāsaṃ dhiyā tataḥ |

atha tasyopadeṣṭavyaḥ sahāṅgo mantranāyakaḥ || 20-41 ||

sārthaḥ sapratipattiśca yo yo bhāvaḥ puroditaḥ |

evaṃ gṛhītamātre tu mantranāthe sanātane || 20-42 ||

utpadyate svayaṃ citte pratyayo devanirmitaḥ |

samyagitthaṃ gṛhītena mantreṇānena mantravit || 20-43 ||

kṛtārthaṃ manyamānaḥ svaṃ gurave'tha nivedayet |
ātmānamatha cātmīyaṃ yat kiṃciduta vidyate || 20-44 ||

vinā pāpamaniṣṭaṃ ca sarvaṃ tasmai nivedayet |
evaṃ nivedya manvīta kṛtārtho'hamiti svayam || 20-45 ||

evaṃdhiyo hyacchalena mantraḥ svena prakāśate |
bhāvasya tāratamyena tattaddīkṣādisādhanam || 20-46 ||

dīkṣayā dīkṣayitvātha pātrayitvāthavā dhiyā |
saṃskāreṇātharvaṇena yadvā saṃskṛtya mantrataḥ || 20-47 ||

mantro'yamupadeṣṭavyo guruṇā gurusevinaḥ |
itthaṃ grahaṇasiddhena sādhanenātha vāgyataḥ || 20-48 ||

mantreṇānena siddhena kuryāllokahitaṃ sudhīḥ |

na jātu yasya kasyāpi kṣudrasyātmana eva vā || 20-49 ||

laukike'rthe vidhiḥ kāryaḥ kṣudrakṛtyaṃ hi tat smṛtam |

trailokyasyātha rakṣāyai bhuvaścakrasya vā kṛte || 20-50 ||

rāṣṭrasya vātha rājño vā rājamātrasya vā kṛte |
bhāvāyaiva vidhiḥ kāryo naivābhāvāya karhicit || 20-51 ||

parvatāgre nadītīre viṣṇorāyatane'pi vā |
ṛṣīṇāmāśrame vāpi siddhānāmālaye'pi vā || 20-52 ||

gavāmāyatane vāpi vahnyāyatana eva vā |

tribhiḥ kṛcchrairviśodhya svaṃ gāyatrīniyutena vā || 20-53 ||

tribhirvā brahmakūrcotthaiḥ snānaiḥ sāttvatacoditaiḥ |

aharekaṃ harerbimbamāpādamavalokayet || 20-54 ||

tato bhaikṣahaviṣyāśī yāvakenota vartayet |
payovrato haviṣyāśī yathā vā śaknuyānnaraḥ || 20-55 ||

japellakṣāṇi ṣaṇmantrī juhuyāccāyutāni ṣaṭ |
tāvacca tarpayet toyairbrāhmaṇānatha tarpayet || 20-56 ||

acchalenetivṛttasya mantranāthaḥ prasīdati |

prasannenātha mantreṇa rakṣā lokānukampayā || 20-57 ||

rājārthitena vai kāryā nārthakārpaṇyataḥ kvacit |
iti te darśitaḥ samyaṅ mantranāthasya vistaraḥ |

nādāntaiḥ śrāvaṇīyo'yaṃ naiva yādṛśatādṛśaiḥ || 20-58 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ mantragrahaṇādidīkṣāvidhānaṃ nāma viṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 20 ||

Kapitel 21

jyotirmayarakṣānirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

namo nikhilagīrvāṇagaṇaśreyovidhāyine |
namaste tripurārāte bhūyo gaurīguro namaḥ || 21-1 ||

atyadbhutamidaṃ divyaṃ vedānteṣvapi durlabham |
śrutaṃ bhagavato vākyaṃ kṛtārtho'hamanena vai || 21-2 ||

bhūyo'haṃ śrotumicchāmi tvadvākyāmṛtamuttamam |
kā rakṣā kīdṛśī caiva kāryā mantreṇa mantriṇā || 21-3 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

rakṣā tu dvividhā māntrī mantranityena dhīmatā |
kāryā jyotirmayī pūrvaṃ paścāt tatra ca vāṅmayī || 21-4 ||

yat tad divyaṃ mahajjyotirakṣaraṃ brahma śāśvatam |

sūryasya yaḥ paraḥ sūryaścandraścandrasya yaḥ paraḥ || 21-5 ||

agneragniḥ paro dīptestejastattejasāmapi |
nityatṛptaṃ sadānandamudayāstamayojjhitam || 21-6 ||

tadakṣaṃ kalpayed divyamatha nābhiṃ smared budhaḥ |

taddharmadharmiṇīṃ śaktiṃ brahmaṇo'napagāminīm || 21-7 ||

anākārāmanaupamyāṃ lakṣayantīṃ sadā jagat |

śrayantīṃ śrīyamāṇāṃ ca śṛṇantīṃ śṛṇvatīmapi || 21-8 ||

mahānandāṃ mahābhāsāṃ nirvikārāṃ nireṣaṇām |

jñānaśaktibalaiśvaryavīryatejaḥprabhāvatīm || 21-9 ||

anantānantarūpāṃ tāmabhedyāṃ sarvabhedinīm |
nandāṃ bhadrāṃ jayāṃ pūrṇāṃ riktāṃ caivāmṛtāṃ harām || 21-10 ||

trirūpāmatrirūpāṃ ca sarvapratyakṣasaṃmatām |
niṣedhairaniṣedhyāṃ tāmavidheyāṃ vidhikramaiḥ || 21-11 ||

avācyāṃ vācikāṃ nityāṃ gaurīṃ lakṣmīṃ sarasvatīm |

arāṇi pañca kṛtyāni śaktestasyāḥ prakalpayet || 21-12 ||

tirobhāvaṃ sṛjiṃ caiva sthitiṃ saṃhṛtyanugrahau |

vyūhaṃ vyūhāntaraṃ caiva nemibhāvaṃ prakalpayet || 21-13 ||

saccidānandasaṃdohamaspandaspandalakṣaṇam |
sarvakriyāspadaṃ śuddhamakriyāspadasevitam || 21-14 ||

udayāstamayasthaṃ tadudayāstamayojjhitam |
avasthāvidhuraṃ nityaṃ śaśvaccaturavasthitam || 21-15 ||

apadaṃ cākramaṃ caiva kramāsthitacatuṣpadam |
anāyudhamasaṃrambhaṃ sarvāyudhasamanvitam || 21-16 ||

śāstraśāstrārthatadbhedaṃ phalakḷptivicakṣaṇam |
candrārkāgnisahasraughakoṭikoṭyarbudopamaiḥ || 21-17 ||

svabhāsāṃ nicayairdhvastasamastaduritodayam |

nemibāhyasthitān jvālān vibhaveśānanusmaret || 21-18 ||

candrārkāgnisahasrābhān saṃvidānandalakṣaṇān |
sarvākārān nirākārān sarvābhīṣṭaphalapradān || 21-19 ||

kāntijvālākulālīḍharakṣodaityendradānavān |
dhūmrāṃ jvālākulotthāṃ ca sṛṣṭiṃ śuddhetarāṃ smaret || 21-20 ||

trailokyaṃ dharaṇīṃ cakraṃ maṇḍalaṃ vā tadīśvaram |

akṣasthaṃ kalpayet tasya yadīcchedrakṣituṃ dhiyā || 21-21 ||

itthaṃ vicintayed yatra mantrī mantrārthatatparaḥ |
tatra naśyati pāpmāna ādhayo vyādhayo'pi vā || 21-22 ||

ītayo'rātayaścaiva na kleśā dadhate padam |
rājā vijayate nityaṃ śaśvat snihyanti mantriṇaḥ || 21-23 ||

nityaṃ mādyanti mitrāṇi sukhyanti suhṛdastathā |
badhnanti bāndhavāḥ prītiṃ santaḥ santi ca saṃtatam || 21-24 ||

poṣyāḥ puṣyanti cārthānāṃ śrayanti śriya eva ca |
ṛdhnuvanti prajā nityaṃ prasīdantyaḥ parasparam || 21-25 ||

kāmairdhamān nibandhnanti dharmairarthānanekaśaḥ |
arthaiḥ kāmān nibadhnanti tathā dharmānaśeṣataḥ || 21-26 ||

dharmairarthān nibadhnanti tathā kāmānaśeṣataḥ |
dharmārthābhyāṃ tathā kāmaṃ kāmārthābhyāṃ tathetaram || 21-27 ||

arthaṃ ca dharmakāmābhyāṃ saṃcinvanti sadā narāḥ |

sarve svadharmaniratāstathā kalyāṇabhāginaḥ || 21-28 ||

saṃprāpya bhagavajjñānaṃ prāpnuvanti paraṃ padam |

iti jyotirmayī rakṣā leśataste nidarśitā |
rakṣāṃ tu vāṅmayīṃ proktāṃ gṛṇato me niśāmaya || 21-29 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jyotirmayarakṣānirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 21 ||

Kapitel 22

mantramayarakṣānirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu mantramayīṃ rakṣāṃ vāṅmayī yā nigadyate |
yasmin viśvamidaṃ protaṃ sadevāsuramānuṣam || 22-1 ||

mantranāthaḥ purā yo hi ṣaḍvarṇaḥ samudāhṛtaḥ |
kāmadhuk sādhakendrāṇāmacintyāścaryabṛṃhitaḥ || 22-2 ||

taṃ tāraśaktiśrībījairgrathitaṃ kalpayenmanum |
tāreṇa veṣṭayet tristaṃ tathā śaktyā tathā śriyā || 22-3 ||

vilikhet parito bhūyaḥ sahagrathitamātṛkam |
parito vilikhed bāhye sādhyanāma vidarbhitam || 22-4 ||

mantreśvaraṃ bahirbhūyastāraśaktiśriyo likhet |
akṣakḷptiriyaṃ divyā devairapi sudurlabhā || 22-5 ||

srākāraṃ kalpayennābhiṃ śaktiśrīkāralolitam |
srākāragrathitenaiva mantranāthena veṣṭayet || 22-6 ||

śaktiśrītāragrathitāṃ mātṛkāṃ bahirālikhet |
aprameyaṃ tatastāraṃ prathamaṃ śaktimapyataḥ || 22-7 ||

vyāpakaṃ ca śriyaṃ ceti kramāt pūrvamaraṃ likhet |
aprameyeṇa grathitaṃ pārśvayormantramālikhet || 22-8 ||

uddāmādikrameṇaiva dakṣiṇaṃ cāramālikhet |
prāsādādikrameṇaiva praścimaṃ cāramālikhet || 22-9 ||

vyomeśādikrameṇaivamuttaraṃ cāramālikhet |
iyaṃ caturarī divyā surairapi supūjitā || 22-10 ||

ādyantayorarāṇāṃ ca rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ likhet |
kālānalasamajyotirbhavedaracatuṣṭayam || 22-11 ||

paritaḥ kalpayennemiṃ vaiṣṇavaṃ tu ṣaḍakṣaram |
śaktitāraramābījairgrathitaṃ varmaveṣṭitam || 22-12 ||

śaktitāraramāścaiva paritastristrirālikhet |
phaṭkāraśaktitāraśrīgrathitāṃ mātṛkāṃ punaḥ || 22-13 ||

pradhibhūmau likheccakrametaccaturaraṃ smṛtam |

tārakātmakametattu cakramakṣaṃ prakalpayet || 22-14 ||

tāraśaktiramābījairgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam |
parito vilikheccakraṃ pūrvamakṣīkṛtaṃ hi yat || 22-15 ||

nāmavarṇān likhed bāhye tārāditrayadarbhitān |
vaiṣṇavena ṣaḍarṇena grathitaṃ mantranāyakam || 22-16 ||

parito vilikhed bāhye tadbahiḥ sahadarbhitām |
mātṛkāṃ vilikhet sarvamidamakṣaṃ vicintayet || 22-17 ||

vaiṣṇavena ṣaḍarṇena śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ |
grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākārāṃ paramādbhutam || 22-18 ||

srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet |
rephaṃ ca praṇavaṃ rephaṃ praṇavaṃ śaktimeva ca || 22-19 ||

rephaṃ ca praṇavaṃ paścācchriyaṃ paścānmahāmune |
rephaṃ ceti likhet pūrvamaraṃ kālānaladyutim || 22-20 ||

praṇavālolitaṃ mantramāgneyamaramālikhet |
rephaṃ viṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ viṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22-21 ||

viṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ dakṣiṇaṃ cāramālikhet |
rephaṃ ṣṇaṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ ṣṇaṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22-22 ||

ṣṇaṃ [śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ nair-ṛtaṃ cāpyaraṃ likhet |
rephaṃ veṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ veṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22-23 ||

veṃ śriyaṃ] rephamityevaṃ vāruṇaṃ cāpyaraṃ likhet |

rephaṃ naṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ naṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22-24 ||

naṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ vāyavyaṃ cāramālikhet |
rephaṃ moṃ praṇavaṃ rephaṃ moṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca || 22-25 ||

moṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevamaiśānaṃ cāpyaraṃ likhet |
tattadakṣarasaṃdiṣṭaṃ mantraṃ tatpārśvayorlikhet || 22-26 ||

daśākṣarāṇyarāṇi syuḥ pratyekaṃ ṣaḍimāni tu |
iyaṃ hi ṣaḍarī divyā devairapi supūjitā || 22-27 ||

parito vilikhennemiṃ mantramaṣṭākṣaraṃ budhaḥ |
haṃkāraṃ vilikhennemiṃ śaktiśrītāralolitam || 22-28 ||

śaktitāraramāstristrirālikhet parito bahiḥ |
phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet || 22-29 ||

etattu ṣaḍaraṃ cakraṃ ṣaḍviṃśārṇavinirmitam |

ṣaḍaraṃ kalpayeccakramakṣametanmahādyuti || 22-30 ||

aṣṭākṣareṇa mantreṇa cakramaṣṭāramālikhet |
mahābalaṃ mahābhīmaṃ kālānalasamadyuti || 22-31 ||

vidhānamasya cakrasya yathāvadavadhāraya |
vilikhet parito mantraṃ tārāditrayalolitam || 22-32 ||

nāmavarṇān likhedbāhye tārāditrayalolitān |
aṣṭākṣareṇa mantreṇa grathitaṃ mantranāyakam || 22-33 ||

parito vilikhed bāhye tadbahiḥ sahadarbhitām |
mātṛkāṃ vilikhet sarvamidamakṣaṃ vicintayet || 22-34 ||

aṣṭākṣareṇa mantreṇa śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ |
grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 22-35 ||

srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet |
eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā bahiraṣṭākṣaraṃ likhet || 22-36 ||

rephaṃ ca praṇavaṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ tāraṃ ca tārikām |
rephaṃ tāraṃ śriyaṃ caiva raṃ ceti prāgaraṃ likhet || 22-37 ||

rephaṃ naṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ naṃ śaktiṃ rephanau tathā |
śriyaṃ rephamiti prājño'pyāgneyaṃ kalpayedaram || 22-38 ||

rephaṃ moṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ moṃ śaktiṃ rephamoṃdvayam |
śriyaṃ rephaṃ ca matimānaraṃ yāmyaṃ kramāllikhet || 22-39 ||

rephaṃ nāṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ nāṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca |
nāṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ nair-ṛtaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-40 ||

rephaṃ rāṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ rāṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca |
rāṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ vāruṇaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-41 ||

rephaṃ yaṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ yaṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca |
yaṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ vāyavyaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-42 ||

rephaṃ ṇāṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ ṇāṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca |
ṇāṃ śriyaṃ rephamityevaṃ kauberaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-43 ||

rephaṃ yaṃ tārakaṃ rephaṃ yaṃ śaktiṃ rephameva ca |
yaṃ śriyam rephamityevamaiśānaṃ ca likhedaram || 22-44 ||

tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ |
aṣṭārīyaṃ mahāpuṇyā surāsuranamaskṛtā || 22-45 ||

paritaḥ kalpayennemiṃ dvādaśākṣaramadbhutam |
tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet || 22-46 ||

śaktitāraramāstristriḥ parito bahirālikhet |
phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet || 22-47 ||

nārāyaṇaṃ mahācakrametannārāyaṇeritam |
akṣaṃ kṛtvā cakrametad dvādaśāraṃ bahirlikhet |
vāsudevaṃ mahācakraṃ vidhiṃ tasya niśāmaya || 22-48 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ mantramayarakṣānirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 22 ||

Kapitel 23

vāsudevādiyantranirūpaṇaṃ nāma trayoviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

dvādaśārasya cakrasya kramo'yaṃ parigīyate |
pāpmāno vipradūyante yasya smaraṇamātrataḥ || 23-1 ||

nārāyaṇāhvayaṃ cakraṃ yat pūrvaṃ samudīritam |
tadakṣaṃ kalpayenmantrī vakṣyamāṇavidhānataḥ || 23-2 ||

tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam |
parito vilikhed bāhye cakrānnārāyaṇāhvayāt || 23-3 ||

nāmavarṇān likhed bāhye tārāditrayalolitān |
dvādaśākṣaramantreṇa grathitaṃ mantranāyakam || 23-4 ||

parito vilikhed bāhye tadbahiḥ sahadarbhitām |
mātṛkāṃ vilikhet sarvametadakṣaṃ vicintayet || 23-5 ||

dvādaśākṣaramantreṇa śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ |
grathitāṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 23-6 ||

srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet |
eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā dvādaśārāṇyatho likhet || 23-7 ||

dikṣu dve dve are likhyādvidikṣvekaikamapyuta |
rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārike || 23-8 ||

rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā |
arāṇi dvādaśaivaṃ ca dvādaśākṣaravidyayā || 23-9 ||

prāgādīśānaparyantaṃ kalpayenmantravittamaḥ |
tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ || 23-10 ||

dvādaśārī mahāvidyā seyaṃ sarveśvarapriyā |
paritaḥ kalpayennemiṃ jitaṃtākhyamahāmanum || 23-11 ||

tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet |
śaktitāraramāstristrirālikhet parito bahiḥ || 23-12 ||

phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet |
vāsudevāhvayaṃ cakrametad devairabhiṣṭutam || 23-13 ||

asya cakrasya māhātmayaṃ vaktuṃ śakyaṃ na mādṛśaiḥ |

akṣaṃ kṛtvā cakrametad dvātriṃśadaramālikhet || 23-14 ||

ajitākhyamidaṃ cakraṃ surāsuranamaskṛtam |
asya cakrasya vidhivad vidhānamupadiśyate || 23-15 ||

vāsudevāhvayaṃ cakramasyākṣaṃ parikalpayet |
yathā tathā vidhānena vidhānaṃ śṛṇu sāṃpratam || 23-16 ||

tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam |
parito vilikhenmantrī vāsudevāhvayād bahiḥ || 23-17 ||

tārādigrathitān sādhyanāmavarṇān likhedbahiḥ |
jitaṃtāgrathitaṃ mantraṃ parito bahirālikhet || 23-18 ||

mātṛkāṃ vilikhed bāhye sahadvandvavidarbhitām |
vidyādajitacakrasya samyagakṣamidaṃ budhaḥ || 23-19 ||

jitaṃtākhyena mantreṇa śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ |
grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 23-20 ||

srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet |
eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā puṇḍarīkākṣasaṃmatā || 23-21 ||

dvātriṃśatamarāṇyasya parito nābhimālikhet |
dikṣu catvāri catvāri likhedaṣṭasu vai kramāt || 23-22 ||

rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārike |
rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā || 23-23 ||

dvātriṃśatamarāṇyevaṃ likhet samyagjitaṃtayā |

tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ || 23-24 ||

sā dvātriṃśadarī divyā devadevajayapradā |
paritaḥ kalpayennemiṃ nṛsiṃhānuṣṭubhaṃ parām || 23-25 ||

tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet |
śaktitāraramāstristriḥ parito bahirālikhet || 23-26 ||

phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet |
ajitākhyamidaṃ cakraṃ puṇḍarīkākṣasaṃmatam || 23-27 ||

yenādya puṇḍarīkākṣo daityān vijayate'khilān |
etadatyadbhutaṃ cakraṃ kathyate vaiṣṇavaṃ yaśaḥ || 23-28 ||

nityayukto'tra sanmantrī jagadvijayate'khilam |

akṣīkṛtyaitaccakraṃ tu cakramanyat pravartate || 23-29 ||

mahāviṣṇumayaṃ ghoraṃ bhadraṃ mṛtyuvimardanam |
vidhānaṃ śṛṇu tasyedaṃ kathyamānaṃ mayānagha || 23-30 ||

tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam |
ajitākhyānmahācakrāt parito bahirālikhet || 23-31 ||

tārādigrathitān sādhyanāmavarṇān bahirlikhet |
ugravīrādimantreṇa grathitaṃ mantranāyakam || 23-32 ||

parito vilikhed bāhye sahagrathitamātṛkam |
mahāviṣṇumayaṃ hyetadakṣaṃ cakrasya śobhanam || 23-33 ||

ugravīrādimantreṇa śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ |
grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 23-34 ||

srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ parito likhet |
eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā mahāviṣṇumayī parā || 23-35 ||

dvātriṃśatamarāṇyasya parito nābhimālikhet |
dikṣu catvāri catvāri likhedaṣṭasu vai kramāt || 23-36 ||

rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārake |
rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā || 23-37 ||

dvātriṃśatamarāṇyevaṃ nṛsiṃhānuṣṭubhā likhet |
tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ || 23-38 ||

sā dvātriṃśadarī vidyā duṣṭadaityanibarhaṇī |
asya cakrasya nemiṃ tu trīṇi chandāṃsi kalpayet || 23-39 ||

gāyatrīṃ triṣṭubhaṃ caiva tathānuṣṭubhameva ca |
tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet || 23-40 ||

śaktitāraramāstristriḥ parito bahirālikhet |
phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet || 23-41 ||

etadatyadbhutaṃ ghoraṃ duṣṭadānavasūdanam |
nārasiṃhaṃ mahācakraṃ mṛtyuṃjayamiti śrutam || 23-42 ||

pretāpasmārakuśmāṇḍadaityadānavarākṣasāḥ |
ḍākinyo bhūtayoginyo yāścānyāḥ krūrajātayaḥ || 23-43 ||

smaraṇādasya cakrasya vinaśyantyeva sarvadā |

akṣīkṛtyaitaccakraṃ tu jyotiścakraṃ pravartate || 23-44 ||

jyotīṃṣi trīṇi cchandāṃsi gāyatryādīnyasaṃśayam |
vidhijñaistasya cakrasya vidhānaṃ vihitaṃ śṛṇu || 23-45 ||

yadetat prathitaṃ jyotirdivi pratyakṣamuttamam |
eṣā taditi gāyatrī vedānāṃ jananī parā || 23-46 ||

yadetadagnihotrasthaṃ jyotirvahati vai hutam |
jātavedasa ityeṣā triṣṭubagnimayī tanuḥ || 23-47 ||

rasaiḥ puṣṇāti yadviśvaṃ jyotirnayananandanam |
tat triyambakamityeṣānuṣṭubindumayī tanuḥ || 23-48 ||

jyotirbhirdhāryate viśvaṃ bodhatāpanaharṣaṇaiḥ |
viruddhopakramairviśvaṃ bhoktṛbhogyamayātmabhiḥ || 23-49 ||

yat pūrvamuditaṃ cakraṃ mahāviṣṇumayaṃ mahat |
tadakṣaṃ kalpayenmantrī tribhirjyotirbhiruttamaiḥ || 23-50 ||

chandobhiḥ kalpayedakṣaṃ tārādigrathitaṃ purā |
mahāviṣṇumayād bāhye vilikhenmantranāyakam || 23-51 ||

tārādigrathitāṃścāpi sādhyavarṇān likhed bahiḥ |
chandobhirgrathitaṃ mantraṃ mantrī tadbahirālikhet || 23-52 ||

mātṛkāṃ vilikhed bāhye sahadvayavidarbhitām |
etadakṣaṃ samuddiṣṭaṃ jyotiścakrasya nārada || 23-53 ||

tribhistadādyaiśchandobhiḥ śaktiśrībījatārakaiḥ |
grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam || 23-54 ||

srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ bahirālikhet |
eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā vedavedāntapūjitā || 23-55 ||

arāṇi śatamasya syurvidhānaṃ tasya me śṛṇu |
vāyuto vahniparyantaṃ rakṣasaḥ śarvagocaram || 23-56 ||

sūtradvayaṃ pātayitvā caturdhā pravibhajya tu |
arāṇi pañca pañcaiva kṣetramekaikamālikhet || 23-57 ||

arāṇi śatamevaṃ syurvidhānaṃ tasya me śṛṇu |
gāyatryādīni yāni syustatra cchandastrayaṃ likhet || 23-58 ||

rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārake |
rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā || 23-59 ||

vilikhedaragāyatrīṃ gāyatryādau samāhitaḥ |
arāṇāṃ triṣṭubhaṃ caiva triṣṭubhaiva samālikhet || 23-60 ||

anuṣṭubhamarāṇāṃ cānuṣṭubhaiva samālikhet |

prāgādikramayogena yāvadīśānagocaram || 23-61 ||

tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cāpyarapārśvayoḥ |
śatārīyaṃ mahāpuṇyā sā brahmāstramayī parā || 23-62 ||

pādaiḥ padairakṣaraiśca tridhaiva pratilomayā |
brahmadaṇḍabrahmaśirobrahmāstramayatejasā || 23-63 ||

āntaraṃ nemi bhāgaṃ tu gāyatryā kalpayet sudhīḥ |
āgneyāstrasvarūpiṇyā triṣṭubhā pratilomayā || 23-64 ||

madhyamaṃ nemibhāgaṃ tu kalpayenmantravittamaḥ |
anuṣṭubhā tṛtīyaṃ tu nemibhāgaṃ prakalpayet || 23-65 ||

traiyambakāstrarūpiṇyā varṇaśaḥ pratilomayā |
vilikhet pratilomāstā mantreṇa grathitāḥ sudhīḥ || 23-66 ||

tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ huṃ bahirlikhet |
śaktitāraramāstristriḥ parito bahirālikhet || 23-67 ||

phaṭkāragrathitāṃ bāhye mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet |
triṣu lokeṣu vikhyātaṃ trijyotiścakramuttamam || 23-68 ||

nānāstragrāmasaṃbhinnaṃ brahmajyotiranāmayam |

asmāccakrād bahiḥ pañca hotāraḥ sagrahāḥ smṛtāḥ || 23-69 ||

saṃbhārāḥ patnayaścaiva dakṣiṇā hṛdayāni ca |
tadbahiḥ śatarudrāṇi pañca brahmāṇi tadbahiḥ || 23-70 ||

tvaritāṃ tadbahiścaiva sūktaṃ pauruṣameva ca |
śrīsūktaṃ tadbahiścaiva gāyatrīṃ vyāhṛtitrayam || 23-71 ||

praṇavaṃ ceti paritaḥ paṅktīretāḥ kramāllikhet |
etad brahmamayaṃ cakraṃ sarvacchandovinirmitam || 23-72 ||

sarvaduḥkhopaśamanaṃ sarvapāpanibarhaṇam |
smṛtimātreṇa sarveṣāmabhīṣṭārthapradaṃ sadā || 23-73 ||

bahiḥ pravartate cāsmānmātṛkācakramuttamam |
somasūryaurvabindūnāṃ kūṭaṃ tu parito likhet || 23-74 ||

tāratārānutārābhirgrathitaṃ mantranāyakam |
tadbahirvilikhenmantrī tārādigrathitān punaḥ || 23-75 ||

nāmavarṇān likhed bāhye tadbahirmantramiśritān |
mātṛkāṃ vilikhed bāhye sahagrathitamātṛkām || 23-76 ||

etadakṣaṃ samuddiṣṭaṃ mātṛkācakrasaṃbhavam |
tāratārānutārābhirvarṇamātṛkayāpi ca || 23-77 ||

grathitaṃ kalpayennābhiṃ srākāraṃ paramādbhutam |
srākāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ bahirālikhet || 23-78 ||

eṣā nābhiḥ samuddiṣṭā śabdabrahmamayī parā |
arāṇyasya sahasraṃ syustadvidhānamidaṃ śṛṇu || 23-79 ||

pūrvādiṣu vibhakteṣu sūtraiḥ kṣetreṣu pūrvavat |
pañca pañcāśataṃ kuryādarāṇi pratibhāgaśaḥ || 23-80 ||

pañcāśadbhistu viṃśatyā sahasrāraṃ bhavet talam |
tāratārānutārābhirvāgbhavādyaistribhistathā || 23-81 ||

caturbhirmātṛkābījairādyairaurvāntimaiḥ svaraiḥ |
ādidvisaptasaṃbhinnaiḥ kādyaiḥ kṣāntaiśca varṇakaiḥ || 23-82 ||

trailokyaiśvaryadopetaiḥ śataiḥ pañcabhirakṣaraiḥ |
tāvadbhiścaiva sṛṣṭyantaiḥ sahasreṇeti saṃhataiḥ || 23-83 ||

arāṇi kalpayedevaṃ sahasraṃ tadvidhiṃ śṛṇu |
rephaṃ mantrākṣaraṃ tāraṃ rephaṃ mantrārṇatārake || 23-84 ||

rephaṃ mantrārṇalakṣmyau ca rephamityanayā diśā |
prāgādikramayogena likhedarasahasrakam || 23-85 ||

sahasrārīyamuddiṣṭā śabdabrahmamayī parā |
aiśvaryaṃ bindusaṃyuktaṃ vāgbhavaṃ saṃpracakṣate || 23-86 ||

karālavibudhākhyasthā māyā vyāpisamanvitā |
kāmarājamayaṃ bījaṃ somaurvavyāpisaṃyutā || 23-87 ||

bījaṃ sārasvatamidaṃ vāgbhavādyā ime trayaḥ |
kālānalasthakamalabhāskarānilagāminī || 23-88 ||

māyā vyāpisamāyuktā mātṛkābījamādimam |
aśeṣabhuvanādhārasūryānalavihāriṇī || 23-89 ||

pañcabindurvyāpiyutā dvitīyaṃ bījamucyate |
somānalasthasūkṣmasthānandavyāpisamanvayaḥ || 23-90 ||

tṛtīyaṃ bījamuddiṣṭaṃ caturthamapi me śṛṇu |
somatālāṅkasūkṣmasthakālapāvakagopanā || 23-91 ||

kūṭīkṛtā vyāpiyutā caturthaṃ bījamuttamam |
bījānīmāni catvāri mātṛkāyāṃ mahāmune || 23-92 ||

tattadakṣarasaṃyuktaṃ mantraṃ cobhayapārśvayoḥ |
arāṇāṃ vilikhenmantrī sahasrāravidhikrame || 23-93 ||

mantrārṇagrathitāṃ mantrī mātṛkāṃ pratilomikām |
vilikhet parito mantrī tārādigrathitaṃ ca hum || 23-94 ||

bahirlikhecchaktitāraramāstristrirvicakṣaṇaḥ |
phaṭkāragrathitāṃ cāpi mātṛkāṃ pradhimālikhet || 23-95 ||

etat tanmātṛkācakraṃ yatra sarvaṃ pratiṣṭhitam |

yadbījaṃ mātṛkākṣādyaṃ tadbahiḥ pradhimālikhet || 23-96 ||

tataścintāmaṇiṃ bāhye tadbahiśca likhet parām |
parāvarāṃ tadbahiśca tadbahiḥ śriyamālikhet || 23-97 ||

tadbahistārikāṃ caiva tadbahistārakaṃ param |
tadbahiścāṅkuśāṃstristriḥ pāśāṃstristriśca tadbahiḥ || 23-98 ||

ācakrādīni cāṅgāni tadbahiḥ parito likhet |
tadbahiścāpi digbandhaṃ tasya rūpamidaṃ śṛṇu || 23-99 ||

puruṣāya tataḥ svāhā diṅnāmāmarṣaṇaṃ tataḥ |
saheti ca tataḥ paścādbandhayāmīti diggatam || 23-100 ||

ātmane ca tataḥ svāhā vidiṅnāmāpyamarṣaṇam |
saheti ca tataḥ paścādbandhayāmi vidiggatam || 23-101 ||

vilikheccakragāyatrīmagniprākāramantataḥ |
ākāśamaṇḍalaṃ bāhye tadbījena samanvitam || 23-102 ||

vāyubījaṃ tu tadbāhye svabījena samanvitam |
vahnibījaṃ tu tadbāhye svabījena samanvitam || 23-103 ||

āpyaṃ tu maṇḍalaṃ bāhye svabījena samanvitam |
tadbāhye pārthivaṃ bimbaṃ svabījena samanvitam || 23-104 ||

prāṇaḥ sūkṣmo'nalaścaiva vāruṇaḥ puruṣeśvaraḥ |

savyāpinaḥ kramādetad vyomāderbījapañcakam || 23-105 ||

analaḥ kamalaścaiva bhāskaro mardanastathā |
analaḥ sūkṣma aurvaścāpyūrjaḥ piṇḍīkṛtā ime || 23-106 ||

savyāpinaḥ smrtaṃ bījaṃ cintāmaṇiridaṃ param |
parā nāma mahāvidyā somasthaurvasthasṛṣṭikā || 23-107 ||

savyāpī somago viṣṇuriyaṃ proktā parāvarā |
saudarśanena kūṭena pṛthivīṃ pariveṣṭayet || 23-108 ||

yoniṃ sudarśanasyātha veṣṭayet tārayā bahiḥ |
somaḥ sūryastataḥ somaḥ kālapāvakayordvayam || 23-109 ||

saudarśanamidaṃ kūṭaṃ niracāṃ pañcakaṃ halām |
etat saudarśanaṃ rūpaṃ kālānalasamadyuti || 23-110 ||

śamayet kūṭametadvai tārayāmṛtarūpayā |
agnīṣomātmakaṃ cakrametatte darśitaṃ mune |
vaiṣṇavaṃ paramaṃ tejo dhyāhi cakramidaṃ sadā || 23-111 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ vāsudevādiyantranirūpaṇaṃ nāma trayoviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 23 ||

Kapitel 24

yantradevatādhyānanirūpaṇaṃ nāma caturviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

somasūryadahanaprabhojjvalaṃ cakrametaduditaṃ mahāmune |
vāṅmayaṃ sakalamantrasaṃmitaṃ śabdaśabdyamakhilaṃ yadudgatam || 24-1 ||

brahmacakramuditaṃ yadāntaraṃ kevalaṃ vimaladhīpradaṃ mune |
viṣṇucakramuditaṃ yadadbhutaṃ vyāptikāntimativikramapradam || 24-2 ||

yat tṛtīyamuditaṃ mahādbhutaṃ cakramujjvalayaśo'rthadaṃ tu tat |
yattu cakramuditaṃ turīyakaṃ mokṣadaṃ munigaṇoditaṃ mune || 24-3 ||

pañcamaṃ vijayadāyi kīrtidaṃ ṣaṣṭhamugragadamṛtyunāśanam |
brahmavarcasavidhāyi saptamaṃ saṃpadarthavijayārthamaṣṭamam || 24-4 ||

ekaikaśo'lpaśa idaṃ gaditaṃ phalaṃ te cakrāṣṭake sakalayogimunīndravandye |
varṣāyutairbahubhirapyakhilātmakasya śakyā na vistṛtiramuṣya mayābhidhātum || 24-5 ||

mantrākṣaraprathitabhāvavibhedapūrvaṃ mantrī yajeta vidhivanmanudevatāstāḥ |
ākāraśaktiparivāravibhūṣaṇāstravīryaprabhāvaviṣayaiśca vicintayet tāḥ || 24-6 ||

ādyaṃ nirañjanamaśeṣajagatprasūtitrāṇapramāthaniyamodyadanugrahastham |
saṃpūrṇaśaktimataraṅgamahārṇavābhaṃ dhyāyeddhariṃ praṇavagocaramādicakre || 24-7 ||

śvetaṃ prasannavadanaṃ kamalāyatākṣaṃ pītāmbaraṃ pṛthulavakṣasamātmayonim |
pīnorudīrghabhujabṛndadhṛtāriśaṅkhakaumodakīsarasijaṃ khalu viṣṇucakre || 24-8 ||

śyāmaṃ kirīṭinamudāracaturbhujasthakaumodakīkamalavārijavaryacakram |
nārāyaṇaṃ nayananandanamādidevaṃ dhyāyecchriyā saha tṛtīyapadasthacakre || 24-9 ||

kundendugauramaravindadalāyatākṣaṃ śuddhākṣamālamamalodyatabodhamudram |
bāhudvayīvidhṛtacakraviśuddhaśaṅkhaṃ taṃ vāsudevamiti cintaya turyacakre || 24-10 ||

śaṅkhāripaṅkajagadāṅkuśapāśaśārṅgasaunandakān dadhatamaṣṭabhirugrahastaiḥ |
tārkṣyasthitaṃ rajataśailanibhaṃ purāṇaṃ saṃcintayedajitacakragataṃ pumāṃsam || 24-11 ||

krūrogravakranakhakoṭinikṛttadaityavakṣaḥsthaloccalitaśoṇitadigdhadeham |
ghoraprakāranayanatrayadurnirīkṣaṃ ṣaṣṭhe vicintaya mune narasiṃhamīśam || 24-12 ||

somāgnisūryakiraṇodgamapuñjakuñjamadhyasthitaṃ vidhṛtapadmagadāriśaṅkham |
chandaḥsthitaṃ bhuvanakāraṇamaprameyaṃ śrīśaṃ vicintaya mune puruṣaṃ purāṇam || 24-13 ||

gokṣīraśaṅkhahimadīdhitidevasindhukundaprabhāvimalapaṅkajaśaṅkhahastā |
smeraprasannavadanā kamalāyatākṣī dhyeyā svacakrabhavanopari mātṛkā sā || 24-14 ||

ālolaśūladaśakaṃ triyugādhikaṃ svairhastairdviraṣṭabhiratho dadhatī japābhā |
cintāmaṇisthitimatī nayanatrayāḍhyā śaktirhareriti mune manasā vicintyā || 24-15 ||

pūrṇenduśītalarucirdhṛtabodhamudrā bāhvantarasthanijabodhanapustakāḍhyā |
devī parā paramapūruṣadivyaśaktiścintyā prasannavadanā sarasīruhākṣī || 24-16 ||

padmāruṇābhayavarāṅkuśapāśahastā raktāmbarā vipulavārijapatranetrā |

sūkṣmaprabhāsthitaparāvaratattvajātā cintyādiśaktirapi sā ca parāvarākhyā || 24-17 ||

bāhusthapāśavalitākhilajīvavargā bandhūkapadmakusumāruṇadehakāntiḥ |
pīnastanī madavighūrṇitanetrapadmā lakṣmīśapārśvanilayākhiladevateyam || 24-18 ||

vakrāgranāsiniśitāṅkuśakīlitena namreṇa jīvanikareṇa samīḍyamānā |
divyāṅkuśasthitimatī hariśaktirādyā dhyeyā samādhiniratena mahāprabhāvā || 24-19 ||

aṅgaṃ tu cakramayadevasamānarūpamācakrapūrvamakhilaṃ gaditaṃ yadādau |
gāyatryapi jvalitapāvakatulyavarṇā cakreśatulyavibhavā vipulastanāḍhyā || 24-20 ||

jvālākuladrutasamastasurārivargaṃ prākāramagnimayameva vadanti santaḥ |
vyomasthaśaktirapi sūryasahasramālā nīlāmbujadyutimatī manasā vicintyā || 24-21 ||

mālāṃ caturgatimayīṃ vapuṣā dadhānā vāyusthaśaktirapi dhūmratanurvicintyā |
kālānalākhyataruṇārkasahasramālā tejaḥsthaśaktirapi raktatanurvicintyā || 24-22 ||

pīyūṣarūparacanā salilasthaśaktirdhyeyā varāhaniyutāyutakḷptamālā |
uttaptakāñcanaruciḥ puruṣeśvarāḍhyā bhūśaktirādipuruṣasya vicintanīyā || 24-23 ||

kālānalāyutasahasrasamānarūpaṃ kūṭaṃ sudarśanamayaṃ manasā vicintyam |
tāpāturakvathadaśeṣasurārimedoniṣyandameduritadīptiśikhājaṭālam || 24-24 ||

sūryenduvahninayanā taruṇārkavarṇā vyāpya sthitā jagadaśeṣamaśeṣavandyā |
cakrāṇi bāhunivahairdadhatī sahasraṃ yoniḥ sudarśanamanoriti cintanīyā || 24-25 ||

leśato gaditametadudāraṃ rakṣaṇaṃ sakalalokahitāya |
bhūpateranumato dvijavaryo bhāvayedaniśametadatandrī || 24-26 ||

nādravanti duritāni kadācidvidravanti nikhilā graharogāḥ |
vardhate vasumatī bahusasyā na trivargavihatirmanujānām || 24-27 ||

dharmārthakāmabahulāścirajīvinaśca hīnāśca pāpmabhirudārayaśaḥpratāpāḥ |
ārādhya śāstraniratā vihitakriyābhirante viśanti vimalāḥ paramaṃ pumāṃsam || 24-28 ||

divyo vidhiḥ kathita eṣa mune samasto viprairnṛpairdhṛtasamādhibhiratra bhāvyam |
asmin samādhivirahī lalitakriyo'pi yatnocitaṃ labhata eva phalaṃ manuṣyaḥ || 24-29 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ yantradevatādhyānanirūpaṇaṃ nāma caturviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 24 ||

Kapitel 25

sudarśanayantravaibhavavarṇanaṃ nāma pañcaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan samyagākhyātaṃ vistareṇa yathātatham |
yatkāraṇaṃ yadādhāraṃ yatpramāṇamidaṃ jagat || 25-1 ||

tathā dharmārthakāmānāṃ svarūpaṃ sādhanaṃ tathā |
paravidyā tathā vidyā tathā cādhyātmasaṃjñitā || 25-2 ||

muktiśca paramā proktā bandhastatsādhanaṃ tathā |
varṇāśramavibhāgaśca taddharmāśca viśeṣataḥ || 25-3 ||

sarveṣāmeva varṇānāṃ rājñāṃ rakṣāvidhistathā |
rājñāṃ tu rakṣaṇavidhirdivyo'yaṃ varṇitastathā || 25-4 ||

kathaṃ kila kalau prāpte rājñāṃ rakṣāvidhirbhavet |

na yakṣyanti na dāsyanti na hoṣyanti dvijātayaḥ || 25-5 ||

na sarve sveṣu dharmeṣu kariṣyanti matiṃ kalau |
śaktayaḥ sarvamantrāṇāṃ prayāsyanti tiraskṛtim || 25-6 ||

nirvīryāśca bhaviṣyanti rājānaḥ sattvavarjitāḥ |
nirdhanā hṛtarājyāśca dasyubhiḥ paripīḍitāḥ || 25-7 ||

alpakṣīrā bhaviṣyanti gāvaḥ prāpte kalau yuge |
prajāḥ kṣudhārtāśca kalāvavagrahanipīḍitāḥ || 25-8 ||

pāṣaṇḍadharmaniratā bhagavantaṃ janārdanam |
nindanādīn kariṣyanti tamaḥprāyā hyavedinaḥ || 25-9 ||

itthaṃ doṣāspade kāle rājñāṃ rakṣāvidhiḥ katham |
saṃpatsyate śaktihīnairdvijaiḥ sattvavivarjitaiḥ || 25-10 ||

yenopāyena rakṣā syāttaṃ me brūhi suniścitam |
sarvajña tvadṛte vaktuṃ kaḥ śaknoti maheśvara || 25-11 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

sādhu sādhu yadetat tvaṃ pṛṣṭavānasi nārada |
satyametat kalau rakṣāvidhirmantrairna yujyate || 25-12 ||

tathāpi bhakta iti te kathayāmi śṛṇuṣva tam |
sarveṣāmeva bhūtānāṃ rājñāṃ caiva viśeṣataḥ || 25-13 ||

rakṣāvidhiṃ paraṃ guhyaṃ tantrāṇāṃ sāramuttamam |

mama nārāyaṇenoktaṃ puṇye badarikāśrame || 25-14 ||

pitāmahaśiraśchedamahāpātakaśāntaye |
sarvabādhāpraśamanaṃ sarvaduḥkhanivāraṇam || 25-15 ||

sarvasiddhipradaṃ sarvasaṃpadāmekakāraṇam |
parābhicāraśamanaṃ pararājyapradaṃ śubham || 25-16 ||

kalidoṣāpaharaṇaṃ sarvaśatrunibarhaṇam |
yasya saṃsmaraṇenaiva nṝṇāṃ naśyanti śatravaḥ || 25-17 ||

dasyavo naṣṭaviṣayā vidravanti diśo daśa |
yantraṃ yasya gṛhe nyastaṃ tasya sarvaṃ prasidhyati || 25-18 ||

yo rājā yantrametattu sādaraṃ kārayed gṛhe |
tasya bhūmaṇḍalaṃ sarvaṃ bhaved vaśyaṃ na saṃśayaḥ || 25-19 ||

saudarśanasya yantrasya māhātmyaṃ varṇitaṃ mayā |

sudarśanena yuktasya nārasiṃhasya yantrakam || 25-20 ||

yaḥ kārayati tasyānyo loko vaśyo bhavedapi |
etallekhanamātreṇa sarvaṃ saṃpadyate nṛṇām || 25-21 ||

viṣṇupañjarayantrasya karaṇenaiva devatāḥ |
sarvāḥ prasīdanti sadā kiṃ punarmanujādayaḥ || 25-22 ||

eṣāṃ trayāṇāṃ yantrāṇāṃ samāhāraphalaṃ mayā |
vaktuṃ na śakyate sarvaṃ sarvajñenāpi nārada || 25-23 ||

mahāsudarśanasyeha yantrasya karaṇād dvijaḥ |
trailokyaṃ samavāpnoti kiṃ punarmaṇḍalaṃ bhuvaḥ || 25-24 ||

ekatra kalpitasudarśananārasiṃhamanyatra kevalasudarśanamujjvalāṅgam |
saṃkalpitobhayamukhaṃ ghaṭitāstrajālaṃ śrīviṣṇupañjaragataṃ yutamantrajālam || 25-25 ||

māhāsudarśanamapuṇyakṛtāṃ janānāmaprāpyamāśritasukhapradamekayantram |
tejomayaṃ sakalalokanamaskṛtaṃ yat tat kārayet sakalalokajayaṃ yadīcchet || 25-26 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ sudarśanayantravaibhavavarṇanaṃ nāma pañcaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 25 ||

Kapitel 26

mahāsudarśanayantralakṣaṇaṃ nāma ṣaḍviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

vistareṇāsya yantrasya saṃsthānaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ tathā |
śrotumicchāmi bhagavaṃstanmamācakṣva pṛcchataḥ || 26-1 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

vistareṇa pravakṣyāmi svarūpaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ tathā |
asya yantrasya devarṣe tanme kathayataḥ śṛṇu || 26-2 ||

rajatena suvarṇena lohairvā śilayāpi vā |
yathādhikāraṃ yantrasya kuryādarcāṃ tu sādhakaḥ || 26-3 ||

dhātucandanakarpūrakuṅkumāgurujai rasaiḥ |
suvarṇasūcyā yadi vā yantrametallikhet paṭe || 26-4 ||

candramaṇḍalamadhye tu tāraṃ kuryāt samāhitaḥ |
tasya madhye likhed devaṃ raktavarṇaṃ sudarśanam || 26-5 ||

piṅgākṣaṃ piṅgakeśāḍhyaṃ raktāmbaradharaṃ vibhum |
yuktaṃ ṣoḍaśabhirhastairaṣṭābhirvā mahādyutim || 26-6 ||

pāśāṅkuśābjamusaladhanuḥśaṅkhagadāribhiḥ |
bhīṣaṇairāyudhavarairupetaṃ jayināṃ varam || 26-7 ||

tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ rūpaṃ nityaṃ taijasavigraham |
daṃṣṭrāniṣṭhyūtasaptārcirjvālāpallavitānanam || 26-8 ||

bhūṣaṇairbhūṣitaṃ citrairbhīṣaṇaṃ romaharṣaṇam |
svatejasā jagat sarvaṃ pūrayantaṃ mahābalam || 26-9 ||

nirbhidyamānadaiteyaśoṇitāśanalampaṭam |
udyatpradyotanaśataprakhyaṃ vikhyātapauruṣam || 26-10 ||

manastattvena satataṃ saṃśritaṃ vegavattayā |
nārāyaṇakarāmbhojasevārasaviśāradam || 26-11 ||

javena viṣṇucintāyāḥ paramaṃ mārgadarśinam |
smṛtyaiva svānuraktānāṃ dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthasādhanam || 26-12 ||

svabhaktapratyanīkānāṃ māraṇaṃ surapūjitam |
saṃstūyamānacaritaṃ siddhagandharvadānavaiḥ || 26-13 ||

bhaktāribhañjanaparaṃ śaraṇyaṃ śaraṇārthinām |
nityaniḥsīmanirdoṣakalyāṇaguṇasāgaram || 26-14 ||

evaṃbhūtaṃ samālikhya sadānandaṃ sudarśanam |
tatpādapadmaparyante sādhakaṃ nāma vinyaset || 26-15 ||

indubimbasya paryante ṣaṭkoṇaṃ cakramālikhet |
āgneyamamitaprakhyamamoghaṃ sarvasādhakam || 26-16 ||

prācyādidikṣu koṇeṣu ṣaḍ varṇān vinyasenmanoḥ |

ṣaṭsu koṇāntarāleṣu tvaṅgamantrān nyaset kramāt || 26-17 ||

asmādbahistathā padmaṃ caturdalasamanvitam |

sabinduvarma phaṭ cāsya daleṣveṣu kramānnyaset || 26-18 ||

dalāntarāleṣvantaḥsthān vinyaset sādhakastathā |

bāhye tatrāṣṭapatrābjamantaḥ ṣoḍaśakesaram || 26-19 ||

kesareṣu kramādasya vilikhet ṣoḍaśa svarān |

aṣṭākṣaraṃ mahāmantraṃ daleṣvasya samālikhet || 26-20 ||

dvātriṃśatkesaraṃ cāsya bahiḥ ṣoḍaśapatrakam |

kakārādi sakārāntaṃ kesareṣvasya cālikhet || 26-21 ||

daleṣvasya likhenmantraṃ ṣoḍaśārṇaṃ tu vaiṣṇavam |

dvātriṃśatkesaradalaṃ bāhye tasya samālikhet || 26-22 ||

kesareṣvasya padmasya prācyādiṣu yathākramam |
mantramānuṣṭubhaṃ samyagvārāhaṃ vilikhet param || 26-23 ||

dvātriṃśati daleṣvasya nārasiṃhaṃ kramāllikhet |
ānuṣṭubhaṃ mahāmantramamoghaṃ sarvasādhakam || 26-24 ||

tasya bāhye likhet padmaṃ catuḥṣaṣṭidalairyutam |

pātālanārasiṃhākhyaṃ taddaleṣu nyasenmanum || 26-25 ||

punaśca padmaṃ vinyasya dalairaṣṭabhirāvṛtam |

aṣṭākṣaraṃ nārasiṃhaṃ taddaleṣu samālikhet || 26-26 ||

tadbāhye maṇḍalaṃ kuryānmāhendraṃ vajrabhūṣitam |
jājvalyamānaṃ svenaiva sarvālaṃkāramaṇḍitam || 26-27 ||

tasya bāhye mahādikṣu prāgādiṣu yathākramam |
tadbījaṃ vinyaseddhīmānnijanāmnā samanvitam || 26-28 ||

bahiṣkoṇeṣu caturṣu tathāntaḥsthān prakalpayet |

koṇābhyantarabhāgeṣu tadbījaṃ vinyaset punaḥ || 26-29 ||

paritastat svarān sarvān prātilomyena cālikhet |

sakārādi kakārāntaṃ vinyaset paritastathā || 26-30 ||

vidarbhitaṃ svanāmnaiva parito'ntyayugaṃ nyaset |
pāśenāveṣṭayedetadaṅkuśena tathāturaḥ || 26-31 ||

puṭitaṃ bhūpuraṃ tasya bāhye kuryādatandritaḥ |

keśavādīn mūrtimataḥ samantādasya vinyaset || 26-32 ||

taptajāmbūnadaprakhyaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam |
apārakaruṇaṃ padmaśaṅkhacakragadādharam || 26-33 ||

pītāmbaradharaṃ devaṃ vanamālāvibhūṣitam |
hārakeyūrakaṭakakuṇḍalairupaśobhitam || 26-34 ||

caturbāhumudārāṅgaṃ prasannavadanaṃ vibhum |
prāgādi vinyased devaṃ keśavaṃ kleśanāśanam || 26-35 ||

śaṅkhapadmagadācakradharaṃ nīlāmbudacchavim |
sarvālaṃkārasaṃyuktaṃ kuryānnārāyaṇaṃ tataḥ || 26-36 ||

padmakaumodakīśaṅkhacakradhāriṇamavyayam |
devamindīvaraśyāmaṃ mādhavaṃ bhāvayet tataḥ || 26-37 ||

cakrakaumodakīśaṅkhapadmāyudhavirājitam |
indubimbanibhaṃ kuryād govindamamitaujasam || 26-38 ||

gadābjaśaṅkhacakrāstradharaṃ paramabhūṣitam |
viṣṇuṃ viśvapatiṃ kuryāt padmakiñjalkasaṃnibham || 26-39 ||

cakraśaṅkhāmbujagadādhāriṇaṃ karuṇānidhim |
raktapadmadalaprakhyaṃ bhāvayenmadhusūdanam || 26-40 ||

cakrakaumodakīpadmaśaṅkhasevitamīśvaram |
ujjvalatkanakaprakhyaṃ taṃ kurvīta trivikramam || 26-41 ||

śaṅkhacakragadāpadmadharaṃ paramabhūṣitam |
taruṇādityasaṃkāśaṃ vāmanaṃ bhāvayet tataḥ || 26-42 ||

padmacakragadāśaṅkhadharaṃ sadguṇasāgaram |
puṇḍarīkanibhaṃ devaṃ śrīdharaṃ parikalpayet || 26-43 ||

gadāsudarśanayute śaṅkhapadme ca bibhratam |
vidyutprabhaṃ hṛṣīkeśaṃ kurvīta kamalekṣaṇam || 26-44 ||

śaṅkhapadme gadācakre tathā bibhrāṇamujjvalam |
sahasrādityasaṃkāśaṃ padmanābhaṃ tu kārayet || 26-45 ||

padmaśaṅkhagadācakradharaṃ bandhūkasaṃnibham |
bhaktyekasulabhaṃ devaṃ dāmodaramatha smaret || 26-46 ||

evaṃ krameṇa nyasyaitāneṣāṃ nāmāni ca nyaset |
namo'ntānyamukaṃ rakṣa rakṣeti ca samantataḥ || 26-47 ||

yaṃ śaṃ raṃ ṣaṃ tathā laṃ saṃ vaṃ haṃ ceti dvayaṃ dvayam |
prācyādiṣu mahādikṣu prādakṣiṇyena vinyaset || 26-48 ||

yaṃ śaṃ raṃ ṣaṃ tathā laṃ saṃ vaṃ haṃ ceti yugaṃ yugam |
aiśānyādiṣu koṇeṣu vinyasedapradakṣiṇam || 26-49 ||

pāśena tu samāveṣṭya aṅkuśenāpi veṣṭayet |
sarvametat sabījena hṛllekhamanunā vṛtam || 26-50 ||

prāgādiṣu caturdikṣu vinyased viṣṇumavyayam |
cakrakaumodakīśārṅgakhaḍgairyuktaṃ yathākramam || 26-51 ||

sādhāraṇau ca sarveṣāṃ śaṅkhacakrau varāyudhau |

āgneyādiṣu koṇeṣu hṛṣīkeśaṃ tato nyaset || 26-52 ||

śaṅkhaṃ halaṃ ca musalaṃ śūlaṃ caiteṣu dhārayet |

vikoṇeṣvaṣṭasu tathā janārdanamatho nyaset || 26-53 ||

daṇḍaṃ kuntaṃ tathā śaktiṃ pāśamaṅkuśameva ca |
vajraṃ tathaiva paraśuṃ tathā śatamukhānalam || 26-54 ||

kareṣvamīṣāmetāni vilikhettu yathākramam |

pratyekaṃ parivārāṃstu teṣāṃ pārśveṣu vinyaset || 26-55 ||

varāharūpiṇaṃ devaṃ śaṅkhacakragadādharam bhūmau ca sahitaṃ bhūmyā saṃsmaret puruṣottamam || 26-56 ||

ambare nārasiṃhaṃ tu cintayedamitaujasam |
bhīṣaṇaṃ ghaṭitānekabhūṣaṇaṃ dāritāsuram || 26-57 ||

prācyāṃ diśi mahājvālāgataṃ cakraṃ smaredbudhaḥ |
dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi tathā smarejjvālāgatāṃ gadām || 26-58 ||

pratīcyāṃ śārṅgamatyugrajvālāmadhyagataṃ smaret |
uttarasyāṃ diśi tathā smaret khaḍgaṃ sudāruṇam || 26-59 ||

aparāṅge'tha yantrasya madhye cakrābjasaṃsthitam |
caturviṃśatyaraṃ cakraṃ sunemi rucirākṛti || 26-60 ||

madhyecakraṃ nyaset padmaṃ yuktaṃ dvādaśabhirdalaiḥ |

cakrābjakarṇikāsthāne nyasedāgneyamaṇḍalam || 26-61 ||

tanmadhye yogapaṭṭena pinaddhāṅgaṃ sanātanam |
nārasiṃhaṃ caturbāhuṃ catuścakradharaṃ param || 26-62 ||

samāsīnamaśokasya mūle kālānaladyutim |
sarvābharaṇasaṃyuktaṃ sarvabhaktārtihāriṇam || 26-63 ||

apārasaṃkhyakalyāṇaguṇapūrṇamahārṇavam |
bhaktānukampinaṃ nityaṃ sarvalokaikanāyakam || 26-64 ||

evaṃ vinyasya tatpādaparyante vinyasedubhau |
tadājñākāriṇau bhīmau nīlanīradavigrahau || 26-65 ||

udagrakāyau bhīmākṣau bhīmāyudhadharau varau |
daṃṣṭrākarālavadanau vinyased vṛttalocanau || 26-66 ||

cintayedatha cakrasya samantādaṣṭa yoṣitaḥ |
ūrdhvamābaddhakeśāḍhyāstacchaktīḥ prāptayauvanāḥ || 26-67 ||

sarvālaṃkārasaṃyuktā dvibhujā mālyadhāriṇīḥ |
prācyāṃ diśi jayāṃ devīṃ pītavarṇāṃ vicintayet || 26-68 ||

āgneyyāṃ mohinīṃ devīṃ śyāmalāmāyatekṣaṇām |
yāmyāmanusmared devīṃ vijayāṃ kṛṣṇarūpiṇīm || 26-69 ||

raktavarṇāṃ tathā devīṃ nair-ṛtyāṃ hlādinīṃ tathā |
ajitāṃ pītavarṇāṃ tu pratīcyāṃ saṃsmaret parām || 26-70 ||

vāyavyāṃ diśi māyāṃ tu kṛṣṇavarṇāṃ sanātanīm |
udīcyāṃ raktavarṇāṃ tāmāśāyāmaparājitām || 26-71 ||

aiśānyāṃ saṃsmaret siddhiṃ dhūmravarṇāmataḥ param |

evametanmahāyantraṃ mahāpātakanāśanam || 26-72 ||

āyurārogyadhanadaṃ putramitrakalatradam |
sarvavighnopaśamanaṃ sarvaduṣṭanivāraṇam || 26-73 ||

yo yadarthī likhedyantraṃ tat tadasya prayacchati |
maṇividrumamuktāḍhyaṃ kuryād yantraṃ hiraṇmayam || 26-74 ||

rājā cedrājyamāpnoti niṣkaṇṭakamanāmayam |

bhūrjapatre likhitvaitat kuṅkumaiścandanena tu || 26-75 ||

yo martyaḥ śirasā dhatte tasya syāt sarvamīpsitam |
piśācoragarakṣāṃsi kṣipraṃ naśyanti tasya vai || 26-76 ||

śilāpratiṣṭhāṃ yaḥ kuryādetasya jagatītale |
sarvān kāmānihāvāpya viṣṇusāyujyamāpnuyāt || 26-77 ||

lohairvā rajatenātha yaḥ kuryāt pratimāṃ budhaḥ |
trivargaphalamāpnoti nirvāṇamacirāt punaḥ || 26-78 ||

karṣaṇādi pratiṣṭhāntaṃ kuryādāyatanaṃ ca yaḥ |
āpnuvanti ca tadvaṃśyāḥ puṇyalokānanuttamān || 26-79 ||

bhayāgame ca saṃgrāme vāde vā yaḥ smaredidam |
vijayastasya hastastho nātra kāryā vicāraṇā || 26-80 ||

arcayedyastrisaṃdhyaṃ vai yantrametadanuttamam |
tāpatrayavinirmukto viṣṇuloke mahīyate || 26-81 ||

rājñāṃ rakṣāvidhāne tu viśeṣaṃ śṛṇu nārada |
rājyārthī hṛtarājyo vā paribhūto'thavā nṛpaiḥ || 26-82 ||

saudarśanasya yantrasya pradātāraṃ guruṃ param |
sarvebhyo hyadhikaṃ matvā tamabhyarcya mahādhanaiḥ || 26-83 ||

tato nārāyaṇaṃ devaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam |
śyāmalaṃ pītavasanaṃ sarvābharaṇabhūṣitam || 26-84 ||

ārādhayeccaturbāhumācāryoktavidhānataḥ |

taptajāmbūnadamayaṃ maṇividrumacitritam || 26-85 ||

sarvālaṃkārasaṃyuktaṃ kārayedyantramuttamam |

etatkaraṇamātreṇa rājyamāpnotyanāmayam || 26-86 ||

pratiṣṭhāpyārcayedetat sādaraṃ sarvasiddhidam |
tato bhūmimavāpnoti saptadvīpāṃ sapattanām || 26-87 ||

vaśyā bhavanti satataṃ siddhagandharvadānavāḥ |
trailokyarājyamakhilaṃ pālayatyavanītale || 26-88 ||

abhicārāḥ parakṛtāścainamaprāpya bhīṣitāḥ |
praviśanti prayoktāramāpagevācalāhatā || 26-89 ||

avagrahāśca naśyanti śatravo vidravanti ca |
apamṛtyumṛgavyālacorarogādibhirbhayam || 26-90 ||

na tasya rājye bhavati vidyate tatkule balam |

sarve sveṣveva dharmeṣu pravartante sadāmune || 26-91 ||

purā durvāsasaḥ śāpāddhṛtarājye śacīpatau |
etatprasādādakhilaṃ punaḥ prāpa triviṣṭapam || 26-92 ||

etat purā mahāyantraṃ brahmaṇe proktavān hariḥ |

brahmā ca viśvakarmāṇamāhūyaitadakārayat || 26-93 ||

vimānaṃ ca tadārabhya devagandharvadānavāḥ |

anena rakṣaṇavidhiṃ cakruḥ pūrve nṛpāstathā |
tasmādrājñāṃ ca sarveṣāmeṣa rakṣāvidhiḥ paraḥ || 26-94 ||

abhinavadinanāthaprojjvaladbimbatulyaṃ kamalabhavamukhādyaiḥ saṃśritaṃ devabṛndaiḥ |
parigatamapi bhūtaiḥ pañcabhiḥ sevyamānaṃ prakṛtimahadahaṃkāraiḥ smaredyantrarājam || 26-95 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ mahāsudarśanayantralakṣaṇaṃ nāma ṣaḍviśo'dhyāyaḥ || 26 ||

Kapitel 27

dhārakayantranirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

kathito yantrarājasya devadevasya vistaraḥ |
svarūpaṃ sādhanaṃ cāsya prakāraśca phalaṃ tathā || 27-1 ||

adyedaṃ śrotumicchāmi bhagavān parameśvara |
etadatyadbhutaṃ divyaṃ dhriyate kena bhūṣaṇam || 27-2 ||

na cāsya dhāraṇe śaktiṃ kasyacit kalayāmyaham |
atiśaktitayāsyemaṃ saṃśayaṃ chettumarhasi || 27-3 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

satyaṃ na kenaciddhartuṃ pāryate tanmahādyuti |
ṛte yantrāntarādasmād devarṣe śaktiśālinaḥ || 27-4 ||

śṛṇu tasya muniśreṣṭha svarūpaṃ vīryamadya vai |

prathamaṃ maṇḍalaṃ kṛtvā māhendraṃ vasudhātmakam || 27-5 ||

sarvālaṃkārasaṃyuktaṃ yantralāñchanalāñchitam |

bhaumametasya koṇeṣu vinyased bījamuttamam || 27-6 ||

śeṣādyairaṣṭabhirnāgairdhāryamāṇaṃ samantataḥ |

prāgbhāge maṇḍalasyāsya bhīṣaṇau bhīmalocanau || 27-7 ||

vilikheccheṣagulikau lokayantau parasparam |

vāsukiṃ śaṅkhapālaṃ ca vīkṣamāṇau parasparam || 27-8 ||

dakṣiṇasyāṃ diśi tathā vinyasedasya sādhakaḥ |

paścimāyāṃ likhedevaṃ tau takṣakamahāmbujau || 27-9 ||

kārkoṭakaṃ cāmbujaṃ ca likheduttarato mune |
tasya madhye mahājvālāmālāvartavirājitam || 27-10 ||

koṇasaṭkayutaṃ vahnimaṇḍalaṃ bījasaṃyutam |

samālikhya ca tanmadhye vāyavyaṃ maṇḍalaṃ likhet || 27-11 ||

vartulaṃ bindusaṃyuktaṃ tadbījena samanvitam |

tanmadhye cakramatulaṃ projjvalannemimaṇḍalam || 27-12 ||

arairdaśabhirākīrṇaṃ vinyasedarimardanam |

mantraṃ saudarśanasyāsya nārasiṃhasya vinyaset || 27-13 ||

dvābhyāṃ dvābhyāṃ tu varṇābhyāmareṣu navasu kramāt |
daśame hanaśabdaṃ tu vinyasedarake'sya vai || 27-14 ||

cakramadhye nyaset padmaṃ dalairaṣṭabhiranvitam |
karṇikāghaṭitaṃ ramyaṃ kesarairupaśobhitam || 27-15 ||

tatkarṇikāyāṃ vilikhet tāraṃ saṃsāratārakam |

abhīṣṭamarthaṃ sādhyasya nāmadheyamataḥ param || 27-16 ||

tadetat paramaṃ divyaṃ maṅgalānāṃ ca maṅgalam |
pavitrāṇāṃ pavitraṃ ca corapīḍānivāraṇam || 27-17 ||

sarvārthasādhakaṃ ghoraṃ viśvavandyamanuttamam |

purā deveṣu daiteyairabhibhūteṣu vāsavaḥ || 27-18 ||

bṛhaspatiṃ samāhūya provācedaṃ vacastadā |
bādhante nitarāmasmānime daiteyadānavāḥ || 27-19 ||

kenopāyena bhagavan vijeṣyāmo mahāsurān |
balahāniḥ kathaṃ vaiṣāṃ bhavitā bhagavan vada || 27-20 ||

evaṃ maghavatā proktaḥ provācedaṃ bṛhaspatiḥ |
saudarśananṛsiṃhasya yantrasya karaṇādiha || 27-21 ||

naśyanti śatravaḥ sarve surāṇāṃ balasūdana |
ityuktvā sthāpayāmāsa yantraṃ maghavataḥ pure || 27-22 ||

maṇividrumamuktāḍhyaṃ sauvarṇamamitaprabham |
tataḥ prabhṛti daiteyā naṣṭaśrīkā hatatviṣaḥ || 27-23 ||

parājitā vidravanti diśo naṣṭaniketanāḥ |
tadetadativīryaṃ tu yantraṃ surasupūjitam || 27-24 ||

tadetenaiva yantreṇa yantraṃ saudarśanaṃ param |
dhāryate tat suramune vicitraṃ viṣṭarātmanā || 27-25 ||

yantrametanmayākhyātamevaṃ māhāsudarśanam |
dhṛtaṃ yantreṇa vīryāttu sudarśananṛsiṃhayoḥ || 27-26 ||

etasya tu viśiṣṭasya bharaṇe saiva bhūḥ kṣamā |
yasyāḥ pālayitā rājā dhārmiko dṛḍhavikramaḥ || 27-27 ||

devadvijaguruprājñapūjakaḥ paramāstikaḥ |

etadabhyarcayedrājā cakrākāramatandritaḥ || 27-28 ||

puruṣākāramapi vā tathaivobhayatomukham |

etanmantrapradātāraṃ viśiṣṭaṃ pūjayed budhaḥ || 27-29 ||

karṣaṇādīni karmāṇi pratiṣṭhāntānyamuṣya tu |
etanmantroktamārgeṇa kārayennṛpatiḥ svayam || 27-30 ||

sāttvatādiṣu tantreṣu vihitenaiva cādhvanā |
sudarśanasya mantrasya nārasiṃhasya vā mune || 27-31 ||

kalpaprayuktā vidhayaḥ sarve caitasya saṃnidhau |
bhavanti sakalāścaitatprabhāveṇa prayojitāḥ || 27-32 ||

tasmādyathoktamārgeṇa pratiṣṭhāpyaitadarcayet |

rājā rājyaṃ jayaṃ bhūtimāyurārogyamāpnuyāt || 27-33 ||

nityamarcayato rājñaḥ saptadvīpavatī mahī |
samudravasanā caiṣā viśvā vaśyā bhaviṣ.yati || 27-34 ||

prāsādaṃ lakṣaṇopetaṃ vidhāya paramāsanam |
tatraiva kārayet kuṇḍaṃ mantrasyāsya yathāvidhi || 27-35 ||

bhūpateryāni karmāṇi sādhayaṃstāni sādhakaḥ |
mantreṇānena juhuyādasmin kuṇḍe samāhitaḥ || 27-36 ||

anenaiva tu mantreṇa rājño rakṣāvidhiryadi |
viṣṇorāyatane ramye maṇḍape maṇḍite'thavā || 27-37 ||

kṛtvaitat kuṇḍamatraiva rājābhyarcya mahādhanaiḥ |
etanmantrapradātāraṃ svakarmāṇyeva kārayet || 27-38 ||

anena kṛtakṛtyastu rājā rājyamavāpnuyāt |
nīrogo niḥsapatnaśca dīrghāyuśca bhaviṣyati || 27-39 ||

nāgairanekasāhasrairasaṃkhyeyaiśca vājibhiḥ |
syandanairnaravaryaiśca pūrṇā tasya purī bhavet || 27-40 ||

yaścainamarcayedrājā yantrarājamanuttamam |
sarvamantraviśiṣṭatvādarcitāstena devatāḥ || 27-41 ||

yadarthaṃ yo'rcayedenamātmārthe yatate param |
sarveṣāmeva bhūtānāṃ rājñaśca kurute hitam || 27-42 ||

ayaṃ mantraśca yantraṃ ca rājñāmeva vidhīyate |
sarvasādhāraṇārthāni mantrajātāni nārada || 27-43 ||

etadabhyarcanaparā mantriṇo yasya bhūpateḥ |
abhirakṣanti rājānamariṣṭamukhato'pi te || 27-44 ||

etatpraṇāmena samarcanena saṃkīrtanena smaraṇena vā'pi |
saṃtoṣayet saṃtatamasya sarvaṃ manīṣitaṃ hastagataṃ prapaśyet || 27-45 ||

iti nigaditametadyantrarūpaṃ samantraṃ sakaladuritabhedavyāpṛtaṃ saṃśritānām |
tadiha kṛtavidheyo bhūpatiḥ pūrṇakāmo bhuvanatalamaśeṣaṃ prāpnuyāccakravartī || 27-46 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ dhārakayantranirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptaviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 27 ||

Kapitel 28

bhagavadārādhanavidhinirūpaṇaṃ nāma aṣṭāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

ārādhanavidhiṃ vakṣye samāsenaiva nārada |
āyurārogyavijayabhūpradaṃ dhanadhānyadam || 28-1 ||

putrapaśvannakāmānāṃ tattatsādhanamuttamam |
bhuktimuktipradaṃ śāntaṃ parābhibhavakāraṇam || 28-2 ||

tīrthaṃ gatvā śucau deśe mṛdamādāya mantrataḥ |
dvidhā kṛtvaikabhāgena kuryād dehasya śodhanam || 28-3 ||

snātvācamya gṛhītvānyaṃ mṛdbhāgaṃ vinyaset tridhā |
vāme pāṇau diśābandhaṃ vidadhyādekabhāgataḥ || 28-4 ||

gātrālepaṃ tataḥ kuryādanyenāṃśena nārada |
saṃkalpayet tṛtīyāṃśaṃ tīrthapīṭhamataḥparam || 28-5 ||

gaṅgāṃ tatra smaredviṣṇorvāmapādaviniḥsṛtām |
arghyamasyai nivedyātha tato hṛtvā jalāñjalim || 28-6 ||

svamūrdhni siñcet tristāvat saptakṛvo'bhimantritam |
nimagnastatra devasya pādābjanyastamastakaḥ || 28-7 ||

yathāśakti japenmantraṃ tasya dhyānaparāyaṇaḥ |
tata uttīrya cācamya dhṛtvā vastrottarīyake || 28-8 ||

dhṛtordhvapuṇḍraḥ svācānto devādīnacyutātmakān |
dhyātvā saṃtarpayedanyadāhnikaṃ vidhivaccaret || 28-9 ||

yāgabhūmimathāgamya kṣālitāṅghrikaro vaśī |

ācamya vāgyato bhūtvā prārabheta samarcanam || 28-10 ||

caturdvārayutaṃ ramyaṃ gatvā śaraṇamātmavān |
dvāḥsthānaśeṣānabhyarcya tato maṇḍapamāśrayet || 28-11 ||

tuṅgaṃ maṅgalasaṃyuktaṃ maṇikuṭṭimabhūṣitam |
sauvarṇairbahubhiḥ stambhairmaṇividrumabhūṣitaiḥ || 28-12 ||

upetaṃ dīpikājālairjātarūpamayairvṛtam |
vicitrābhiḥ patākābhistoraṇairupaśobhitam || 28-13 ||

maṇikiṅkiṇijālaiśca vitānaiḥ kṣaumakalpitaiḥ |
virājamānaṃ sarvatra maṇipīṭhavirājitam || 28-14 ||

tasya maṇḍaparatnasya madhye paramabhāsvarām |
padmarāgamayaiḥ stambhaiścaturbhirupaśobhitām || 28-15 ||

muktāmayavitānena yuktāṃ ratnicatuṣkikām |
vaiḍūryaghaṭitottuṅgavedikāṃ dīpikāyutām || 28-16 ||

evaṃ kartumaśaktaścedevaṃ dhyāyīta pūjakaḥ |

evaṃ catuṣkikāmadhye cakrābjamayaviṣṭare || 28-17 ||

ādhāraśaktikamaṭhānantadharmādidhārite |
padme somaravijyotiḥsattvādiparivārite || 28-18 ||

evamuktaprakāreṇa parivārairniṣevitam |
vedairmantraistathā śastrairastraiḥ śaktibhirāvṛtam || 28-19 ||

dhyāyet tadāsane devaṃ samāsīnaḥ samāsane |

arcayāmi tvadīyo'haṃ tvaddattairaupacārikaiḥ || 28-20 ||

sāṃsparśikairiti brūyād devamābhyavahārikaiḥ |

saṃhared dehatattvāni pratisaṃcaravartmanā || 28-21 ||

tataḥ sthūlamidaṃ dehaṃ śoṣayitvātha saṃdahet |
prāṇāyāmena cādyena mantraṃ nābhyāṃ tu vinyaset || 28-22 ||

tadudbhūtena nādena suṣumnāmadhyavartinā |
vāyumaṇḍalamabhyetya tadutthenaiva vāyunā || 28-23 ||

saṃśoṣayedimaṃ dehaṃ sthūlaṃ suramune tataḥ |
prāṇāyāmadvitīyena hṛdaye vinyasenmanum || 28-24 ||

mantrotthenāgninā dehaṃ dahenmaṇḍalavartinā |
tṛtīyena svamātmānaṃ prāṇāyāmena deśikaḥ || 28-25 ||

adho niveśayan viṣṇorvāmapādāmbujasya vai |
svaṃ tadaṅguṣṭhaniṣṭhyūtapīyūṣāplāvitaṃ smaret || 28-26 ||

pañcaupaniṣadairmantraistataḥ saṃjātavigrahaḥ |
nyastāṅgo mantravinmantraiścintayitvā sudarśanam || 28-27 ||

āvāhya brahmarandhreṇa hṛtpadme sūryamaṇḍalāt |
prārabheta tataḥ pūjāṃ karanyāsaṃ vidhāya vai || 28-28 ||

hṛdyāgaṃ prathamaṃ kuryānniyatendriyamānasaḥ |

ātmano dakṣiṇe pārśve vāsitaiḥ pāvanairjalaiḥ || 28-29 ||

pūritaṃ sthāpayet pātraṃ mūlamantreṇa mantritam |
vāmapārśve tathā sarvaṃ vinyaset sādhanāntaram || 28-30 ||

tato vistīrya purataḥ śāṭikāmatinirmalām |
tasyāmāgneyadigbhāge vinyasedarghyapātrakam || 28-31 ||

pādyapātramatho nyasyet koṇe dakṣiṇapaścime |
pātramācamanīyasya vinyaset paścimottare || 28-32 ||

snānīyapātraṃ digbhāge vinyasecchāṃkare tataḥ |

siddhārthamakṣataṃ caiva kuśāgraṃ tilameva ca || 28-33 ||

yavaṃ gandhaṃ phalaṃ puṣpamaṣṭāṅgaṃ cārghyamucyate |
dūrvā ca viṣṇuparṇī ca śyāmākaṃ padmameva ca || 28-34 ||

pādyadravyāṇi catvāri sodakāni prakalpayet |
lavaṅgajātītakkoladravyāṇyācamanīyake || 28-35 ||

siddhārthakādi snānīye pūrvavat kalpayed budhaḥ |

arghyaṃ saṃkalpayāmīti spṛśejjaptvārghyamāditaḥ || 28-36 ||

pādyapātrādikeṣvevaṃ brūyāt suramune kramāt |
gandhatoyena saṃpūrya pātrāṇyetāni sarvaśaḥ || 28-37 ||

arghyāt kiṃcit samuddhṛtya jalaṃ pātrāntareṇa tu |
devasya dakṣiṇe pāṇau mūlamantreṇa vinyaset || 28-38 ||

puṣpaṃ dattvātha pādyena pādau devasya secayet |
vastreṇa mārjayitvātha dadyādācamanīyakam || 28-39 ||

arghyādidattaśiṣṭāni kṣipet pātrāntare tadā |
candanaṃ mālyadānaṃ ca dhūpaṃ dīpaṃ diśet tataḥ || 28-40 ||

punarācamanīyaṃ ca mukhavāsamataḥ param |
tāmbūlaṃ ca nivedyātha praṇamyātmanivedanam || 28-41 ||

vidhāya snānapīṭhaṃ tu gandhapuṣpādinārcayet |
vijñāpya pāduke dattvā deve snānāsanaṃ gate || 28-42 ||

vastrabhūṣaṇamālyāni vyapanīya tataḥ param |
snānārthaṃ śāṭikāṃ dadyāt pādyamācamanīyakam || 28-43 ||

pādapīṭhapradānaṃ ca dantakāṣṭhaṃ diśet tataḥ |
jihvānirlekhanaṃ caiva mukhaśodhamatho diśet || 28-44 ||

punarācamanīyaṃ ca tathādarśopadarśanam |
punastāmbūladānaṃ ca tailābhyaṅgamataḥ param || 28-45 ||

udvartanavidhānaṃ ca dānamāmalakasya ca |
toyadānaṃ tataḥ kuryāt kaṅkataplotameva ca || 28-46 ||

tato vidadyād devasya dehaśodhanaśāṭikām |
haridrālepanaṃ kuryāt prakṣālanamataḥ param || 28-47 ||

vastrottarīyake dadyādupavītaṃ tathaiva ca |
pādyācamanake kuryād vicitraṃ candanaṃ tathā || 28-48 ||

gandhaṃ puṣpaṃ tathā dhūpaṃ dīpamācamanaṃ tathā |
nṛttavāditragītādisarvamaṅgalasaṃyutam || 28-49 ||

abhiṣekaṃ tataḥ kuryānnīrājanavidhiṃ tataḥ |
plotavastrottarīye ca upavītamataḥ param || 28-50 ||

tata ācamanīyaṃ ca dattvā devāya deśikaḥ |

alaṃkārāsanaṃ paścādabhyarcya prokṣaṇādinā || 28-51 ||

vijñāpya pāduke dattvā deve viṣṭaramāśrite |
arghyādīnyatha pātrāṇi pūrvavat kalpayet tataḥ || 28-52 ||

arghyaṃ pādyaṃ tato dadyāt tata ācamanīyakam |
gandhavaccandanādyaiśca dravyaiścārghyādikaṃ caret || 28-53 ||

tataścitrāṇi vāsāṃsi prayacched bhūṣaṇāni ca |
yajñopavītadānaṃ ca tata ācamanīyakam || 28-54 ||

gandhapuṣpapradānaṃ cāpyādarśasya pradarśanam |
dhūpadīpau tathā dadyāt punarācamanīyakam || 28-55 ||

tataḥ stotraṃ japecchatracāmarāṇāṃ pradarśanam |
darśanaṃ vāhanānāṃ ca tataḥ śaṅkharavaṃ tathā || 28-56 ||

vīṇākāhalabheryādininādaśrāvanaṃ tathā |
nṛttavāditragītādyairarcayenmantratastataḥ || 28-57 ||

mūlamantreṇa dadyāttu puṣpaṃ devāya deśikaḥ |
puṣpāñjaliṃ pratidiśaṃ pradakṣiṇapuraḥsaram || 28-58 ||

dattvā punaḥ praṇamyātha stotrairdevaṃ stuvīta vai |
svamātmānaṃ bhagavate kiṃkaratvāya vedayet || 28-59 ||

tato dhyātvā japenmantraṃ yathāśakti samāhitaḥ |
ācāryaṃ gandhapuṣpādyaiḥ samabhyarcya mune tataḥ || 28-60 ||

sarvabhogaistu saṃpūrṇān mantrāṃstasmai nivedayet |
mukhavāsaṃ tato dadyāt tāmbūlaṃ cārghyameva ca || 28-61 ||

bhojyāsanamathābhyarcya devaṃ vijñāpya pāduke |
dadyāt tatropaviṣṭe'smin pādyamācamanaṃ tataḥ || 28-62 ||

arhaṇaṃ ca tataḥ kṛtvā dadhyājyakṣīramākṣikān |
gandhaṃ ca pātre nikṣipya śoṣaṇādikamācaret || 28-63 ||

saṃprokṣyārghyajalenaiva madhuparkamatho diśet |
tato dadyāt suvarṇaṃ ca gāṃ ca ratnāni pūjakaḥ || 28-64 ||

susaṃskṛtānnamājyaṃ ca dadhikṣīramadhūni ca |
mūlāni modakān snigdhān vyañjanāni phalāni ca || 28-65 ||

yāni kālopapannāni śucīni guṇavanti ca |
svādiṣṭhāni prabhūtāni hṛdyānyanyāni yāni ca || 28-66 ||

viśodhya śoṣaṇādyaistu saṃprokṣyārghyajalena tu |
vidhāya rakṣāmastreṇa havirarhaṇapūrvakam || 28-67 ||

mudrāṃ tu surabhiṃ kṛtvā devāyaitannivedayet |
anuvāsaṃ tato dadyād darpaṇaṃ ca tataḥ param || 28-68 ||

dadyādācamanīyaṃ ca hastamārjanacandanam |
mukhavāsaṃ ca tāmbūlaṃ pradāyāsmai praṇamya ca || 28-69 ||

atha mantrāsanaṃ nyasya kūrcena parimṛjya ca |
gandhapuṣpādinābhyarcya dadyād vijñāpya pāduke || 28-70 ||

tathādhirūḍhe deveśe mālyādikamapohya tu |
pādyācamanake dattvā tato dhūpaṃ nivedayet || 28-71 ||

svādiṣṭhāni phalānyasmai dadyāt tāmbūlameva ca |
gītavāditranṛttādyairdevamabhyarcayet tataḥ || 28-72 ||

pradakṣiṇaṃ vidhāyāsmai praṇametad daṇḍavat tataḥ |

atha paryaṅkamabhyarcya devaṃ vijñāpayet tataḥ || 28-73 ||

tataḥ pādūpradānena deve paryaṅkamāsthite |
pādyamācamanīyaṃ ca punardattvā samāhitaḥ || 28-74 ||

mālyabhūṣaṇakādīni vyapanīya mahāmate |
śayanocitamālyāni bhūṣaṇānyaṃśukāni ca || 28-75 ||

sukhasparśāni cānyāni dadyādyajñopavītakam |
dadyādācamanīyaṃ ca gandhaṃ puṣpamatho diśet || 28-76 ||

mukhavāsaṃ ca tāmbūlaṃ dattvā stotraḥ stuvīta tam |
aṣṭāṅgena praṇāmena praṇamya śaraṇaṃ vrajet || 28-77 ||

pradakṣiṇasametena devaṃ yogāsanasthitam |
manobuddhyabhimānena saha nyasya dharātale || 28-78 ||

kūrmavaccaturaḥ pādāñchirastatraiva pañcamam |

ajñānādathavā jñānādaśubhaṃ yat kṛtaṃ mayā || 28-79 ||

kṣantumarhasi tat sarvaṃ dāsyena ca gṛhāṇa mām |
evamārādhanaṃ kuryādubhayatra mukhe harim || 28-80 ||

sudarśanaṃ nṛsiṃhaṃ ca viṣṇurūpaṃ sudarśanam |

samārādhayatastvevamekāhamapi nārada || 28-81 ||

muktiḥ kare sthitā tasya sarve kāmāśca kiṃ punaḥ |

anena lokapālāśca sarve devagaṇāstathā || 28-82 ||

siddhagandharvayakṣāśca nāgāścāpsarasāṃ gaṇāḥ |
sarve vaśyā bhavantīha kiṃ punarbhuvi mānavāḥ || 28-83 ||

bhūtapretapiśācāśca kuśmāṇḍāśca vināyakāḥ |
preṣyāstasya bhaviṣyanti sādhakasya mahātmanaḥ || 28-84 ||

tathāsya parivārāṇāṃ devānāṃ śaktiyoṣitām |
mantrāṇāmastraśastrāṇāṃ svaiḥ svairnāmabhirarcanam |
namo'ntairupacāraiśca kuryāt ṣoḍaśabhiḥ kramāt || 28-85 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ bhagavadārādhanavidhinirūpaṇaṃ nāmāṣṭāviṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 28 ||

Kapitel 29

kāmyārādhanavidhinirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekonatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

etadārādhanaiḥ kasya kathaṃ devādayaḥ surāḥ |
anye coktā vaśaṃ yānti tanme brūhi yathātatham || 29-1 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

kṣatriyasya viśeṣeṇa jayārthitvānmahāmune |
yenārcanaviśeṣeṇa viśve vaśyā bhavanti hi || 29-2 ||

śṛṇuṣva taṃ samāsena kathayāmi yathātatham |

yadīcchedvijayaṃ dikṣu sarvāsu ca mahīpatiḥ || 29-3 ||

ārādhanaviśeṣaistu tattadvijayamāpnuyāt |

nṛpebhyo vijayākāṅkṣī prācyebhyaścenmahīpatiḥ || 29-4 ||

ārādhayedviśiṣṭaistu dravyairdevaṃ sudarśanam |
sitapuṣpaiḥ sitairvastrairaṅgarāgaiḥ sitairapi || 29-5 ||

śālyodanaiśca dadhyāḍhyairarcayitvā sudarśanam |
maṇḍape maṇḍite śuddhe pūrvokte devasaṃnidhau || 29-6 ||

prāsādalakṣaṇe kuṇḍe catuṣkoṇaparistṛte |
tatra vahnimathādāya kāṣṭhaiḥ prajvālya bailvakaiḥ || 29-7 ||

āsīnaḥ prāṅmukho bhūtvā śucistatra samāhitaḥ |
tasmin phalāni bailvāni sarpiḥsiktāni nārada || 29-8 ||

niyutaṃ mūlamantreṇa juhuyājjvalite'nale |
homairebhiḥ samudrāntā prācī vaśyā bhavenmahī || 29-9 ||

phalānāṃ koṭihomena bailvānāṃ vaśameṣyati |
plakṣadvīpasya deśastu prācyaḥ sahamahīpatiḥ || 29-10 ||

koṭidvayena caiteṣāṃ śālmalo vaśameṣyati |
deśaḥ prācyaḥ sabhūpālaḥ svadeśa iva nārada || 29-11 ||

kuśaḥ krauñcastathā śākaḥ puṣkaradvīpasaṃjñitaḥ |
ekadvitricatuḥpañcaṣaṭkaiḥ prācyāḥ krameṇa vai || 29-12 ||

koṭīnāṃ phalahomānāṃ vaśaṃ yāsyanti bhūpateḥ |
dvīpānāmapi caiteṣāṃ prācī māghavatī purī || 29-13 ||

daśakoṭyā tu homānāṃ vaśaṃ yāsyati sā dhruvam |
pālanārthaṃ tu lokānāmekenāṃśena vāsavaḥ || 29-14 ||

tatraiva vartate so'pi sāhāyyaṃ tasya yāsyati |
strībhirannaiśca pānaiśca vājibhiḥ paramairgajaiḥ || 29-15 ||

yathā svasmin pure rājā viharatyaviśaṅkayā |
cintitopanataireva tairdravyai raṃsyate nṛpaḥ || 29-16 ||

asya prabhāvataḥ sarve viṣṭabdhāḥ sarvasāgarāḥ |
gantuṃ yogyā bhaviṣyanti syandanena yathā sthalī || 29-17 ||

hāraṃ ca vāsavastasya cakravartitvalakṣaṇam |
sarvaratnamayaṃ divyamupaneṣyati ca svayam || 29-18 ||

dakṣiṇāśājayāśā cedajaniṣṭa mahīpateḥ |
pūrvokte maṇḍape devaṃ dakṣiṇābhimukhaṃ nayet || 29-19 ||

raktamālyāmbaradharaṃ raktacandanarañjitam |
raktāmbaradharaṃ devamabhyarcyoktena vartmanā || 29-20 ||

guḍaudanaṃ havistasmai nivedya tilamiśritam |
ardhacandropamaṃ kuṇḍaṃ kṛtvā prāsādalakṣaṇam || 29-21 ||

kuśaiḥ puṣpaiśca lājaiśca pariṣkṛtamavikṣatam |
dakṣiṇābhimukhastatra samāsīno'grato vibhoḥ || 29-22 ||

mantreṇa vahnimādāya kāṣṭhaiḥ prajvālya khādiraiḥ |
padmānāṃ caiva raktānāṃ niyutairhomamācaret || 29-23 ||

tataḥ sā dakṣiṇā pṛthvī sāgarāntā vaśā bhavet |
sopahārāśca rājānastatratyā dvāri vāritāḥ || 29-24 ||

pratīkṣamāṇāḥ sthāsyanti kālaṃ tasya mahātmanaḥ |
tato dakṣiṇadigbhāge ṣaṭsu dvīpeṣu saṃmatāḥ || 29-25 ||

ekadvitricatuḥpañcaṣaḍbhirvaśyāḥ sabhūbhujaḥ |
raktapadmāhutīnāṃ ca koṭīnāṃ tu yathākramam || 29-26 ||

eṣā dakṣiṇato ramyā yāmyā saṃyaminī purī |
sā raktapadmahomānāṃ daśakoṭyā vaśā bhavet || 29-27 ||

yamo'pi tasya bhāvena prasannaḥ prītamānasaḥ |
rājño manīṣitaṃ yat tannānyathā vartayiṣyati || 29-28 ||

akālamaraṇaṃ kiṃcit taddeśe na bhaviṣyati |
ye puryāṃ saṃyaminyāṃ ca yamasya vaśavartinaḥ || 29-29 ||

te sarve tasya vaśagā bhaviṣyanti na saṃśayaḥ |
divye raktāṅgade ramye sārvabhaumatvalakṣaṇe || 29-30 ||

yamastu svayamādāya prītastasmai prayacchati |

paścimāśāṃ prati yadā jigīṣurnṛpatistadā || 29-31 ||

maṇḍape'laṃkṛte devaṃ paścimābhimukhaṃ nayet |
citramālādharaṃ citrairaṃśukaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam || 29-32 ||

citrāṅgarāgaiścitrābhirbhūṣābhirupaśobhitam |
madhvodanaṃ haviḥ kṛtvā devāyaitannivedayet || 29-33 ||

padmopamānaṃ prāsādaṃ kuṇḍaṃ kṛtvā svalaṃkṛtam |
tatrādhāyāgnimāsitvā devasya purato vaśī || 29-34 ||

kāṣṭhaiḥ śamīmayairagniṃ prajvālyātha samāhitaḥ |
madhvaktaiḥ karavīraistu niyutaṃ juhuyānmanum || 29-35 ||

tataḥ sasāgarā pṛthvī jambūdvīpasya paścimā |
vartiṣyate vaśe tasya rājñaḥ sanṛpatistadā || 29-36 ||

karavīrāhutīnāṃ ca koṭyā koṭidvayena ca |
koṭitrayacatuḥpañcasaṭkaiste ca yathākramam || 29-37 ||

saḍ dvīpakhaṇḍāḥ pāścāttyā vaśaṃ yāsyanti bhūpateḥ |
sukhākhyā vāruṇī ramyā purī paramabhāsvarā || 29-38 ||

sadā saṃnihitairbhojyairlehyaiḥ peyaiśca pūritā |
divyapādapasaṃyuktairnandanairupaśobhitā || 29-39 ||

sadotphullāmbujāḍhyābhiḥ sarasībhiḥ pariṣkṛtā |
ākrīḍaparvatairyuktā nānāratnavibhūṣitaiḥ || 29-40 ||

prāsādairmaṇḍapaistuṅgairmaṇḍitā sā hiraṇmayaiḥ |
evaṃ vidhā purī tasya rājño bhogyā bhaviṣyati || 29-41 ||

varuṇo'pi svayaṃ chatraṃ maṇividrumabhūṣitam |
muktādāmabhirākīrṇamamṛtasyandi vanditam || 29-42 ||

cihnaṃ taccakravartīnāṃ rājñe prītaḥ pradāsyati |

udīcīṃ diśamudyukto jetuṃ yadi mahīpatiḥ || 29-43 ||

cakrābjaviṣṭare devamuttarābhimukhaṃ nayet |
pītāmbarāṇi bibhrāṇaṃ pītapuṣpairalaṃkṛtam || 29-44 ||

vidrumābharaṇairyuktaṃ kuṅkumakṣodarañjitam |
ghṛtaudanaṃ haviḥ kṛtvā tenābhyarcya sudarśanam || 29-45 ||

kuryāt tasyāgrataḥ kuṇḍaṃ vṛttaprāsādalakṣaṇam |
udaṅmukho'gnimādhāya kuṇḍe maṇḍapasaṃśrite || 29-46 ||

kāṣṭhairaudumbarairvahniṃ prajvālya jvalite'nale |
nandyāvartaprasūnaistu niyutaṃ juhuyāt puraḥ || 29-47 ||

tenedaṃ bhārataṃ varṣaṃ kāñcanācalasaṃyutam |
sarājakaṃ tasya vaśe bhaviṣyati na saṃśayaḥ || 29-48 ||

lakṣadvayena homānāṃ varṣaṃ kiṃpuruṣāhvayam |
sabhūpaṃ bhūpatestasya vaśameṣyatyasaṃśayam || 29-49 ||

lakṣatrayeṇa vaśyaṃ syāddharivarṣaṃ sarājakam |
homalakṣacatuṣkeṇa bhadrāśvaṃ vaśameṣyati || 29-50 ||

pañcaṣaṭsaptabhirhomalakṣāṇāṃ pṛthivīpateḥ |
ilāvṛtaṃ ketumālaṃ ramyakaṃ ca vaśe bhavet || 29-51 ||

hiraṇmaye meruvarṣe aṣṭābhirnavabhistathā |
vaśe bhaviṣyato homalakṣāṇāṃ samahīśvare || 29-52 ||

ṣaṇṇāṃ plakṣamukhānāṃ tu dvīpānāṃ bhogabhūmayaḥ |
uktasaṃkhyāyutairhomairvaśameṣyanti nārada || 29-53 ||

sarveṣāṃ dvīpavarṣāṇāmuttaratra purī varā |
vibhāvarīti vikhyātā somasya paramādbhutā || 29-54 ||

daśakoṭyā vaśe tasya homānāṃ sā bhaviṣyati |
ye tasyāṃ devatāvargāḥ somasya vaśavartinaḥ || 29-55 ||

te sarve bhūpatestasya vartiṣyante vaśe mune |
tasya prabhāvataḥ somaḥ svayamādāya cāmare || 29-56 ||

svajyotsnāsaṃcayaprakhye ratnanālasamanvite |
viśvādhirājyacihne te śubhre śītaladarśane || 29-57 ||

prītaḥ pradāsyati śrīmānasmai vismitakarmaṇe |

mahādiśāṃ jayāt siddho vidiśāṃ vaśino jayaḥ || 29-58 ||

upahārān pradāsyanti tattaddikpālakāḥ pare |

ūrdhvalokajayodyogo yadyavartiṣṭa bhūpateḥ || 29-59 ||

devaṃ maṇḍaparatne tu prāṅmukhāsanamarhayet |
gandhavanmālyasaṃvītaṃ muktābhūṣaṇabhūṣitam || 29-60 ||

divyacandanaliptāṅgaṃ kṣaumaiḥ kalpitavāsasam |
evamabhyarcya vidhinā pāyasaṃ khaṇḍasaṃmitam || 29-61 ||

ājyāḍhyaṃ havirāvedya sarvapakvaphalānvitam |
prāsādakuṇḍamaṣṭāśraṃ sarvamaṅgalasaṃyutam || 29-62 ||

kārayitvāstramantreṇa vahnimādāya mantravit |
kṛṣṇāgurumayaiḥ kāṣṭhairjvalayejjātavedasam || 29-63 ||

tatrājyahomaṃ kuryādvai śatakoṭisamanvitam |
antarikṣaṃ tatastena homena vaśameṣyati || 29-64 ||

tallokavāsinaḥ sarve siddhagandharvakiṃnarāḥ |
yakṣāḥ kiṃpuruṣāścaiva cāraṇāḥ sāṅganāgaṇāḥ || 29-65 ||

vīṇāveṇumṛdaṅgaiśca vādyaistālaiśca sarvaśaḥ |
tasyāpadānacaritagarbhā bhogavalīḥ parāḥ || 29-66 ||

gāyantaḥ parivāryainaṃ harṣayiṣyanti bhūpatim |
koṭikoṭyā tu homānāṃ svargo vaśyo bhaviṣyati || 29-67 ||

tatra devairmahendro'pi devyā śacyā samanvitaḥ |
āruhyairāvataṃ nāgamapsarāṇāṃ gaṇaiḥ saha || 29-68 ||

tamabhyetya mahātmānamavaruhya mudānvitaḥ |
maṇipīṭhaṃ samāropya vācayitvā ca maṅgalam || 29-69 ||

nṛttairgītaiśca vādyaiśca divyadundubhinisvanaiḥ |
śaṅkhakāhalanādaiśca saha tīrthāhṛtairjalaiḥ |
vāsavaścakravartitve rājānamabhiṣekṣyati || 29-70 ||

maṇimukuṭamathāsmai vāraṇaṃ divyamekaṃ hayamanilasamānaṃ puṣpakābhaṃ vimānam |
sarasijaparikḷptāṃ kāñcanīṃ divyamālāmapi ca haruṣajuṣṭo dāsyati svātmasāmyam || 29-71 ||

hayamedhaśatena yājayitvā nṛpatiṃ sarvamahīpatiṃ vidhāya |
śatamapsarasaḥ pradāya tasmai tridivaṃ yāsyati vṛtrahā sadevaḥ || 29-72 ||

nāgalokeṣu jātā cejjigīṣā cakravartinaḥ |
padmarāgamayairdivyairbhūṣaṇairupaśobhitam || 29-73 ||

raktacandanaliptāṅgaṃ devaṃ padmaiḥ samarcayet |
piṣṭaudanaṃ guḍāḍhyaṃ ca havistasmai nivedya ca || 29-74 ||

prāsādalakṣaṇe kuṇḍe ṣaṭkoṇe jvalitānale |
apūpānāṃ tu koṭīnāṃ koṭyā homaṃ samācaret || 29-75 ||

tena takṣakamukhyānāṃ nāgānāṃ paramā purī |
vaśyā bhavedbhogavatī svapurīvāsya bhūpateḥ || 29-76 ||

tasya prabhāvamavalokya sa nāgarājo ratnāni bhāsvaratarāṇi mahānti bhānti |
dve kuṇḍale maṇimaye ca sahāṅganābhirādāya satyamupayāsyati sārvabhaumam || 29-77 ||

uktānāmapyanuktānāṃ śṛṇu nārada lakṣaṇam |
sāmānyaṃ yena siddhiḥ syādīpsitārthasya mantriṇaḥ || 29-78 ||

ekadvitricatuḥpañcaṣaṭsaptāṣṭanavātmakāḥ |
vihārāstricatuḥpañca samukhāntāyatocchritāḥ || 29-79 ||

digvidikṣu tathā madhye navakāḥ parikīrtitāḥ |
dikṣu madhye tathā pañca śeṣāḥ prāṅmukhapaṅktayaḥ || 29-80 ||

ekadvyādiyugāścaiva śāntipuṣṭyoḥ prakīrtitāḥ |
ekatryādyayujaścaiva kṣudreṣu navakaṃ vinā || 29-81 ||

palāśaudumbarāśvatthakhadirādyāśca yajñiyāḥ |
dūrvādyāśca tilādyāśca praśastāḥ śubhakarmaṇi || 29-82 ||

kāraskarādayaḥ kṣudre kaṭubījādayastathā |
sahasrādyā lakṣamadhyāḥ koṭyantā homajātayaḥ || 29-83 ||

eko dvau bahavo vāpi yatharddhyā ṛtvijaḥ smṛtāḥ |
ekasmin vahnikuṇḍe cejjuhuyuḥ prāgudaṅmukhāḥ || 29-84 ||

vāsudevālayodyānamandireṣu śubhā kriyā |
aśubhā tu śmaśānādāvatha kālavidhikramaḥ || 29-85 ||

yukṣu kuryād dinarkṣeṣu śubhāmanyāmathānyathā |
vyastairatha samastairvā yadvā kāmavikalpitaiḥ || 29-86 ||

samidājyādibhirlakṣakoṭihomādayaḥ smṛtāḥ |
evamabhyūhya kurvīta mantreṇeṣṭasya sādhanam || 29-87 ||

anuktamiva yat kiṃcit tān svagṛhyoktamācaret |
apūrvo vā bhaveddhomo nāghārādisamanvitaḥ || 29-88 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ kāmyārādhanavidhinirūpaṇaṃ nāmaikonatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 29 ||

Kapitel 30

astrāṇāṃ janmanāmanirūpaṇaṃ nāma triṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

kathaṃ brahmāstramukhyānāṃ mahatāṃ śaktiśālinām |
astrāṇāmaprameyāṇāṃ devasya parivāratā || 30-1 ||

kasmādetāni jātāni mahāstrāṇi maheśvara |
amīṣāṃ kāni nāmāni tanmamācakṣva pṛcchataḥ || 30-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

purā nārāyaṇo devaḥ svayameva vyavasthitaḥ |
prāk sṛṣṭerna ratiṃ lebhe līlopakaraṇādṛte || 30-3 ||

tato līlārthamātmānaṃ bahvakalpayadīśvaraḥ |

atha pradhānamasṛjat puruṣādhiṣṭhitaṃ svataḥ || 30-4 ||

tato mahāntamavyaktājjanayāmāsa nārada |

guṇatrayātmakaṃ tasmādahaṃkāramataḥ param || 30-5 ||

indriyāṇi daśaitāni jñānakarmātmakāni vai |
manaśca sāttvikāt tasmādahaṃkārādajījanat || 30-6 ||

bhūtāni bhūtasūkṣmāṇi daśaitāni mahāmune |
asṛjat tāmasāt tasmādahaṃkārājjanārdanaḥ || 30-7 ||

mahadādiviśeṣāntairetairaṇḍamajījanat |
daśottarairāvaraṇai saptabhiḥ pariveṣṭitam || 30-8 ||

tasminnaṇḍe svayaṃ viṣṇuḥ prajāpatimathākarot |
uccāvacānāṃ bhūtānāṃ kartāraṃ nijaśaktibhiḥ || 30-9 ||

hariḥ svaśaktirūpeṇa kālena ca samanvitaḥ |
mahadādiṣu sṛjyeṣu sṛṣṭiṃ cakre jaganmayaḥ || 30-10 ||

viṣṇurbrahmāpadeśena cidacinmiśritaṃ jagat |
vicitraṃ janayāmāsa tattacchaktisamanvitaḥ || 30-11 ||

vedānālocya bhūtānāṃ devādīnāṃ yamaḥ prabhuḥ |
nāmarūpe ca vividhe yathāpūrvamakalpayat || 30-12 ||

sarvadāvāptasakalakāmo'pi parameśvaraḥ |
jantubhirnijasṛṣṭaiśca līlārasamathānvabhūt || 30-13 ||

anālocyaiva jagatāṃ trātāramaparaṃ hariḥ |
svayamevāṃśarūpeṇa pālayatyakhilaṃ jagat || 30-14 ||

daiteyānāṃ dānavānāmantareṇa nibarhaṇam |
na śakyate pālayituṃ sadevāsuramānavam || 30-15 ||

ataśca bhagavān viṣṇuścakrarūpī vyavasthitaḥ |
hanyante tena cakreṇa viśve daiteyadānavāḥ || 30-16 ||

devādīnāṃ surāṇāṃ ca viśeṣācca mahīkṣitām |
na śakyate dhārayituṃ sudarśanamanuttamam || 30-17 ||

atasteṣāṃ vibhaktāni vividhāni bahūni ca |
astrāṇi śastrajātāni śatrunāśāya nārada || 30-18 ||

astrāṇi tāni nirjagmurviṣṇurūpāt sudarśanāt |
amoghāni tato'strāṇi bhīṣaṇāni mahānti ca || 30-19 ||

prajāḥ sraṣṭuṃ manaścakre cakrarūpī jagatpatiḥ |
sraṣṭumastrāṇi sarvāṇi svasmādrūpānmahāmune || 30-20 ||

tasmāddevo bhīmamāpadya cograṃ rūpaṃ piṅgaṃ piṅgalāvṛttanetram |
daṃṣṭrāniryatpāvakapluṣṭakāṣṭhaṃ bhīmaṃ keśaiḥ piṅgalairvidyudābhaiḥ || 30-21 ||

nārāyaṇaṃ pāśupataṃ brāhmamastraṃ tathaiva ca |
astraṃ brahmaśiro nāma viṣṇucakraṃ ca jṛmbhaṇam || 30-22 ||

kālapāśamathāgneyamastraṃ hayaśirastathā |
prasvāpanaṃ tāpasaṃ ca kālāstramamitaprabham || 30-23 ||

daṇḍacakraṃ kālacakraṃ dharmacakraṃ tathaiva ca |
śaivaṃ śūlaṃ raudramastraṃ triśūlaṃ ghorameva ca || 30-24 ||

astrāṇyetāni mukhyāni mukhato jajñire vibhoḥ |

saṃmohanaṃ tathaiṣīkamaindraṃ cakraṃ mahādyuti || 30-25 ||

aśanī dve ca śuṣkārdrāsaṃjñite sarvabhīṣaṇe |
painākamastraṃ kaṅkālaṃ kāpālamatidāruṇam || 30-26 ||

sauryaṃ vāruṇapāśaṃ ca saṃtāpanamariṃdamam |
astraṃ vāruṇamatyugraṃ dharmapāśaṃ tathaiva ca || 30-27 ||

etānyastrāṇi devasya nirjagmurvakṣasastathā |

śaktidvayaṃ ca vāyavyamastraṃ mausalameva ca || 30-28 ||

gāndharvaṃ darpaṇaṃ cāstraṃ śoṣaṇaṃ paradāraṇam |
tejaḥprabhaṃ ca paiśācamaindramastraṃ sudāruṇam || 30-29 ||

yāmyaṃ vilāpanaṃ cāstraṃ vaidyādharamamitraham |
kaṅkaṇīṃ modakīṃ caiva śikharaṃ krauñcameva ca || 30-30 ||

etāni janayāmāsa nijorvoruruvikramaḥ |

asiratnaṃ praśamanaṃ kandarpadayitaṃ tathā || 30-31 ||

madanaṃ saumanaṃ cāstraṃ satyaṃ saṃvartanaṃ tathā |
māyādharaṃ ca somāstraṃ tvāṣṭraṃ śīteṣumeva ca || 30-32 ||

bhagāstramastrāṇyetāni padbhyāṃ jātāni nārada |

saṃdāmanaṃ satyavantaṃ dharaṇaṃ dhṛṣṭameva ca || 30-33 ||

bhṛśāśvatanayaṃ caiva satyakīrtiṃ tathaiva ca |
mohanaṃ rabhasāstraṃ ca sarvanāhaṃ parāṅmukham || 30-34 ||

jṛmbhakaṃ pratihāraṃ ca tathā varaṇamuttamam |
avāṅmukhaṃ dhanaṃ dhānyaṃ vṛṣākṣaṃ kāmarūpakam || 30-35 ||

dṛḍhanāhaṃ kāmaruciṃ sunābhaṃ makaraṃ tathā |
daśākṣaṃ vṛttimantaṃ ca daśavaktraṃ tathāparam || 30-36 ||

ruciraṃ daśaśīrṣaṃ ca yogaṃdharamamitraham |
anidraṃ makaraṃ caiva bhoktāraṃ kaṅkaṇīṃ tathā || 30-37 ||

śatodaraṃ saumanasaṃ padmanābhaṃ tathaiva ca |
mahānābhaṃ pramathanaṃ jyautiṣaṃ krathanaṃ tathā || 30-38 ||

trairāśiṃ sārcimāliṃ ca vimalāṃ dhṛtikāṃ tathā |
sṛṣṭiṃ tathā viṣāmāstraṃ sudhyātāhaṃ tathaiva ca || 30-39 ||

vidhūtaṃ kṛśanaṃ caiva lakṣākṣaṃ karśanaṃ tathā |
upasaṃhārarūpāṇi sarvāṇyastrāṇyamūni vai |
janayāmāsa devo'sau svāparāṅgāt paraṃtapaḥ || 30-40 ||

evamuktāni nāmāni janmānyapi ca nārada |
astrānāmapi māhātmyaṃ yantrasyāsya samāsataḥ || 30-41 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām astrāṇāṃ janmanāmanirūpaṇaṃ nāma triṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 30 ||

Kapitel 31

yogāṅgayamaniyamāsananirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

prathamaṃ bāhyayāgasya hṛdayārādhanaṃ param |
uktaṃ tvayā tatsvarūpaṃ yathāvadvaktumarhasi || 31-1 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

sādhu pṛṣṭaṃ tvayā tasya svarūpaṃ śṛṇu nārada |
yena prīṇāti bhagavān sarvalokanamaskṛtaḥ || 31-2 ||

yairbāhyayāgaḥ kriyate sādhanaistrividhairiha |
saṃkalpasiddhaistaireva devaṃ prati samarcanam || 31-3 ||

hṛdayārādhanaṃ proktametat sarvārthasādhanam |

yadvā bhagavate tasmai svakīyātmasamarpaṇam || 31-4 ||

viyuktaṃ prakṛteḥ śuddhaṃ dadyādātmahaviḥ svayam |
viśiṣṭadaivatāyāsmai cakrarūpāya mantrataḥ || 31-5 ||

nāradaḥ -

viyuktaṃ prakṛte rūpamātmano vaktumarhasi |
kenopāyena tatprāptistanme brūhi suniścitam || 31-6 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu tat paramaṃ sūkṣmaṃ sarvagaṃ sarvabhṛt tathā |
jñānarūpamanādyantamavikāri nirāmayam || 31-7 ||

acakṣuḥśrotramasparśamapāṇicaraṇaṃ dhruvam |
nāmajātyādirahitamavarṇamaguṇaṃ tvapi || 31-8 ||

viśvaśravo viśvacakṣurviśvapāṇipadaṃ param |
asaktamacaraṃ śāntaṃ svayaṃjyotiranaupamam || 31-9 ||

dūrasthamantikacaraṃ jñānagamyaṃ nirañjanam |
bhūtabhartṛ samajyotirjyotiṣāṃ tamasaḥ param || 31-10 ||

akṣaraṃ sarvabhūtasthaṃ tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam |

tatprāptisādhanaṃ yogaḥ karma ca śruticoditam || 31-11 ||

nāradaḥ -

kīdṛśaṃ karma vijñeyaṃ yogaḥ kīdṛśa ucyate |
yābhyāṃ saṃprāpyate cātmā kevalaṃ prakṛteḥ paraḥ || 31-12 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇuṣva prathamaṃ karma dvividhaṃ tadihocyate |

ekaṃ pravartakaṃ proktaṃ nivartakamathāparam || 31-13 ||

pravartakaṃ ca svargādiphalasādhanamucyate |
nivartakākhyaṃ devarṣe vijñeyaṃ mokṣasādhanam || 31-14 ||

saṃyogo yoga ityukto jīvātmaparamātmanoḥ |
aṣṭāṅga eṣa kathito yenātmā dṛśyatāṃ gataḥ || 31-15 ||

aṣṭāṅgānyasya vakṣyāmi pṛthak tāni niśāmaya |
yamaśca niyamaścaivamāsanaṃ tadanantaram || 31-16 ||

prāṇāyāmastataḥ proktaḥ pratyāhāraśca dhāraṇā |
dhyānaṃ tathā samādhiścāpyaṅgānyetāni nārada || 31-17 ||

satyaṃ dayā dhṛtiḥ śaucaṃ brahmacaryaṃ kṣamārjavam |
mitāhārastathāsteyamahiṃseti yamā daśa || 31-18 ||

hitarūpaṃ vacaḥ satyaṃ yathādṛṣṭārthagocaram |
dayā duḥkhāsahiṣṇutvaṃ sarvabhūteṣu sarvadā || 31-19 ||

āpadyapi svakāryeṣu kartavyatvasthitirdhṛtiḥ |
śaucaṃ sarvendriyāṇāṃ ca vaidhakarmasu yogyatā || 31-20 ||

brahmacaryaṃ svayoṣitsu bhogyatābuddhivarjanam |
avikāramanastvaṃ tu kṣamā vikṛtihetuṣu || 31-21 ||

vāṅmanaḥkāyavṛttīnāmekarūpatvamārjavam |
mitāhārastvāśramiṇāṃ śruticoditabhojanam || 31-22 ||

asteyamaspṛhānyeṣāṃ vitte vākkāyamānasaiḥ |
ahiṃsā vāṅmanaḥkāyaiḥ parapīḍānivartanam || 31-23 ||

siddhāntaśravaṇaṃ dānaṃ matirīśvarapūjanam |
saṃtoṣastapa āstikyaṃ hrīrjapaśca tathā vratam || 31-24 ||

ete tu niyamāḥ proktā daśa yogasya sādhakāḥ |

siddhāntaśravaṇaṃ proktaṃ vedāntaśravaṇaṃ budhaiḥ || 31-25 ||

dānaṃ nyāyārjitārthasya satpātre pratipādanam |
vihite karmaṇi śraddhā matirityabhidhīyate || 31-26 ||

yathāśaktyarcanaṃ bhaktyā viṣṇorīśvarapūjanam |
saṃtoṣo'lamaneneti prītiryādṛcchikena vai || 31-27 ||

kṛcchracāndrāyaṇādyaiśca tapo dehaviśoṣaṇam |
āstikyamsti vedaikagamyaṃ vastviti niścayaḥ || 31-28 ||

niṣiddhakarmakaraṇe vrīḍā hrīḥ procyate budhaiḥ |
gurūpadiṣṭasvādhyāyamantrābhyāso japaḥ smṛtaḥ || 31-29 ||

sadācāryopadiṣṭeṣūpāyatvapragraho vratam |

āsanāni pravakṣyāmi mukhyāni vividhāni ca || 31-30 ||

āsthāyaiṣāmanyatamaṃ yogino yānti nirvṛtim |

cakraṃ padmāsanaṃ kūrmaṃ māyūraṃ kaukkuṭaṃ tathā || 31-31 ||

vīrāsanaṃ svastikaṃ ca bhadraṃ siṃhāsanaṃ tathā |
muktāsanaṃ gomukhaṃ ca mukhyānyetāni nārada || 31-32 ||

savyoruṃ dakṣiṇe gulphe dakṣiṇaṃ dakṣiṇetare |
nidadhyādṛjukāyastu cakrāsanamidaṃ param || 31-33 ||

ūrvorupari saṃsthāpya ubhe pādatale sukham |
padmāsanamidaṃ proktaṃ sarvakilbiṣanāśanam || 31-34 ||

gudaṃ nipīḍya gulphābhyāṃ vyutkrameṇa samāhitaḥ |
etat kūrmāsanaṃ proktaṃ yogasiddhikaraṃ param || 31-35 ||

niveśya kūrparau samyaṅ nābhimaṇḍalapārśvayoḥ |
avaṣṭabhya bhuvaṃ pāṇitalābhyāṃ vyomni daṇḍavat || 31-36 ||

samonnataśiraḥpādo māyūrāsanamiṣyate |
etat sarvaviṣaghnaṃ ca sarvavyādhinivāraṇam || 31-37 ||

padmāsanamadhiṣṭhāya jānvantaraviniḥsṛtau |
karau bhūmau niveśyaitadvyomasthaṃ kukkuṭāsanam || 31-38 ||

ekatrorau tu saṃsthāpya pādamekamathetaram |
ūruṃ pāde niveśyaitadvīrāsanamudāhṛtam || 31-39 ||

ubhe pādatale kṛtvā jānūrvorantare dṛḍham |
ṛjukāyaḥ samāsīta svastikaṃ tat pracakṣate || 31-40 ||

sīvanyāḥ pārśvayorgulphau niveśyāgrapade dṛḍham |
baddhvā karābhyāṃ tat proktaṃ bhadrāsanamaghāpaham || 31-41 ||

sīvanyāḥ pārśvayorgulphau vyutkrameṇa niveśya ca |
karau jānvornidhāyobhau prasārya nikhilāṅgulīḥ || 31-42 ||

nāsāgranyastanayano vyāttavaktra ṛjuḥ sudhīḥ |
etat siṃhāsanaṃ proktaṃ sarvadevābhipūjitam || 31-43 ||

meḍhrādupari vinyasya savyagulphamihetaram |
gulphaṃ vinyasya pāṇī cāpyaṅgamadhye niveśya ca || 31-44 ||

muktāsanamidaṃ proktaṃ sthitā yatra mumukṣavaḥ |

ubhayorgulphayoḥ kṛtvā pṛṣṭhapārśvāvubhāvapi || 31-45 ||

vyutkrameṇātha pānibhyāṃ vinyastābhyāṃ vigṛhya ca |
pṛṣṭhagābhyāṃ padāṅguṣṭhāvetad gomukhamucyate || 31-46 ||

prāṇāyāmaprasiddhyarthaṃ nāḍīśuddhimanantaram |
dehasthavāyubhiḥ kuryāt sāgnibhiśca tapodhana || 31-47 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ yogāṅgayamaniyamāsananirūpaṇaṃ nāmaikatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 31 ||

Kapitel 32

nāḍīśuddhivāyujayayogāṅgaprāṇāyāmādinirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvātriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

nāḍayaḥ kati tiṣṭhanti kīdṛśyaḥ kiṃpramāṇakāḥ |
kva vartante śarīre'smin kathamāsāṃ viśodhanam || 32-1 ||

vāyavaḥ kati tiṣṭhanti kiṃnāmānaśca kīdṛśāḥ |
kāni karmāṇyamīṣāṃ tu tat sarvaṃ vaktumarhasi || 32-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

tadetat paramaṃ guhyaṃ śṛṇuṣvānanyamānasaḥ |

śarīraṃ sarvajantūnāmaṅgulībhiranāmayam || 32-3 ||

svābhiḥ svābhiḥ suramune ṣaṇṇavatyaṅgulātmakam |

śarīramadhyaḥ ka iti śuśrūṣā cenmahāmune || 32-4 ||

śrūyatāṃ pāyudeśāttu dvyaṅgulāt parataḥ param |
meḍhradeśādadhastāttu dvyaṅgulānmadhya ucyate || 32-5 ||

catuṣkoṇaṃ trikoṇaṃ tad vṛttamāgneyamaṇḍalam |
catuṣpadāṃ nṛṇāṃ caiva vihaṃgānāṃ yathākramam || 32-6 ||

meḍhrānnavāṅgulādūrdhvaṃ nāḍīnāṃ kanda ucyate |
caturaṅgulamutsedhaṃ caturaṅgulamāyatam || 32-7 ||

aṇḍākāraṃ parivṛtaṃ medomāṃsāsthiśoṇitaiḥ |

tatraiva nābhicakraṃ tu dvādaśāraṃ pratiṣṭhitam || 32-8 ||

śarīraṃ dhriyate yena tasmin vasati kuṇḍalī |

saudarśanasya mantrasya yāni varṇāni santi vai || 32-9 ||

vibhajya tāni sarvāṇi vyañjanāni svarāṃstathā |
cakre'smin vinyaset tāni prācyādyāreṣu ca kramāt || 32-10 ||

śeṣāṇi vinyasenmadhye cakrasyāsya samāhitaḥ |

vartate paritaścakramaṣṭavaktrātha kuṇḍalī || 32-11 ||

aṣṭaprakṛtirūpeṇa bhogenāveṣṭya vaiṣṇavī |
brahmarandhraṃ suṣumnāyāḥ pidadhāti mukhena vai || 32-12 ||

alambusā suṣumnā ca madhye cakrasya tiṣṭhataḥ |

are prācye suṣumnāyāḥ kuhūrnāḍī vasatyasau || 32-13 ||

anantarārayugme ca vāruṇā ca yaśasvinī |
dakṣiṇāre suṣumnāyāḥ piṅgalā vartate kramāt || 32-14 ||

tadanantarayoḥ pūṣā vartate ca payasvinī |
suṣumnāpaścime cāre sthitā nāḍī sarasvatī || 32-15 ||

śaṅkhinī caiva gāndhārī tadanantarayoḥ sthite |
uttare ca suṣumnāyā iḍākhyā nivasatyare || 32-16 ||

anantaraṃ hastijihvā tato viśvodarā sthitā |
pradakṣiṇakrameṇaiva cakrasyāreṣu nāḍayaḥ || 32-17 ||

vartante dvādaśasvetā dvādaśa brahmaṇaḥ sutāḥ |

iḍā ca piṅgalā caiva suṣumnā ca sarasvatī || 32-18 ||

kuhūḥ payasvinī caiva vāruṇā ca yaśasvinī |
viśvodarā hastijihvā gāndhārī śaṅkhinī tathā || 32-19 ||

alambusā ca pūṣā ca mukhyāstvetāścaturdaśa |

dvisaptatisahasrāṇi nāḍīnāṃ dehavartinām || 32-20 ||

tāsu tisro mukhyatamāḥ suṣumneḍā ca piṅgalā |

tāsāṃ suṣumnā mukhyā syādāmūrdhāntaṃ vyavasthitā || 32-21 ||

prāṇārūḍho bhavejjīvaścakre'smin bhramate sadā |
ūrṇanābhiryathā tantupañjarāntarvyavasthitaḥ || 32-22 ||

pañcarandhryāḥ suṣumnāyāścatvāro raktapūritāḥ |
kuṇḍalyā pihitaṃ śaśvad brahmarandhraṃ tu madhyamam || 32-23 ||

prācyaḥ pārśvaḥ suṣumnāyā lalāṭāntaṃ samucchritaḥ |
pratīcyaḥ kandharāntastu dvau pārśvau savyadakṣiṇau || 32-24 ||

ā pārśvaśirasaḥ prāptau guhyametadudāhṛtam |
alambusākhyā nāḍī syādāpādāntaṃ vyavasthitā || 32-25 ||

āmeḍhrāntaṃ kuhūḥ prāptā vāruṇā viśvadehagā |
ādakṣiṇapadāṅguṣṭhaṃ saṃprāptātha yaśasvinī || 32-26 ||

prāptā dakṣiṇanāsāntaṃ piṅgalākhyā tu nāḍikā |
pūṣā payasvinī caiva dakṣiṇākṣiśrutī gate || 32-27 ||

jihvāmūlamabhiprāptā nāḍī nāmnā sarasvatī |
śaṅkhinī vāmakarṇaṃ ca gāndhārī vāmalocanam || 32-28 ||

vāmaghrāṇaṃ gatā nāḍī iḍā nāmneti viśrutā |
prāptā vāmapadāṅguṣṭhaṃ hastijihvā tu nāḍikā || 32-29 ||

viśvodarodaraṃ prāptā proktā nāḍīgatirmayā |

iḍāyāṃ vartate candraḥ piṅgalāyāṃ prabhākaraḥ || 32-30 ||

dvāveva kurutaḥ kālaṃ bhuṅkte taṃ brahmanāḍikā |

śrūyatāṃ vāyuvṛttāntaḥ śarīrāntaravasthitaḥ || 32-31 ||

prāṇāpānasamānāścāpyudāno vyāna eva ca |
nāgaḥ kūrmaśca kṛkaro devadatto dhanaṃjayaḥ || 32-32 ||

sadā nivasati prāṇo nābhicakre samīraṇaḥ |
āsyanāsikayormadhye hṛdi prāṇaḥ prakāśate || 32-33 ||

apāno vasati prāyo gudameḍhrorujānuṣu |
udare vṛṣaṇe kaṭyāṃ jaṅghānābhyoḥ pradīpavat || 32-34 ||

gudāgnyagārayostiṣṭhan madhye'pānaḥ prakāśate |
vyānaḥ śrotrākṣimadhye ca kṛkāṭyāṃ gulphayorapi || 32-35 ||

ghrāṇe gale ca sphigdeśe vasatyatra na saṃśayaḥ |
udānaḥ sarvasaṃdhisthaḥ pādayorhastayorapi || 32-36 ||

samānaḥ sarvagātreṣu sarvaṃ vyāpya vyavasthitaḥ |

niśvāsocchvāsakādīni prāṇakarma itīṣyate || 32-37 ||

hānopādānakarmaiva vyānakarmeti ceṣyate |
udānakarma tat proktaṃ dehasyonnayanādikam || 32-38 ||

poṣaṇādi samānasya śarīre karma kīrtitam |
udgārādiguṇo yastu nāgakarmeti ceritam || 32-39 ||

nimīlanādi kūrmasya kṣutaṃ kṛkarakasya ca |
devadattasya devarṣe tandrīkarmeti ceritam || 32-40 ||

dhanaṃjayasya śophādi sarvakarma prakīrtitam |
evaṃ vāyugatiḥ sarvā karma teṣāṃ ca kīrtitam || 32-41 ||

tataśca sarvanāḍīnāṃ kuryācchodhanamātmavān |

iḍayā vāyumāpūrya bāhyaṃ ṣoḍaśamātrakaiḥ || 32-42 ||

dhārayannudare vāyuṃ mātrā dvātriṃśataṃ tataḥ |
smaret svamaṇḍale vahniṃ tatra rephaṃ sabindukam || 32-43 ||

nāsāgre śaśino bimbaṃ smaret pīyūṣavarṣiṇam |
smṛtvā candre vakāraṃ ca sabinduṃ recayet tataḥ || 32-44 ||

punaḥ piṅgalayāpūrya yathoktenaiva vartmanā |
dhṛtvā ca mātariśvānamiḍayā recayet punaḥ || 32-45 ||

evaṃ trisaṃdhyāṃ triḥ kṛtvā kuryānnityaṃ samāhitaḥ |

evaṃ niyamayuktasya kurvataḥ sarvanāḍayaḥ || 32-46 ||

māsatrayeṇa śuddhāḥ syuriti yogavido viduḥ |

tataśca marutāṃ kuryurvijayaṃ dehavartinām || 32-47 ||

tataśca vāyavo dehe yatra yatra vasanti vai |
tatra tatra manaḥsthairyaṃ vahninā saha nārada || 32-48 ||

prāṇāyāmaṃ tataḥ kuryāt sarvapāpapraṇāśanam |

śikhāsthāne nābhicakre hṛdayāmburuhe tataḥ || 32-49 ||

kaṇṭhakūpe bhruvormadhye jihvāmūle tathaiva ca |
manoḥ ṣaḍakṣarāṇyeṣu krameṇaiva vicintayet || 32-50 ||

vāyuṃ ṣoḍaśamātrābhiriḍayāpūrya cintayet |
hṛnmadhye paramātmānaṃ cakrarūpiṇamavyayam || 32-51 ||

yāvacchakti japenmantramimaṃ saudarśanaṃ smaran |
punaḥ ṣoḍaśamātrābhī recayet piṅgalāhvayā || 32-52 ||

anayā punarāropya dhṛtvā cetarayā tyajet |
pūraṇe kumbhake caiva recane praṇavaṃ japet || 32-53 ||

daśa pañcāśataṃ caiva caturdaśa śataṃ kramāt |
gāyatrīṃ yadi vā japtvā kuryāduktena vartmanā || 32-54 ||

evaṃ pratidinaṃ kuryāt prāṇāyāmāṃstu ṣoḍaśa |
ete punanti māsena mahāpātakinaṃ naram || 32-55 ||

pratyāhāraṃ tataḥ kuryādaṅgaiḥ pañcabhiranvitam |
svabhāvenendriyārtheṣu pravṛttaṃ mānasaṃ budhaiḥ || 32-56 ||

taddoṣadarśanāt tebhyaḥ samāhṛtya balena tu |
niveśanaṃ bhagavati pratyāhāra iti smṛtaḥ || 32-57 ||

viṣayeṣu ca vairāgyādabhyāsād guṇadarśanāt |
paramātmani saṃrodho manaso dhāraṇā smṛtā || 32-58 ||

tadevaṃ dhṛtacittastu cakrarūpaṃ janārdanam |
dhyāyīta niyatastasmin yuñjānaḥ prathamaṃ manaḥ || 32-59 ||

ramaṇīye śucau deśe vivikte sajale vane |
varṇāśramocite dharme vartamānaḥ prasannadhīḥ || 32-60 ||

śāntaḥ sarvaguṇopetaḥ samamāsanamāsthitaḥ |
ṛjukāyaḥ svanāsāgranyastadṛg bhaktimān harau || 32-61 ||

prāṇāyāmotthitenaiva vāyunā sāgninā mukham |
kuṇḍalyāstu vinirbhidya suṣumnāmadhyavartinā || 32-62 ||

vikāsya hṛdayāmbhoje tadākāśe śikhāspade |
sphuradvahniśikhāmadhye cintayedadbhutākṛtim || 32-63 ||

piṅgākṣaṃ piṅgakeśāḍhyaṃ jvalajjvalanatejasam |
daṃṣṭrākarālavadanaṃ bhrukuṭībhīmadarśanam || 32-64 ||

vidyutpuñjapratīkāśairūrdhvakeśairvirājitam |
vicitrānandamāṇikyamuktāḍhyamukuṭojjvalam || 32-65 ||

pūrṇacandrapratīkāśamaṇitāṭaṅkamaṇḍitam |
bhujābhiraṣṭabhiryuktaṃ ratnāmbaradharaṃ vibhum || 32-66 ||

śaṅkhacakragadāśārṅgamusalaiḥ paramāyudhaiḥ |
pāśāṅkuśāmbujairanyairupetaṃ paradāruṇaiḥ || 32-67 ||

divyamālyāmbaradharaṃ divyacandanacarcitam |
hārakeyūrakaṭakakāñcīmañjīramaṇḍitam || 32-68 ||

anyaiśca vividhaiścitrairbhūṣaṇairupaśobhitam |
padmāsanasthaṃ bhaktānāṃ viśveṣāmabhayapradam || 32-69 ||

evaṃ dhyāyan vimucyeta muktaḥ sakalakilbiṣaiḥ |

tadevaṃ smṛtisaṃtānajanitotkarṣaṇaṃ kramāt || 32-70 ||

arthamātrāvabhāsaṃ tu samādhiṃ yogino viduḥ |

tataḥ samādhimāsthāya tanmayatvamupāgataḥ || 32-71 ||

tasya prabhāvamakhilamaśnute śaktiśālinaḥ |
aṇimādiguṇāḥ sarve bhavantyasya mahātmanaḥ || 32-72 ||

niḥsahāyaḥ sapatnānāmanīkāni bahūnyapi |
hinastyeṣa yathā cakraṃ cakraṃ daiteyarakṣasām || 32-73 ||

manīṣitāni sarvāni svayamasyopayānti vai |
siddhā vidyādharā yakṣāḥ kaiṃkaryaṃ tasya kurvate || 32-74 ||

devāśca ṛṣayaḥ sarve gandharvāpsarasāṃ gaṇāḥ |
tadājñākāriṇaḥ sarve piśācoragarākṣasāḥ || 32-75 ||

nikhilabhuvanajanmasthemabhaṅgaikaheturbhavati sakalavettā sarvadṛk sarvaśaktiḥ |
abhimatabahurūpo daityarakṣāṃsi nighnan parihṛtaparivāro vartate pūrṇakāmaḥ || 32-76 ||

iti pāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām nāḍīśuddhivāyujayayogāṅgaprāṇāyāmādinirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvātriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 32 ||

Kapitel 33

maṇiśekharopākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma trayastriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan kathitaṃ sarvaṃ svarūpaṃ ca guṇāstathā |
parivārāstathā mantrāḥ śastrairastraiśca daivataiḥ || 33-1 ||

śaktibhirmaṇḍalaiścitraiḥ padmairbahuvidhairapi |
etairviśiṣṭamākhyātaṃ yantrarūpamanuttamam || 33-2 ||

sarveṣāmeva jantūnāṃ varṇānāṃ parameśvara |
kṣatriyasya viśeṣeṇa rakṣārthaṃ yantramīritam || 33-3 ||

etasya yantrarājasya mahimā kathitaḥ purā |
prabhāvaścakrarūpasya devasya kimayaṃ smṛtaḥ || 33-4 ||

sudarśananṛsiṃhasya kimu kiṃ parivārajaḥ |
tamimaṃ saṃśayaṃ chindhi sarvajño'si yataḥ prabho || 33-5 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

sudarśanaprabhāvo'yaṃ saṃkṣepāt kathito mayā |
vistāramasya devarṣe kathyamānamimaṃ śṛṇu || 33-6 ||

sā bhūmānaṃ prati prāyo mahatāṃ parivāratā |
na cedbhūmāsya nāstyeva parivāyatvasaṃbhavaḥ || 33-7 ||

tataścakramayaṃ sarvaṃ jagat sthāvarajaṅgamam |

cakrātmānamanādyantaṃ kālaṃ prathamataḥ śṛṇu || 33-8 ||

trinābhiyuktaṃ ṣaṇnemi pañcāraṃ cakramavyayam |
saṃvatsaramayaṃ yat tat kālacakramiti smṛtam || 33-9 ||

tadvaśe vartate viśvaṃ cetanācetanātmakam |

parivartayate devastadetaccakrarūpadhṛt || 33-10 ||

avyaktādiviśeṣāntatattvarūpairarairvṛtam |
caturviṃśatisaṃkhyākaiḥ puruṣātmakanemiyuk || 33-11 ||

jagaccakramiti khyātaṃ tacca prerayati svayam |

sthīyate dvādaśāreṇa nābhicakreṇa dehinaḥ || 33-12 ||

śarīraṃ tacca tenaiva preryate cakrarūpiṇā |

ataḥ prerayitā devaḥ samastasya janārdanaḥ || 33-13 ||

sudarśanavapuḥ śrīmānanādiprabhavāpyayaḥ |

jñānasvarūpo bhagavān pūrṇaṣāṅguṇyavigrahaḥ || 33-14 ||

sa eva sarvabhūtānāṃ sraṣṭā pālayitāntakaḥ |

sa eva śivarūpeṇa śaivairārādhyate prabhuḥ || 33-15 ||

sa eva brahmarūpeṇa sṛjatyetaccarācaram |

sa eva pālayatyetad viṣṇurbhūtvā janārdanaḥ || 33-16 ||

sa eva rudrarūpeṇa saṃharatyakhilaṃ jagat |

buddhātmanā ca bauddhānāṃ sa eva jagati sthitaḥ || 33-17 ||

sa eva śāmbarāṇāṃ ca nirāvaraṇarūpadhṛt |

sa eva cārvākamate jineśvaravapurdharaḥ || 33-18 ||

sa eva yājñikānāṃ ca yajñapūruṣasaṃjñakaḥ |
mīmāṃsakaiḥ sa evāyamupāsyatvena codyate || 33-19 ||

kāpilaiḥ puruṣatvena sa evākhyāyate vibhuḥ |

upāsyatvena ye prāhuryaṃ yaṃ tattadvapurdharaḥ || 33-20 ||

teṣāṃ manīṣitaṃ sarvaṃ sa evāśu prayacchati |

eteṣāmeva devānāṃ svatanūnāṃ janārdanaḥ || 33-21 ||

paraṃ prīṇāti bhagavāṃścakrarūpadharo hariḥ |

svasamāśritarakṣāyāṃ pareṣāṃ ca nibarhaṇe || 33-22 ||

idameva vapurdhatte sudarśanamayaṃ hariḥ |
rahasyametat kathitaṃ bhakto'sīti tapodhana || 33-23 ||

purāvṛttaṃ suramune śṛṇuṣva gadato mama |
durdharṣo nāma rājarṣirdhārmiko dṛḍhavikramaḥ || 33-24 ||

pramagandasutaḥ śrīmānnaicāśākhapure vasan |
dharmataḥ pālayāmāsa saptadvīpavatīṃ mahīm || 33-25 ||

vatsalā nāma tasyābhūnmahiṣī varavarṇinī |
sā tasya janayāmāsa maṇiśekharamātmajam || 33-26 ||

so'pyavasthāmatikramya prathamāṃ maṇiśekharaḥ |
ramaṇīyākṛtiḥ śūraḥ prāptavidyaḥ paraṃtapaḥ || 33-27 ||

saṃprāptayauvanaḥ śrīmān prācīṃ bhāryāmavindata |
sarvalokādhipatyārhamenaṃ durdharṣaṇaḥ sutam || 33-28 ||

nidhāya rājye tatraiva jagāma tapase vanam |
piteva pālayāmāsa sa samudravatīṃ mahīm || 33-29 ||

prācyāṃ putraḥ samabhavaṃstasya sapta mahātmanaḥ |
pālayatyavanīṃ tasmin nikhilāṃ maṇiśekhare || 33-30 ||

tasmin kāle samabhavat sarvaprāṇibhayaṃkaraḥ |
vikaṭākṣa iti khyāto brahmadattavaro balī || 33-31 ||

mahāsureṇa tenaiva pīḍitā sakalā mahī |
tatputraistasya pautraiśca prapautraiḥ pūritā mahī || 33-32 ||

te'surāḥ sarvabhūtāni pīḍayanti sma bhīṣaṇāḥ |
vikaṭākṣasamājñaptā bhīmarūpāḥ sahasraśaḥ || 33-33 ||

kāṃścidvidrāvayanti sma kāṃścijjaghnustarasvinaḥ |
dvijātīnāṃ muniśreṣṭha yajñavyāsedhamācaran || 33-34 ||

sarveṣāmeva varṇānāṃ tattadāśramavāsinām |
abādhiṣata karmāṇi vihitāni yathātatham || 33-35 ||

pṛthivyāṃ yāni ratnāni dhanāni vipulāni ca |
svasmai pradāpayāmāsa vikaṭākṣo mahāsuraḥ || 33-36 ||

tataḥ saṃpīḍitāḥ sarvāḥ prajāstena durātmanā |
vyajijñapaṃstad vṛttāntaṃ maṇiśekharabhūbhuje || 33-37 ||

krodhena mahatāviṣṭo rājā rājīvalocanaḥ |
abhiyoddhuṃ manaścakre vikaṭākṣaṃ mahāsuram || 33-38 ||

samānīya tataḥ sarvān sainikān samanahyata |
tasya saṃnāhamālokya mantriṇastasya saṃgatāḥ || 33-39 ||

idamūcuravadhyatvaṃ tasya senābhiyogataḥ |
purā durātmāvṛṇuta tapaḥasṃtoṣitādvidheḥ || 33-40 ||

ye māmabhimukhāyātāḥ śatravastairavadhyatām |
evamastviti tenokte vikaṭākṣo'tidarpitaḥ || 33-41 ||

tataḥ prabhṛtyajayyo'bhūcchatrubhiḥ saṃmukhāgataiḥ |
tasmāt tvamapi saṃnāhamupasaṃhara taṃ prati || 33-42 ||

tataḥ sa śuśruvān vākyaṃ mantribhiḥ samudīritam |
tataḥ saṃgrāmasaṃnāhād virarāma mahīpatiḥ || 33-43 ||

tataḥ kratuṃ samāhūya purodhasamanāgasam |
mantrayāmāsa nṛpatistena mantravidā samam || 33-44 ||

vikaṭākṣasya vṛttāntaṃ sarvamākhyāya tattvataḥ |
parairajayyatāṃ cāsya yuddhe saṃmukhavartibhiḥ || 33-45 ||

yenopāyena bhagavan jeṣyāmastaṃ durāsadam |
brūhi taṃ sakalāḥ svasthā bhaveyurmāmikāḥ prajāḥ || 33-46 ||

evamuktastadā tena bhūbhujā sa purohitaḥ |
cintayitvā cirāyaitaduvāca maṇiśekharam || 33-47 ||

satyaṃ na śakyate jetuṃ yuddhe sa varadarpitaḥ |
bhagavantamṛte viṣṇuṃ śaṅkhacakragadādharam || 33-48 ||

nīlajīmūtasaṃkāśaṃ puṇḍarīkāyatekṣaṇam |
aprameyaṃ jagannāthamāśritārtivināśanam || 33-49 ||

uttuṅgamaṅgalaguṇaṃ daityacakrapramardanam |
nāstyupāyāntaraṃ loke tatsamaṃ jagatīpate || 33-50 ||

atastaṃ śaraṇaṃ gaccha sarvabhāvena bhūpate |
cakrarūpadharaṃ devaṃ bhaktarakṣaṇadīkṣitam || 33-51 ||

tatprāptyupāyaṃ jānāti durvāsā munisattamaḥ |
tatprāsādāt tamasuraṃ saṃhartuṃ sakalaṃ kṣamam || 33-52 ||

tamṛṣiṃ sarvabhūtānāṃ bhīṣaṇaṃ gaccha sāṃpratam |
evameveti niścitya rājā paramadhārmikaḥ || 33-53 ||

nirjagāma purāt tasmāt sārdhaṃ tena purodhasā |
himavacchikhare ramye tapasyantaṃ mahāmunim || 33-54 ||

vasānaṃ valkale śubhre śubhrayajñopavītinam |
jaṭājinadharaṃ śāntaṃ jvalatpāvakasaṃnibham || 33-55 ||

taṃ tathāvasthitaṃ rājā jagāma sapurohitaḥ |
sa munistau muniśreṣṭho dṛṣṭvā rājapurohitau || 33-56 ||

tau samabhyarcya vidhinā svāgataṃ vyājahāra ha |

imaṃ deśamanuprāptau kimarthaṃ vanagocaram || 33-57 ||

bhavantau lakṣaye sākṣād brahmakṣatre savigrahe |
pramagandasutaṃ vīra jāne tvāṃ maṇiśekharam || 33-58 ||

saptadvīpavatī pṛthvī tava vaśyeti śuśrum |
sarveṣvaṅgādidharmeṣu bhavataḥ kimanāmayam || 33-59 ||

prajāḥ pālayase sarvāḥ svadharmasthā mahīpate |
kratuṃ purohitaṃ labdhvā bhavataḥ kiṃ na setsyati || 33-60 ||

anūcāno muniḥ śreyān sarveṣāṃ ca tapasvinām |
śānto dāntaḥ śuciḥ śrīmān satyavādī dṛḍhavrataḥ || 33-61 ||

dharmajñaḥ sarvaśāstrajñaḥ sarvakarmasu kovidaḥ |
karmaṭhaḥ śīlasaṃpanno yāyajūko nirāmayaḥ || 33-62 ||

kṛpānuraktaḥ sarveṣu samabuddhiḥ samādhimān |
daiṣṭikaḥ paramodāro dhṛtimān rājasatkṛtaḥ || 33-63 ||

sarvairanumataḥ śaśvad bhaktimān puruṣottame |
ṣaṇṇāṃ samayadharmāṇāmabhijño nayakovidaḥ || 33-64 ||

dayālurabhijātaśca sādhakaḥ sarvamantravit |
anyaiśca sadguṇairyuktaḥ purohita iti smṛtaḥ || 33-65 ||

īdṛśo'yaṃ kratuḥ sākṣād bṛhaspatirivāparaḥ |
anena sarvakāryāṇi kuruṣva maṇiśekhara || 33-66 ||

tathāpi kaiścidaribhiḥ paribhūta ivāgataḥ |
ākhyāhi sarvaṃ nṛpate kimāgamanakāraṇam || 33-67 ||

evamuktvā mahātejā virarāma tapodhanaḥ |
atha kraturmuniśreṣṭhaḥ prāha durvāsasaṃ prati || 33-68 ||

rājakāryamaśeṣeṇa samāgamanakāraṇam |
svarājyaṃ vikaṭākṣeṇa pīḍyamānaṃ durātmanā || 33-69 ||

balaṃ mahāsurasyāsya durjayatvamarātibhiḥ |
prajāpatervaraprāptiṃ tatsaṃtativijṛmbhaṇam || 33-70 ||

evaṃ bahuvidhaṃ tasya ceṣṭitaṃ lokagarhitam |
vyāhṛtya praṇipatyainamuvāca vinayānvitaḥ || 33-71 ||

brūhi tasya jayopāyaṃ tvāmayaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ |
tvamāpadaḥ paritrāhi rājānaṃ dharmavatsalam || 33-72 ||

paritrātānyanenaiva bhuvanāni tapodhana |
evamuktvā munivaraṃ praṇipatya puraḥ sthitau || 33-73 ||

kṛpayā parayā vīkṣya ṣaḍvarṇaṃ mantramuttamam |
saudarśanaṃ tayoḥ prādāccaturvargaphalapradam || 33-74 ||

anena sādhayābhīṣṭametenaiva purodhasā |
purodhā eva rājñāṃ hi dṛṣṭādṛṣṭārthasādhakaḥ || 33-75 ||

viśeṣeṇāsya devasya pratiṣṭhārādhanādiṣu |

vaiguṇyamasya tat sarvamaparādhāt purodhasaḥ || 33-76 ||

tathā sādguṇyamasyaiva rājñaḥ kāryeṣu bhūpate |
anyaiḥ paurodhasaiḥ kāryaṃ kāryametasya tacca vai || 33-77 ||

ityuktvā tau tadā prāha purāvṛttaṃ mahāmuniḥ |
vārāhaṃ rūpamāsthāya bhagavān puruṣottamaḥ || 33-78 ||

ujjahāra bhuvaṃ kalpe vārāhe salilāt tataḥ |
tadāha paramaprītā devaṃ devī vasuṃdharā || 33-79 ||

priyārthamanuraktānāṃ sadā bhūmaṇḍale tvayā |
vartitavyaṃ jagannātha priyāṃ tanumupeyuṣā || 33-80 ||

evamuktastayā devyā tadā prabhṛti keśavaḥ |
sālagrāmāhvaye puṇye nyavasanmaṇḍale bhuvaḥ || 33-81 ||

sudarśanavapuḥ śrīmān bhagavān bhaktavatsalaḥ |
adyāpi deśamāhātmyād bhaktānāmanukampayā || 33-82 ||

bhuvaḥ prārthanayā tatra nityaṃ saṃnihito hariḥ |
atra taptaṃ tapo yat tat sahasraguṇitaṃ bhavet || 33-83 ||

manuṣyāḥ paśavastatra krimayaśca patatriṇaḥ |
ye mṛtāḥ śaṅkhacakrāṅkāste bhavanti na saṃśayaḥ || 33-84 ||

bhagavān puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ sudarśanavapurdharaḥ |
saṃnidhatte sadā tatra sanmaṅgalaguṇārṇavaḥ || 33-85 ||

taddeśavāsino martyāḥ surāstiryañca eva ca |

taravaścācalāḥ sarve cakramudrāṅkitāstadā || 33-86 ||

sarasvatyāstaṭe puṇye sālagrāme janārdanam |
cakrarūpaṃ samārādhya pūrvoktenaiva vartmanā || 33-87 ||

tatprasādāt sapatnāṃstvaṃ jahi duṣṭaviceṣṭitān |
tato niṣkaṇṭakāṃ bhūmiṃ pālayaināṃ purā yathā || 33-88 ||

evamuktvā muniśreṣṭho rājānaṃ sapurohitam |
upārarāma bhagavān durvāsā yamināṃ varaḥ || 33-89 ||

tataḥ praṇamya taṃ rājā purodhāścāpi jagmatuḥ |
jaitraṃ vimānamāruhya naicāśākhapuraṃ prati || 33-90 ||

sālagrāmaṃ tato gatvā bhagavantaṃ janārdanam |
saṃbhṛtya sarvasaṃbhārāṃścakrarūpaṃ jagatpatim || 33-91 ||

purodhasaiva nṛpatirarcayāmāsa mantrataḥ |
arcanena japenaiva dhyānena ca mahīpatiḥ || 33-92 ||

toṣayāmāsa māsena bhaktyā paramayā harim |
āvirbabhūva sa tadā cakrarūpī mahīpateḥ || 33-93 ||

gadāmusalaśaṅkhāridhanuḥpāśāṅkuśāmbujān |
aṣṭābhirbāhubhirdivyairbibhrat piṅgalalocanaḥ || 33-94 ||

ūrdhvapiṅgalakeśāḍhyo raktavarṇo mahādyutiḥ |
daṃṣṭrākarālavadanaḥ paṅkajāsanasaṃśritaḥ || 33-95 ||

raktāmbaradharo dṛptaḥ sarvabhūṣaṇabhūṣitaḥ |
divyamālādharoraskaḥ sasmitaṃ samudaikṣata || 33-96 ||

samudiyāya tato harivakṣasaḥ pratihatākhilalokavilocanam |
valayitācirarocirivāmbarāt paramacakramathaindramatidyuti || 33-97 ||

prathamamekamatho daśa tacchataṃ daśaśatakramato niyutāyute |
bhavadatho bahudhā sakalaṃ nabhaḥ kalitacakramabhūdatibhīṣaṇam || 33-98 ||

yugapad vikaṭākṣadānavaṃ vinihatyākhilabāndhavaiḥ saha |
tadihāviṣayaṃ vyatiṣṭhata kṣaṇamāplutya yayau sudarśanaḥ || 33-99 ||

śaśāsa pṛthvīṃ sasamudrakānanāṃ jitākhiladvīpavatīṃ sapattanām |
yathā śacīśastridivaṃ sadaivataṃ pavitrakīrtirmaṇiśekharastathā || 33-100 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ maṇiśekharopākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma trayastriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 33 ||

Kapitel 34

brahmāstrādimantrasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma catustriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan sarvadharmajña sarvalokanamaskṛta |
uktaṃ cakrādviniṣkrāntamastrajātamiha prabho || 34-1 ||

teṣāṃ svarūpaṃ mantrāṇāṃ sarveṣāṃ vaktumarhasi |
vinā tvāṃ na hi paśyāmi vettāraṃ kamapīśvara || 34-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

maharṣe yat tvayā pṛṣṭametad guhyatamaṃ param |
sudurlabhamanākhyeyaṃ kasmaicit sarvasādhakam || 34-3 ||

tathāpi tava vakṣyāmi bhakto'sīti mahāmune |
tvayāpyetanna dātavyaṃ surāsurasamarcitam || 34-4 ||

phāntaṃ vahnisamāyuktaṃ vyoma hālāsamanvitam |
meṣadvayaṃ dantayutaṃ hālāhalamataḥ param || 34-5 ||

ghanādyaṃ vāyupūrvaṃ ca dantayuktamathāntimam |
sarasaṃ carkṣaparyāyaṃ bhāntaṃ bhṛgumataḥ param || 34-6 ||

ambaraṃ vāyusaṃyuktamarimardanamapyataḥ |
pradīptamatha vaktavyaṃ paramaṃ ca padaṃ tataḥ || 34-7 ||

tatte pade prayoktavye gāyatryā madhyamaṃ tataḥ |
padatrayaṃ prayoktavyametad brahmāstramīritam || 34-8 ||

jīvaḥ pañcamavargādiścaturthādyo'ntimānvitaḥ |
bhṛguḥ sadīrgho daṇḍādyo meṣo yaṣṭyaparāhvayaḥ || 34-9 ||

ātmane ca padaṃ tatra cakrāyeti padaṃ tataḥ |
varmānta eṣa mantrastu daṇḍacakramitīṣyate || 34-10 ||

vāruṇaṃ māyayā yuktaṃ vāntaṃ vāruṇasaṃyutam |
yūpāntaṃ vahninā yuktaṃ mo'tha sāgnirathātriyuk || 34-11 ||

dhāntaṃ kālātmanetyetaccakrāyeti padaṃ tataḥ |
phaḍanta eṣa mantrastu kālacakraḥ prakīrtitaḥ || 34-12 ||

mona yakrāca netmarmā tathā dha namayeti ca |
nilakhītyapicākāro vyutkrameṇa pradṛśyate || 34-13 ||

dharmacakramimaṃ mantraṃ viduḥ pūrve maharṣayaḥ |

tārapūrvaṃ ca hṛdayaṃ bhagādyantau vanādimaḥ || 34-14 ||

caṇḍīśayukta āṣāḍhastīvratejasa ityapi |
paryāyaṃ lakṣasaṃkhyāyā āreti ca padaṃ tataḥ || 34-15 ||

paramatra prayoktavyaṃ bhindhīti ca padaṃ tataḥ |
bhīṣayetyapi vaktavyaṃ viṣṇucakramidaṃ viduḥ || 34-16 ||

yaṣaśo kaṃ tathā nīvānadā vannapirūmahi |
minnelajveti tāraṃ ca indracakramidaṃ smṛtam || 34-17 ||

tāraṃ caturmukhaḥ svaṅganāthavān dīrghasaṃyutaḥ |
pinākī dīrghasaṃyukto jalādyaṃ māyi somarāṭ || 34-18 ||

phalāntaṃ bhīṣaṇapadaṃ dambhole ityapi kramāt |
varmāstrayuktaṃ vijñeyaṃ vajrāstramidamuttamam || 34-19 ||

hṛtpūrvaṃ vahnimāyāyugāṣāḍho māyayā bakaḥ |
vahnirbhṛguḥ sacaṇḍīśaḥ prayoktavyastataḥ param || 34-20 ||

atha śūlavarāyeti bhīmarūpapadaṃ tathā |
dārayeti padaṃ tatra mārayeti padaṃ tataḥ || 34-21 ||

bhīṣayeti śiro'ntaṃ ca triśūlamidamīritam |

krodhī daṇḍī ca caṇḍīśavīrāntaṃ vṛścikādimam || 34-22 ||

āṣāḍhayuk sacaṇḍīśo huṃ phaḍ brahmaśiraḥ smṛtam |

hāsvā pakṣi yavadrāvi nyaṃsairapa mareti ca || 34-23 ||

pakāraṃ vyutkrameṇedamaiṣīkaṃ paramaṃ smṛtam |

bhṛguḥ krodhī pinākī ca sānanto mitra ityapi || 34-24 ||

saṃtāpanānte māyā syānmodakānte ca tāṃ nyaset |
kavacāstrayuto mantro modakī syād gadāhvayā || 34-25 ||

lohitaśca bhujaṃgeśo bhṛgurbhautikasaṃyutaḥ |
muṇḍaḥ savālī khaḍgīśo dīrghayuktaśca pāvakaḥ || 34-26 ||

umeśo māyayā yuktaḥ śikharīti padaṃ tataḥ |
tato bhedini phaṭ caiva śikharī syād gadāhvayā || 34-27 ||

vaprāntamādyaṃ caṇḍasya maṇḍape madhyamaṃ tataḥ |
durvṛtteti padaṃ tatra gajaparyāyamapyuta || 34-28 ||

dvirāvṛttaṃ bandhayeti dharmapāśamidaṃ viduḥ |

atrirmāyānvitaḥ śvetaḥ sasomeśo'tha pāvakaḥ || 34-29 ||

ṣaṣṭhasvarasamāyukto lohitaśca tataḥ kramāt |
viṣṭambhayeti ca padaṃ dvirāvṛttamataḥ param || 34-30 ||

varmānta eṣa mantrastu kālapāśa itīritaḥ |

tundileti padaṃ pūrvaṃ sarveti ca padaṃ tataḥ || 34-31 ||

vāraṇeti tato ghorarūpeti ca padaṃ kramāt |
varma phaṭ ceti mantro'yaṃ vāruṇaṃ pāśamuttamam || 34-32 ||

lohitaścaiva vahniśca kūrmaḥ sāṣāḍhakaṃ viṣam |
bhārabhūtiyutaḥ krodhī tataśca matipaścimaḥ || 34-33 ||

atha hastāparaṃ nāma śoṣayeti dviruccaret |
aśanidvitayādādyamimaṃ mantraṃ vidurbudhāḥ || 34-34 ||

yaṣabhī ṇaradānomarapa ityaparo'śaniḥ |

amareśo'tha khānto'gnisaṃyukto daṇḍa ityapi || 34-35 ||

aṅkuśo bhindhi bhindhīti painākamamitadyuti |

viṣṇurdaṇḍī punaścādyo bhujaṅgo dīrghasaṃyutaḥ || 34-36 ||

āṣāḍho māyayā yuktaḥ sudarśanaparāhvayaḥ |
dāraṇeti padaṃ tatra viśvamūrte iti kramāt || 34-37 ||

varmāstre ca tathā jñeye nārāyaṇamidaṃ smṛtam |

sapinākī bako bindurmahāmāyāsamanvitaḥ || 34-38 ||

lohito'tha bakaścāyaṃ pañcamasvarasaṃyutaḥ |
kavacāstre prayoktavye etat pāśupataṃ smṛtam || 34-39 ||

tāraṃ tataśca hṛdayaṃ bahuvarṇāya cetyatha |
vṛttapiṅgalaśabdaṃ ca locaneti tataḥ kramāt || 34-40 ||

viśvāmitrapadaṃ cāpi tathā praśamaneti ca |
daheti śoṣayetyevaṃ prayuñjyād bhīṣayeti ca || 34-41 ||

etadāgneyamatyugraṃ surāsurasupūjitam |

bakaśca sūkṣmaścaṇḍaśca bhujaṅgo dīrghadaṇḍavān || 34-42 ||

vyoma khaḍgīśasaṃyuktaṃ vālī prakṣepaṇeti ca |
varmāntametaṃ mantraṃ tu dayitaṃ paricakṣate || 34-43 ||

vālinaṃ daṇḍasahitaṃ trirāvṛttaṃ vinirdiśet |
yakṣarakṣaḥpade caiva piśācādīniti kramāt || 34-44 ||

amitrāṃśceti ca padaṃ brūyād dūramataḥ param |
dvirāvṛttaṃ tataḥ kuryādutsārayapadaṃ kramāt || 34-45 ||

vāyavyametad vikhyātaṃ trailokye sarvavanditam |

vyoma daṇḍayutaṃ vyoma vālī śītādyamakṣaram || 34-46 ||

śveto vahniyuto dīrgho bhujaṃgo dīrghasaṃyutaḥ |
āṣāḍho'tha mahāmāyāsaṃyuto muṇḍamaṇḍitaḥ || 34-47 ||

kabalīkurviti brūyādayaṃ hayaśiromanuḥ |

napantāsarapetyeṣa phaḍantaḥ krauñca īritaḥ || 34-48 ||

ṇiradāvirapa rtemūptadī vyutkramato manuḥ |
varmānta eṣa śaktibhyāmādyaḥ sarvāribhīṣaṇaḥ || 34-49 ||

nesetapro rṇikakuśaṃ rtemūjrava itīritaḥ |
vyutkremeṇa humanto'yaṃ śaktibhyāmaparo manuḥ || 34-50 ||

śivottamaḥ sabinduśca krodhī dīrghānvito'nalaḥ |
bhānto dīrghasamāyukto vālī paḍiti cāntataḥ || 34-51 ||

kaṅkāla eṣa kathito mantraḥ sarvabhayaṃkaraḥ |

caṇḍādyantau kramānnyasya rūpādyantau tataḥ param || 34-52 ||

āvartayad ghātayeti tadetanmusalaṃ smṛtam |

caṇḍo bhujaṅgaścātriśca bako vahnisamāyutaḥ || 34-53 ||

muṇḍo dvigaṇḍo māyī mā meṣadvayamataḥ param |
khaḍgīśo bhautikayuto vahniścaṇḍīśasaṃyutaḥ || 34-54 ||

astrānta eṣa mantraḥ syāt kāpālamatibhīṣaṇam |

atriḥ sadīrgho vahniśca māyayā tu samanvitaḥ || 34-55 ||

āṣāḍho'nantasahito vahnirdīrghasamanvitaḥ |
ādyaścaturthavargasya caṇḍīśena samanvitaḥ || 34-56 ||

damayeti dvirāvṛttyā manureṣa tu kaṅkaṇī |

hṛdayaṃ prathamaṃ nyasya bhageti ca padaṃ tataḥ || 34-57 ||

vatītyetadapi brūyānmahāmāye iti kramāt |
kavacāstre prayoktavye etadvaidyādharaṃ param || 34-58 ||

khaṇḍitādyariparyāyaṃ padaṃ śakte iti kramāt |
varmāntamasiraktākhyamastrametadudāhṛtam || 34-59 ||

krodhī pinākisaṃyukto daṇḍabhautikasaṃyutaḥ |
mohayeti dvirabhyasya manurgāndharva iṣyate || 34-60 ||

pañcāntakaḥ sadaṇḍaḥ syādatho gaṇapate api |
loketyanantaraṃ brūyādamitrānityanantaram || 34-61 ||

prasthāpayetyathābhyasya prasthāpanamudāhṛtam |

lohitaḥ sānalo jīvo mahāmāyāsamanvitaḥ || 34-62 ||

atrirdviraṇḍaḥ pañcārirlānto māyī talādimaḥ |
māyārūpiṇi cetyetat padamante prayojayet || 34-63 ||

etat praśamanaṃ nāma sarvaśatrunivāraṇam |

tāraṃ tataśca hṛdayaṃ parāyeti padaṃ tataḥ || 34-64 ||

pareti padamuccārya tejaḥ padamanantaram |
nibarhaṇāya cetyetat phaḍantaṃ sauryamucyate || 34-65 ||

atrirdaṇḍī ca khaḍgīśo māyayā ca samanvitaḥ |
atriḥ sadīrgho vahniśca māyī cāṣāḍhakaḥ smṛtaḥ || 34-66 ||

atrirlohitayuktaśca vahnirvarma ca phaṭ tataḥ |
darpaṇāstramidaṃ proktaṃ sarvāribalamardanam || 34-67 ||

bako dantī ca śukrādyo māyāyuktastalādimaḥ |
vairīti mānasetyetat prayojyaṃ varma cāntataḥ || 34-68 ||

etacchoṣaṇamityuktaṃ viśvārātikṣayaṃkaram |

āṣāḍho dīrghasaṃyukto lohito māyayānvitaḥ || 34-69 ||

āṣāḍho lohito vahnirbhṛgurbhautikasaṃyutaḥ |
muṇḍayuktaṃ savāli syād bhṛgurākāśa eva ca || 34-70 ||

sramūrte iti ca nyasya saṃtāpayapadaṃ tataḥ |
āvartayedimaṃ mantraṃ saṃtāpanamudāhṛtam || 34-71 ||

bhṛgurbhautikasaṃyuktaḥ savahnirdaṇḍasaṃyutaḥ |
mahākālaḥ sadīrghaḥ syād vālī dīrghānvitastataḥ || 34-72 ||

ātmane tu padaṃ paścāt phaḍantaḥ syādvilāpanam |

huṃ yemāhāmararvādu vyutkrāntaṃ madanaṃ smṛtam || 34-73 ||

calagaṇḍamatho vyoma sāmaradhīśvaraṃ tataḥ |
mahākalaḥ sadantaḥ syād vyoma meṣastataḥ param || 34-74 ||

māyāvinniti ca brūyādastrāyeti padaṃ tataḥ |
phaḍanta eṣa mantrastu kaṃdarpadayitaṃ smṛtam || 34-75 ||

nihamorapa ityeṣa vyutkrāntaḥ saśiromanuḥ |
paiśācamidamākhyātamakhilārivimardanam || 34-76 ||

ajeśvaraṃ trirāvṛtaṃ sadaṇḍaṃ prathamaṃ paṭhet |
timireti padaṃ brūyāddhastaparyāyameva ca || 34-77 ||

pratisainyaṃ padaṃ paścāt saṃvṛṇviti samabhyaset |
etat tāmasamityuktamastraṃ sarvārimohanam || 34-78 ||

viṣṇurdantī mahākālaḥ śivottamamataḥ param |
śakte iti padaṃ paścāt parastambhana ityataḥ || 34-79 ||

varmāstre ca tato brūyādetat saumanamucyate |

bhujaṅgo daṇḍavān paścādripūniti padaṃ vadet || 34-80 ||

kṣipeti dviḥ śiro'ntaṃ syāt saṃvartamidamuttamam |

tigmeti vṛtte iti ca pade pūrvaṃ paṭhet kramāt || 34-81 ||

bhindhīti ca dvirabhyastaṃ śiro'ntaṃ mausalaṃ smṛtam |

tāraṃ praṇāmaparyāyaṃ paramārthāya ityatha || 34-82 ||

ripūniti padaṃ brūyājjahītyetad dvirabhyaset |
satyamastramidaṃ proktaṃ sarvaśatrunibarhaṇam || 34-83 ||

tāraṃ tataśca hṛdayaṃ devāyeti padaṃ vadet |
māyātmane iti padaṃ paṭhitvā tadanantaram || 34-84 ||

phaḍanta eṣa mantrastu māyādharamudīritam |

śivottamaḥ sadaṇḍaśca punaścāyaṃ sadantakaḥ || 34-85 ||

vahnistato bhujaṅgaḥ syadaṅghrīśena ca saṃyutaḥ |
lohito dīrghayugvālī caṇḍāyeti padaṃ vadet || 34-86 ||

śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu ghoramastramudīritam |

bhṛguraudradvikaṃ rephaṃ dviḥ kṛtvā prādikān punaḥ || 34-87 ||

śivottamaṃ sasatyaṃ ca bhujaṅgeśastataḥ param |
āṣāḍho'marayuṅmeṣaṃ ratyastraṃ ca pavitrakam || 34-88 ||

caṭaṃ vīpsya punaḥ prādiṃ krodhīśaṃ vyoma cābhyaset |
vāruṇaṃ ca tathā kālaṃ dvirvāmanasabindukam || 34-89 ||

mīnamāvṛtya meṣaṃ ca āṣāḍhaṃ lohitaṃ punaḥ |
śaktyādhikamaghorāstraṃ varmāstrāntamudīritam || 34-90 ||

bhṛguṃ sānugrahādhīśaṃ daṇḍinaṃ prathamaṃ paṭhet |
dviṣantaṃ padamuccārya tata udvejayeti ca || 34-91 ||

antyaṃ dvirabhyasedetat saumāstramidamīritam |

praṇavaṃ hṛdayaṃ pūrvaṃ bhṛgustenaiva saṃyutaḥ || 34-92 ||

krodhī pinākī meṣaśca māyayā ca samanvitaḥ |
mahākāladvayaṃ sāgnidīrghayuktaṃ tataḥ param || 34-93 ||

bhārabhūtiyugāṣāḍho mīno dīrghasamanvitaḥ |
dhāmne iti padaṃ brūyāt parāyeti padaṃ tataḥ || 34-94 ||

etat tvāṣṭraṃ samākhyātaṃ sarvalokanamaskṛtam |

viṣṇurdaṇḍī punaścādyo bhujaṃgo dīrghasaṃyutaḥ || 34-95 ||

āṣāḍho māyayā yukto jvalano bindusaṃyutaḥ |
caturmukhaśca krodhīśaḥ phaḍantaḥ syāttu dāruṇam || 34-96 ||

vipakṣādimamadhyāntān paṭhed vibhajaneti ca |
pravṛttāyeti ca padaṃ bhageti tadanantaram || 34-97 ||

ātmane iti nirdiśya bhagāstraṃ tat phaḍantimam |

bakastrimūrtisahita āṣāḍhaśca śikhī tataḥ || 34-98 ||

pinākī khaḍgiko māyī lohitaśca tathopari |
saṃvartakaḥ sadaṇḍaśca kṣipeti dviḥ paṭhet tataḥ || 34-99 ||

śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu śīteṣurabhidhīyate |

lohitaśca bhujaṃgaśca dīrgho vālyatha lohitaḥ || 34-100 ||

agnirbhāntaśca vālī ca savahnirdīrghasaṃyutaḥ |
atrirdīrghasamāyukto bhedine iti ca kramāt |
bhīmarūpāya cetyuktvā namo'ntaṃ mānavaṃ smṛtam || 34-101 ||

daheti dvirabhyasya pūrvaṃ pracaṇḍa - prayogaṃ vidhāyātha rūpeti paścāt |

tato rudradhāmne nyasya paścā - cchirovṛttametat paraṃ raudramāhuḥ || 34-102 ||

atristrimūrtisahito'tha śivottamaśca sāgnirbhṛgustvamaranāyakasaprayuktaḥ |
suptyantimaḥ karipadaṃ ca tataḥ prayojyaṃ māyātmike iti phaḍantamasau manuḥ syāt || 34-103 ||

prasvāpanaṃ tadidamāhuraśeṣavairisenāsamastaparimohanakāri mukhyam |
itthaṃ samastaparamāstrasamuddhṛtistu tattvānmayā viracitā parameṣṭhisūno || 34-104 ||

tāraṃ sadyojātamāṣāḍhamante khaḍgeśānaṃ bhautikenaiva yuktam |
vahniṃ māyāsaṃvṛtaṃ tatra coktvā hṛtparyāyaṃ varma phaṭ cāntataḥ syāt || 34-105 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ brahmāstrādimantrasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma catustriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 34 ||

Kapitel 35

saṃhārāstrasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma pañcatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ skṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargodevasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan pūrvamākhyātaṃ saṃhārāstrāṇyaśeṣataḥ |
sudarśanasyāparāṅgānnirjagmuriti ceśvara || 35-1 ||

teṣāṃ svarūpavijñāne vartate me kutūhalam |
vaktumarhasyaśeṣeṇa yadi sānugraho mayi || 35-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

tadetat paramaṃ guhyaṃ purā nārāyaṇeritam |
bhakto'sīti tava snehād vakṣyāmi śṛṇu nārada || 35-3 ||

lohito'gnisamāyuktaḥ khaḍgīśo bhārabhūtimān |
āṣāḍhayugmaṃ muṇḍaśca māyī syāt khaḍganāyakaḥ || 35-4 ||

sāgnyāṣāḍhayugaṃ paścāt krodhīśaṃ nirdiśet tataḥ |
parameṣṭhinniti brūyādatho ṛtamiti kramāt || 35-5 ||

pibeti saśiromantraḥ satyavāniti viśrutaḥ |

tāraṃ tataśca hṛdayaṃ satyadhāmna iti kramāt || 35-6 ||

śamayeti dvirāvṛttaṃ satyakīrtiriti smṛtam |

atriḥ sāmaranāthaśca sāgniḥ pañcāntakaḥ smṛtaḥ || 35-7 ||

mahākālaśca majjā ca sāgniścomāpatistathā |
prasādayetyathābhyastaṃ dhṛṣṭamastramidaṃ viduḥ || 35-8 ||

krodhī pinākī māyī syāt khaḍgī māyāsamanvitaḥ |
atriḥ pinākī muṇḍaśca dīrghayukto rasastathā || 35-9 ||

agnirdviraṇḍaśca bhṛgurdīrgho vālī tataḥ param |
namo'nta eṣa mantrastu rabhasaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 35-10 ||

tāraṃ śiroyutaṃ mantraṃ pratīhārataraṃ viduḥ |

lohito vahnisaṃyuktaḥ stuteti ca padaṃ tataḥ || 35-11 ||

stobhātmane iti brūyāt parāṅmukha iti kramāt |
āyeti ca hṛdantaṃ tu parāṅmukhamudāhṛtam || 35-12 ||

amareśastathātriśca savālyāṣāḍhanāyakaḥ |
vidrāvaṇāyeti padamaveti tadanantaram || 35-13 ||

nateti ca prayoktavyaṃ phalāya tadanantaram |
śiroyuktamimaṃ mantraṃ mantriṇo'vāṅmukhaṃ viduḥ || 35-14 ||

niyutāparaparyāyaṃ bhedine ityanantaram |
nirāsaketi cāvṛttaṃ padamāyeti cetyatha || 35-15 ||

hṛdayāntamimaṃ mantraṃ lakṣākṣaṃ paricakṣate |

khaḍgīśo māyayā yuktaḥ kūrmo māyāsamanvitaḥ || 35-16 ||

āṣāḍho vahnisahito lohitaścāgnisaṃyutaḥ |
bhṛguḥ sadīrgho vahniśca marṣayeti dvirabhyaset || 35-17 ||

etadviṣamamityuktamastraṃ paramadurjayam |

śāntiṃ padaṃ nyaset pūrvaṃ kurvityetadataḥ param || 35-18 ||

nibiḍeti tato nyasya gātraśabdaṃ tataḥ param |
viṣkambheti śiro'ntaṃ ca dṛḍhanābhamudāhṛtam || 35-19 ||

hāsvā yakrācatasṛvi mona oṃ vyutkramo manuḥ |
saṃhārakamidaṃ cāstraṃ viduḥ pūrve maharṣayaḥ || 35-20 ||

khaḍgīśo māyayā yuktastena yukto bakastathā |
vānto dīrghasamāyukta āṣāḍho muṇḍa eva ca || 35-21 ||

dīrghī khḍgeśvaro vahnirumeśo dīrghasaṃyutaḥ |
vālī hṛdanto mantro'yaṃ daśākṣaḥ paripaṭhyate || 35-22 ||

tārapūrvaṃ ca hṛdayaṃ calagaṇḍaṃ tato nyaset |
ambaraṃ sāmarādhīśaṃ vaktrāyeti padaṃ tataḥ || 35-23 ||

vajravāraṇaśabdau ca āyāntaṃ śatavaktrakam |
śivottamaḥ sadantaḥ syādagnirdīrghasamanvitaḥ || 35-24 ||

bhṛgurāṣāḍhavān sāgniḥ kartanāyeti vinyaset |

daśeti ca padaṃ paścācchīrṣāyeti padaṃ tataḥ || 35-25 ||

śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu daśaśīrṣamudāhṛtam |

tāraṃ praṇāmaparyāyaṃ luptāstreti padaṃ tataḥ || 35-26 ||

jālāyeti prayoktavyaṃ bahūdarapadaṃ tataḥ |
āyetyante prayoktavyaṃ śatodaramidaṃ viduḥ || 35-27 ||

lohitaḥ pāvakaścaiva nakulīśastataḥ param |
āṣāḍho māyayā yuktaḥ pravṛtta iti ca kramāt || 35-28 ||

nāśanāyetyathābhyastaṃ svastyantaṃ padmanābhakam |

mahākālo'mbaraṃ dīrghaṃ lohito dīrghasaṃyutaḥ || 35-29 ||

bakaḥ khaḍgīśvaro māyī nāśanāyeti ca nyaset |
cakrātmana iti brūyāt svastyanto mantranāyakaḥ || 35-30 ||

mahānābhamidaṃ prājñā vadantyakhilasādhakam |

bakaścaiva mahākālo māyī cāṣāḍhanāyakaḥ || 35-31 ||

śūlāyeti prayoktavyaṃ caṇḍanābhāya cetyataḥ |
svasti caiva dvirabhyastaṃ dundunābhamidaṃ viduḥ || 35-32 ||

meṣo māyī ca sāṅghrīśo bhṛguścaivātrireva ca |
māyāyuktastathāṣāḍho dīrghadaṇḍasamanvitaḥ || 35-33 ||

krodhī ca sāmareśaḥ syād bako dīrghasamanvitaḥ |
vālī dīrghasamāyukto nivāritapadaṃ tataḥ || 35-34 ||

tejase iti ca brūyāt svastyanto'yaṃ mahāmanuḥ |
dhṛtimālīti vikhyātaḥ sarvalokeṣu pūjitaḥ || 35-35 ||

saṃvartakaḥ sāmareśo mīno bindusamanvitaḥ |
māyī ca kṣāmayetyetadāvṛttaṃ vṛttimān manuḥ || 35-36 ||

dvirāvṛttaḥ praharaṇaṃ śaṃ tanotu padaṃ tataḥ |
śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu ruciraḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 35-37 ||

lohito māyayā yukta āṣāḍho bhārabhūtimān |
devasāretyataḥ pāṭhyaṃ sarvābhayapadaṃ tataḥ || 35-38 ||

pradetyetat prayoktavyaṃ sarvaśāntikarāya ca |
śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu pitṛsaumanasaṃ smṛtam || 35-39 ||

tāraṃ tathā ca hṛdayaṃ khaḍgīśo māyayā yutaḥ |
mīnaścāṅghrīśasaṃyukta āṣāḍho dīrghasaṃyutaḥ || 35-40 ||

caṇḍo māyī pinākī cāpyāṣāḍho dīrghasaṃyutaḥ |
lohitaśca karāyeti padaṃ tata udīrya ca || 35-41 ||

parametyatha dhāmne ca vidhūtamidamuttamam |

namastruṭitaśabdau ca paṭhitvā prathamaṃ tataḥ || 35-42 ||

śāstrāstraśabdau coccārya śaktaye ityanantaram |
śaktiśālina ityuktvā makarāyeti ca kramāt || 35-43 ||

pravṛttāstrapade caiva mahārṇavapadaṃ tataḥ |
vibhedina iti brūyādetanmakaramuttamam || 35-44 ||

tārapūrvaṃ namaścoktvā tiraskṛtapadaṃ tataḥ |
gadāśabdaṃ samuccārya vīryāyeti tataḥ paṭhet || 35-45 ||

śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu karavīrasamaṃ smṛtam |

tāraṃ praṇāmaparyāyaṃ lohitaṃ vahnisaṃyutam || 35-46 ||

āṣāḍho'nantasaṃyukto lohito mīna eva ca |

muṇḍaḥ śivaṃ kurupadaṃ dvirāvṛttaṃ dhanaṃ smṛtam || 35-47 ||

vetavājīrtarāpeti vyutkrameṇa samīritam |
śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu dhānyamityucyate budhaiḥ || 35-48 ||

lohito vahnisaṃyuktaścaṇḍādyantau tataḥ kramāt |
bako muṇḍaḥ samāyī syāt savahnirlohitastathā || 35-49 ||

bako viṣaṃ tato muṇḍo māyī prakaṭiteti ca |
atha viśvaṃ padaṃ coktvā tataḥ praśamayeti ca || 35-50 ||

dvirabhyastamimaṃ mantraṃ jyautiṣaṃ paricakṣate |

krodhī pinākī māyī syādāṣāḍhaṃ ca tataḥ param || 35-51 ||

krodhī cānantasahito bakayug dīrghamagnimat |
muṇḍo vālī śiro'ntaśca kṛśanaṃ samudāhṛtam || 35-52 ||

māyī khaḍgī śikhī caiva mahāmāyī pinākavān |
kṛtacakreti śabdau ca cakrāyeti ca nirdiśet || 35-53 ||

vaṣaḍantamimaṃ mantraṃ nairāśyaṃ paricakṣate |

khaḍgeśaḥ prathamaṃ māyī cāṣāḍho dīrghavahnimān || 35-54 ||

bhṛguśca māyāsaṃyukta āṣāḍho dīrghasaṃyutaḥ |
māyī caṇḍaḥ pinākī ca sānanto'taḥ paraṃ kramāt || 35-55 ||

bhṛguḥ sāṣāḍhadīrghāgnirvālī ca tadanantaram |
vimalāyeti coccārya śiro'ntaṃ vimalaṃ smṛtam || 35-56 ||

bhṛgurlāntaḥ savahniśca māyāśabdaṃ paṭhet tataḥ |
mayāstrāyeti ca padaṃ tamobarhaṇa ityapi || 35-57 ||

mūrtaye iti nirdiśya yogaṃ ceti tataḥ paṭhet |
dharāyeti padaṃ cāpi mahate ityanantaram || 35-58 ||

bhīṣaṇāyeti ca brūyādabhyastaṃ hṛdayaṃ tataḥ |
yogaṃdharamidaṃ proktamastraṃ nikhilavanditam || 35-59 ||

muṇḍo māyī tathākāśa āṣāḍhaśca tataḥ param |
meṣo māyāyuto'triśca sadīrghāgnistataḥ param || 35-60 ||

mudrāyeti śiro'nto'yaṃ vinidramabhidhīyate |

viṣamagnyanilopetaṃ saṣaṣṭhasvarabindukam || 35-61 ||

piṇḍametacchiro'ntaṃ ca naidramastravido viduḥ |

prathamaṃ tāramuccārya hṛdayaṃ ca tataḥ param || 35-62 ||

viṣaṃ tataśca daṇḍīśaṃ māyayā ca samanvitam |
āṣāḍhaṃ ca bakaṃ caiva paṭhitvā tadanantaram || 35-63 ||

tataḥ krodhī ca sāṣāḍhaścaṇḍīśena samanvitaḥ |
prasādayetyathāvṛttamastraṃ pramathanaṃ smṛtam || 35-64 ||

varuṇena samāyukto dīrghayuktaścaturmukhaḥ |
tataḥ pinākī sānanto lānto māyī tataḥ param || 35-65 ||

jvālānto māyayā yuktaḥ pinākī ca tataḥ param |
ādyaṃ caturthavargasya mahāsīti paṭhet tataḥ || 35-66 ||

śakta ityapi vaktravyaṃ mahāmahasa ityapi |
marṣayeti dvirabhyastaṃ sārcirmālirayaṃ manuḥ || 35-67 ||

hāsvā nañjabharañcāsarapattavṛpra ityapi |
rasvā iti vyutkrameṇa kāmarūpamidaṃ smṛtam || 35-68 ||

oṃ namo ityupakramya muṇḍo māyāsamanvitaḥ |
tṛtīyasvarasaṃyuktaścaṇḍo rāntastataḥ param || 35-69 ||

kabandheti padaṃ brūyāt saṃdhānāyeti cāntataḥ |
śikhānto'yaṃ kāmarucirmantraḥ pūrvaiḥ samīritaḥ || 35-70 ||

bhautikaṃ daṇḍasaṃyuktamaṅkuśaṃ ca tato vadet |
mohavāriṇiśabdaṃ ca śiro'ntaṃ moha ucyate || 35-71 ||

khaḍgīśo dīrghasaṃyukto vahnirmāyāsamanvitaḥ |
āṣāḍhaśca mahākālo vyoma dīrghānvitaṃ tataḥ || 35-72 ||

mahākālaśca sānanto vālī caṇḍīśasaṃyutaḥ |
śiro'nto'yaṃ mahāmantraḥ proktamāvaraṇaṃ budhaiḥ || 35-73 ||

dviraṇḍau dvau kramānnyasya sadaṇḍau caturānanam |
muṇḍamuccārya parataḥ svastīti padamuddharet || 35-74 ||

śiro'nto'yaṃ mahāmantro jṛmbhakaḥ parikīrtitaḥ |

caṇḍo'nantasamāyukto māyī cāstristataḥ param || 35-75 ||

ādyaścaturthavargasya senāpadamanantaram |
jīvātava iti brūyācchiro'ntaṃ sarvanābhakam || 35-76 ||

vegādyantau kramāduktvā viśvādyaṃ ca tataḥ param |
jitaśabdamathoccārya vainateyāya ityapi || 35-77 ||

śiro'nto'yaṃ manuḥ prokto bhṛśāśvatanayā iti |

bhṛguśca varuṇaḥ sāgnirmuṇḍo māyī tataḥ kramāt || 35-78 ||

khaḍgīśaḥ sāgnidīrghaśca lohito'tha umāpatiḥ |
śaṃ kurvīti dvirabhyasto mantraḥ saṃdhānamucyate || 35-79 ||

bhṛgurlānto'gnisahito daṇḍena ca samanvitaḥ |
bhṛgurvyomātha jīvaśca varuṇena samanvitaḥ || 35-80 ||

śiro'nta eṣa mantrastu vāruṇaṃ parikīrtitam |

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan devadeveśa sarvalokanamaskṛta || 35-81 ||

sarvādhyakṣāprameyātmannacintyajñānagocara |
tvāmāśritya surāḥ sarve labhante kāṅkṣitaṃ phalam || 35-82 ||

tvattaḥ sarvaṃ samudbhūtaṃ jagat sthāvarajaṅgamam |
tvayaiva pālitaṃ sarvaṃ saṃhṛtaṃ ca maheśvara || 35-83 ||

tvamādiḥ sarvajagatāmanādistvaṃ jaganmaya |
puruṣastvaṃ tvamavyakto vyaktastvaṃ viśvabhāvan || 35-84 ||

yajñastvamijyo yaṣṭā tvamagnayastvaṃ tvamāhutiḥ |
vaṣaṭkārastvamoṃkāro vedavedyastathā bhavān || 35-85 ||

tvatta eva ca bhūtāni pravartante maheśvara |
karaṇaṃ kāraṇaṃ kartā kāryaṃ karma phalaṃ vibho || 35-86 ||

tvameva bhūtaṃ bhavyaṃ ca bhavacca parameśvara |
nirguṇastvaṃ jagatsṛṣṭau juṣamāṇo guṇānasi || 35-87 ||

aṇīyasāmaṇīyāṃstvaṃ mahāṃśca tvaṃ mahīyasām |
anuraktastvayīśāna prayāti paramāṃ gatim || 35-88 ||

aparakto vrajatyeva nirayaṃ vikṛtirna te |
kalākāṣṭhāmuhūrtādikālaśca tvaṃ kalātmakaḥ || 35-89 ||

sarvadā sarvabhūteṣu nivasannapi śaṃkara |
na lipyase tadvikāraiḥ padmapatramivāmbhasā || 35-90 ||

karāmalakavat sarvaṃ sarvadā kalayasyataḥ |
proktavānasi sarvāstrasvarūpaṃ pṛcchato mama || 35-91 ||

kimeṣāṃ mūrtayaḥ santi kiṃ vāmūrtānyamūni vai |
chettumarhasi deveśa tamimaṃ saṃśayaṃ vibho || 35-92 ||

ahirbhudhnyaḥ -

teṣāṃ bhavanti gātrāṇi bhīmarūpāṇi nārada |
vakrabhīṣaṇadaṃṣṭrogramukhatrastajanāni vai || 35-93 ||

bhīṣitāghūrṇitāraktavṛttanetrayutāni vai |
vidyutpuñjapratīkāśakeśabhīmāni nārada || 35-94 ||

kāniciddhūmravarṇāni bhāskarābhāni kānicit |
kānicicchuklavarṇāni vahnikalpāni kānicit || 35-95 ||

mahāparighasaṃkāśabhīmarūpaiḥ karaiḥ paraiḥ |
yathāsvaṃ dhṛtaśastrāṇi mahānti balavanti ca || 35-96 ||

vegavanti pramāthīni vairidarpadruhāṇi ca |
upāsitāni satataṃ surāsuravarairapi || 35-97 ||

evaṃbhūtānyadhiṣṭhāya gātrāṇyastrāṇi nārada |
vicaranti yathākāmamakutobhītimanti ca || 35-98 ||

akalitamahimāni bhīṣaṇāni jvalitavapūṃṣi samudyatāyudhāni |
avihatagamanāni cāstramukhyā - nyanavarataṃ bhuvaneṣu saṃcaranti || 35-99 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ saṃhārāstrasvarūpanirūpaṇaṃ nāma pañcatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 35 ||

Kapitel 36

rājñāṃ sudarśanayantrārādhanavidhānakeśavādiguṇapradhānabhāvavyavasthāpanaṃ nāma ṣaṭtriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ skṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargodevasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan kathitāḥ sarve sarvāstrāṇāṃ mahaujasām |
pravartakāstathā mantrāstathaiva ca nivartakāḥ || 36-1 ||

etacca kathitaṃ sarvaṃ sarvajñena tvayā purā |
saudarśanaṃ mahāyantramarcanīyaṃ mahātmabhiḥ || 36-2 ||

uktenaiva prakāreṇa caturvargaphalārthibhiḥ |
rājā cedarcayedetat saudarśanamukhaṃ param || 36-3 ||

ubhayaṃ cāsya yantrasya mukhamārādhayediti |
kathamasyāparāṅgaṃ ca dhyāyet kuryācca vā katham || 36-4 ||

chettumarhasi saṃdehamimaṃ mama maheśvara |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

evaṃ dhyātvārcayedrājā yantrametanmahādyuti || 36-5 ||

yantramadhye mahātmānaṃ puruṣaṃ bhīmalocanam |
ūrdhvapiṅgalakeśāḍhyaṃ jvaladdaṃṣṭrojjvalānanam || 36-6 ||

tiṣṭhantamaṣṭabhiryuktaṃ bhujaiḥ paramaśobhanaiḥ |
cakrābjamadhye tiṣṭhantamavaṣṭabhya mahaddhanuḥ || 36-7 ||

samabhaṅgamudārāṅgaṃ raktāmbaradharaṃ vibhum |
śaṅkhacakrābjamusalapāśāṅkuśagādharam || 36-8 ||

sarvābharaṇasaṃyuktaṃ puṣpamālāvibhūṣitam |

sudarśanamimaṃ dhyātvā paritaścintayet tataḥ || 36-9 ||

tiṣṭhato yadi vāsīnān keśavādīn savigrahān |
uktenaiva prakāreṇa bhūṣaṇairāyudhairyutān || 36-10 ||

pradhānabhūtān paramān yathākāmaniveśitān |

tataḥ ṣoḍaśabhirdevairviṣṇvādyairāyudhānvitaiḥ || 36-11 ||

mūrtimadbhiśca sodyogaiḥ sarvābharaṇasaṃyutaiḥ |

etaiḥ pañjaritaṃ dhyāyedyantrarājamanuttamam || 36-12 ||

paritastānyapi dhyāyenmūrtimanti mahānti ca |
saṃhārāstrāṇi sarvāṇi sāñjalīnyadbhutāni ca || 36-13 ||

akutobhayaśālīni śaktimanti samantataḥ |

tataḥ pravartakānyevaṃ dhyāyītāstrāṇi nārada || 36-14 ||

mūrtānyattumivāśeṣabhuvanānyujjvalāni ca |

evaṃ cakrakrameṇaitadabhidhyāyopari smaret || 36-15 ||

dadhānaṃ nārasiṃhasya vapurnārāyaṇaṃ param |
mūlakośaṃ paraṃ devamadhobhāge'tha cintayet || 36-16 ||

yantraṃ cakrākṛti śrīmad dīptanemisamanvitam |
nemerasya caturdikṣu mahājvālāṃ vicintayet || 36-17 ||

cakrakaumodakīśārṅgakhaḍgahastān smaret kramāt |
evamekamukhaṃ dhyāyedyantrasyāsya mahādyuteḥ || 36-18 ||

aparāṅgaṃ mahāmantraiḥ sarvataḥ samalaṃkṛtam |
antastāraṃ samārabhya yadi vā viṣṇupañjaram || 36-19 ||

pūrvoktaṃ tadvinā mūrtestattanmantrasamuccayam |

yathāsthānaṃ smaret tasya paryante cintayet tataḥ || 36-20 ||

sarvasaṃharaṇāstrāṇāṃ mantrāneva ca kevalam |
tadanantaramanyeṣāmastrāṇāṃ ca pravartakam || 36-21 ||

mantrajālamabhidhyāya sunemi surapūjitam |
mahāyantraṃ mahāśakti cakrarūpamanuttamam || 36-22 ||

uktairviśeṣaṇairjuṣṭaṃ sarvakāmaikasādhanam |
asya cakrasya madhye yadvartate puruṣaḥ paraḥ || 36-23 ||

tasmānnigadyate loke cakravartīti sūribhiḥ |

tasmādabhyarcayedetadyo rājā bhaktisaṃyutaḥ || 36-24 ||

so'cireṇaiva kālena cakravartitvamāpnuyāt |

rājā vā rājabhṛtyā vā mantriṇo vāthavā pare || 36-25 ||

rājñāṃ hitaiṣiṇaḥ sarve pūjayeyuridaṃ param |

anye ca ye tu vipulāṃ śriyamicchanti mānavāḥ || 36-26 ||

tairnityamarcanīyaṃ syādidaṃ sarvārthasādhakam |
rājñāmeva viśeṣeṇa yadetat samudīritam || 36-27 ||

tadrājavyatirekeṇa ye nirdiṣṭāstu mānavāḥ |
teṣāṃ vibhūtirmahatī rājñā saṃpatsyate dhruvam || 36-28 ||

lohairvā śilayā vāpi yo hi nirmāya pūjayet |
vipulāṃ śriyamāpnoti dīrghamāyuśca vindati || 36-29 ||

ārogyaṃ cāśnute sarve tadvaṃśyā dīrghajīvinaḥ |

paraṃ mantropadeṣṭaiva brāhmaṇo dvimukhaṃ yajet || 36-30 ||

jñānena tapasā śaktyā soḍhuṃ tasyobhayātmanaḥ |
sa eva śakruyāt tasya prabhāvaṃ paramaṃ mune || 36-31 ||

yo'sāvādityabimbasthaḥ puruṣo dṛśyate paraḥ |
hiraṇmayo ya evāntarakṣiṇyapi ca dṛśyate || 36-32 ||

so'pyayaṃ nābhicakrasya madhye yo vartate pumān |

yo'yaṃ kālākhyacakrasya prerakaḥ puruṣo'vyayaḥ || 36-33 ||

yugacakrasya netāramenameva vidurbudhāḥ |
enaṃ maharṣayo'pyāhurjagaccakrapravartakam || 36-34 ||

sarvalokaikakartāraṃ sarvalokaikasākṣiṇam |
enaṃ vimāne saṃsthāpya cakravartinamavyayam || 36-35 ||

yaḥ pūjayati tasyāyaṃ lokaścāmuṣmiko bhavet |

sudarśanavimānaṃ yaḥ prārabheta mahāmune || 36-36 ||

iha sarvānavāpyārthān viṣṇulokaṃ sa yāsyati |

sudarśanavimānasya karṣaṇaṃ yaḥ karoti vai || 36-37 ||

tasyāmitrā vinaśyanti santi sarvāśca saṃpadaḥ |

ārabhyāyatanaṃ madhye vicchittyā vighnito yadi || 36-38 ||

sa sārvabhaumaḥ sakalān bhuktvā bhogān mahītale |
punaśca bhaktaścakrasya śeṣaṃ nirvartayiṣyati || 36-39 ||

ante vaikuṇṭhamāsādya viṣṇusāyujyamāpnuyāt |

vimānaṃ paramaṃ kṛtvā pratiṣṭhāpya sudarśanam || 36-40 ||

brāhmaṇān vedaviduṣo vaiṣṇavān dvādaśāvarān |
taccheṣabhūtāṃstatraiva pratiṣṭhāpya ca śaktitaḥ || 36-41 ||

paryāptajīvanān kṛtvā dattvā bhūmimaṭhādikān |
nityaṃ yo'bhyarcayatyenaṃ devaṃ bhūtisamanvitam || 36-42 ||

tasya pratidinaṃ bhūtiramaryādā vivardhate |
nīrogatā dīrghamāyurlabhyate nātra saṃśayaḥ || 36-43 ||

janmāntare sārvabhaumo janitvā sakalāṃ bhuvam |
bhuktvā kālena mahatā tadanantarajanmani || 36-44 ||

triviṣṭapapatirbhūtvā bhuṅkte caindrapadaṃ ciram |
tataḥ krameṇa labdhvāyaṃ tattallokeśatāṃ gataḥ || 36-45 ||

tadante paramaṃ dhāma vaiṣṇavaṃ pratipadyate |

devamenamanārādhya na kaścijjāyate nṛpaḥ || 36-46 ||

etadārādhanasyaiva tāratamyena nārada |
bhogāyuṣostāratamyamaśnute nṛpatirdhruvam || 36-47 ||

tasmāt sarvaprayatnena rājaivainaṃ samarcayet |
jātyāyurbhogakāmāśca ye cānye bhuvi mānavāḥ || 36-48 ||

te'pyetatpūjayā sarvaṃ kāṅkṣitaṃ prāpnuvanti ca |

nāradaḥ -

siddhaṃ sudarśanaṃ viṣṇoḥ śeṣamāyudhasaṃjñitam || 36-49 ||

kathamasya parīvārāḥ keśavādyāḥ samīritāḥ |
viṣṇvādyā mūrtibhedāśca kathaṃ vā pañjarīkṛtāḥ || 36-50 ||

kathaṃ vā bhagavanmantrāḥ parivāratvamāgatāḥ |
imaṃ ca saṃśayaṃ deva cchettumarhasi sāmpratam || 36-51 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu tāta mahāprājña rahasyamidamuttamam |
tvadṛte śaknuyāt praṣṭumimamarthaṃ na kaścana || 36-52 ||

yathā nārāyaṇo devaḥ puruṣaḥ puṣkarekṣaṇaḥ |
anādiraparicchedyastathāyamapi nārada || 36-53 ||

dve śaktī tasya vidyete viṣṇoḥ sarvārthasādhane |
pradhānabhūte yābhyāṃ tu vahatyeṣa jagaddhuram || 36-54 ||

ekā tvicchātmikā tasya tathānyā tu kriyātmikā |

prathamā paramā lakṣmīrjagattrātuḥ kuṭumbinī || 36-55 ||

tattvavidbhiridaṃ proktaṃ dvitīyeha sudarśanam |

tasmāllakṣmyā vinā devaḥ saṃkalpe na prabhurhariḥ || 36-56 ||

anenāpi vinā kartuṃ kiṃcinnārhati keśavaḥ |

anena sarvaṃ sṛjati devo'nenaiva pāti ca || 36-57 ||

anena saṃhṛtiṃ devo viśvasyānte karoti ca |
anena dānavān daityānnihanti madhusūdanaḥ || 36-58 ||

kriyate'nena tatkarma sarvaṃ sarvagatena vai |

tasmāt sarvātmanā cainaṃ svabuddhyā parirakṣati || 36-59 ||

yathā svaṃ svāminā rakṣyaṃ rakṣyate svayameva hi |
evaṃ sarvasya jananīṃ lakṣmīṃ lakṣmīdharaḥ svayam || 36-60 ||

caturdhā vyūhya cātmānaṃ svabhūtāṃ parirakṣati |

tat keśavādimūrtīnāṃ parivāratvakalpanā || 36-61 ||

viṣṇvādīnāṃ ca mūrtīnāṃ pañjaratvaṃ ca yujyate |
sarveṣāmapi mantrāṇāṃ rakṣakatvaṃ ca sāṃpratam || 36-62 ||

athavā bhagavāneva svayaṃ cakrasvarūpadhṛt |
avasthita iti prājñaiḥ kathyate puruṣottamaḥ || 36-63 ||

pratitretāyugaṃ devaḥ sādhutrāṇakṛte hariḥ |
rāmalakṣmaṇaśatrughnabharatādyātmanā svayam || 36-64 ||

caturdhāvasthitastadvaccakratmā harireva hi |
guṇapradhānabhāvastu rāmāderiva yujyate || 36-65 ||

tadātmanaiva cātmānaṃ rakṣatyeva janārdanaḥ |
svamūrtirakṣaṇe svena vinānyanna bhavedyataḥ || 36-66 ||

ya idaṃ śṛṇute paripṛcchati vā paṭhati smaratīha naraḥ satatam |
vipulāmiha bhūtimavāpya parāmatha yāti padaṃ paramaṃ sa hareḥ || 36-67 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ rājñāṃ sudarśanayantrārādhanavidhānakeśavādiguṇapradhānabhāvavyavasthāpanaṃ nāma ṣaṭtriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 36 ||

Kapitel 37

nyāsāparaparyāyaprapattinirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

Lakshmi, göttliche Kraft und Fülle.

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

ākhyātaṃ bhavatā sarvaṃ bhagavan parameśvara |
saudarśanasya yantrasya mantrasya svasya ca prabho || 37-1 ||

astrāṇāṃ cāpi māhātmyaṃ svarūpaṃ lakṣaṇaṃ tathā |
ārādhanaṃ ca yogaśca svabhāvaśca viśeṣataḥ || 37-2 ||

bhujaiḥ ṣoḍaśabhirveti proktaṃ rūpopavarṇane |
tat kadā kena kartavyaṃ kimarthaṃ kīdṛśaṃ vada || 37-3 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

parairabhibhave prāpte rājñāṃ balasamanvitaiḥ |
nagareṣu pradagdheṣu rājñāṃ vidrāvite bale || 37-4 ||

uparuddheṣu bhogeṣu tattadviṣayavāsinām |
pīḍyamāne parabalairitthaṃ rāṣṭre mahāmune || 37-5 ||

sthitāvanupapannāyāṃ rājño'vyucchinnavairiṇaḥ |
kārayet ṣoḍaśabhujaṃ sudarśanamavāritam || 37-6 ||

apāramaparicchedyamavāṅmanasagocaram |
raktavarṇamudārāṅgaṃ pītakauśeyavāsasam || 37-7 ||

vidyutpuñjapratīkāśaiḥ keśairūrdhvamukhairyutam |
piṅgalāghūrṇamānogranetratritayabhīṣaṇam || 37-8 ||

daṣṭādharasphuṭālakṣyadaṃṣṭrāniṣṭhyūtapāvakam |
kvaṇatkiṅkiṇijālena kāñcīdāmnā virājitam || 37-9 ||

nitambalambinopetaṃ jvalatkaukṣeyakeṇa ca |
dadhānaṃ kiṅkiṇīmālāṃ tvalimālānināditām || 37-10 ||

āpādalambinīṃ divyāṃ muktāratnācitāṃ tathā |
jhaṇajjhaṇitamañjīraśobhamānapadāmbujam || 37-11 ||

hārakeyūratāṭaṅkamukuṭairupaśobhitam |
anyairmaṇimayaiścitrairbhūṣaṇaiḥ samalaṃkṛtam || 37-12 ||

krameṇa cakraparaśukuntadaṇḍāṅkuśāni ca |
śastrāṇi śatavaktrāṇi khaḍgaśaktī ca bibhratam || 37-13 ||

karairūrdhvamukhairdīrghairdakṣiṇairaṣṭabhiḥ paraiḥ |
vāmaiḥ śaṅkhadhanuḥpāśahalavajrāṇi ca kramāt || 37-14 ||

gadāmusalaśūlāni bhīmānyetāni bibhratam |
svasamāśritaśatrūtthakrodhena mahatāvṛtam || 37-15 ||

bhugnabhrūkuṭilaṃ vaktraṃ dhārayantaṃ vibhīṣaṇam |
pratyālīḍhaviśeṣeṇa tiṣṭhantaṃ dīptimālinam || 37-16 ||

kālāgnirudrarūpeṇa saṃharantamidaṃ jagat |

evaṃ sudarśanaṃ dhyāyet kālātmānaṃ mahādyutim || 37-17 ||

rājā taddhyānamātreṇa niḥsapatno bhavet kṣaṇāt |
na kvāpyupasthitisteṣāṃ sapatnānāṃ mahītale || 37-18 ||

naśyanti śatravastatra yatra yatra ca vidrutāḥ |

evamenamanārādhya rājāno'mitavikramāḥ || 37-19 ||

sapatnairabhibhūyante niḥśrīkāśca bhavanti vai |

ya enaṃ pūjayedbhaktyā pūrvoktenaiva vartmanā || 37-20 ||

bāhyena cāntareṇāpi yogākhyena mahāmune |
nyāsena vā sukhī so'tra paratra ca na saṃśayaḥ || 37-21 ||

nāradaḥ -

bāhya ābhyantaraścāpi mama yogaḥ puroditaḥ |
nyāsākhyaṃ sādhanaṃ proktaṃ tanme brūhi maheśvara || 37-22 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

etanmahopaniṣadaṃ devānāṃ guhyamuttamam |
abhīṣṭārthapradaṃ sadyaḥ sarvapāpapraṇāśanam || 37-23 ||

avācyametat sarvasmai nābhaktāya kadācana |
bhakto'si me sthiraśceti vakṣyāmi hitakāmyayā || 37-24 ||

yadyena kāmakāmena nāsādyaṃ sādhanāntaraiḥ |
mumukṣuṇā yat sāṃkhyena yogena na ca bhaktitaḥ || 37-25 ||

prāpyate paramaṃ dhāma yato nāvartate punaḥ |
tena tenāpyate tattannyāsenaiva mahāmune || 37-26 ||

paramātmā ca tenaiva sādhyate puruṣottamaḥ |

ṣoḍhā hi vedaviduṣo vadantyenaṃ mahāmune || 37-27 ||

ānukūlyasya saṃkalpaḥ prātikūlyasya varjanam |
rakṣiṣyatīti viśvāso goptṛtvavaraṇaṃ tathā || 37-28 ||

ātmanikṣepakārpaṇye ṣaḍvidhā śaraṇāgatiḥ |

upāye gṛharakṣitroḥ śabdaḥ śaraṇamityayam || 37-29 ||

vartate sāṃprataṃ caiṣa upāyārthaikavācakaḥ |

ahamasmyaparādhānāmālayo'kiṃcano'gatiḥ || 37-30 ||

tvamevopāyabhūto me bhaveti prārthanāmatiḥ |
śaraṇāgatirityuktā sā deve'smin prayujyatām || 37-31 ||

bhagavan sarvavijayisahasrārāparājita |
śaraṇaṃ tvāṃ prapanno'smi śrīkaraṃ śrīsudarśanam || 37-32 ||

anenaiva prapannasya bhagavantaṃ sudarśanam |
tasyānubandhāḥ pāpmānaḥ sarve naśyantyasaṃśayam || 37-33 ||

kṛtānyanena sarvāṇi tapāṃsi tapatāṃ vara |
sarve tīrthāḥ sarvayajñāḥ sarvadānāni ca kṣaṇāt || 37-34 ||

kṛtānyanena mokṣaśca tasya haste na saṃśayaḥ |

nāradaḥ -

kathaṃ tapāṃsi yajñāśca tīrthadānāni sarvaśaḥ || 37-35 ||

tasyaiva nyāsamātreṇa sidhyante tadvada prabho |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

yāni niḥśreyasārthāni coditāni tapāṃsi vai || 37-36 ||

teṣāṃ tu tapasāṃ nyāsamatiriktaṃ tapaḥ śrutam |

samitsādhanakādīnāṃ yajñānāṃ nyāsamātmanaḥ || 37-37 ||

namasā yo'karod deve sa svadhvara udīritaḥ |

yāgasādhanabhūtena svātmanā vedyamīśvaram || 37-38 ||

ayajat tāni dharmāṇi prathamānīti naḥ śrutam |

yajñarūpadharaṃ devaṃ yajate svātmanaiva yaḥ || 37-39 ||

tena sarve kṛtā yajñā bhavantīha mahātmanā |

yajñarūpadharasyāsya śarīraṃ vediriṣyate || 37-40 ||

āsyamāhavanīyāgnirhṛdayaṃ dakṣiṇānalaḥ |
athāsya gārhapatyāgnirudaraṃ śruticoditam || 37-41 ||

yajamāno manastattvaṃ buddhiḥ patnī prakīrtitā |
svāśritapratyanīkā ye paśavaste prakīrtitāḥ || 37-42 ||

lomāni barhiṣastvasya jīvaṃ havyaṃ pracakṣate |
savanāni śiromadhyagātrapādāḥ prakīrtitāḥ || 37-43 ||

daśa yajñāyudhānyasya jñānakarmendriyāṇyapi |
ṛtvijaḥ ṣoḍaśa bhujā devasyāsya mahāmune || 37-44 ||

bhaktarakṣaṇasaṃkalpo dīkṣā devasya nārada |
ṛgyajuḥsāmaghoṣo'sya bhūṣaṇārāva iṣyate || 37-45 ||

sadasyā bhūṣaṇānyasya dayā devasya dakṣiṇā |
juhūrdhruvā sruvaścaiva prāśitraharaṇaṃ tathā || 37-46 ||

mekṣaṇopabhṛtau veda iḍāpātrī tathaiva ca |
dārupātraṃ ca yoktraṃ ca camasaḥ sṛṣṭireva ca || 37-47 ||

piṣṭodvapanyājyasthālyāvidhmapravraścanaṃ tathā |
madantītyasya śastreṣu cakrādyeṣu samāśritāḥ || 37-48 ||

evaṃrūpaṃ tamabhyarcya prakṣīṇāśeṣapātakaḥ |
anuṣṭhitakratuśato bhavedeṣa na saṃśayaḥ || 37-49 ||

evaṃ bahuvidhai rūpairupetaṃ taṃ sudarśanam |
kṛtvā tamapratiṣṭhāpya rājāno mantriṇo'pi vā || 37-50 ||

vinaṣṭasaṃpadaḥ sadyaḥ paribhūtāśca śatrubhiḥ |
arcanābhāvato rājyād bhraṣṭāściramupadrutāḥ || 37-51 ||

svarājyaṃ brahmahatyādidoṣairduṣyenmahāmune |
samidityasya ṛgvedaśrutirāha dayāvatī || 37-52 ||

anabhidhyānato hyasya viśve viṣayavāsinaḥ |
aparaktāśca jāyante mahārāje kṛtāgasi || 37-53 ||

aśraddadhānāścaitasminniha janmani duḥkhinaḥ |

pretyādho'dhaḥ patantyeva nāpnuvanti sukhaṃ kvacit || 37-54 ||

tadyajñarūpaṃ susamāśritānāṃ rakṣāvidhāne kṛtadīkṣamīśam |
subhīṣaṇaṃ ṣoḍaśabāhuyuktaṃ svaśatrupakṣakṣapaṇapravṛttam || 37-55 ||

yathoktarūpaṃ dhṛtasarvaśastramupetamastrairapi mūrtimadbhiḥ |
paṭe likhitvā śilayāthavārcāṃ vidhāya lohairuta bimbamasya || 37-56 ||

samarcayedyo nṛpatiḥ pratiṣṭhāṃ vidhāya bhaktyātha sudarśaneśam |
kṣaṇena sidhyanti manīṣitāni vipakṣanāśaśca bhavedamuṣya || 37-57 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ nyāsāparaparyāyaprapattinirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptatriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 37 ||

Kapitel 38

jvarādiroganivṛttyupāyavidhānaṃ nāma aṣṭātriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya taddivyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

ākhyātaṃ bhavatā rājñāṃ parebhyo rakṣaṇaṃ param |
tathaiva sarve sarvajña puruṣārthāḥ samīritāḥ || 38-1 ||

tatsādhanāni cānyacca prasaṅgāt samudīritam |
idaṃ tvidānīṃ bhagavan vyākhyāhi mama pṛcchataḥ || 38-2 ||

rājñāṃ tatsacivānāṃ ca tathānyeṣāṃ nṛṇāmapi |
rogāḥ krūratarāsteṣāṃ puruṣārthavirodhinaḥ || 38-3 ||

saṃbhavanti hi teṣāṃ tu mocanaṃ kena sidhyati |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

sādhu pṛṣṭaṃ mune rogā jāyante yena duḥsahāḥ || 38-4 ||

śṛṇu yenaiva naśyanti tad vakṣyāmi tavādhunā |

prākṛte sarvalokasya saṃprāpte pratisaṃcare || 38-5 ||

brahmāyuṣi parikṣīṇe naṣṭe sthāvarajaṅgame |
sarvabhūteṣu bhūtādau pralīneṣu mahāmune || 38-6 ||

bhūtādāvindriyādau ca taijase mahati sthite |
tato mahati yāte tu prakṛtiṃ buddhilakṣaṇe || 38-7 ||

tathā ca puruṣe tasyāṃ pralīne pañcaviṃśake |
tasyāmapi pralīnāyāṃ puruṣe puṣkarekṣaṇe || 38-8 ||

sa eva sarvaṃ saṃhṛtya svasmin paramapūruṣaḥ |
bhagavān puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ paramātmā jaganmayaḥ || 38-9 ||

ekākī sa tadā naiva ramate sma sanātanaḥ |

sa līlārthaṃ punaścedamasṛjat puṣkarekṣaṇaḥ || 38-10 ||

sa pūrvaṃ nāmarūpāṇi cakre sarvasya sarvagaḥ |

līlopakaraṇāṃ devaḥ prakṛtiṃ triguṇātmikām || 38-11 ||

māyāsaṃjñāṃ punaḥ sṛṣṭvā tayā reme janārdanaḥ |

sā tu sarvāṇi bhūtāni tattacchaktisamanvitā || 38-12 ||

modayantī ca tanvānā svasyāṃ bhogyadhiyaṃ tathā |
vartate jīvaparayoḥ svarūpācchādanāya sā || 38-13 ||

tayā vivaśametattu saṃsaratyakhilaṃ jagat |

tayaiva prathamaṃ dehe karotyātmadhiyaṃ naraḥ || 38-14 ||

tataḥ śarīrasaṃbandhiputrādau mamatāṃ gataḥ |

tato'haṃkārajāstasya mamatotthāśca vāsanāḥ || 38-15 ||

bhavanti dehe putrādau dṛḍhabaddhāściraṃ mune |

tataḥ svadehe putrādāvupakāryapakāriṣu || 38-16 ||

rāgadveṣau ca bhavatastābhyāṃ sarvaṃ viceṣṭate |
kapūyaramaṇīye ca tadutthe saṃcinotyayam || 38-17 ||

tadvipākānathāpnoti jātyāyurbhogalakṣaṇān |

ataḥ phalopabhogārthamubhayeṣāṃ ca karmaṇām || 38-18 ||

prārabdhānāmidaṃ sṛṣṭaṃ śarīraṃ ca śarīriṇaḥ |

pāpmabhya eva jāyante prārabdheṣvāmayāstanau || 38-19 ||

nānāvidhā duḥkhavarā bhujyante dehināpare |

jvarābhibhūte nṛpatau sacive'nyajane'thavā || 38-20 ||

mahāsudarśanaṃ yantraṃ kathitaṃ mantrakovidaiḥ |
guḍūcīrājyasaṃsiktāścaturaṅgulasaṃmitāḥ || 38-21 ||

mantreṇānena juhuyāt sahasraṃ jvalite'nale |
cakrāmbujaṃ ca vinyasya sthaṇḍile śālitaṇḍulaiḥ || 38-22 ||

tatra pātraṃ nidhāyājyaṃ prasthapūrṇaṃ nidhāya ca |
tasyāṃ palapramāṇeṣu tantuṣvāropya dīpikām || 38-23 ||

tatrāpyenaṃ samāvāhya mantreṇānena mantravit |
tataḥ paścimabhāge tu sthaṇḍile maṇḍite śucau || 38-24 ||

āstīrya kalamāṃstatra nyasenmāhendramaṇḍalam |
tanmadhye ṣaḍaraṃ cakraṃ madhye tāraṃ ca vinyaset || 38-25 ||

tantujālena saṃveṣṭya navakumbhaṃ suśobhanam |
candracandanakāśmīramiśrairāpūrya vāribhiḥ || 38-26 ||

tadbahiścandanādyaistamarcayedakṣatairapi |
ratnāni pañca padmaṃ ca dūrvāṃ hāṭakameva ca || 38-27 ||

śyāmākaṃ viṣṇuparṇīṃ ca devīṃ cāntarvinikṣipet |
madhyekumbhaṃ samāveṣṭya kṣaumeṇa navamālayā || 38-28 ||

taṃ tāramadhye saṃsthāpya sādhyanāmayute śubhe |
pūrṇacandramabhidhyāyaṃstatra cāvāhayet prabhum || 38-29 ||

taṃ dhūpadīpamālyādyaiḥ samabhyarcya yathāvidhi |
śālyannaṃ dadhimadhvājyasarvavyañjanasaṃyutam || 38-30 ||

hṛdyaṃ sājyaṃ guḍaṃ dadyād devāya haviruttamam |
baliṃ tato hared dikṣu vidikṣu ca samāhitaḥ || 38-31 ||

śālyannaiḥ śvetapuṣpaiśca dhūpadīpādibhistathā |
dikpālānāṃ tato dadyāt kṣetreśāyāpi nārada || 38-32 ||

āsane prāṅmukhaṃ sādhyamupaveśyātha sajvaram |
darpaṇaṃ tasya saṃsthāpya purastāt pratibimbitam || 38-33 ||

kumbhamādāya mantreṇa darpaṇaṃ so'bhiṣecayet |
sadya eva jvarānmukto bhavenmeghādivoḍurāṭ || 38-34 ||

atha dvijebhyo vidvadbhyo vaiṣṇavebhyo viśeṣataḥ |
niṣkatrayaṃ hiraṇyasya droṇaṃ cājyasya gāṃ tathā || 38-35 ||

karpūraṃ candanaṃ cāpi vāsāṃsi vimalānyapi |
etāni dadyādekasmai mune brahmavide'thavā || 38-36 ||

tataḥ svastho bhavet sadyo yāvajjīvaṃ na saṃśayaḥ |
eṣā cikitsā prakṛtirvyādhīnāṃ mātrayā bhidā || 38-37 ||

rājayakṣmābhibhūte tu nṛpādau munisattama |
madhvaktābhirapāmārgasamidbhiḥ khādire'nale || 38-38 ||

mantreṇānena juhuyāt sahasraṃ mantravittamaḥ |
tataḥ pratīcye digbhāge pūrvavat kalpite'nale || 38-39 ||

āḍhakājyābhipūrṇāyāṃ pātryāṃ dvipalatantuṣu |
āropya dīpikāṃ paścād devamāvāhya mantrataḥ || 38-40 ||

tataḥ pāścāttyabhāge tu bhāraśālipariṣkṛte |
sthaṇḍile maṇḍite śuddhe kṛtvā māhendramaṇḍalam || 38-41 ||

pūrvavat ṣaḍaraṃ cakraṃ vinyasyāreṣvamuṣya ca |
mantravarṇāni vinyasya sādhyanāma ca tārake || 38-42 ||

pūrvavanmantritaṃ kumbhaṃ tatra saṃsthāpya maṇḍale |
āvāhya devamabhyarcya pūrvavaccakrarūpiṇam || 38-43 ||

haviśca pāyasaṃ dadyāt khaṇḍamadhvājyasaṃyutam |
baliṃ ca pūrvavat kuryāt pāyasena viśeṣataḥ || 38-44 ||

gurukṣetreśavighneśadurgādikpālakān prati |
prāvṛtya kambalenainaṃ sādhyaṃ prāṅmukhamāsane || 38-45 ||

āsīnaṃ mantrataḥ kumbhavāribhiścābhiṣecayet |
anvahaṃ darpaṇāviṣṭaṃ snāpayecchāyayā punaḥ || 38-46 ||

niṣkadvayaṃ hiraṇyasya dviniṣkaṃ rajataṃ tathā |
kambalaṃ svadhṛtaṃ vastraṃ tilānāṃ droṇameva ca || 38-47 ||

kamaṇḍaluṃ kāṃsyapātraṃ chatraṃ copānahau tathā |
ekasmai brāhmaṇāyaiva viduṣe cāstikāya vai || 38-48 ||

dadyādetāni sarvāṇi sarvasatkārapūrvakam |
prayoktāraṃ dhanairevamabhyarcya prayato bhavet || 38-49 ||

sadyastasmānmahārogād vimukto nātra saṃśayaḥ |

evaṃ prameharogeṇa gṛhīte ca mahāmune || 38-50 ||

sahasraṃ juhuyānmantrī mantreṇānena bailvakaiḥ |
māṣaudanaṃ havirdadyād baliṃ cānena kārayet || 38-51 ||

abhiṣekaṃ svayaṃ kuryādanyat pūrvavadācaret |
dadyād droṇaṃ ca māṣāṇāṃ rajataṃ pañcaniṣkakam || 38-52 ||

ekaṃ cānaḍuhaṃ sadyo nīrogaḥ syānmahāmune |

tathaudarairmahārogairgulmaśūlādibhiściram || 38-53 ||

abhibhūteṣu martyeṣu vakṣye pratividhiṃ śṛṇu |
pūrvavat kumbhamabhyarcya sudarśananiṣevitam || 38-54 ||

tatpūrvabhāge prajvālya jvalanaṃ kuṇḍamadhyame |
samidbhirārkairjuhuyādājyāktairdvisahasrakam || 38-55 ||

tilaiśca juhuyāt tadvanmantreṇānena mantravit |
tataḥ kumbhodakaṃ spṛṣṭvā sahasraṃ ca japenmanum || 38-56 ||

tato hared baliṃ mantrī dikpālānāṃ yathākramam |
bhūtapretapiśācānāṃ kṣetreśasyāpi nārada || 38-57 ||

śuklaudanaiḥ śuklapuṣpaiḥ piṣṭaiḥ śukladhvajairapi |
kumbhādhivāsitaṃ devaṃ pūjayed vidhivat tataḥ || 38-58 ||

havirnivedayecchuddhairodanaiḥ kalpitaṃ bahu |
śarkarāmadhudadhyāḍhyaṃ sarvavyañjanasaṃyutam || 38-59 ||

tataḥ kumbhodakaṃ kiṃcidādāyānena mantritam |
pāyayedrogiṇaṃ mantrī mantroccāraṇapūrvakam || 38-60 ||

tataḥ kumbhodakenaiva prāṅmukhaṃ snāpayed budhaḥ |
tarpayed brāhmaṇān sapta yathāśakti samāhitaḥ || 38-61 ||

guruṃ bahudhanairvastrairbhūṣaṇairdhānyarāśibhiḥ |
sarve tasyaudarā rogā vinaśyanti na saṃśayaḥ || 38-62 ||

tataḥ svastho bhavenmartyo devavanmodate'niśam |

apasmārābhibhūte tu nare pratividhiṃ śṛṇu || 38-63 ||

bhūtale gomayālipte same maṅgalasaṃyute |
tilabhāradvayaṃ tatra prastīrya caturaśrakam || 38-64 ||

dvihastasaṃmitaṃ tatra yantraṃ saudarśanaṃ nyaset |
pūrvoktena prakāreṇa vinaivākhilamūrtibhiḥ || 38-65 ||

sudarśanaṃ nṛsiṃhaṃ ca vinā mantrābhisaṃhitam |
saudarśanaṃ mahāyantraṃ madhye pūrvoktavartmanā || 38-66 ||

praṇidhāyodakumbhaṃ tu tantubhiḥ pariveṣṭitam |
pūrvoktadravyasaṃyuktaṃ kambalenābhiveṣṭitam || 38-67 ||

pūrveṇa maṇḍalaṃ vahniṃ nidhāya vidhivat tataḥ |
anena manunā kuryād dvisahasraṃ tilāhutīḥ || 38-68 ||

tataḥ kumbhaṃ spṛśanmantramaṣṭottarasahasrakam |
japenmantrābhipūtena vāriṇānena mantravit || 38-69 ||

grahābhibhūtamāsīnaṃ prāṅmukhaṃ cābhiṣecayet |
tato muktagrahastena kṣaṇenaiva sukhī bhavet || 38-70 ||

sarve cānye grahāstaṃ tu na kṣamante hi vīkṣitum |
dhanadhānyaiśca vāsobhiḥ sa guruṃ pūjayet tataḥ || 38-71 ||

yasmin yantre tu yad dravyaṃ tacca tasmai nivedayet |
brāhmaṇāṃstarpayet paścādaṣṭau tilasuvarṇakaiḥ || 38-72 ||

rajataiścāpi mahiṣīṃ sādhakāya nivedayet |
tataḥ svastho bhavenmartyo devavanmodate bhuvi || 38-73 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jvarādiroganivṛttyupāyavidhānaṃ nāma aṣṭātriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 38 ||

Kapitel 39

sarvaphalasādhanabhūtamahābhiṣekavidhānaṃ nāma ekonacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan brūhi sarvajña yenaikenaiva karmaṇā |
sarvarogā vinaśyanti kena sarve ca śatravaḥ || 39-1 ||

kena sarvārthasiddhiḥ syājjagat kena vaśaṃ bhavet |
vibhūtirvimalā kena prāpyate karmaṇā vada || 39-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śrūyatāṃ cāvadhānena guhyametanmahāmune |
yenaikena prayogeṇa sarvārthāḥ saṃbhavanti hi || 39-3 ||

rājñaśca mantriṇāṃ caiva sarveṣāmadhikāriṇām |

padāt svasmādupāroḍhukāmānāṃ paramaṃ padam || 39-4 ||

anyeṣāṃ laukikānāṃ ca yat kiṃcid vāñchatāṃ tathā |
kāryaṃ mahābhiṣekākhyaṃ karma sarvārthasādhakam || 39-5 ||

vāsudevālayodyānamaṇḍape mandire'thavā |
same pavitritatale maṅgalāṣṭakasaṃyute || 39-6 ||

vikīrya kalamāṃstatra navabhārābhisaṃmitān |
māhendramaṇḍalaṃ nyasya bāhyato jātipuṣpakaiḥ || 39-7 ||

madhye saudarśanaṃ yantramuktenaiva tu vartmanā |
vinyased gandhapuṣpaiśca tanmadhye ca suśobhanam || 39-8 ||

tanmadhye vinyasenmantrī yantrabimbamanuttamam |
tasyāgre mūlamantreṇa kumbhaṃ tantupariṣkṛtam || 39-9 ||

āvāhayed gandhatoye navaratnasamanvitam |
candanāgurukarpūrakāśmīrakṣodamaṇḍitam || 39-10 ||

akṣataiśca parikṣiptaṃ śuddhakṣaumābhiveṣṭitam |
gandhavatkusumākīrṇaṃ dhūpadīpasamanvitam || 39-11 ||

mukhāntare tathā kārye kumbhakuṇḍe svalaṃkṛte |
pratiṣṭhāpyāṣṭadigbhāge pūrṇakumbhānalaṃkṛtān || 39-12 ||

ācakrāyetimantrādyairagniprākārakāntakaiḥ |
prāgādi vinyasenmantraiḥ pratyekaṃ pūjayet tataḥ || 39-13 ||

sarvatra kumbhaprāgbhāgeṣvagnikuṇḍāni vinyaset |
prāsādalakṣaṇaṃ kuṇḍaṃ madhye kuryāt svalaṃkṛtam || 39-14 ||

prācyāṃ diśi catuṣkoṇamāgneyyāṃ tu trikoṇakam |
yāmye tvardhendusaṃkāśaṃ nair-ṛtyāṃ yonisaṃnibham || 39-15 ||

vāruṇyāṃ padmasaṃkāśaṃ vāyavyāmaṣṭakoṇakam |
vṛttamuttaradigbhāge caiśānyāṃ tu ṣaḍaśrakam || 39-16 ||

vaiṣṇavānṛtvijaścāṣṭau diśāṃ homeṣu yojayet |
madhye tu sādhako mantrī juhuyājjvalite'nale || 39-17 ||

pratyekaṃ juhuyādājyairaṣṭottarasahasrakam |

sarvatra mūlamantreṇa juhuyād dhyānapūrvakam || 39-18 ||

homānte devamabhyarcya sarvakumbheṣu sādhakaḥ |

spṛṣṭvā tu tāñjapenmantraṃ sādhyanāmapuṭīkṛtam || 39-19 ||

aṣṭottarasahasraṃ tu sarvatra vidhivat tataḥ |
niveśayenmahāyantrasaṃmukhaṃ sādhyamāsane || 39-20 ||

tato bherīninādaiśca śaṅkhakāhalanisvanaiḥ |
sahitaṃ snāpayedenaṃ prācyādyaiḥ kumbhavāribhiḥ || 39-21 ||

paścānmadhyamamādāya pūrṇakumbhaṃ svalaṃkṛtam |
tadvāriṇābhiṣicyānte mantraṃ mantrījapet svayam || 39-22 ||

tatastenābhiṣekeṇa nirdhūtāśeṣakilbiṣaḥ |
rājate himasaṃrodhānnirmukta iva bhāskaraḥ || 39-23 ||

sarve tamanaghaṃ kāmā vṛṇate svayameva hi |
vinā rājānametena kuryāccānyābhiṣecanam || 39-24 ||

evaṃ mahābhiṣeke tu kṛte pūrṇe mahātmanā |
yasya yad vāñchitaṃ tasya hastasthaṃ tanna saṃśayaḥ || 39-25 ||

āyuṣkāmī tathāyuṣyamārogyārthī tadaśnute |
arthārthī cārthamāpnoti paśukāmastathā paśūn || 39-26 ||

aputraḥ putramāpnoti nirguṇo guṇavān bhavet |
kanyārthī labhate kanyāṃ jigīṣurjayamaśnute || 39-27 ||

svapadaṃ padahīnastu padārthī paramaṃ padam |
annakāmaśca bahvannaṃ yaśo'rthī cāśnute yaśaḥ || 39-28 ||

kimatra bahunoktena yadyanmanasi vartate |
tattat sadyaḥ samāpnoti nātra kāryā vicāraṇā || 39-29 ||

evaṃ kṛtābhiṣekastu pūrṇakāmo'tha mānavaḥ |
suvarṇairbahuratnaiśca vastrairmālyānulepanaiḥ || 39-30 ||

arcayet sādhakaṃ samyag dadyāddhenuṃ savatsakām |
tasmai śiṣṭaṃ ca yad dravyamabhiṣekaparicchadam || 39-31 ||

tacca dadyāt tathā pātrīṃ pāyasenābhipūritām |

pratyekaṃ niṣkadānena toṣayedṛtvijo'khilān |
tarpayed brāhmaṇānanyān yathāśakti samāhitaḥ || 39-32 ||

iti śrīpañcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ sarvaphalasādhanabhūtamahābhiṣekavidhānaṃ nāma ekonacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 39 ||

Kapitel 40

astrasvarūpatacchaktinirūpaṇaṃ nāma catvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan devadeveśa viśvāmaravarārcita |
yadyanmayā purā pṛṣṭaṃ tattvatastat tadīritam || 40-1 ||

divyāstrāṇāṃ tu sarveṣāṃ mantrarūpāśca mūrtayaḥ |
kathitā bhavatā samyak pṛcchato me savistaram || 40-2 ||

kiṃsaṃsthānānyathāstrāṇi kiṃśaktīni paraṃtapa |
mayi sānugrahaṃ cetastava ced vaktumarhasi || 40-3 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ-

tadetat paramaṃ guhyamavācyamatidurlabham |

na cāvirāsannastrāṇi svasvarūpeṇa kasyacit || 40-4 ||

surāsurairniyujyante mantrarūpeṇa tāni vai |

ekadā vṛtranidhane vāsavasya svarūpataḥ || 40-5 ||

āvirbabhūvuretāni surakāryamidaṃ tviti |

mantrasvarūpaiścāsādhye viṣaye svasvarūpataḥ || 40-6 ||

āviṣkurvanti cāstrāṇi bhīṣaṇāni paraṃ mune |
eṣāṃ darśanamātreṇa vinaśyantyarisainikāḥ || 40-7 ||

cakrasvarūpī bhagavāṃstāni dhatte svarūpataḥ |

svarūpāṇi tathā teṣāṃ śaktīśca kathayāmi te || 40-8 ||

śṛṇu nārāyaṇāstrasya svarūpaṃ prathamaṃ mune |
sahasradhāramatyugraṃ sahasrārkasamaprabham || 40-9 ||

taijasaṃ vistṛtāgraṃ tanmohinīkusumopamam |

pratipaccandrasaṃkāśamadhyāṣṭāśravidīpitam || 40-10 ||

śatadhāraṃ taḍiddīptametat pāśupataṃ matam |

sahasrārasamāyuktaṃ vidyutpuñjopamākṛti || 40-11 ||

prastarapratimaṃ muṣṭigrāhyāgraṃ brāhmamīritam |

daṃṣṭrākarālaṃ daṣṭoṣṭhaṃ piṅgalākṣaṃ vibhīṣakam || 40-12 ||

gṛhītapiṅgakeśāgrametad brahmaśiro matam |

viṣṇucakramiti khyātaṃ sahasrāraṃ sudarśanam || 40-13 ||

jṛmbhaṇaṃ tvaṣṭavakrāṅgaṃ daṇḍamevaṃ vidurbudhāḥ |

bhīmākāraṃ pāśameva kālapāśamiti smṛtam || 40-14 ||

ṣaṭkoṇāgraṃ jvalajjvālamastramāgneyamuttamam |

jvālāvilaṃ vājivaktramastraṃ hayaśiro matam || 40-15 ||

prasvāpanaṃ kuvalayastabakastambasannibham |

satoyatoyadaprakhyaṃ tāmasāstramudīritam || 40-16 ||

kālāstraṃ bhīṣaṇaṃ daṇḍaṃ ṣaṣṭighaṇṭāsamākulam |

ādyantacakrayugdaṇḍaṃ daṇḍacakramiti smṛtam || 40-17 ||

kālacakraṃ catuṣkoṇaṃ paryantasthitarāśimat |

dharmacakraṃ suvṛttaṃ syād daśayajñāyudhāṅkitam || 40-18 ||

śaivaṃ śatamukhāgnistu daṇḍavat parikīrtyate |

śūlaṃ tu tridalaṃ proktaṃ tīkṣṇadhāraṃ sudaṇḍakam || 40-19 ||

paraśū raudramastraṃ ca tīkṣṇadhāraṃ bhayāvaham |

śūlatrayāṅkitamukhaṃ triśūlaṃ daṇḍavad bhavet || 40-20 ||

ghoraṃ nārā ca rūpaṃ syādastramāhurmanīṣiṇaḥ |

kṛṣṇāsyaṃ piṅganayanaṃ jvālākeśordhvabandhanam || 40-21 ||

aghorāstramidaṃ proktaṃ nāmnā caivāsidhārakam |

astraṃ saṃmohanaṃ nāma kamalaṃ nālasaṃyutam || 40-22 ||

aiṣīkaṃ śaranālābhamastramāhurvicakṣaṇāḥ |

vajrāṅkitacatuṣkoṇaṃ naṭābhamamitadyuti || 40-23 ||

aindracakrākhyamastraṃ tat paravairibhayaṃkaram |

sadā jvalitasarvāṅgaṃ mahiṣākṛti bhīṣaṇam || 40-24 ||

śuṣkāśaniridaṃ proktamastramaṅgārasaṃnibham |

tādṛśaṃ śuklavarṇaṃ tadārdrāśaniriti smṛtam || 40-25 ||

painākamastraṃ paramaṃ dhanustakṣakasaṃnibham |

kaṅkālākhyaṃ bhavedastraṃ piśācākṛti bhīṣaṇam || 40-26 ||

kapālamālikāmāhuḥ kāpālāstramanuttamam |

sauramastraṃ samākhyātaṃ sūryabimbaparaṃparā || 40-27 ||

astraṃ varuṇapāśākhyaṃ śītākṛti sudāruṇam |

laguḍaṃ śaṅkujālāḍhyaṃ saṃtāpanamidaṃ viduḥ || 40-28 ||

vāruṇaṃ jālakākāraṃ dvātriṃśacchidrasaṃyutam |

sarvatattvamayaṃ dāma dharmapāśamiti smṛtam || 40-29 ||

śaktirekā prasiddhaiva śaktyantaramathocyate |
dviśiraskaikanālā ca daśaghaṇṭāvibhūṣitā || 40-30 ||

vāyavyamastraṃ sāraṅgaḥ saśṛṅga iva paṭhyate |

mausalaṃ musalaṃ proktaṃ vidyuddaṇḍamivojjvalam || 40-31 ||

gāndharvamastramādiṣṭaṃ vīṇādaṇḍopamākṛti |

darpaṇaṃ darpaṇaṃ proktamastraṃ pūrṇendusaṃnibham || 40-32 ||

śoṣaṇaṃ vikaṭaṃ śṛṅgamastraṃ paraviśoṣaṇam |

paiśācamastraṃ paramamulkāmukhamudāhṛtam || 40-33 ||

tejaḥprabhaṃ smṛtaṃ prāsapratimaṃ paradāraṇam |

aindramastraṃ vajrarūpaṃ tejasāṃ nilayaṃ smṛtam || 40-34 ||

astraṃ vilāpanaṃ nāma dhārādharamudāhṛtam |

vaidyādharāstramāhustat puṣpamālāṃ tu mohinīm || 40-35 ||

astraṃ kaṅkālasaṃjñaṃ syānmahāghaṇṭānināditam |

modakī nāma paramā vallarī puṣpaśālinī || 40-36 ||

śikharaṃ nāma khaṭvāṅgamāyudhaṃ paricakṣate |

krauñcamastraṃ mahat pakṣī krauñcākṛtirihocyate || 40-37 ||

asiratnāhvayaṃ divyamastraṃ khaḍgo mahādyutiḥ |

astraṃ praśamanaṃ nāma procyate dhvajasaṃnibham || 40-38 ||

kandarpadayitaṃ cāstramikṣuḥ paramaśobhanam |

madanaṃ cāmaraprakhyamastraṃ parabhayāvaham || 40-39 ||

saumanaṃ śibikābhaṃ tadastramastravido viduḥ |

sthūlamuktākṣamālaiva satyāstraṃ sarvasādhakam || 40-40 ||

astraṃ saṃvartakaṃ nāma mahāśaṅkhaḥ prakīrtyate |

māyādharāhvayaṃ prāhurastraṃ śākhinameva ca || 40-41 ||

somāstramardhacandrābhaṃ sāyakaṃ saṃpracakṣate |

tvāṣṭramastraṃ caityasamaṃ sadaṇḍamabhidhīyate || 40-42 ||

śīteṣurnāma kumbhāsyā sravantī sariduttamā |

trikoṇaṃ daṇḍavad vidyād bhagāstramamitadyuti || 40-43 ||

sadāmanaṃ samākhyātaṃ cakraṃ niraramucyate |

satyavat tanmahābhūtaṃ vyāttānanamidaṃ viduḥ || 40-44 ||

vāraṇaṃ nāma sarpāsyaṃ vāraṇaṃ paramāṅkuśam |

dhṛṣṭaṃ kabandhamudaraṃ vyāttānanamudāhṛtam || 40-45 ||

bhṛśāśvatanayaṃ nāma dvidhāraṃ krakacaṃ smṛtam |

satyakīrtistu makaro vyāttavaktro'bhidhīyate || 40-46 ||

mohaḥ sarpaśiro vyāttavaktramastraṃ vidurbudhāḥ |

rabhasaṃ tārasaṃkāśamastraṃ sarvāstrasādanam || 40-47 ||

sarvanābhāhvayaṃ cāstraṃ kamaṇḍalurihocyate |

parāṅmukhāhvayaṃ cāstraṃ pañcānanaśiro viduḥ || 40-48 ||

jṛmbhakaṃ nāma raktākṣaṃ tripañjaramudīryate |

pratihārākhyamastraṃ tu kuntaḥ paramabhāsvaraḥ || 40-49 ||

ṛkṣāsyaṃ bhūtamuddiṣṭamavāṅmukhasamāhvayam |

dhanākhyamastraṃ mukuṭasamānamamitadyuti || 40-50 ||

dhānyāstrametat paramaṃ śālistabakabandhanam |

vṛṣākṣaṃ vṛṣavaktrāṅkaṃ mahābhūtaṃ pracakṣate || 40-51 ||

kāmarūpaṃ mahāstraṃ tu pratisūryakasaṃnibham |

dṛḍhanābhākhyamastraṃ syānnāgo bahuphaṇānvitaḥ || 40-52 ||

astraṃ kāmarucirnāma svastikaṃ paricakṣate |

sunābhaṃ kṣurikā tīkṣṇā procyate'stramanuttamam || 40-53 ||

makaro nāma divyāstraṃ dīpikādaṇḍasaṃnibham |

daśākṣametajjānīyāt kaukṣeyakamavāritam || 40-54 ||

vṛttimantaṃ coṣṭramukhaṃ vetālamabhidhīyate |

ekasthā daśavaktrī tu daśavaktramudāhṛtam || 40-55 ||

rucirākhyaṃ bhavedastraṃ halaṃ paramadāruṇam |

daśavarṣā kākamukhī daśakarṇamudīryate || 40-56 ||

yogaṃdharaṃ divābhītavyāttavaktramiti smṛtam |

amitraghnaṃ vāruṇaṃ syāt parāstravinivāraṇam || 40-57 ||

anidramastramunnidrakalpakaṃ kathayanti vai |

bhettāramastramākhyātaṃ kuṭhāraṃ parabhedanam || 40-58 ||

śatodarāstraṃ bhūtaṃ syācchatodarasamanvitam |

astraṃ saumanasaṃ nāma japākusumamañjarī || 40-59 ||

padmanābhaṃ mahābhūtaṃ padmālaṃkṛtanābhimat |

mahānābhākhyamastraṃ tu bako vikaṭakaṃdharaḥ || 40-60 ||

jyautiṣaṃ nāma paramaṃ vimānamabhidhīyate |

kramaṇaṃ kṣepaṇaṃ proktaṃ parāstrakramaṇaṃ mahat || 40-61 ||

trairāśirvānaramukhaṃ sapakṣaṃ narapādavat |

sārcirmāli mahābhūtamekapād bahuhastakam || 40-62 ||

vimalāstramidaṃ vidyāt sphāṭikākāraḍolikām |

varāhasiṃhamanujakukkurebhamukhairyutam |
bhūtaṃ purāvido brūyurdhṛtikāstraṃ sudāruṇam || 40-63 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām astrasvarūpatacchaktinirūpaṇaṃ nāma catvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 40 ||

Kapitel 41

svarūpato'stradhāraṇatatprayojanapratipipādayiṣayā madhukaiṭabhasaṃhāravarṇanaṃ nāma ekacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

astrāṇyetāni bhagavan kathitāni svarūpataḥ |
tānyadhatta svarūpeṇa devaḥ pūrvamitīritam || 41-1 ||

kasmin kadā kimarthaṃ tat kṛtaṃ viśveśvara prabho |
praśnametaṃ paricchindhi yadi sānugraho'si me || 41-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

paramaṃ te pravakṣyāmi guhyamatyadbhataṃ mahat |
pṛcchate bhaktiyuktāya paramātmani nārada || 41-3 ||

purā kalpāvasāne tu bhagavān puruṣottamaḥ |
jagat sraṣṭuṃ manaścakre līlārasasamutsukaḥ || 41-4 ||

prathamaṃ janayāmāsa pradhānapuruṣau svataḥ |
mahadādi viśeṣāntaṃ janayitvā tato hariḥ || 41-5 ||

taiḥ sarvairaṇḍamutpādya tasmin brahmāṇamāsṛjat |

prajāḥ sṛjeti vedāṃśca tasmai prādājjanārdanaḥ || 41-6 ||

tataḥ prajāḥ sa vividhāḥ sraṣṭuṃ samupacakrame |

etasminnantare daityau brahmasṛṣṭeranantaram || 41-7 ||

balavantau tu tasyorvorjajñāte madhukaiṭabhau |
madonmattau mahākāyau dānavau baladarpitau || 41-8 ||

tau dṛṣṭvā sṛṣṭyupakrāntaṃ brahmāṇamamitadyutim |
praviśya māyayā tasmādvedāñjagṛhatustadā || 41-9 ||

tataḥ sraṣṭuṃ prajāḥ sarvā na śaśāka prajāpatiḥ |

paraṃ nirvedamāpanno babhūvātha prajāpatiḥ || 41-10 ||

prajāḥ sṛjeti bhagavān vyādideśa sa māṃ hariḥ |
na śakyate vinā vedaiḥ sraṣṭuṃ nānāvidhāḥ prajāḥ || 41-11 ||

dānavābhyāmime vedā hṛtā matto'dya māyayā |
kimanyat kāryamityeṣa parāṃ cintāmupeyivān || 41-12 ||

tato vedhā viniścitya manasā kāryamātmanaḥ |
kṣīrābdheruttaraṃ tīraṃ jagāma kamalodbhavaḥ || 41-13 ||

tatra tuṣṭāva deveśaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣamacyutam |
oṃ namo vāsudevāya śuddhajñānasvarūpiṇe || 41-14 ||

asīmānandakandāya bhūribhūmne mahātmane |
acintyaśaktirūpāya bibhrate bhuvanāni te || 41-15 ||

asīmaiśvaryavīryāya tejasāṃ nidhaye namaḥ |
viśvāntaryāmiṇe tubhyaṃ śuddhasattvaikamūrtaye || 41-16 ||

anavadyākhilādhārabhūṣaṇāya namo namaḥ |
śaṅkhacakragadākhaḍgaśārṅgāyudhadharāya te || 41-17 ||

śrīmate puṣkarākṣāya puruṣāya namo namaḥ |
viṣvaksenamukhairdivyaiḥ sevyamānāya sūribhiḥ || 41-18 ||

divyānandamayavyomanilayāya namo namaḥ |
sargopasargarakṣābhiḥ krīḍate jagatāṃ sadā || 41-19 ||

mahāvibhūtaye tubhyaṃ namo nikhilamūrtaye |
svasamāśritavātsalyakṛtavyūhavibhūtaye || 41-20 ||

viśvavidveṣividhvaṃsakṛtadīkṣāya te namaḥ |
tāpatrayābhitaptāghanāśanasmaraṇāya te || 41-21 ||

namo'cintyasvarūpāya viṣṇave karmasākṣiṇe |

iti tasya stutiṃ śrutvā bhagavān puruṣottamaḥ || 41-22 ||

āvirbabhūva purataḥ prasannaḥ padmalocanaḥ |

taṃ dṛṣṭvā paramaprītaḥ praṇamya paramādbhutam || 41-23 ||

vyajijñapadameyātmā svavṛttaṃ vinayānvitaḥ |

etaṃ dānavayoḥ śrutvā vyatikramamariṃdamaḥ || 41-24 ||

mandaṃ prahasya bhagavān sasmāra madhukaiṭabhau |

tau tasya smṛtimātreṇa dvāramājagmatustadā || 41-25 ||

tataḥ samāgatau dṛṣṭvā tatraiva baladarpitau |
meghagambhīranirghoṣamuvāca madhusūdanaḥ || 41-26 ||

yuvābhyāmāhṛtā vedā maddattā brahmaṇo mukhāt |
māyayeti śrutaṃ naivaṃ yujyate kartumatra vai || 41-27 ||

tat tasmai sakalā vedā dīyantāṃ parameṣṭhine |

evamuktau bhagavatā durmadāndhau mahāsurau || 41-28 ||

pratyūcaturimāṃstasmai dadāvo naiva sarvathā |
āvāmevācirāt sarvāḥ srakṣyāvo vividhāḥ prajāḥ || 41-29 ||

vedairvinaiva bhagavan kimatra parameṣṭhinā |

sa tayorvacanaṃ śrutvā kopasaṃraktalocanaḥ || 41-30 ||

durātmānau tu tau hantuṃ matiṃ cakre jagatpatiḥ |
etau nihatya durdāntau pāpāvadya madoddhatau || 41-31 ||

ādāya vedānetasmai brahmaṇe pratipādaya |
iti śeṣāśanaṃ devo vyādideśa kṛtāñjalim || 41-32 ||

sa tatheti samānīya sarvāḥ senāśca vaiṣṇavīḥ |
nirjagāma tato yoddhuṃ saṃnaddhau tau ca dānavau || 41-33 ||

nirmimāte tadā senāṃ mahatīṃ tau ca māyayā |

ubhayoḥ pakṣayoryuddhaṃ tumulaṃ samapadyata || 41-34 ||

adṛṣṭamaśrutacaramabhūt tat samaraṃ tadā |

cireṇājayyatāṃ jñātvā duṣṭadānavayoryudhi || 41-35 ||

viṣvaksenastu devāya nyavedayadavāritaḥ |

tatastu paramakruddho nirjagāma janārdanaḥ || 41-36 ||

yudhyamānau tu tau dṛṣṭvā cakrarūpī svayaṃ hariḥ |
bibhrad dviṣaṣṭibhirhastaistasthau divyāstrasaṃhatim || 41-37 ||

taṃ dṛṣṭvā paramakruddhaṃ sahasrādityasaṃnibham |
jvaladbhirastrairhastāgradhāryamāṇaiśca veṣṭitam || 41-38 ||

piṅgalordhvamukhaiḥ keśairupetamatibhīṣaṇam |
aṇḍāntavyāptavapuṣaṃ japākusumasaṃnibham || 41-39 ||

piṅgalāghūrṇamānogravṛttanetratrayānvitam |
bhugnabhrukuṭisaṃnaddhabhīṣaṇānanaśobhitam || 41-40 ||

daṣṭoṣṭhamujjvaladdaṃṣṭrāniryatskhalitapāvakam |
mahājaladhisaṃkāśaṃ dviṣaṣṭibhujapañjaram || 41-41 ||

raktāmbaradharaṃ bhīmamālīḍhasthitimaṇḍitam |
hārakeyūratāṭaṅkakaṭakādivibhūṣaṇaiḥ || 41-42 ||

upetaṃ kiṅkiṇījālakvaṇatkāranināditam |
āścaryarūpamatulamevaṃbhūtaṃ mahādyutim || 41-43 ||

kalpāntajṛmbhitāmbhodhikalpāste daityasainikāḥ |
neśurnirīkṣya niḥśeṣaṃ śiṣṭau tau dānavau param || 41-44 ||

āgacchantau susaṃbhrāntau dṛṣṭvā tāvudyatāyudhau |
prāhiṇod bhīṣaṇaṃ cakraṃ tadvadhāya mahādyutiḥ || 41-45 ||

tayościccheda śirasī tatkṣaṇāccakramuttamam |
tābhyāṃ vedānupādāya devāyaitānnyavedayat || 41-46 ||

devo'pi brahmaṇe dattvā punarantardadhe hariḥ |

labdhavedaḥ punardhātā prajāścakre yathāpuram |

itthaṃ bhagavato rūpaṃ cakrarūpasya cakriṇaḥ || 41-47 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyām svarūpato'stradhāraṇatatprayojanapratipipādayiṣayā madhukaiṭabhasaṃhāravarṇanaṃ nāma ekacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 41 ||

Kapitel 42

kāśīrājaśrutakīrtyupākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma dvicatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan sarvadharmajña sarvabhūtanamaskṛta |
śrotavyaṃ yadyadasmābhiḥ śrutaṃ tat tadaśeṣataḥ || 42-1 ||

idaṃ tvidānīṃ pṛcchāmi śaṃsa me manasi sthitam |
kuto'muṣyāṅgamantrāṇāmutpattiḥ kā ca devatā || 42-2 ||

kimarthaṃ kīdṛśī śaktiḥ kiṃ dhyeyaṃ brūhi tattvataḥ |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śrūyatāmavadhānena tadetad guhyamuttamam || 42-3 ||

ātharvaṇānmayā vedānmahāmantrapariṣkṛtāt |
samuddhṛtaḥ ṣaḍarṇo'yaṃ kaustubhaḥ sāgarādiva || 42-4 ||

tathā tasmādime mantrāḥ proddhṛtāḥ sakalā mune |

svayamevāṅgamantrāṇāmapi devaḥ sudarśanaḥ || 42-5 ||

sudarśanamahāmantraniṣṭhasyāṅgāvanaṃ param |
kāryameṣāṃ ṣaḍarṇena tathāmī samaśaktayaḥ || 42-6 ||

eṣāmaṣṭabhujo devaḥ pūrvoktenaiva vartmanā |
dhyeyaḥ sarvaṃ samākhyātaṃ kimanyacchrotumicchasi || 42-7 ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan paramodāra nityatṛpta dayānidhe |
nityajñānakriyaiśvaryaviśvavijñānavāridhe || 42-8 ||

sudarśanamahāyantramantraśaktikriyādiṣu |
yad vaktavyaṃ viśeṣeṇa taduktaṃ bhavatā vibho || 42-9 ||

pravartakānāmastrāṇāmutpattiḥ kathitā purā |
svarūpaśaktī ca tathā prayogaśca mahādyute || 42-10 ||

nivartakānāṃ tu punaḥ kadā kva viṣaye guro |
prayogaḥ paramaṃ me'tra saṃśayaṃ chettumarhasi || 42-11 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śrūyatāmavadhānena prayogāvasaraṃ mu |
nivartakānāmastrāṇāṃ samyak kathayato mama || 42-12 ||

paraprayuktairdivyāstrairabhicāraiśca tatkṛtaiḥ |
mahatyabhibhave prāpte taṃ vidyāt tapasāṃ nidhe || 42-13 ||

nāradaḥ -

parābhicārābhibhavaḥ kairliṅgairavagabhyate |
rājñāṃ ca mantriṇāṃ caiva tathānyeṣāṃ nṛṇāmapi || 42-14 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

lakṣyate lakṣaṇairetairnṛpāṇāmābhicārikī |
vikṛtiḥ prastutākāle dāruṇā sarvagocarā || 42-15 ||

akāṇḍa eva naśyanti vājivāraṇamantriṇaḥ |
tīvrāmayaparītāṅgaḥ pīḍyate nṛpatiḥ svayam || 42-16 ||

patantyaśanayastasya viṣaye ghoradarśanāḥ |
alpasasyā vasumatī vinaśyanti gavāṃ gaṇāḥ || 42-17 ||

bhavanti tasya viṣaye punaḥ punaravagrahāḥ |
tīvrāmayagṛhītāśca mahiṣyastasya bhūpateḥ || 42-18 ||

prabhavantyahivalmīkāḥ prāsāde dvāri maṇḍape |
nipatanti maholkāśca bhṛśaṃ bhīmasvanānvitāḥ || 42-19 ||

mantriṇaśca virudhyante matsareṇa parasparam |
rajanyāṃ rājate bhīmamaindraṃ dhanuranabhrajam || 42-20 ||

itastato vahnibhayaṃ nagare jāyate bhṛśam |
praviśya garbhabhavanaṃ kroṣṭāraścānivāritāḥ || 42-21 ||

krośanti saṃdhyayorbhīmā dīptāyāṃ diśi visvaram |
rundhanti nagaraṃ rājñaḥ śatravo baladarpitāḥ || 42-22 ||

kṛtyākṛtyaṃ na jānāti svayaṃ staimityamāsthitaḥ |
svapne'pi paśyatyātmānaṃ muṇḍitaṃ nīlavāsasam || 42-23 ||

tathena gardabhayujā vrajantaṃ dakṣiṇāṃ diśam |
ityādiliṅgairjānīyādabhicāraṃ sapatnajam || 42-24 ||

parābhicārajā kṛtyā rājānaṃ praviśedyadi |
tāṃ dṛṣṭvā kṣipramevāsau vinaśyati na saṃśayaḥ || 42-25 ||

putrāṃśca mantriṇaścāpi mahiṣīṃ nagaraṃ tathā |
jvālāmālāvilā kṛtyā sarvaṃ nāśayati kṣaṇāt || 42-26 ||

evaṃ parābhicāreṇa pīḍite nṛpatau svayam |

nivartakāstrasahitaṃ bhagavantaṃ mahādyutim || 42-27 ||

cakrasvarūpiṇaṃ devaṃ bhaktyā saṃtoṣayet tataḥ |
rajatena suvarṇena śilayā tāmrakeṇa vā || 42-28 ||

sudarśanārcāṃ nirmāya pūjayet sanivartakam |
samālikhya paṭe vāpi dhyāyet trailokyapūjitam || 42-29 ||

evaṃ nirmāṇato dhyānāt pūjayā vandanena vā |
pratiṣṭhayā vā stotreṇa devaṃ saṃprīṇayennṛpaḥ || 42-30 ||

evamanye tathā kuryuramātyā vā narā mune |

tataḥ prītaḥ sa bhagavānanādinidhano vibhuḥ || 42-31 ||

abhicārān parakṛtānāśritānugraheṇa tu |
bhasmīkaroti smṛtyaiva tatprayuktānyapi kṣaṇāt || 42-32 ||

divyāstrāṇyupasaṃhārairastrairvārayatīśvaraḥ |

paraprayuktāṃ kṛtyāṃ tu saṃprāptāmatibhīṣaṇām || 42-33 ||

svayaṃ nirgatya devo'sau cakrarūpī jagatpatiḥ |
bhasmasāt kurute taṃ ca prayoktāraṃ tataḥ param || 42-34 ||

tathaiva kāśīrājākhyo vārāṇasyāṃ vasannṛpaḥ |
viśveśvaraṃ mahādevamarcayitvā samāhitaḥ || 42-35 ||

kṛṣṇoddeśena kṛtyāṃ vai janayāmāsa mohitaḥ |
sā samutpāditā kṛtyā vikaṭā bhīmadarśanā || 42-36 ||

dvārakāṃ samanuprāpya kṛṣṇābhyāsaṃ yayau tadā |
tāmāpatantīṃ saṃprekṣya jvālāmālāvilānanām || 42-37 ||

preṣayāmāsa bhagavān sudarśanamanuttamam |
sā tamāpatitaṃ dṛṣṭvā sahasrādityasaṃnibham || 42-38 ||

yathāgataṃ pradudrāva prayoktāraṃ bhayāturā |
sa tāṃ nihatya taṃ cāpi kāśīrājaṃ purīṃ tathā || 42-39 ||

ājagāma punaścakraṃ viṣṇupārśvaṃ mahādyuti |

evamanyat purāvṛttamitihāsaṃ śṛṇuṣva me || 42-40 ||

saurāṣṭrādhipatī rājā śrutakīrtiriti śrutaḥ |
nivasan bhadraśālāyāṃ nagaryāmarimardanaḥ || 42-41 ||

gajāśvarathasaṃpanno balavān vāsavopamaḥ |
sudarśanamahāmantraniṣṭhaḥ paramadhārmikaḥ || 42-42 ||

sudarśane parāṃ bhaktimudvahannarcanāparaḥ |
bubhuje tatprasādena saptadvīpavatīṃ mahīm || 42-43 ||

jetuṃ lokāntaraṃ cakre śrutakīrtirmanastadā |
caturaṅgabalairyuktaḥ samabhyarcya sudarśanam || 42-44 ||

kāmagaṃ syandanaṃ citramāruroha mahābalaḥ |
tataḥ pratasthe prathamamantarikṣaṃ balānvitaḥ || 42-45 ||

tatra gandharvanagaraṃ viśālaṃ svastikāhvayam |
vīṇāvinodanenetthaṃ pālitaṃ paramadyuti || 42-46 ||

svayaṃpravṛttaiḥ śastraiśca vāryamāṇārisainikam |
bahirnirindhanenaiva vahninā pariveṣṭitam || 42-47 ||

suvarṇasālaṃ paramaṃ ratnagopuramaṇḍitam |
maṇiharmyaparikṣiptaṃ gānasvanasamākulam || 42-48 ||

vimānaistaijasairjuṣṭaṃ divyopavanaśobhitam |
suvarṇapadmasarasīsaridvāpīniṣevitam || 42-49 ||

sevitaṃ suranārībhirapsarobhiśca sevitam |
gandharvaiḥ kiṃnaraiḥ siddhaiścāraṇaiśca sadā yutam || 42-50 ||

evaṃvidhaṃ puraṃ rājā rurodha baladarpitaḥ |
vīṇāvinodanaṃ yoddhuṃ mahatyā senayā tadā || 42-51 ||

śrutvā gandharvarājo'pi mānuṣairuparodhanam |
prahasya preṣayāmāsa siddhagandharvavāhinīm || 42-52 ||

sā tena balinā rājñā yuyudhe niśitaiḥ śaraiḥ |
pravṛttaṃ tanmahadyuddhaṃ tumulaṃ romaharṣaṇam || 42-53 ||

tato vidrāvayāmāsa bhūpatirlīlayā balam |
gāndharvaṃ tat punaḥ prāpa svapurīṃ bhayavihvalam || 42-54 ||

tacchrutvā paramakruddhaḥ svayaṃ vīṇāvinodanaḥ |
rathaṃ mahāntamāsthāya niryayau saha sainikaiḥ || 42-55 ||

tatastayorabhūdyuddhaṃ vṛtravāsavayoriva |
parasparaṃ nijaghnuste sainikāḥ vividhaiḥ śaraiḥ || 42-56 ||

tatra saṃchannamākāśaṃ śaraughairubhayorapi |
jayaḥ parājayo vā syānna tatra samitau tayoḥ || 42-57 ||

evamaṣṭadinānyāsīdekarūpaṃ bhayaṃkaram |

tato gandharvarājasya ghanuściccheda bhūpatiḥ || 42-58 ||

dhvajacchatrahayāṃścāpi sāyakairnataparvabhiḥ |
diśaḥ prasthāpayāmāsa tadīyaṃ sakalaṃ balam || 42-59 ||

śastrairajayyamālocya nṛpaṃ gandharvarāḍapi |
parājitaṃ tu svabalaṃ manujairviṣasāda ha || 42-60 ||

divyāstraiḥ sūdayāmyenamiti matvā mahādyutiḥ |
gāndharvamastraṃ cikṣepa sa tasmin mānuṣe bale || 42-61 ||

tenaiva mohitā sarvā śrutakīrtivarūthinī |
gāndharvāstraprabhāveṇa tiṣṭhatyeva ca saṃyuge || 42-62 ||

sudarśanaprabhāveṇa divyāstraṃ nāpa taṃ nṛpam |

śrutakīrtistadāstreṣu divyeṣvanabhiyogataḥ || 42-63 ||

na śaśāka pratīkartuṃ svapurodhasamabhyayāt |
vṛttaṃ vijñāpayāmāsa nṛpastasmai purodhase || 42-64 ||

so'bhyabhāṣata dharmajñaḥ paramāstraviśāradaḥ |

śrutakīrte'tra mā bhaiṣīstameva śaraṇaṃ vraja || 42-65 ||

praṇatārtiharaṃ devaṃ sudarśanavapurdharam |
divyāstrāṇāmaśeṣāṇāṃ prasūtiṃ parameśvaram || 42-66 ||

evaṃ bhūte mahācakre catuḥṣaṣṭyarasaṃyute |
nemidvayānvite devaṃ madhye dhyāyasva bhūpate || 42-67 ||

dviṣaṣṭibhujamatyugraṃ saṃhārāstradharaṃ param |
evaṃ dhyātvā ca japtvaitaṃ mantraṃ senāṃ vilokaya || 42-68 ||

ityastramantrānakhilāṃstasmā upadideśa saḥ |

pratigṛhyākhilān mantrān pravartakanivartakān || 42-69 ||

punaretya ca saṃgrāmaṃ sa rājā samitiṃjayaḥ |

dhyātvā devaṃ japan mantraṃ svasenāṃ samalokayat || 42-70 ||

tataḥ saṃjñāmavāpyāsau prāvartata mahāhave |

punaḥ pravavṛte yuddhaṃ senayorubhayorapi || 42-71 ||

divyāstraiḥ samare rājā jitvā vīṇāvinodanam |
tallokaṃ svavaśaṃ cakre cakravartī balānvitaḥ || 42-72 ||

satkṛtaḥ siddhagandharvaiḥ kiṃnaraiścāraṇairapi |
bhadraśālāṃ punaḥ prāpa svapurīṃ vijayaśriyā || 42-73 ||

sameyivāñśaśāsorvīṃ divaṃ surapatiryathā |

sudarśanaprabhāvasya smṛtvā vismitamānasaḥ || 42-74 ||

purodhasamupāgamya jvalantamiva pāvakam |
mantrayāmāsa tenaivaṃ rājā rājīvalocanaḥ || 42-75 ||

devaprasādājjagatī mameyaṃ samudranemirvaśamāgatādya |
lokāntaraṃ cāpi tathaiva manye mayi prasādonmukha eva devaḥ || 42-76 ||

saṃsārabhītasya mamāpavargaṃ pradāsyate cakravapurdharo'yam |
ityatra śaṅkā mama nāsti kācidataḥ paraṃ devamupāsmahe tu || 42-77 ||

ityuktavantaṃ nṛpatiṃ purodhāḥ kṛtāñjaliṃ prāha mahānubhāvaḥ |
vimānamagryaṃ bahuvarṇakūṭaṃ vidhāya cakropapadaṃ sasādhyam || 42-78 ||

iha pratiṣṭhāpya sucakramadhye dviṣaṣṭibāhuṃ sanivartakāstram |
yathoktarūpaṃ bahubhūṣaṇāḍhyaṃ sudarśanaṃ pūjaya sarvasiddhyai || 42-79 ||

ityevamuktaḥ pratigṛhya mūrdhnā sa tasya vākyaṃ paramārthayuktam |
akārayat kārayitavyadakṣastathaiva tasminnagare sa rājā || 42-80 ||

śataṃ sa viṃśatyadhikaṃ dvijāṃstu samantato devaniketanāt saḥ |
tataḥ pratiṣṭhāpya dhanāni dattvā bahūni bahvīśca bhuvaḥ sa tebhyaḥ || 42-81 ||

vibhūtimantaṃ ca vidhāya devaṃ mumoda rājā samavāptakāmaḥ |

mahālaye tatra samarcya devaṃ dine dine prāptasamastakāmaḥ |
tato'cireṇaiva vimuktasaṅgaḥ paraṃ padaṃ prāpa ca tatprasādāt || 42-82 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ kāśīrājaśrutakīrtyupākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma dvicatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 42 ||

Kapitel 43

jalaṃdharavadhopāyacintanaṃ nāma tricatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

pṛcchāmi tvāṃ punaridaṃ śaṃsa me sakaleśvara |
proktametat purā sarvaṃ jagaccakramayaṃ tvayā || 43-1 ||

tat kathaṃ spaṣṭamācakṣva kadā devena darśitam |
vettā tvameva nānyo'sti tvadṛte bhuvanatraye || 43-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

surāśca munayaḥ sarve manustatsūnavastathā |
rājānaḥ sarvavarṇāśca dharmamārgapravartakāḥ || 43-3 ||

tathaiva dānavāḥ sarve bhūtavetālarākṣasāḥ |
krūrā narāśca paśavo bhīmarūpāśca dasyavaḥ || 43-4 ||

tathaiva cāsurīṃ prāptā yonimanye janā mune |
ete sarve sadā dharmavidhvaṃsaṃ kurvate bhṛśam || 43-5 ||

ataste pāpakarmāṇaḥ kena naśyeyurityaham |
parāṃ cintāmupārūḍho merukūṭamupāgataḥ || 43-6 ||

tasmin samādhimāsthāya samāsīnasya me kṣaṇāt |
āvirbabhūva durdarśaṃ mahaḥ paramabhāsvaram || 43-7 ||

tatastaddarśanānmantramātharvaṇamudairayam |
tamuccaran mahāmantramadrākṣaṃ tanmahaḥ punaḥ || 43-8 ||

tasmin vidīpte mahasi puruṣaṃ kṛṣṇapiṅgalam |
ūrdhvaretaṃ virūpākṣaṃ sahasrādityasaṃnibham || 43-9 ||

sahasrārasamāyuktacakramadhyasthitaṃ param |
jvālāmālāsudurdarśaṃ sudarśanamanākulam || 43-10 ||

dṛṣṭvā kastvaṃ kutaḥ kasyetyapṛcchamakutobhayam |

tataḥ prītaḥ sa bhagavānavadat tejasāṃ nidhiḥ || 43-11 ||

ahaṃ sudarśano nāmnā khyāto'dya prabhṛtīśvara |
durāloko mahāloko yat tavāhaṃ sudarśanaḥ || 43-12 ||

vaikuṇṭhadhāmanilayastvāṃ draṣṭuṃ samupāgataḥ |
tribhāvabhāvanāyuktairadṛṣṭacaramadbhutam || 43-13 ||

nityamantarhitaṃ guhyaṃ sarvalokanamaskṛtam |
pramathya matimanthānāduddhṛtaṃ vedasāgarāt || 43-14 ||

pīyūṣamiva dugdhābdheryat tvayā parameśvara |
ato mantratanuḥ prāpto bhavantaṃ kiṃ karomi te || 43-15 ||

antaraṃ naiva paśyāmi tava dāmodarasya ca |
ato yathātra varteya tathaiva tvayi śaṃkara || 43-16 ||

ityuktvā virate tasmin sahasrādityasaṃnibhe |
tato'haṃ vismito'vocaṃ tamapratimatejasam || 43-17 ||

bhūyāṃso bhuvane pāpā dharmavyāsedhakāriṇaḥ |
teṣāṃ nigrahamākāṅkṣannupāyairnāśayāmyaham || 43-18 ||

iti cintāpare yogamāsthite mayi mantrarāṭ |
tvaṃ cāvirāsīstatkāryaṃ nirvṛttamiti me matiḥ || 43-19 ||

atastaiḥ pīḍyamāneṣu sādhuṣu smṛtimātrataḥ |
āgantavyaṃ prayatnena sādhyaṃ sādhaya ca prabho || 43-20 ||

tathetyuktvā gataḥ so'hamapi kailāsamanvagām |

tato jalaṃdharākhyena dānavena nipīḍitaḥ || 43-21 ||

vāsavo mantrayāṃcakre saha sarvairmarudgaṇaiḥ |
śastrairastrairajayyatvaṃ dānavasya durātmanaḥ || 43-22 ||

nirīkṣya kena taṃ pāpaṃ nāśayāmītyacodayat |

tato vāyuḥ samutthāya puraṃdaramathābravīt || 43-23 ||

satyamastraistathā śastrairajayyo'yaṃ mahāsuraḥ |
dhātrā dattavaro dṛpto balavīryasamanvitaḥ || 43-24 ||

didhakṣati jagat sarvaṃ dhūmaketurivotthitaḥ |
sarvalokeśvare śrīmatyaprameye mahādyutau || 43-25 ||

devadeve mahādeve śaṃkare bhūtabhāvane |
tasminnatyāhitaṃ tena nṛśaṃsena surāriṇā || 43-26 ||

tasmin paramasaṃkruddho vartate tena śaṃkaraḥ |
atastamabhigacchāmo vadhārthaṃ duṣṭacāriṇaḥ || 43-27 ||

bṛhaspatimukhenaiva taṃ devaṃ prārthayāmahe |
sa eva tatra vaktavyaṃ jānāti bhagavāniti || 43-28 ||

virate pavane tasmin bāḍhamityāha vāsavaḥ |
bṛhaspatimathāsīnaṃ jvalitānalasaṃnibham || 43-29 ||

abhyagacchanmahātejā bhagavān pākaśāsanaḥ |
jalaṃdharavadhārthaṃ tvamabhigaccha pinākinam || 43-30 ||

sa tasmin paramakruddho nihaniṣyatyasaṃśayam |
surakāryeṣu sarveṣu bhavāneva parāyaṇam || 43-31 ||

ato'bhigamyatāṃ devaḥ kailāse candraśekharaḥ |

ityuktavacane tasmin puruhūte sureśvare || 43-32 ||

tatheti tat pratiśrutya vākpatiḥ śakrapūjitaḥ |
kailāsaśikharaṃ prāyāt prahṛṣṭenāntarātmanā || 43-33 ||

tatrāsīnaṃ suraiḥ sārdhamāsthāne sumanohare |

māmapsaraḥprayukte tu nṛtye vismitamānasam || 43-34 ||

so'paśyadārādbhagavānudyadbhāskarasaṃnibhaḥ |
praṇipatya samutthāya māmastauṣīt sa vākpatiḥ || 43-35 ||

prasīda devadeveśa prasīda jagataḥ pate |
prasīda sarvagīrvāṇapālanāntakara prabho || 43-36 ||

prasīda bhagavan deva prasīda suravandita |
prasīda viśvavijñānavāridhe parameśvara || 43-37 ||

namaste vyomanilaya namaste nāgabhūṣaṇa |
namaḥ paramakalyāṇa namastripuradāraṇa || 43-38 ||

tvaṃ dhātā tvaṃ vaṣaṭkārastvaṃ havistvaṃ hutāśanaḥ |
sadasattvaṃ tvamoṃkārastvamindrastvaṃ yamastathā || 43-39 ||

tvaṃ pāśapāṇistvaṃ somo nir-ṛtistvaṃ marut tathā |
tvamādityo vasuśca tvaṃ tvaṃ viśvaṃ viśvatomukha || 43-40 ||

tvamavyaktaṃ mahāṃśca tvaṃ tvamahaṃkāra eva ca |
bhūtāni tvaṃ susūkṣmāṇi vidyāvidye tathā bhavān || 43-41 ||

kimatra bahunoktena carācaramidaṃ jagat |
tvameva bhūtanātheśa sarvakāraṇakāraṇa || 43-42 ||

kṣitisalilasamīravyomatejaḥsahasradyutiśaśiyajamānaiḥ pūrṇadehāya tubhyam |
paramamunimanobhirmṛgyamāṇāya nityaṃ bhavabhayavinihantre viśvamūrte namaste || 43-43 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jalaṃdharavadhopāyacintanaṃ nāma tricatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 43 ||

Kapitel 44

sudarśanasvarūpapradarśanaṃ nāma catuścatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ-

iti stuvantaṃ kuśalamābhāṣyedamavādiṣam |
kimāgamanakāryaṃ te vada vācaspate iti || 44-1 ||

ityuktaḥ sakalaṃ prāha samāgamanakāraṇam |
śaṃbho kṛpānidhe deva śrūyatāmidamādarāt || 44-2 ||

sarvalokeṣu sarveśa tava sānugrahaṃ manaḥ |
atastridaśakāryārthaṃ tvāmahaṃ śaraṇaṃ gataḥ || 44-3 ||

jalaṃdhara iti khyāto dānavo duṣṭaceṣṭitaḥ |
aniśaṃ bādhate devān brahmadattavaro balī || 44-4 ||

aśaktāstadvadhe sarve surāḥ surapatistathā |
mantrayāṃcakrire sarve saṃbhūyaitanmarudgaṇāḥ || 44-5 ||

vareṇa mahatā dṛpto durvāro raṇamūrdhani |
mahāsuro mahādevādṛte nāsau vinaśyati || 44-6 ||

evaṃ saṃmantrya śakro māmavādīt samarudgaṇaḥ |
mahāsuravadhopāyaṃ bhagavantaṃ trilocanam || 44-7 ||

antareṇa na paśyāmi taṃ gaccha śaraṇaṃ śivam |
surakāryārthametat tvaṃ prārthayethāḥ pinākinam || 44-8 ||

ityuktaḥ puruhūtena tvatsakāśamihāgataḥ |
tadyathaite surāḥ sarve sukhino nirupadravāḥ || 44-9 ||

bhaveyuḥ pārvatīnātha tathaivāśu vidhīyatām |

ityukto'haṃ tadā tena cintārūḍho'bhavaṃ mune || 44-10 ||

tadetadabhivīkṣyāhamavocaṃ vacasāṃ patim |
jalaṃdharamahaṃ krūraṃ haniṣye pāpakāriṇam || 44-11 ||

samādhisthasya me dṛṣṭaḥ sudarśanavapurdharaḥ |
mantro mantravidāṃ śreṣṭha sarvamantrasamudbhavaḥ || 44-12 ||

sarvārthasādhako nityaḥ sarvaduṣṭabhayaṃkaraḥ |
sarvatrāṇapravīṇo'yaṃ caturvargaphalapradaḥ || 44-13 ||

svavidyārakṣaṇarataḥ paravidyānivāraṇaḥ |
ātharvaṇo'pi ṣaṭkārṇaḥ ṣaṭkarṇaśrutyagocaraḥ || 44-14 ||

adṛśyaṃ mahasaḥ puñjaṃ durnirīkṣaṃ tadā mayā |
mantramuccaratā tasmiṃścakravarti sudarśanam || 44-15 ||

dṛṣṭaṃ tenaivamuktaṃ ca prīto'haṃ manudarśanāt |
paramavyomanilayo bhagavannityakiṃkaraḥ || 44-16 ||

kāryaṃ tavāṃśenāgatya kariṣye mantrataḥ smṛtaḥ |
ityuktvāsau gato devaḥ sudarśanavapurdharaḥ || 44-17 ||

tenaiva taṃ durātmānamapaneṣyāmi mā ciram |

ityuktaḥ paramaprīto bṛhaspatirapi tvaran || 44-18 ||

praṇamya ca punaḥ prāha yadi sānugraho mayi |
saudarśanīmimāṃ vidyāṃ dehi me bhagavanniti || 44-19 ||

tato'haṃ mahate tasmai vidyāṃ prādāṃ mahātmane |

tāṃ labdhvā paramaprīto jagāma himavadgirim || 44-20 ||

tasmiñjajāpa bhagavān mantrametamanuttamam |

tato'sya saṃnidhiṃ cakre paramāścaryarūpadhṛt || 44-21 ||

cakravartī sa bhagavān saumyarūpaḥ sudarśanaḥ |

taṃ dṛṣṭvā dīptavapuṣaṃ prasannaṃ kuṅkumaprabham || 44-22 ||

dvibhujaṃ sarvabhūtānāmanugrahakaraṃ param |
śaṅkhacakradharaṃ devaṃ divyamālyavibhūṣitam || 44-23 ||

pītakauśeyavasanaṃ netradvayavirājitam |
ādhāraṃ sarvaśaktīnāmastrāṇāṃ ca paraṃtapam || 44-24 ||

taṃ dṛṣṭvā vismayāviṣṭaḥ papraccha praṇipatya saḥ |
kimidaṃ bhagava/lloke prathito'ṣṭabhujo bhavān || 44-25 ||

manuṣyarūpasaṃsthānaḥ prādurāsīḥ puro mama |

śrūyatāmityupāmantrya pratyuvāca sudarśanaḥ || 44-26 ||

vyūhāḥ sahasraśaḥ santi mama kḷptā yathecchayā |
teṣāṃ pradhānato vyūhāścatvāro mama vākpate || 44-27 ||

dvibhujaṃ prathamaṃ viddhi tato'ṣṭabhujameva mām |
tataḥ ṣoḍaśahastaṃ tu māṃ dviṣaṣṭibhujaṃ tataḥ || 44-28 ||

vyūhāntarāṇyanekāni tānyupāsakakāmataḥ |

svābhāvikamidaṃ rūpaṃ nityamatyantasāttvikam || 44-29 ||

apakṣayavināśādirahitaṃ paramaṃ mama |

anyānyanugrahārthāni maccittānāmiti sthitiḥ || 44-30 ||

anyadviśvamayaṃ rūpamadṛṣṭaṃ devadānavaiḥ |
amīmāṃsyamamaryādamacakṣurgocaraṃ svataḥ || 44-31 ||

yathā devo hṛṣīkeśastathāhamapi vākyate |

ityuktavantaṃ taṃ devaṃ sudarśanavapurdharam || 44-32 ||

praṇipatyābravīdenaṃ vākpatirvadatāṃ varaḥ |
yatte viśvamayaṃ rūpamacākṣuṣamasīmakam || 44-33 ||

yogadṛṣṭyā prapaśyāmi tanme darśaya sāṃpratam |

bhagavānapi viśvātmā svakīyaṃ rūpamūrjitam || 44-34 ||

darśayāmāsa gurave yogārūḍhāya nārada |
sa vismitamanā devaṃ vīkṣāṃcakre puraḥ sthitam || 44-35 ||

viśvodarākrāntasubhīmadehamapūrvarūpaṃ karaṇātidūram |
samudyadurjatkaraśṛṅgasaṅgiparaḥsahasrādbhutacakramālam || 44-36 ||

padāvalambisphuradaṇḍamālāvirājamānaṃ sthitamātmabhūmni |
yugāntakālajvalitārkajālaruciprabhottuṅgakirīṭaśobham || 44-37 ||

mahārṇavāvartavighūrṇamānapiśaṅganetraṃ surasaṃghajuṣṭam |
viśuddhadaṃṣṭrāntaralagnalokaṃ jagad grasantaṃ bhrukuṭīkarālam || 44-38 ||

śaśāṅkatārāgaṇakīrṇaviṣṇupadābhahārāṅkitavakṣasaṃ tam |
samudyadujjṛmbhitadīptimālamahāstrajālaṃ dhṛtasarvaśastram || 44-39 ||

tejomayaṃ dīptikaṇāyamānayugāntakālārkaśaśāṅkavahnim |
svadehasaṃpūrṇadegantarālamalakṣitavyomamahītalaṃ ca || 44-40 ||

jhaṇajjhaṇatkāritanūpurādivibhūṣaṇārāvavikīrṇaviśvam |
adṛṣṭapūrvaṃ paramaprameyaṃ nirīkṣya cāmūmuhadādidevam |

tataḥ sa saṃjñāṃ pratilabhya kṛcchrāt tuṣṭāva devaṃ dhiṣaṇo māhātmā || 44-41 ||

namo namaste bhagavannajayya sudarśana jñānamayasvarūpa |
sadā sphuṭāśeṣasamastaśakte dhṛtākhilasthāvarajaṅgamāya || 44-42 ||

avāryavīryāya ca bhūridhāmne samastakalyāṇaguṇārṇavāya |
viśuddhatejomayamūrtaye te namo namaścakravapurdharāya || 44-43 ||

namo jayāyātulavikramāya samāśritatrāṇasudīkṣitāya |
sahasracakrāya sahasranāmne namaḥ sahasrāravapurdharāya || 44-44 ||

jagajjanisthitiharaṇaikahetave bhavārṇavottaraṇasunāvikāya te |
marudgaṇapratibhaṭadaityadānavapramāthine nibhṛtasutejase namaḥ || 44-45 ||

madhuripumanaso yathā yathā prathamata eva manīṣitaṃ vibho |
tava padasarasīruhaṃ yato jagati karoti manīṣitaṃ tathā || 44-46 ||

smṛtidhvastāśeṣāśritajanamahāpāpanicayapravāhāgādhābdhiplavacaraṇapaṅkeruhayuga |
tvadīyārcirvārāṃnidhikaṇakṛtātmāṅgadinakṛcchaśāṅkasvāheśastutaparamadhāmne nama idam || 44-47 ||

jagatkālasaṃvartacakrātmane te caturvaktramukhyāmareḍyāya nityam |
namo nityagovindasevārasāptātulānandasaṃdohapūrṇātmane stāt || 44-48 ||

sakalasurāstramukhyasatatasmṛtanaikajaniprabhṛtimahāpadānanikaraśrutihṛṣṭamanaḥ |
sakalasurāsureśamaṇimaulimarīcighaṭāghaṭitapadāravindayugalāya namo bhavate || 44-49 ||

kalāmuhūrtanāḍikādyupādhikālahīna te |
namaḥ kṣayarddhijanmanāśavarjitātmamūrtaye || 44-50 ||

vande vareṇyamapi vāṅmanasāti bhūmimaspṛṣṭaheyaguṇamāśritavatsalaṃ tvām |
akṣīṇapuṇyajanalambhyamaśeṣavandyaṃ vidyāmayaṃ paramabhautikadivyadeham || 44-51 ||

tvāṃ tattvato na vidūrīśa jagatyamuṣmin martyeṣu naiva vibudheṣu na cāpareṣu |
vedāḥ paraṃ vidurato'pyupasaṃharādya rūpaṃ bhayāvahamadṛṣṭacaraṃ prasīda || 44-52 ||

ityuktastena guruṇā bhagavāṃścakrarūpadhṛt |

āvirbabhūva tasyāgre tadā hyaṣṭabhujaḥ prabhuḥ || 44-53 ||

prasannavadanaḥ śrīmān vyājahāra guruṃ tadā |
tadetad darśitaṃ rūpamadṛṣṭaṃ devadānavaiḥ || 44-54 ||

satyaṃ māṃ na paro vetti vinā devaṃ janārdanam |

guhyametat kriyāśaktirahaṃ devasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 44-55 ||

atastatkāryamakhilaṃ mayaiva kriyate mune |
jagajjanmādi sakalamityuktvāntaradhīyata || 44-56 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ sudarśanasvarūpapradarśanaṃ nāma catuścatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 44 ||

Kapitel 45

kuśadhvajopākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma pañcacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavannidamākhyātaṃ purastāt parameśvara |
adhyātmavidyāvidyā ca paravidyā svarūpataḥ || 45-1 ||

tābhiḥ kiṃ sādhyate deva tābhiḥ kiṃ vā nivartyate |
tvamevaitadvijānāsi tanmamācakṣva vistarāt || 45-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

paramaṃ guhyametat te kathayāmi yathā śṛṇu |
avidyayā paraṃ rūpaṃ jīvātmaparamātmanoḥ || 45-3 ||

saṃchādyate tayostattvavedanaṃ tu nivartyate |

adhyātmayogādhigamāt paraṃ jñānaṃ prajāyate || 45-4 ||

nivartyate tathānādiḥ saṃsāro bandhanātmakaḥ |

parasvarūpavijñānādapunarbhavalakṣaṇā || 45-5 ||

sādhyate paramā muktiḥ sadānandaphalānagha |
anādikālasiddhāni prāktanānyamunā mune || 45-6 ||

bhaviṣyāṇi ca karmāṇi nirasyante savāsanam |

na vinaśyati bhogena vinā prārabdhakarma yat || 45-7 ||

etat sarvaṃ samāsena bhavataḥ kathitaṃ mayā |

nāradaḥ -

prārabdhakarma bhagavan nāśyate kena karmaṇā || 45-8 ||

na vinaśyati vā kiṃsvidetat kenāpi karmaṇā |

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

tretāyuge purāvṛttamitihāsamimaṃ śṛṇu || 45-9 ||

āsīt kuśadhvajo nāma janakeṣu mahīpatiḥ |
brahmavit paramodāraḥ prajāpālanatatparaḥ || 45-10 ||

tasya bhūmaṇḍalaṃ sarvaṃ śāsataḥ pṛthivīpateḥ |
ekadā tu mahāmohaḥ prādurāsāṅgatāpanaḥ || 45-11 ||

kalpāntaraṃ bhṛśaṃ tena pīḍito'pi mahīpatiḥ |
yāsyatīti svayaṃ nainaṃ vyajīgaṇadamitrahā || 45-12 ||

punaśca pīḍitastena vāraṃ vāraṃ viśāṃ patiḥ |

acintayat tadā cetthamayamākasmiko balī || 45-13 ||

muhuradhyātmanirataṃ bādhate māmanāthavat |
na śāmyati svayaṃ kena kāraṇenaitadāgatam || 45-14 ||

iti cintāparo rājā jagāma gurumandiram |
brahmaghoṣayutaṃ puṇyaṃ havirdhūmādhivāsitam || 45-15 ||

praviśyāntaḥ samāsīnamagnyagāre taponidhim |
brahmavidbhiḥ parivṛtaṃ vivasvantamivāparam || 45-16 ||

yājñavalkyaṃ kulaguruṃ dadarśa vinayānvitaḥ |

taṃ praṇamya mahātmānamidaṃ vacanamabravīt || 45-17 ||

tvatta eva mayā vidyā parā prāptā tathāparā |
paravidyānalenaiva dagdhaṃ karmākhilaṃ mama || 45-18 ||

pūrvāparaṃ vinā karma prārabdhamiti ca śrutam |
rājyalābhaḥ phalaṃ prāptaṃ prārabdhasya tu karmaṇaḥ || 45-19 ||

iti me vartamānasya duḥsahaḥ smṛtibhañjanaḥ |
prāvartata mahāmoho madgātraparitāpanaḥ || 45-20 ||

kenaitadāgataṃ kaṣṭaṃ kena vā śaṃsa śāmyati |

tenaivamukto bhagavān vyājahāra kuśadhvajam || 45-21 ||

sukhaduḥkhopabhogāya dehināṃ dehakalpanam |

api brahmavidāṃ dehastathaivetyavadhāraya || 45-22 ||

tat tavāpi śarīreṇa bhoktavyaṃ karmaṇaḥ phalam |
kriyante yāni karmāṇi śarīreṇa tavāpi tu || 45-23 ||

teṣāṃ phalāni bhujyante kevalaṃ na kadācana |

ataḥ pāpaphalaṃ viddhi prāptametanmahīpate || 45-24 ||

śṛṇu yenāgato mohastattvataḥ kathayāmyaham |
unmādaśca mahonmādaścittākṣepaśca mūrchanā || 45-25 ||

saṃjñāntakārī vikṣobhaḥ pralāpī smṛtibhañjakaḥ |
aṣṭau doṣā mahāpāpairjāyante prāṇihiṃsakāḥ || 45-26 ||

brahmaghnādaṇḍanavidherasatye satyatāmateḥ |
svārādhyadevatābimbopekṣaṇānnṛpatervadhāt || 45-27 ||

brahmadeyāpahāreṇa brāhmaṇātaṅkanirmiteḥ |
maryādābhaṅgakaraṇādagamyāgamanādapi || 45-28 ||

etairnṛpāṇāṃ jāyante doṣāste kāraṇairnṛpa |

ayuddhe nyavadhīḥ pūrvaṃ mahārājaṃ sudhārmikam || 45-29 ||

etaddehopabhogyena pāpenānena bhūpate |
prāpteyaṃ mūrchanā pāpā bhavantaṃ bhayadāyinī || 45-30 ||

saudarśanaprabhāveṇa doṣāścāṣṭavidhā amī |
vinaśyanti na saṃdehastena tacca praṇaśyati || 45-31 ||

atastatsādhane yatnaṃ kuruṣvāṅga vicārayan |

prathamaṃ maṇḍapaṃ tuṅgaṃ sarvamaṅgalasaṃyutam || 45-32 ||

bahustambhasamākīrṇaṃ tuṅgatoraṇamaṇḍitam |
śuklakṣaumavitānāḍhyaṃ kiṅkiṇījālabhūṣitam || 45-33 ||

bahudhvajasamākīrṇaṃ patākābhiralaṃkṛtam |
muktādāmasamākīrṇaṃ bahumālyapariṣkṛtam || 45-34 ||

kṣaumābhiveṣṭitastambhaṃ dīpikāsamalaṃkṛtam |
ṣaṭtriṃśatpadavistāraṃ catuḥpañcāśatā padaiḥ || 45-35 ||

āyāmaiḥ saṃmitaṃ ramyaṃ maṅgalāṣṭakasaṃyutam |
candanāgarudhūpena vāsitaṃ viśvataḥ śivam || 45-36 ||

evameva sarasvatyāstaṭe śuddhe purād bahiḥ |
śīghraṃ kāraya kalyāṇa mā bhaiṣīrmā vicāraṇā || 45-37 ||

tatraiva cāgamiṣyāmi kariṣye karma śāntikam |

evamuktavati prājñe gurau rājā viniryayau || 45-38 ||

tataḥ sa paramaprītaḥ samāhūya ca kiṃkarān |
yathoktalakṣaṇaṃ tatra maṇḍapaṃ samakārayat || 45-39 ||

svaprabhāveṇa taddoṣaṃ śaktaḥ śamayituṃ muniḥ |
tathāpi rājadharmo'yamiti buddhyā vicintya saḥ || 45-40 ||

jagāma maṇḍapaṃ tatra śuklapakṣe śubhe dine |

śilpinaḥ sa samāhūya rājāsanamakalpayat || 45-41 ||

asya paścimadigbhāge tṛtīye samalaṃkṛte |

prāgbhāgadvayamadhye'sya homakuṇḍānyakārayat || 45-42 ||

vimānalakṣaṇopetavedikāsthalamūrdhasu |
cakrākṛtīni kuṇḍāni kalpayāmāsa sādaram || 45-43 ||

tādṛśaṃ kuṇḍayugmaṃ tu madhye kṛtvā tato bahiḥ |
aṣṭāsu dikṣu kuṇḍāni tathaiva samakārayat || 45-44 ||

pratikuṇḍaṃ paristīrya kalamān bhārasaṃmitān |
sthāpayāmāsa kuṇḍānāṃ pūrvapārśveṣu sarvataḥ || 45-45 ||

kumbhāni rājatānyaṣṭau sauvarṇe madhyame ubhe |
gandhatoyena pūrṇāni navaratnayutāni ca || 45-46 ||

tataḥ svayaṃ muniḥ sārdhaṃ śatānandena dhīmatā |
kṣaumaistantubhirāveṣṭya gandhapuṣpaistathākṣataiḥ || 45-47 ||

alaṃkṛtya ca kumbheṣu devamāvāhya sādaram |
arcayāmāsa mantreṇa dhūpadīpaprasūnakaiḥ || 45-48 ||

mahāyantraṃ pratiṣṭhāpya madhyekumbhadvayaṃ guruḥ |
devaṃ vinā mahāyantraṃ sarvamantrasamanvitam || 45-49 ||

paṭe vilikhya pūrvoktaṃ sarvadivyāstrasaṃyutam |
rājāsane vikīryaitat tatastat sottaracchadam || 45-50 ||

āropayāmāsa tadā rājānamamitaujasam |
sa yantrapaṭasaṃyuktaṃ vitānaṃ tasya cākarot || 45-51 ||

nirmāya ca suvarṇena maṇijālapariṣkṛtam |
yathoktalakṣaṇaṃ yantraṃ darpaṇe ca nyaveśayat || 45-52 ||

tathaiva gorocanayā bhūrjapatre susaṃskṛte |
suvarṇasūcyā saṃlikhya yantraṃ divyāstravarjitam || 45-53 ||

śirasyadhārayadrājño yantrametat sumantritam |
saudarśanena tilakaṃ bhasmanā cāpyakārayat || 45-54 ||

tataścāṣṭau samāhūya ṛtvijo mantraniṣṭhitān |
saṃyatān vaiṣṇavān viprān diśākuṇḍeṣvayojayat || 45-55 ||

tato yavanikāṃ kṛtvā maṇḍapasya samantataḥ |
alaṃkṛteṣu kuṇḍeṣu sauvarṇaiśca paricchadaiḥ || 45-56 ||

vidhāya vihitaṃ pūrvamṛtvigbhiḥ sahito guruḥ |
śatānandena sahito juhāva jvaliteṣu saḥ || 45-57 ||

nṛttavāditrasaṃyuktaṃ brahmaghoṣasamāyutam |
puṇyāhaṃ pūrvamakaroddhomakarma samāhitaḥ || 45-58 ||

pradhānakarmaṇo yuktau śatānando gurustathā |
diśāhomeṣu saṃyuktā ṛtvijaḥ sarva eva te || 45-59 ||

ājyairviśuddhairniyutaṃ homān saṃkalpya sādaram |
akarodayutaṃ nityamevaṃ daśadinaṃ kṛtam || 45-60 ||

guruṇānudinaṃ snāto mantritaiḥ kumbhavāribhiḥ |
muktagraho viśuddhātmā vijvaraḥ prītamānasaḥ || 45-61 ||

pūrṇe daśadine rājā ratnairbahusuvarṇakaiḥ |
ārādhayāmāsa guruṃ maṇḍapaṃ saparicchadam || 45-62 ||

nivedya gurave sarvānṛtvijaḥ samatarpayat |
dhanaiśca bahubhirdhānyaiḥ pratiṣṭhābhiḥ samāhitaḥ || 45-63 ||

praśaśāsa mahīmenāṃ divi devendravat sudhīḥ |
anyeṣāmapi bhūtānāmayameva vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ || 45-64 ||

pañcāśanniyutairhomairdvāpare sa vidhīyate |
kalau ca koṭihomena vidhireṣa mahīkṣitām |
prārabdhamevaṃ bhoktavyaṃ karma brahmavidāmapi || 45-65 ||

iti śrīpañcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ kuśadhvajopākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma pañcacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 45 ||

Kapitel 46

sudarśanahomāṅgadravyaparimāṇādinirūpaṇaṃ nāma ṣaṭcatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

daivādvā mānuṣādvāpi bhūtādibhirathāpi vā |
darpāt pratibalādvānyairantarāyairmahīpatiḥ || 46-1 ||

yadi na prāpnuyādeva homamaṇḍapamāditaḥ |
tataḥ kathaṃ mahībharturnivartyante mahāgrahāḥ || 46-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu rājā na cet kuryāt purodhāḥ kurutāt kṛtī |
sa eva rājñaḥ sarvasvamadṛṣṭārthopapādane || 46-3 ||

dhārmikaḥ śrutisaṃpannaḥ suśīlaḥ satyavāk śuciḥ |
abhijāto'nahaṃkārastitikṣuḥ smṛtimān vaśī || 46-4 ||

deśakālavibhāgajñaḥ śāstradṛṣṭiratandritaḥ |

apradhṛṣyo'pramādī ca vadānyo nayakovidaḥ || 46-5 ||

upāyopeyavinmantrī yāyajūko hyalolupaḥ |
daivavit priyavādī ca vaidikaḥ sattvavān prabhuḥ || 46-6 ||

viṣṇubhaktastapasvī ca kāryavit karmaṭho'naghaḥ |
hitāhitāptihānecchurnṛpāṇāṃ sarvasaṃmataḥ || 46-7 ||

īdṛśo durlabho rājñāṃ gurukalpaḥ purohitaḥ |
īdṛśo hi kṣamo rājñāmaghaughavinivāraṇe || 46-8 ||

ataḥ sa eva rājñāṃ hi rakṣāvidhimathārhati |
evaṃvidho gururyasya sa samrād nṛpatirbhavet || 46-9 ||

dīrghāyurniḥsapatnaḥ syādarogaḥ paravīrahā |
avagrahādyā jāyante pīḍāstadviṣaye na hi || 46-10 ||

taṃ vinānyo bhavedrājño gururvātha purohitaḥ |
viparītaṃ bhavet tasya mahībharturna saṃśayaḥ || 46-11 ||

nāradaḥ -

parimāṇaṃ ca kumbhānāṃ sruksruvāṇāṃ ca lakṣaṇam |
ṛtvijaḥ kīdṛśo hyasya prakāraścākhilaṃ vada || 46-12 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śuddhairgandhodakairbhāraparimāṇaiḥ supūritān |
sauvarṇarājatān kumbhān kārayedidamuttamam || 46-13 ||

ardhabhārabhṛtān kumbhān madhyamo'yaṃ vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ |

tadardhenādhame pakṣe pūrayedeṣa nirṇayaḥ || 46-14 ||

yathāvidhi vidheyau tu sruksruvau munisattama |

ṛtvijaḥ sāttvikānaṣṭau vṛṇuyādvaiṣṇāvāṃstataḥ || 46-15 ||

aṅgamantraiśca gāyatryā vahniprākārakeṇa ca |
pradhānakuṇḍayoścāpi gurukalpau samāhitau || 46-16 ||

vṛṇuyānmūlamantreṇa sarve rakṣāmanau ratāḥ |
śamīsamidbhirdūrvābhistilairāmradalaistathā || 46-17 ||

caruṇā pāyasāpūpaiḥ pālāśairjuhuyāt kramāt |

śuddhena sarpiṣā madhyakuṇḍayorhāvayed guruḥ || 46-18 ||

athavā sarvakuṇḍeṣu śuddhenājyena hāvayet |
guruṇaivābhinirvartye pratīkāravidhāviha || 46-19 ||

śayanāsanayānādau rājñaḥ svairavidhāvapi |
pūrvoktena vidhānena vitānādikamācaret || 46-20 ||

homāvasānasamaye prayoge'pyatra tadguruḥ |
tatra rājānamāhūya pūrvavanmantritāsane || 46-21 ||

sthāpayitvābhiṣekādisaskāraṃ gururācaret |

tataḥ svasthamanāḥ sadyo vimuktagrahabandhanaḥ || 46-22 ||

yathārhaṃ gurave dadyāt svacihnāni praṇamya ca |
bhūṣaṇāni mahārhāṇi muktāmaṇimayāni ca || 46-23 ||

maṇipīṭhasuvarṇāni ratnāni vividhāni ca |
bhuvaśca bhūyasīrdatvā ṛtvijastarpayet tataḥ || 46-24 ||

ekaikamṛtvijaḥ sarve śatenārcyāḥ suvarṇakaiḥ |
pratyekaṃ daśabhirgobhirvāsobhirvividhairapi || 46-25 ||

pradhānahomakartre tu deśikāya viśeṣataḥ |

dadyād bahu dhanaṃ pūrṇamekamaśvaṃ savāhanam || 46-26 ||

alaṃkāreṇa sahitaṃ maṇḍapaṃ saparicchadam |

brāhmaṇānāṃ tatastṛptiṃ kuryāt prītamanā nṛpaḥ || 46-27 ||

rājñā svenābhinirvṛtte karmaṇyasmin yathodite |
prayoge deśikāyaiva dadyānmantravide vasu || 46-28 ||

purodhasā kṛtaṃ sarvameṣa dharmaḥ sanātanaḥ |
rājodāharaṇe tāvat saviśeṣamudīritam || 46-29 ||

anyeṣāmapi sarveṣāmeṣa eva vidhiḥ smṛtaḥ |
pūrṇāhutiṃ tataḥ kuryādvaiṣṇavyarcā samāhitaḥ |
rājño'bhyudayamākāṅkṣan deśiko mantravittamaḥ || 46-30 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ sudarśanahomāṅgadravyaparimāṇādinirūpaṇaṃ nāma ṣaṭcatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 46 ||

Kapitel 47

mahāśāntividhānaṃ nāma saptacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

bhagavan pañcamantrāṅga paśupāśahara prabho |
svataḥ sākṣātkṛtāśeṣaviśeṣa vyomamandira || 47-1 ||

aihikāmuṣmikaṃ śaśvanmantreṇānena labhyate |
ubhaye'pi tathā doṣā nāśyante nātra saṃśayaḥ || 47-2 ||

ityuktaṃ tena pṛcchāmi yenaikenaiva karmaṇā |
ubhayī siddhirubhayāniṣṭanāśo bhavet tathā || 47-3 ||

īdṛśaṃ karma cedasti tanme kathaya śaṃkara |
īdṛggrahasya tvatto'nyo na kaścid vaktumarhati || 47-4 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

tadetat kathayiṣyāmi sarvaśāntikaraṃ param |

mahārājairmahābhāgaiḥ prayojyaṃ vyastajātibhiḥ || 47-5 ||

ādhyātmikādiduḥkhānāṃ trayāṇāmapi nāśanam |
ādhīnāṃ cāpyaśeṣāṇāṃ nāśanaṃ śubhalakṣaṇam || 47-6 ||

sarvārināśanaṃ śāntaṃ mahāvijayakāraṇam |
rakṣohaṇaṃ puṣṭikaraṃ sarvavaśyakaraṃ mune || 47-7 ||

paramāyuḥpradaṃ puṇyaṃ pūrvairnṛpatibhiḥ kṛtam |

ambarīṣaḥ śuko'larko māṃdhātā ca purūravāḥ || 47-8 ||

rājoparicaro dhundhuḥ śibiśca śrutakīrtanaḥ |
kṛtvaitaccakravartitvaṃ purā prāpuramī nṛpāḥ || 47-9 ||

nirāmayā niḥsapatnā vistīrṇāmalakīrtayaḥ |

ato mānuṣamānandaṃ kāṅkṣanto bhuvi bhūbhujaḥ || 47-10 ||

kuryuretanmahāśāntilakṣaṇaṃ karma sādaram |

purād bahirmahānadyāstaṭe devālaye'thavā || 47-11 ||

asaṃbādhe śive deśe vivikte sajalāśaye |
pūrvoktalakṣaṇayutānmaṇḍapādadhikaṃ mune || 47-12 ||

kuryādāyāmavistārau tathā rājāsanānvitam |
tattatsamantataḥ kuryādevaṃlakṣaṇamuttamam || 47-13 ||

bahustambhasamākīrṇaṃ maṇikāñcanamaṇḍitam |
tuṅgatoraṇasaṃyuktaṃ dīpikāśataśobhitam || 47-14 ||

kiṅkiṇījālasaṃyuktaṃ patākābhiralaṃkṛtam |
savitānaṃ sasopānaṃ sarvālaṃkārasaṃyutam || 47-15 ||

candanāgurukarpūradhūpamālādhivāsitam |
tuṅgasālasamāyuktaṃ homaśālābhiveṣṭitam || 47-16 ||

evaṃ manojña kṛtvaitat tatra kuṇḍāni kalpayet |
prāgbhāge maṇḍapasyāsya caturdikṣu prakalpayet || 47-17 ||

caturvyūhābhiyogārthaṃ caturaśrāṇi kārayet |
prācyādyānyatha kuṇḍāni keśavādīnatho yajet || 47-18 ||

caturṇāṃ keśavādīnāṃ vikoṇeṣu prakalpayet |
kuṇḍāni śeṣamūrtīnāṃ tacchidreṣu yathākramam || 47-19 ||

tryaśraṃ ṣaḍaśramardhenduṃ yoniṃ padmākṛtiṃ kramāt |
vṛttaṃ padmābhamaṣṭāśraṃ vajrākṛti dhanuḥprabham || 47-20 ||

śūlābhaṃ śūrpakalpaṃ ca kuṇḍānyetāni kārayet |

madhye devaṃ pratiṣṭhāpya yantrarūpadharaṃ prabhum || 47-21 ||

vimānalakṣaṇopetaṃ kuṇḍaṃ kuryāt tadagrataḥ |

samantāddhomaśālāyāmastrakuṇḍānyanukramāt || 47-22 ||

śataṃ tathādhikaṃ kuryāccatvāriṃśadatandritaḥ |
yathārhamastraliṅgāni maṇḍitānyatha kārayet || 47-23 ||

antarmaṇḍapakuṇḍeṣu ṛtvijaḥ ṣoḍaśa kramāt |
ṛgbhiḥ puruṣasūktābhirvṛṇuyādvaiṣṇavān sataḥ || 47-24 ||

tataḥ svanāmabhiścānte vṛṇuyādvedapāragān |
bāhyāstrakuṇḍaśālāyāṃ brahmāstrapramukheṣvapi || 47-25 ||

ṛtvijo vṛṇuyāt sarvān kuśalān śāntikarmaṇi |
brahmajajñānamityādi-ṛgbhiḥ pañcāśataṃ kramāt || 47-26 ||

svanāmabhiśca viduṣo brahmāstrādikṛtādikān |
triśataṃ vṛṇuyād brahmasūktaiḥ sadbhiranukramāt || 47-27 ||

tatraivātha bhavā mitra iti pañcabhiranvitaḥ |
paro mātrādibhir-ṛgbhistrayodaśabhireva ca || 47-28 ||

viṣṇusūktagatābhiśca asya vāmeti pañcabhiḥ |
ato deveti ṣaḍbhiśca daśabhiścakṣurityapi || 47-29 ||

ṣaḍbhiḥ prati va eneti vṛṇuyāt svasvanāmabhiḥ |
sauvarṇān rājatān vātha kuryāddhomaparicchadān || 47-30 ||

pūrvabhāgeṣu kuṇḍānāṃ sthāpayet toyapūritān |
sauvarṇān rājatān kumbhān yadvā tāmramayāniha || 47-31 ||

kumbhān pūrvavadekaikaṃ kalamān bhārasaṃmitān |

vṛṇuyādṛtvijaḥ śiṣṭān yajvano homakarmasu || 47-32 ||

pravartayet svaiḥ svaistu mantrairmantraviduttamaḥ |

deśiko madhyame kuṇḍe sāmadhvanisamanvitam || 47-33 ||

hunedvāditrasaṃyuktaṃ puṇyāhaninadairyutam |

pratyekaṃ koṭihomena śāntikarma samārabhet || 47-34 ||

tattaddevān samāhūya kumbheṣu ca pṛthak pṛthak |
svaiḥ svairabhyarcayenmantrairdhūpadīpādibhistathā || 47-35 ||

homakarmaṇi nirvṛtte tattatkumbhodakaistataḥ |
yantrapīṭhe samāropya rājānamabhiṣecayet || 47-36 ||

astramantreṣu yeṣveva niyuktā ye dvijātayaḥ |
tattatkuṇḍeṣu tairmantrairjuhuyuḥ śāntamānasāḥ || 47-37 ||

pratyekaṃ koṭihomastu mukhyastasyārdhamadhyamaḥ |
adhamaṃ niyutaṃ jñeyaṃ yāvadetat samāpyate || 47-38 ||

kālena tāvatā kāryamapramattairatandritaiḥ |

nārāyaṇīyaṃ brāhmaṃ ca vimalaṃ krauñcameva ca || 47-39 ||

dharmapāśaṃ ca lakṣākṣaṃ saṃvartaṃ satyamuttamam |
dundunābhaṃ ca śīteṣuṃ viṣṇucakraṃ ca mānavam || 47-40 ||

aindraṃ jyautiṣamityetamastravargaṃ ghṛtairhunet |

kālacakraṃ dharmacakraṃ vajrāstraṃ ca gadāhvayam || 47-41 ||

brāhmaṃ śirastathaiṣīkaṃ triśūlamaśanidvayam |
kālapāśaṃ ca painākaṃ pāśaṃ vāruṇameva ca || 47-42 ||

āgneyaṃ dayitaṃ cāpi tathā pāśupataṃ param |
eṣa vargastu hotavyaścaruṇaiva yathāvidhi || 47-43 ||

kaṅkālaṃ musalaṃ cāpi vāyavyamatha kaṅkaṇī |
asiratnaṃ ca kāpālaṃ śaktirvaidyādharaṃ tathā || 47-44 ||

prasvāpanapraśamane darpaṇaṃ śoṣaṇaṃ tathā |
saṃtāpanaṃ ca gāndharvaṃ paiśācaṃ ca vilāpanam || 47-45 ||

etāni dadhnā hotavyānyastrāṇi paramāstikaiḥ |

madanaṃ tāmasaṃ caiva kandarpadayitaṃ param || 47-46 ||

saumanaṃ musalaṃ caiva saṃvartaṃ ghorameva ca |
māyādharaṃ ca somāstraṃ vāruṇaṃ tvāṣṭrameva ca || 47-47 ||

prasvāpanaṃ bhagāstraṃ ca raudrasṛṣṭaṃ parāṅmukham |
payasāmūni juhuyustadastradhyānatatparāḥ || 47-48 ||

rabhasaṃ satyakīrtiṃ ca pratihārataraṃ tathā |
avāṅmukhaṃ ca viṣamaṃ dṛḍhanābhaṃ sunābhakam || 47-49 ||

daśākṣaṃ śatavaktraṃ ca śataśīrṣaṃ śatodaram |
padmanābhaṃ mahānābhaṃ nairāśyakrathane api || 47-50 ||

vargo'yaṃ pāyasenaiva hotavyaḥ śuddhamānasaiḥ |

yogaṃdharaṃ vinidraṃ ca naidraṃ saumanasaṃ tathā || 47-51 ||

dhṛtimālī pramathanaṃ vidhūtaṃ vṛttimānapi |
mahārcirmālī makaraṃ ruciraṃ karavīrakam || 47-52 ||

amīṣāṃ ca kṛte kāryastilairhomo yathāvidhi |

dhanadhānye kāmarūpaṃ mohaḥ kāmarucistathā || 47-53 ||

varaṇāvaraṇe caiva paramāstre ubhe api |
jṛmbhakaṃ sarvanābhaṃ ca bhṛśāśvatanayo mahān || 47-54 ||

saṃdānaṃ paraśuṃ caiva prīṇīyānmadhunā bhṛśam |

aparāṇyapyanuktāni juhuyācchālitaṇḍulaiḥ || 47-55 ||

hutvā yathoktaṃ svairmantraiḥ sarvāstraprabhavaṃ vibhum |
sudarśanākṛtiṃ viṣṇuṃ sarvayantramayaṃ vibhum || 47-56 ||

ṛgbhiryantraniyuktābhiḥ śāntikarma samārabhet |

nārāyaṇīyamukhyāstrajātaṃ pratyekamādarāt || 47-57 ||

śāntiṃ kuryāt paro mātretyetatsūktena sādaram |

kālacakrādivargasthaṃ pratyekaṃ jātavedasam || 47-58 ||

prīṇīyāccaiva kaṅkālamukhyavargasya śāntaye |
divasparīti sūktena juhuyājjvalite'nale || 47-59 ||

madanādyastravargasya śāntiṃ kuryāt samāhitaḥ |
ato deveti sūktena tathā viṣṇornukaṃ tviti || 47-60 ||

rabhasādyastrajātāni bhavā mitreti pañcabhiḥ |
pratyekaṃ śamayedṛgbhiriti vaidikaśāsanam || 47-61 ||

yogaṃdharāderastrasya śāntiḥ kāryā samāhitaiḥ |
sūktenānena caikaikamato devā avantviti || 47-62 ||

dhanadhānyādivargasthaṃ mantrajātaṃ vicakṣaṇaḥ |
juṣasva neti sūktena śamayet parameṇa tat || 47-63 ||

astrāṇyanyānyanuktāni viṣṇusūktena tarpayet |
sūktairetairmahāyantraviniyuktaiśca pāvanaiḥ || 47-64 ||

sarvayantramayaṃ devaṃ stutihomaiḥ samarcayet |

tato devān samabhyarcya brāhmaṇāṃstadanantaram || 47-65 ||

sahasraṃ bhojayecchuddhairodanaiḥ pāyasairapi |

tato rājāsanārūḍhaṃ rājānaṃ śāntamānasam || 47-66 ||

ṛtvigbhirāhṛtaiḥ sarvairastramantrajalaiḥ śubhaiḥ |
gurustanmūlamantreṇa mantritairabhiṣecayet || 47-67 ||

prokṣayedāmayāviṣṭo yadi rājā bhavenmune |

avaśyaṃ maṇḍapāntaḥsthakumbhatoyābhiṣecanam |
kuryānnirāmayo'nādhirvijayī bhavati kṣaṇāt || 47-68 ||

ārogyamāyurvijayo vibhūtirvaśitvamāstikyamamartyatā ca |
sarvārthasiddhirvasudhādhipatyaṃ bhavanti niḥsaṃśayameva rājñaḥ || 47-69 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ mahāśāntividhānaṃ nāma saptacatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 47 ||

Kapitel 48

śrīsudarśanamahāyantraghaṭitāsanādiprabhāvavarṇanaṃ nāmāṣṭācatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ -

kathitaṃ bhagavan sarvaṃ japahomārcanādikam |
abhiṣeko mahāśāntirmahāśāntikriyāvidhiḥ || 48-1 ||

sarvārthasādhakatvena cakrarūpasya śārṅgiṇaḥ |
etairvinā kimiṣṭārthasādhanaṃ vidyate na vā || 48-2 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

vinaitānyapyabhīṣṭārthamalabhanta pare nṛpāḥ |
āsanenāṅgulīyena darpaṇena dhvajena ca || 48-3 ||

vitānena ca vistīrṇabhūtayo devasaṃnibhāḥ |
muktāpīḍo viśālaśca sunandaścitraśekharaḥ || 48-4 ||

kīirtimālī ca bhūpālāḥ pālayanto'khilāṃ bhuvam |

āsanenaiva vasudhāṃ muktāpīḍo'jayat purā || 48-5 ||

viśālo'pyajayanmṛtyumaṅgulīyena bhūpatiḥ |
sunando darpaṇenaiva nāgalokaṃ mahīpatiḥ || 48-6 ||

dhvajenāsurasaṃgrāmamajayaccitraśekharaḥ |
kīrtimālī vitānena tridivaṃ prāpa bhūpatiḥ || 48-7 ||

nāradaḥ -

kevalānyāsanādīni sādhanatvaṃ kathaṃ yayuḥ |
sādhyaṃ prati vibho tanme kathayedaṃ mahādbhutam || 48-8 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

muktāpīḍo mahātejā rājā suśravasaḥ sutaḥ |
pitaryuparate pṛthvīṃ bubhuje sāgarāmbarām || 48-9 ||

nijāntaḥpurayoṣitsu viṣayāsaktamānasaḥ |
anālocitasaptāṅgo rājā rājīvalocanaḥ || 48-10 ||

prajāstadviṣaye tena dharmavicyutimācaran |
balibhirdasyubhī rājyaṃ kṣubhitaṃ ca hṛtaṃ ca tat || 48-11 ||

tasmai prakṛtayaḥ sarvā rājñe kṣobhaṃ vyajijñapan |
bubudhe na sa tenāpi madhumaithunavihvalaḥ || 48-12 ||

tataḥ purodhasā sārdhamamātyāḥ saṃnyamantrayan |
rājā tu viṣayāsakto rājyaṃ dasyubhirāplutam || 48-13 ||

iti saṃcintya te sarve guruṃ prapya mahādyutim |
bhavatprasādājjeṣyāmo nānyā kāpyasti no gatiḥ || 48-14 ||

ityuktastaiḥ purodhāstu tathaivetyāha tān prati |

ityuktvā yantraghaṭitaṃ viṣṭaraṃ ratnamaṇḍitam || 48-15 ||

vasiṣṭhoktena mārgeṇa cakārāsmai mahādbhutam |
tasminnāropayāmāsa rājānamabalāratam || 48-16 ||

vedaśākhāścaturdikṣu vācayecca krameṇa tu |

āśīrmaṅgalayuktāni gītavāditranartakān || 48-17 ||

kalaśodakamakṣayyamamṛtaṃ bhāvayed budhaḥ |
tanmadhyādutthite padme sauvarṇe cāṣṭapatrake || 48-18 ||

caturbāhuṃ trinetraṃ ca padyahastaṃ hiraṇmayam |
sarvābharaṇasaṃchannaṃ muktāhāravirājitam || 48-19 ||

kirīṭahārakeyūrakaṭakādivibhūṣitam |
pītāmbaradharaṃ saumyaṃ prasannavadanaṃ śubham || 48-20 ||

kaṭisūtrasamāyuktaṃ kuṇḍalābhyāṃ virājitam |
śrīvatsavakṣasaṃ śrīśaṃ śrīkaraṃ śrīniketanam || 48-21 ||

śriyā juṣṭaṃ sadā samyaktāmrapadmanibhekṣaṇam |
padmanābhamudārāṅgaṃ bhaktārtiśamanaṃ harim || 48-22 ||

tasyāṅke dakṣiṇe lakṣmīṃ samāsīnāṃ vicintayet |
mantramūrtyātmako devo mantravācyastu sa prabhuḥ || 48-23 ||

praviśantaṃ tatastaṃ tu bhāvayenmantrarūpiṇam |
evaṃ saṃcintayan mantraṃ japet kalaśamāmṛśan || 48-24 ||

aṣṭottarāyutaṃ japtvā abhiṣiñcan svakāṃ tanum |
grahāṇāṃ navakānāṃ ca sadyaḥ śāntikaro bhavet || 48-25 ||

āyuḥ śriyaṃ ca yasyecchet taṃ ca tenābhiṣecayet |
arcayedṛtvijaḥ sarvān pūrvameva budho naraḥ || 48-26 ||

brāhmaṇāṃstarpayeccaiva dakṣiṇāmuttamāṃ dadat |
evaṃ svasyāparasyāpi hitaṃ kuryāt tathātmanaḥ || 48-27 ||

dakṣiṇā cātra deyā syāt suvarṇaṃ śatameva vā |
keśān dhunenna na vapenna spṛśet snānaśāṭikām || 48-28 ||

nātiṣṭhet snānasalilamalaṃkuryāt tato budhaḥ |
maṅgalāni ca paśyettu ṛṣabhaṃ maṅgalāḥ striyaḥ || 48-29 ||

ātmano janmanakṣatre śuklavāsā bhavet tathā |
śukravāreṣu kurvīta saptaśaḥ kurvatastathā || 48-30 ||

kāmāḥ saṃkalpitāstasya dhruvaṃ sidhyanti nānyathā |
udvahan vāri kurvīta śrīkāmaḥ pāpanāśanam || 48-31 ||

tiṣṭhannañjalibhiḥ prātaraṣṭottaraśataṃ punaḥ |
abhimantrya jalaṃ mūrdhni kṣipet pāpapraṇāśanam || 48-32 ||

juhuyādvastrakāmastu kusumaiḥ kumudādibhiḥ |
yadvarṇaṃ juhuyāt puṣpaṃ tadvarṇaṃ vastramāpnuyāt || 48-33 ||

vṛṣṭikāmaḥ śucau deśe gomayenopalepite |
raktadravyeṇa tatraiva maṇḍalaṃ parikalpayet || 48-34 ||

maṇḍalasya purastāttu navakumbhaṃ nidhāpayet |
tantunā veṣṭitaṃ samyak pūritaṃ gandhavāriṇā || 48-35 ||

āvāhayet tataḥ sūryaṃ kumbhe śubhre samāhitaḥ |
tatrasthamarcayed viṣṇuṃ pūrvavat sādhakottamaḥ || 48-36 ||

pāyasaṃ juhuyāt tatra śatamaṣṭottaraṃ budhaḥ |
dhyāyannekāgradhīḥ siṃhaṃ japenmantraṃ sahasraśaḥ || 48-37 ||

evaṃ kurvīta saptāhaṃ dvādaśāhamathāpi vā |
tataḥ prasanno bhagavān mahāvṛṣṭiṃ vimuñcati || 48-38 ||

vaitasenaiva homena vṛṣṭirbhavati sarvathā |
anaśnannārdravāsasko vṛṣṭikāmaḥ sadā japet || 48-39 ||

saptāhājjāyate vṛṣṭirmahatī divyaśāsanāt |
bhasmahomena vā samyag lavaṇenāthavā punaḥ || 48-40 ||

vṛṣṭiṃ nivārayed bhūyaḥ śāntiḥ kāryā manīṣiṇā |
yastu mantraṃ japennityaṃ prātaḥ snātvā sahasraśaḥ || 48-41 ||

śrīrārogyaṃ ca tejaśca vardhate tasya sarvadā |
sarvāhaḥsu japedyastu kṣīrāhāro jitendriyaḥ || 48-42 ||

arcanaṃ ca yathāśakti kurvanniyutamanvaham |
saṃsiddhimatulāṃ gacchedaṇimādiguṇairyutām || 48-43 ||

ahorātroṣito yastu pañcagavyaṃ pibet tataḥ |
nityamaṣṭasahasraṃ tu sarvapāpapraṇāśanam || 48-44 ||

pañcagavyaṃ tu saṃpītvā japet pañca dināni vai |
brahmahatyādibhiḥ sadyo mucyate sarvapātakaiḥ || 48-45 ||

vāpayet sarvabījāni hyabhimantrya sahasrakam |
mahatī sasyasaṃpattirjāyate nātra saṃśayaḥ || 48-46 ||

ghṛtena pāyasā cāpi snāpayed devamuttamam |
tataḥ prasanno bhagavān dadāti manasepsitam || 48-47 ||

aśnīyādanvahaṃ vidvānannaṃ saptābhimantritam |
parakarmācarannasminnāsīnaḥ kuru sarvadā || 48-48 ||

tenaivamanuśiṣṭo'yaṃ māsamātramathākarot |
tenāsya śatravaḥ sarve vinaṣṭā vyādhibhirbalaiḥ || 48-49 ||

tena niṣkaṇṭakā bhūmirvaśyābhūt tasya sārṇavā |

viśālo nāma rājāyaṃ viśālākhye pure vasan || 48-50 ||

pālayāmāsa dharmātmā medinīṃ sābdhipattanām |

satyavādī samo bandhurdaiṣṭiko dharmavatsalaḥ || 48-51 ||

vasan viṃśatime varṣe brāhmaṇānāmupāsakaḥ |

prajānurañjako dhīro daive pitrye ca niṣṭhitaḥ || 48-52 ||

bālye pitrā viyuktasya tasyetthaṃ vasato mune |
jananī vācamaśrauṣīdākāśe hyaśarīriṇīm || 48-53 ||

āgāmini caturthe'hni pañcatvaṃ te gamiṣyati |
putra ityādi sā śrutvā vilalāpākulā bhṛśam || 48-54 ||

tacchrutvā jananīmārtāmuvāca susamāhitaḥ |
kimarthaṃ rodiṣītyevaṃ pṛṣṭā nirbandhataḥ satī || 48-55 ||

tattvato vṛttamācakhyau sa tacchrutvā mahāmanāḥ |
mā bhaiṣīriti tāmuktvā niryayau pulahāśramam || 48-56 ||

tapasyantaṃ muniṃ dṛṣṭvā praṇipatyedamabravīt |
aśṛṇojjananī caivamaśarīrāṃ sarasvatīm || 48-57 ||

itthaṃ tenaivamukto'sau munirāha purohitaḥ |
saudarśanamahāyantraghaṭitaṃ cāṅgulīyakam || 48-58 ||

dhārayainamanenaiva mṛtyurnaśyatyasaṃśayam |

iti śiṣṭo'ṅgulīyaṃ sa āhūyainamadhārayat || 48-59 ||

viśālena dhṛte tasminnaṅgulīye suyantrite |
tataḥ kālena saṃdiṣṭāḥ kiṃkarā bhīmadarśanāḥ || 48-60 ||

prāṇānādātumājagmustasyāntikamavāritāḥ |

pārśvaṃ na śekuste gantumaṅgulīyaprabhāvataḥ || 48-61 ||

saṃrabdhordhvakarāstasmin yāvat pāśānna cikṣipuḥ |
tāvaccakramahāneminiḥsṛtairvividhāyudhaiḥ || 48-62 ||

pradudruvuste nitarāṃ pīḍyamānā yathāgatam |

tataḥ sahaiva kālena surā vismayamāgaman || 48-63 ||

sudarśanaprabhāveṇa tīrṇamṛtyurasāviti |

tathaiva darpaṇasyāpi śṛṇu vīryaṃ mahāmune || 48-64 ||

sunītiriti rājāsīcchṛṅgārākhye pure purā |
tretāyugāvasāne'sau pālayāmāsa medinīm || 48-65 ||

lebhe cireṇa tanayamayamiṣṭvā śatakratum |
cakāra sumatiṃ nāmnā vardhamānaṃ dine dine || 48-66 ||

janakastaṃ tataḥ śrīmān kālena prāptayauvanaḥ |
so'bhūdanalpakālena prāptavidyo'strakovidaḥ || 48-67 ||

ekadā mṛgayāṃ kartuṃ bāhyopavanamabhyagāt |
tatrāpaśyanmanojñāṅgīṃ rūpayauvanaśālinīm || 48-68 ||

adṛṣṭapūrvāṃ tāṃ dṛṣṭvā mumoha madanāturaḥ |
sumatiṃ taṃ samādāya sā jagāma svamālayam || 48-69 ||

māyayā mohayitvainaṃ nāgalokaṃ viveśa sā |

tasmin bhogavatīṃ ramyāṃ nāgarājapurīṃ tadā || 48-70 ||

praviśyānaṅgamañjaryai prāyacchat sumatiṃ ramā |
taṃ dṛṣṭvā paramaprītā sā vavre sumatiṃ patim || 48-71 ||

taṃ lokaṃ tāṃ purīṃ tāṃ ca nāgakanyāṃ manoharām |
vilokya vismayaṃ prāpa sa tāṃ cānaṅgamañjarīm || 48-72 ||

gāndharveṇa vivāhena parigṛhya tayā saha |
reme vismṛtasarvasvapurīpitṛparigrahaḥ || 48-73 ||

etasminnantare rājā śuśrāvānāgataṃ sutam |
tvarayā parayāviṣṭaḥ sacivāṃścedamabravīt || 48-74 ||

kṛcchrāllabdhaḥ priyaḥ putro mamaiko'dya praveśyatām |
tena sārdhaṃ tu bhuñjīya na bhokṣye'dyetyacodayat || 48-75 ||

iti tasya vacaḥ śrutvā niryayuḥ sarvato diśaḥ |
sacivaiḥ preṣitāścārā dūtāścānye javānvitāḥ || 48-76 ||

vidikṣu dikṣu koṇeṣu giriṣvapsu saritsu ca |
grāmeṣu nagareṣvete ceruścaityeṣu śākhiṣu || 48-77 ||

pattaneṣvapyaraṇyeṣu tīrtheṣvanviṣya sarvataḥ |
nāpaśyan sumatiṃ sarve tathaivocurnṛpāya vai || 48-78 ||

tacchrutvā śokasaṃtapto vilapya bahu bhūpatiḥ |
anaśnannaśayiṣṭāntaḥ śokena mahatāvṛtaḥ || 48-79 ||

evaṃ śokābhibhūte'smin mahārāje purohitaḥ |
svaguruṃ kaṇvamāsādya tamasātīravāsinam || 48-80 ||

vṛttaṃ vijñāpayāmāsa rājaputrasya tādṛśam |

tacchrutvā sa muniryukto babhūva kṛpayā punaḥ || 48-81 ||

dṛṣṭvā kumāravṛttāntaṃ yogenāsmāt samutthitaḥ |
sa tasmai kathayāmāsa tadvṛttamakhilaṃ muniḥ || 48-82 ||

āsīd bhogavatī nāma purī paramaśobhanā |
pātāle nāgarājasya vāsukeramitadyuteḥ || 48-83 ||

anaṅgamañjarī nāma tasyāṃ tasyābhavat sutā |
rūpalāvaṇyasaṃpannā kālena prāptayauvanā || 48-84 ||

asyā yasmin vare lipsā tasmai dāsyāmi tāmiti |
saṃkalpaṃ vāsukermatvā ceṣṭyaśceruritastataḥ || 48-85 ||

tasyāḥ sadṛśamanveṣṭuṃ varaṃ taṃ naiva lebhire |
nāgaloke tathā bhūmyāṃ vyacaran varavāñchayā || 48-86 ||

tatrainaṃ sumatiṃ dṛṣṭvā rājaputraṃ manoharam |
procustasyā mahārājatanayo madanopamaḥ || 48-87 ||

tavaiva sadṛśo bhūmyāṃ puruhūtasamaḥ śriyā |
na ca sāmādibhiḥ śakyaḥ samānetumasāviti || 48-88 ||

tadākarṇya tamatraiva kṣipramānayateti tāḥ |
uktvā tatsaṃgamautsukyāt parāṃ cintāmupāgatā || 48-89 ||

tataḥ saṃmantrya tāḥ sakhyo ramāṃ māyāviśāradām |
māyayā mohayitvainamihānaya manoramam || 48-90 ||

ityūcuḥ sā tathoktainamānayāmāsa māyayā |
sumatistāmathodvāhya ramate tatra sāṃpratam || 48-91 ||

sudarśanaprabhāveṇa vināharaṇakarmaṇi |
nāstyupāyāntaraṃ tasya tatastenāharāmyaham || 48-92 ||

sudarśanamahāyantraṃ darpaṇīkṛtya hāṭakaiḥ |
pūrvoktavartmanā tena tamānayata mā ciram || 48-93 ||

ityuktvā sa punaścakre tapaḥ paramadāruṇam |

purohito viniṣkramya rājñe sarvaṃ nyavedayat || 48-94 ||

rājā ca paramaprītaḥ kṛtvā yantritadarpaṇam |
rathe purastāt saṃsthāpya biladvāraṃ tadā yayau || 48-95 ||

tenābhigantuṃ śakto'bhūt sunando darpaṇaujasā |

praviśya lokaṃ nāgānāṃ svargalokamivāparam || 48-96 ||

vismayaṃ paramaṃ prāpa tatsamṛddhivilokanāt |

tasmin bhogavatīṃ ramyāṃ nāgarājapurīmasau || 48-97 ||

praviśyāthānayāmāsa putraṃ paramavatsalaḥ |
sadāraḥ pitaraṃ draṣṭuṃ śuddhāntāt sumatistadā || 48-98 ||

niryayau vanitālokasahito madano yathā |
taṃ tābhirnāgakanyābhiḥ saha syandanamuttamam || 48-99 ||

āropya svapurīṃ rājā pratasthe paravīrahā |

tava jāmātaraṃ putrīṃ svāvarodhānmahīpatiḥ || 48-100 ||

kaścit syandanamāropya yātītyākarṇya vāsukiḥ |
niryayau paramakruddhaḥ phaṇisenāparīvṛtaḥ || 48-101 ||

sa dṛṣṭvā rājaśārdūlaṃ tiṣṭha tiṣṭheti cābravīt |
kva gamyate samādāya vadhūṃ varamitastvayā || 48-102 ||

sunando'tha samākarṇya nivartya syandanottamam |
vavre darpaṇamadyaiva śatrusenāṃ jahīti vai || 48-103 ||

tataḥ prasvāpanāgneye divyāstre niḥsṛte kṣaṇāt |
prasvāpanaṃ nāgasenāṃ viveśānena sāsvapat || 48-104 ||

āgneyamastramārabdha tāṃ purīṃ dagdhumojasā |

tad dṛṣṭvā nāgarājastaṃ śaraṇaṃ samupāgamat || 48-105 ||

nājñāyi sarvamasmābhistadetat kṣamyatāṃ vibho |
atyāhitamidaṃ strīṇāmiti matvā śamaṃ vraja || 48-106 ||

gṛhāṇemāni ratnāni mahārhāṇi mahādyute |
imāṃ ca kanyāmanyāśca sahasraṃ nāgayoṣitaḥ || 48-107 ||

ādāya pratisaṃhṛtya divyāstre gantumarhasi |

sunando'pi tathetyuktvā saṃhṛtyāstre samāhitaḥ || 48-108 ||

tataḥ svaputraṃ ratnāni mahānti varayoṣitaḥ |
ādāyāmantrya taṃ rājā jagāma svapurīṃ kṛtī || 48-109 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śrīsudarśanamahāyantraghaṭitāsanādiprabhāvavarṇanaṃ nāma aṣṭācatvāriṃśo'dhyāyaḥ || 48 ||

Kapitel 49

sudarśanamahāyantraghaṭitadhvajaprabhāvanirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekonapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

sudarśanamahāyantraghaṭitasya dhvajasya tu |
prabhāvaḥ śrūyatāṃ samyag yāthātathyena nārada || 49-1 ||

sarasvatyāstaṭe ramye bhadravāṭīti viśrutā |
paraḥsahasraiḥ prāsādairjātarūpamayaiścitā || 49-2 ||

purī vividhakāmāḍhyā hemasālasamanvitā |
samṛddhyā tridivaprakhyā babhūva bhuvi durlabhā || 49-3 ||

tāmadhyāste mahāvīryo rājoparicarātmajaḥ |
pālayannaikavarṣāṇi citraśekharasaṃjñitaḥ || 49-4 ||

pitaryasya purā divyamindradattaṃ kramāgatam |
rathamāruhya devānāṃ kāryārthaṃ yāti khe balī || 49-5 ||

śaṅkukarṇa iti khyāto dānavo bhīmalocanaḥ |
jighṛkṣustadrathaṃ mārge tasya kūbaramagrahīt || 49-6 ||

uvāca ca mayā sārdhaṃ yudhyasva yadi vā ratham |
jahi vetyuktavatyasmin sa tathetyagrahīd dhanuḥ || 49-7 ||

tatastena mahāyuddhe dinamekaṃ pravartite |
athāstrajālamutsṛjya dvandvayuddhe hato'suraḥ || 49-8 ||

jitvā tamasuraṃ rājñi kālenāstaṃ gate mune |
tatputtraṃ śaṅkukarṇasya sutaḥ paramaroṣaṇaḥ || 49-9 ||

amarṣaṇa iti khyāto māyāvī citraśekharam |
jighāṃsustadbalaṃ rājñaḥ puraṃ cāpīḍayat sadā || 49-10 ||

ekadāmarṣaṇaḥ kruddho bhadravāṭīmupāgamat |
pitṛhantṛsutaṃ yoddhuṃ sasainyaṃ citraśekharam || 49-11 ||

nihatya cainamādāsye sarvaṃ tatsyandanottamam |
ityuktvā nagarīṃ ramyāṃ rurodha baladarpitaḥ || 49-12 ||

niryayau mahatīṃ senāṃ saṃnahya nṛpatiḥ purāt |
tatra yuddhaṃ samabhavadrājñastena durātmanā || 49-13 ||

saraṇaiścābhisaraṇaiḥ kacākaci bhayāvaham |
gajāśvarathapādātaṃ prabhagnarathamākulam || 49-14 ||

pravṛttāsṛksaritsārthaṃ kṛttacchatradhvajācitam |
nṛtyatkabandhamutkṛttadaṣṭādharaśiraścitam || 49-15 ||

evaṃ dinatrayaṃ yuddhaṃ pravṛttaṃ romaharṣaṇam |
na lebhe vijayaṃ tasminnāhave citraśekharaḥ || 49-16 ||

śramānnivavṛte senādvayī tasmād dvayorapi |
tāvubhau jagmatuḥ svaṃ svaṃ puraṃ viśrāntavāhanau || 49-17 ||

vārān saptadaśaitena yuyudhe citraśekharaḥ |
evameva jayaṃ prāpa na kvacit pṛthivīpatiḥ || 49-18 ||

atha durjayamālocya mahāsuramamarṣaṇam |

kenopāyena jetavya iti cintāparo'bhavat || 49-19 ||

mahādevaprasādena vinā naiva jayo mama |
atastaṃ tapasā devaṃ toṣyāmīti mano dadhe || 49-20 ||

kṛtī niścitya manasā rājyaṃ saṃnyasya mantriṣu |
jagāma tapase rājā rathamāruhya kāmagam || 49-21 ||

kailāsaśikharaṃ ramyaṃ nabhasā vasudhādhipaḥ |

tenaiva gacchatastasya syandanaṃ mandaropari || 49-22 ||

atiṣṭhat preryamāṇeṣu varāśveṣvapi nārada |

rathaḥ kasmādakasmānme viṣṭabdhaḥ iti vismitaḥ || 49-23 ||

rathādavātaracchṛṅge tasya ramye mahīpatiḥ |
avatīrya rathāt tasmāccacāra girimūrdhani || 49-24 ||

tatrāpaśyat sarastīre taruṇaṃ divyalakṣaṇam |
upāsya paścimāṃ saṃdhyāmavasthitamanākulam || 49-25 ||

taruṇādityasaṃkāśaṃ jvalantaṃ prabhayā svayā |

taṃ praṇamya mahābāhuḥ kṛtāñjalirabhāṣata || 49-26 ||

kastvaṃ purāṇapuruṣo yadi vā kamalodbhavaḥ |
umeśvaro diśeśānāṃ yadi vānyatamo bhavān || 49-27 ||

ityuktastena bhagavān prāha gambhīrayā girā |
kiṃnāmako'si kathaya kimāgamanakāraṇam || 49-28 ||

ekākinā tvayā deśaḥ kathaṃ prāpto'yamityapi |

atha nyavedayat sarvaṃ rājoparicarātmajaḥ || 49-29 ||

citraśekharanāmānamātmānamavanīpatim |
mahāsurapravṛttiṃ ca svasya tena ca pīḍanam || 49-30 ||

tajjayāyeśatuṣṭyarthaṃ tapaścaraṇakāraṇāt |
syandanenābhigamanaṃ nirodhaṃ tatra tasya tu || 49-31 ||

ityuktastena so'pyāha viddhi māṃ guhyakeśvaram |
atraivāste mahālakṣmīḥ sarvakāraṇakāraṇam || 49-32 ||

tatsevārthamiha prāptaḥ sā hi sarvagatiḥ parā |
tadājñayaiva carataścandrasūryau vihāyasi || 49-33 ||

tatprabhāveṇa te bhagnaṃ gamanaṃ syandanasya tu |

tāṃ dṛṣṭvā sādhayābhīṣṭamityuktvāntaradhīyata || 49-34 ||

tasya sāhāyyakāmo'nyastannideśādupāgamat |
praṇamya bhūpatiṃ prāha guhyako'haṃ tadājñayā || 49-35 ||

sāhāyyakāmaste prāpto vāsāvo'traiva śarvarīm |
pratyūṣe'pekṣitaṃ yat syāt tat kariṣyāmi nānyathā || 49-36 ||

parasparapraṇayinau tāṃ rātriṃ tatra coṣya tu |
devyāḥ sadasi gandharvagītavāditraniḥsvanam || 49-37 ||

śṛṇvantau tatkathābhiśca ninyatustāṃ sarastaṭhe |

pratyūṣasamaye saṃdhyāmupāsya prathamāṃ nṛpaḥ || 49-38 ||

guhyakaṃ prāha śaile'smin devī sā kutra vartate |
kenādhvanā vā taddhāma yāma taddarśanaṃ kadā || 49-39 ||

guhyakaḥ pratyuvācedaṃ krośe tanmandiraṃ param |
yato gītamṛdaṅgānāṃ nisvanaḥ śrūyate mahān || 49-40 ||

kaṃcit kālamupāsyaināṃ dhanado yāsyati kṣaṇāt |
tasmin gate praviśyaināṃ namasyasi sanātanīm || 49-41 ||

prasthāpayāmāsa tato yāmamātraṃ pratīkṣya tam |
rājāpi svarathaṃ tatra saṃsthāpyainamathānvagāt || 49-42 ||

tato mahāguhāpārśve mandiraṃ samadṛśyata |
tadguhādvāri so'tiṣṭhat pālayan bilagahvaram || 49-43 ||

atītya ca tataḥ kakṣyāścatasro maṇigocarāḥ |
tato ratnamayaṃ divyaṃ viveśāsthānamaṇḍapam || 49-44 ||

maṇisthūṇāsahasrāḍhyaṃ maṇḍapaṃ samadṛśyata |
paraḥśatamahāratnaparyaṅkasamalaṃkṛtam || 49-45 ||

ratnamaṅgaladīpaiśca maṇḍitaṃ tuṅgatoraṇam |
anekakalpakākīrṇaṃ maṇipīṭhapariṣkṛtam || 49-46 ||

mandārakusumāmodairmṛganābhimadairapi |
kastūrikotthasaurabhyairvāsitāntaramūrjitam || 49-47 ||

atyādityaprabhaṃ puṇyaṃ muktādāmavibhūṣitam |
hemapaṅkajamālāḍhyaṃ patākādhvajaśobhitam || 49-48 ||

dhūpaiḥ kālāgarūdbhūtaiḥ samantādadhivāsitam |
karpūramiśrakāleyakṣodapaṅkapariṣkṛtam || 49-49 ||

itastataścarantīnāṃ śaktīnāṃ bhūṣaṇāravaiḥ |
jhaṇajjhaṇitamañjīraninadairnāditāntaram || 49-50 ||

tanmadhye ratnaparyaṅke saṃskṛtābjāsanāśritām |
mahālakṣmīṃ mahānandāṃ saṃśritāṃ sarvaśaktibhiḥ || 49-51 ||

sarvābharaṇasaṃyuktāṃ sarvālaṃkāraśobhitām |
lāvaṇyāmṛtakalpāṅgīṃ śaśibimbanibhānanām || 49-52 ||

saṃvītadivyakauśeyāṃ divyacandanamālikām |
vilokya praṇato bhūtvā vismayastimito'bhavat || 49-53 ||

tatpādāmbu samādāya ratirenamapāyayat |
so'tha tuṣṭāva suprītastāṃ devīṃ śubhalocanām || 49-54 ||

mahālakṣmi bhadre paravyomavāsinyanante suṣumnāhvaye sūrijuṣṭe |
jaye sūrituṣṭe śaraṇye sukīrte prasādaṃ prapanne mayi tvaṃ kuruṣva || 49-55 ||

sati svasti te gauri gāyatri gārgi dhruve kāmadheno surādhīśavandye |
sunīte supūrṇenduśīte kumāri prasādaṃ prapanne mayi tvaṃ kuruṣva || 49-56 ||

sadā siddhagandharvayakṣeśavidyādharaiḥ stūyamāne rame rāmarāme |
praśaste samastāmarīsevyamāne prasādaṃ prapanne mayi tvaṃ kuruṣva || 49-57 ||

duritaughanivāraṇapravīṇe vimale bhāsurabhāgadheyalabhye |
praṇavapratipādyavasturūpasphuraṇākhye harivallabhe namaste || 49-58 ||

siddhe sādhye mantramūrte vareṇye gupte tṛpte nityamudgīthavidye |
vyakte vidvadbhāvite bhāvanākhye bhadre bhadraṃ dehi me saṃśritāya || 49-59 ||

sarvādhāre sadgate'dhyātmavidye bhāvinyārdre nirvṛte'dhyātmavalli |
viśvādhyakṣe maṅgalāvāsabhūme bhadre bhadraṃ dehi me saṃśritāya || 49-60 ||

amoghaseve nijasadguṇaughe vidīpitānuśravamūrdhabhāge |
ahetumīmāṃsyamahānubhāve vilokane māṃ viṣayīkuruṣva || 49-61 ||

umāśacīkīrtisarasvatīdhīsvāhādinānāvidhaśaktibhede |
aśeṣalokābharaṇasvarūpe vilokane māṃ viṣayīkuruṣva || 49-62 ||

iti stutiṃ niśamyaiṣā prasannā prāha pārthivam |
prārthitaṃ te dadāmyadya kiṃ tat kathaya bhūpate || 49-63 ||

rājā ca svānvayaṃ svaṃ ca mahāsuranipīḍitam |
ācakhyau sarvamevāsyai mā bhaiṣīriti sābravīt || 49-64 ||

ahamādhārabhūtāpi śaktīnāṃ jagatastathā |
sudarśanaprabhāveṇa karomyāśritarakṣaṇam || 49-65 ||

anena jahi te śatrumiti dhvajamathārpayat |

yantritaṃ taṃ dhvajaṃ labdhvā jagāma svapuraṃ nṛpaḥ || 49-66 ||

jigāya tena mahatīmāsurīṃ sa varūthinīm |
taṃ ca hatvā sukhaṃ rājyamakaroccitraśekharaḥ || 49-67 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ sudarśanamahāyantraghaṭitadhvajaprabhāvanirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekonapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 49 ||

Kapitel 50

kīrtimālyupākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma pañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

idaṃ tu śṛṇu devarṣe kīrtimālī vitānataḥ |
ajayat tridivaṃ pūrvaṃ yenaiva vidhinā balī || 50-1 ||

bhadraśṛṅga iti khyāto rājā paramadhārmikaḥ |
āsīdudāracarito viśālākhye pure purā || 50-2 ||

tasya svapuravat pṛthvīṃ saptadvīpavatīmapi |
śāsataḥ śakrakalpasya śaradāmayutaṃ gatam || 50-3 ||

tasya dīrghāyuṣaḥ putraḥ kīrtimālī madoddhataḥ |
śūraḥ kamalapatrākṣaḥ kandarpa iva rūpavān || 50-4 ||

balavānapratidvandvaḥ sarvaśāstraviśāradaḥ |
vinayajño mahodāraḥ pratāpī satyasaṃgaraḥ || 50-5 ||

samareṣvaparāvartī gambhīro dhanadarpitaḥ |
meghagambhīranirhrādī jigīṣuḥ śatrutāpanaḥ || 50-6 ||

mattadvipa iva svairaṃ cacāra jagatīmimām |

tasyaivaṃ vartamānasya pitā mṛtyumupāgataḥ || 50-7 ||

pitaryuparate śrīmāñchaśāsa pitṛvad bhuvam |
jagatyāḥ sarvavṛttāntaṃ cāraiḥ kaiścidviveda saḥ || 50-8 ||

svapure svayamaṅgeṣu caritaṃ veda saptasu |

ekākī caikadā dhanvī nṛpaḥ svairakathā nṛṇām || 50-9 ||

śrotuṃ niśīthe nirgatya sarvato vyacarat puram |
āpaṇeṣu ca rathyāsu catvareṣu gṛheṣu ca || 50-10 ||

sarvadvāreṣu vapreṣu sarasīṣu vaneṣu ca |
upakāryāsu caityeṣu devatāyataneṣu ca || 50-11 ||

śastraśālāsu tīrtheṣu vaneṣūdyānabhūmiṣu |
saṃcaran vipramāsīnaṃ śamīmūle purād bahiḥ || 50-12 ||

dadarśa rājā nirbhīko jvalantamiva pāvakam |
prasādhitatanuṃ śāntaṃ sākṣātkṛtasudarśanam || 50-13 ||

saṃprāptasarvakāmaṃ taṃ yogārūḍhamakalmaṣam |
praśrayāvanato bhūtvā papracchedaṃ mahīpatiḥ || 50-14 ||

kastvaṃ kimarthamadhunā vṛkṣamūlamupāśritaḥ |
kasmādupāgataḥ sarvamācakṣvānagha pṛcchate || 50-15 ||

evamukto'pi yogastho na vedaitadudīritam |
tathā punaḥ punaścokto rājānaṃ nābhyabhāṣata || 50-16 ||

balād grahītumārebhe brāhmaṇaṃ kupito nṛpaḥ |
tatastasya prabhāveṇa stabdhaceṣṭo'bhavat tadā || 50-17 ||

stabdhamātmānamālakṣya vismayaṃ paramaṃ yayau |
stutibhistoṣayāmāsa taṃ praṇamya tatastataḥ || 50-18 ||

tuṣṭaḥ sa yogādutthāya jagādedaṃ vaco nṛpam |
sālagrāma iti khyātaṃ viṣṇusthānamanuttamam || 50-19 ||

nityaṃ saṃnihitastatra cakrarūpī jagatpatiḥ |
tatra cakrāṅkitaṃ sarvaṃ sthāvaraṃ jaṅgamaṃ ca yat || 50-20 ||

tatra praveśamātreṇa jantavo vītakalmaṣāḥ |
tatra tyaktaśarīrāstu yānti nirvāṇamuttamam || 50-21 ||

tasmin deśe samutpanno brāhmaṇaḥ śiṣṭasaṃmataḥ |
sudarśanaprabhāveṇa sādhitākhilasādhanaḥ || 50-22 ||

gamyate pauṣkaraṃ tīrthaṃ mayādya jagatīpate |
niśi mārgavaśāt prāptaḥ purametat tavarddhimat || 50-23 ||

pihitadvāramālakṣya śamīmūlamiha śritaḥ |

evamuktastato rājā satkṛtyainamaninditam || 50-24 ||

prāveśayat purīṃ ramyāṃ tatrāpyāyatanaṃ hareḥ |
tatroṣitastu tāṃ rātriṃ sarvasatkārapūrvakam || 50-25 ||

aparedyurdvijo gantumārebhe puṣkaraṃ prati |

rājā tu kṛtapūrvāhṇakarmāṇaṃ tamabhāṣata || 50-26 ||

sādhūnāṃ darśanaṃ puṇyaṃ samastābhīṣṭasādhanam |
iti śrutamato bhāṣe bhagavan kiṃ hitaṃ mama || 50-27 ||

yatheha vindeya sukhaṃ paratrāpyasapatnakam |
tathā prasādaṃ kuru me karuṇārdramanā hyasi || 50-28 ||

tataḥ prasanno rājānamupasannaṃ mune dvijaḥ |
saudarśanaṃ mahāmantraṃ ṣaḍvarṇaṃ sarvasādhakam || 50-29 ||

satkārapūrvakaṃ tasmai nṛpāyopādiśat tadā |
sāṅgamantraṃ tathā dhyānaṃ sādhanaṃ yantrameva ca || 50-30 ||

astramantrāṃstathā sarvān pravartakanivartakān |
paricchadāni pañcāśadyantritāni mahāmune || 50-31 ||

sarvaṃ tasmai pradāyāsau gantuṃ samupacakrame |

rājā ca paramaprīto dravyajātamupānayat || 50-32 ||

gavāṃ sahasraṃ koṭiṃ ca suvarṇānāṃ tathā mune |

ratnapūrṇāni haimāni pātrāṇyanyāni sapta ca || 50-33 ||

tathā bhūyāṃsi vāsāṃsi mahārhāṇi ca bhūpatiḥ |
grāmānaṣṭau ca gurave prādāt paramadhārmikaḥ || 50-34 ||

na caicchad brāhmaṇastatra dakṣiṇāḥ samupāhṛtāḥ |
kiṃ kāryamebhirnṛpate sarvaṃ saṃkalpite bhavet || 50-35 ||

yatheṣṭaṃ viniyuṅkṣvaitadityuktaḥ prāha bhūpatiḥ |
avaśyaṃ gṛhyatāmetanna cennaivāsmi sādhakaḥ || 50-36 ||

tyajyatāṃ vā yatheṣṭaṃ bho maddattaṃ dattameva hi |
ityukto brāhmaṇo'pyāha rājānamamitaujasam || 50-37 ||

madarthamarthajātaṃ tad brāhmaṇebhyaḥ pradīyatām |
ityuktvā prayayau vipro bhūpatiścainamanvayāt || 50-38 ||

nivartitaḥ sa guruṇā brāhmaṇebhyo dhanaṃ dadau |

tasmin gate mahārājo viprasātkṛtya taddhanam || 50-39 ||

anvaśāt pṛthivīmetāṃ tridivaṃ maghavāniva |
naktaṃdivaṃ vibhajyaiva dharmamokṣāvirodhinau || 50-40 ||

arthakāmau yathākālamasevata mahīpatiḥ |
rājadharmeṣu cānyeṣu nātyavartiṣṭa kiṃcana || 50-41 ||

evaṃ ca mānavaṃ mārgamanutiṣṭhan mahīpatiḥ |
dharmyeṇa pālanenaiva prajā rañjayati sma saḥ || 50-42 ||

ekadā mantriṇaḥ sarvānāhūyāsthānamaṇḍape |
papraccha pṛthivīpālaḥ ke ca vaśyā utetare || 50-43 ||

deśeṣu bhūmipāleṣu prakṛtiṣvathavā mama |
brūta sarvaṃ hi jānanti bhavantaścāracakṣuṣaḥ || 50-44 ||

iti pratisamādiṣṭāste sarve mantriṇo'vadan |
deva tvayi mahīmetāṃ śāsatyeva paraṃtape || 50-45 ||

pratipakṣāḥ pralīyante tapatyarke yathā tamaḥ |

sādhunā pṛthivī vaśyā saśailāmbudhipattanā || 50-46 ||

divīva deva rājānaḥ sarve dvāri nivāritāḥ |
tava prakṛtivargeṣu kā kathā jagatīpate || 50-47 ||

na ca devā na gandharvā nāsurā na ca pannagāḥ |
yathā vayaṃ te sevante bhavantaṃ parameśvaram || 50-48 ||

devaḥ pramāṇamiti te vijñāpyārthamupāraman |

kīrtimālī ca tacchrutvā devādīnāṃ jigīṣayā || 50-49 ||

vyajṛmbhata tadā sarvān mantriṇaścābravīdidam |
kathametān vijeṣyāmo balino vīryaśālinaḥ || 50-50 ||

vicitrayodhino dṛptā māyābalasamanvitāḥ |
anukūlā viśiṣṭāśca lokāntaramupāśritāḥ || 50-51 ||

yathā bhavanti te vaśyāstathā vadata mā ciram |

ityuktāste mahārājamūcuḥ saṃmantrya mantriṇaḥ || 50-52 ||

etānadyaiva yāsyāmo vijeṣyāmaśca saṃyuge |

asmadvarūthinī sarvā caturaṅgabalānvitā || 50-53 ||

merumandarasaṃkāśā gajāḥ paramadurjayāḥ |
ekaikameva paryāptaṃ śatruśainyapramardane || 50-54 ||

evaṃvidhānāṃ nāgānāṃ niyutāni daśābhavan |
mattānāṃ turagāṇāṃ ca pañca koṭyaḥ paraṃtapa || 50-55 ||

tisraḥ koṭyaśca saṃpūrṇāḥ syandanānāṃ tathābhavan |
baddhāpadānamānānāṃ śūrāṇāmanivartinām || 50-56 ||

caturvidhapadātīnāmakṣauhiṇyaścaturdaśa |
niśitāstrāṇi naḥ saṃkhye yānyasaṃkhyāni bhūpate || 50-57 ||

ekataḥ sarvametacca ekataḥ kevalo balī |
atirikto bhavān vīryāditi manyāmahe vayam || 50-58 ||

kiṃca divyāni cāstrāṇi labdhavānasi bhūsurāt |
ebhiḥ parivṛtasyaivaṃ kastiṣṭhet saṃmukhe tava || 50-59 ||

saṃvartavartinaḥ śaṃbhorbhūtānīva didhakṣataḥ |
yatra yatra jigīṣā te vartate tatra mā ciram || 50-60 ||

niyuṅkṣvāsmān mahābāho jayaṃ viddhi kare sthitam |

ityuktaḥ paramaprītaḥ kīrtimālī mahābalaḥ || 50-61 ||

sarvānamātyānāhūya tattatsenā mayāhṛtā |
nāgalokaṃ prayātvadya yudhyatāmadya pannagaiḥ || 50-62 ||

ahaṃ cādyaiva yāsyāmi samūlabalavāhanaḥ |
ityuktvā taiḥ parivṛto jagāma sa mahīpatiḥ || 50-63 ||

tatra taiḥ pannagairyuddhamabhavadromaharṣaṇam |
tato'cireṇa kālena divyāstreṇa garutmataḥ || 50-64 ||

vijayaṃ prāptavāṃstatra tebhyo ratnādikaṃ karam |
gṛhītvā daityanāśāya manaścakre mahāmanāḥ || 50-65 ||

tairyuddhamabhavat tīvraṃ cirakālaṃ mahāmune |
nāśayitvā tu tatsainyaṃ vijayaṃ paramaṃ yayau || 50-66 ||

tataśca yakṣagandharvān siddhavidyādharānapi |
nirjitya samare sarvān kiṃkarānakarod balī || 50-67 ||

etān vijitya samare svapuraṃ punarāyayau |

āsthānasadmanyāsīno rājabhiḥ parivāritaḥ || 50-68 ||

tathā gandharvayakṣaiśca dānavaiḥ pannageśvaraiḥ |
cakravartī nijāsthāne nāmarān dadṛśe tadā || 50-69 ||

tato manojavaṃ nāma gandharvamidamūcivān |
adya tridivamabhyetya vacanānmama vāsavam || 50-70 ||

brūyā airāvataṃ nāgaṃ kuliśaṃ kalpakaṃ tathā |
aṣṭau cāpsarasaḥ kṣipraṃ madarthaṃ visṛjeti vai || 50-71 ||

manojavastathetyuktvā śirasā cakravartinaḥ |
mālāmivājñāṃ saṃgṛhya prayayāvamarāvatīm || 50-72 ||

praviśya tat puraṃ ramyamupamānaṃ paraṃ purām |

vāsavaṃ vasubhī rudrairādityaiśca samāvṛtam || 50-73 ||

āsthāmaṇḍapāsīnamapsarogaṇasevitam |
viśvāvasumukhaiḥ siddhaiḥ stūyamānaṃ śacīpatim || 50-74 ||

dadarśa sa tadā devaṃ nāṭyadarśanalālasam |
dṛṣṭvā praṇamya tuṣṭāva virate nṛtyakarmaṇi || 50-75 ||

dṛṣṭvā prītaḥ surapatirmanojavamavaikṣata |

vimalīkṛtamātmānaṃ manyamānaḥ sa vīkṣitaiḥ || 50-76 ||

vyajijñapadyathāvṛttaṃ vṛtrahantre'vilambitam |
deva bhūmaṇḍale kaścit kīrtimālīti viśrutaḥ || 50-77 ||

cakravartī surapate devāyaitannyavedayat |

vinirjitā mayā lokāḥ sarve tridivamantarā || 50-78 ||

bhavantaṃ draṣṭumicchāmi sāṃprataṃ tridiveśvara |
ārohaṇārthaṃ nāgendramairāvatamavāritam || 50-79 ||

kalpakaṃ kuliśaṃ cāṣṭau yoṣito visṛjeha naḥ |
itthamājñāpitaṃ tena mahārājena gopate || 50-80 ||

devaḥ pramāṇamatreti virarāma manojavaḥ |

tato vihasya maghavānāsthāne devasevite || 50-81 ||

prāha gambhīrayā vācā vijñāyaitāṃ viḍambanām |
vajramairāvataṃ nāgaṃ preṣayāmyadya te ubhe || 50-82 ||

āgatya svayamanyāṃstu samāhṛtya prayātvasau |
ityuktvā preṣayāmāsa vajramairāvataṃ gajam || 50-83 ||

niṣkramyobhau viviśatuḥ kīrtimālimahāpurīm |
praviśyairāvato nāgo vajramādāya vāhinīm || 50-84 ||

adṛṣṭenaiva rūpeṇa jaghānaināṃ mahāmune |

hanyamāneṣu sainyeṣu gajavājibhaṭātmasu || 50-85 ||

sarve jānapadā bhītā bhūpāyainnyavedayan |
deva sāmodbhavā nāgā nihatā bhuvi śerate || 50-86 ||

tathā hayottamāḥ śūrā bhaṭāḥ paramaśobhanāḥ |
akasmādeva dṛśyante nihatā jagatīpate || 50-87 ||

etacchrutvā mahārājaḥ śokena mahatā vṛtaḥ |
purodhasaṃ samāhūya vacanaṃ cedamabravīt || 50-88 ||

vāraṇā vājino yodhā hanyante kāraṇādṛte |
na rogo dṛśyate caiṣu na tāpaḥ kālakalpitaḥ || 50-89 ||

nābhicāraḥ parakṛto dṛśyate sunirūpitaḥ |
kimetaccintyatāṃ brahman bhramatīva ca me manaḥ || 50-90 ||

ityudīritamākarṇya purodhāścāpyacintayat |
cintayitvā jagādaitad devakopādupāgatam || 50-91 ||

iti śaṅke na śokasya vaśamāgāḥ paraṃtapa |

iti cintayatoreva tayorāgānmanojavaḥ || 50-92 ||

praṇataḥ prāñjalistathau mahārājasya pārśvataḥ |

manojava kimānītamuktaratnacatuṣṭayam || 50-93 ||

kimāha vāsavaḥ sarvaṃ kathayādyāvilambitam |

ityuktastena sakalaṃ pṛṣṭamasmai nyavedayat || 50-94 ||

rājavākyasya kathanamato maghavataḥ smayaḥ |
vajrairāvatayostena preṣaṇaṃ tadvacastataḥ || 50-95 ||

evaṃ tenerito rājā niścityairāvatakriyām |
purodhasā pratīkāraṃ tasya saṃmantrya tatkṣaṇāt || 50-96 ||

vyasṛjadvāraṇākhyāstraṃ divyaṃ vāraṇavāraṇam |
tadastraṃ tu gajaṃ prāptaṃ niśceṣṭaḥ so'bhavat tadā || 50-97 ||

stabdhamairāvataṃ vajraṃ tenāstreṇa mahātmanā |
vyajijñapurmaghavate surāścairāvatānugāḥ || 50-98 ||

tacchrutvā paramakruddho maghavān samanahyata |
saṃnaddhamindramālakṣya surāścukṣubhire tadā || 50-99 ||

preṣitāstena te sarve sainikāstatpuraṃ yayuḥ |
pralayojjṛmbhitāmbhodhikalpaṃ sainyaṃ śatakratoḥ || 50-100 ||

vilokya tvarito rājā sasainyo niryayau purāt |
tataḥ pravavṛte yuddhaṃ devamānuṣasenayoḥ || 50-101 ||

adṛṣṭacaramāścaryaṃ hāhākāri bhayāvaham |
divyadundubhinirghoṣaiḥ śaṅkhabherīravairapi || 50-102 ||

kṣvelitaistalaśabdaiśca vihāyaḥ samapūryata |
nāgā yuyudhire nāgaiḥ pattibhiḥ pattayastathā || 50-103 ||

syandanaiḥ syandanāścāśvairaśvāścaiva parasparam |
nārācaiḥ parighaiḥ śūlaiḥ paṭṭasairmudgarairapi || 50-104 ||

kārmukaiḥ śaktibhiḥ khaḍgaiḥ prāsaiḥ kuntaiḥ paraśvadhaiḥ |
evaṃ nānāvidhaiḥ śastrairnijaghnuste parasparam || 50-105 ||

kecinnikṛttaśirasaḥ kecicchinnorasaḥ paraiḥ |
kecidutkṛttaśastrāstu viddhavakṣāṃsi kāni ca || 50-106 ||

chinnahastā gajāḥ kecit khaḍganirbhinnamastakāḥ |
bhallairnirbhinnahṛdayā dṛśyante turagāstathā || 50-107 ||

pravṛttā raktasarito hastisyandanavājinām |
nipatacchastrasaṃbhinnā dṛśyante raṇabhūmayaḥ || 50-108 ||

evaṃ pravṛtte saṃgrāme jayārthī pākaśāsanāḥ |
devasenāpatīn sarvāṃścodayāmāsa satvaraḥ || 50-109 ||

tena pravartitā devā vidrāvya nṛpaterbalam |
vijayaṃ lebhire sadyastataḥ kruddho'bhavannṛpaḥ || 50-110 ||

vinaṣṭe svabale so'tha divyāstrāṇi mumoca ha |
āgneyādīni cāstrāṇi pravṛttāni mahāmune || 50-111 ||

nivṛtya balabhit kruddhaḥ pratyastraistānyavārayat |
tato nirvedamāpannaḥ kīrtimālī dvijottamāt || 50-112 ||

labdhaṃ vimānaṃ sasmāra tattathākārayat tataḥ |
sudarśanamahāyantrayantritaṃ savitānakam || 50-113 ||

kṛtvā niṣedivāṃstasya chāyāyāṃ sa mahīpatiḥ |

prāhiṇodviṣṇucakraṃ tu mahāstraprabhavaṃ param || 50-114 ||

tejasā viśvamāpūrya virarāja vihāyasi |
tasyaiva tejasā sarve surāḥ pratihatā raṇe || 50-115 ||

vinighnāśceṣṭituṃ naiva śekurdevagaṇā mune |

tataḥ kruddhaḥ sa maghavān divyāstrāṇi vyasarjayat || 50-116 ||

tāni sarvāṇi nirgatya viṣṇucakre nililyire |
sarvāstraprakṛtau tasmiñchalabhā iva pāvake || 50-117 ||

tataścikṣepa śastrāṇi sarvāṇyapi punaḥ punaḥ |
tāni tatraiva līnāni saritaḥ sāgare yathā || 50-118 ||

tataśca paramakruddho vajraṃ surasupūjitam |
cikṣepa tacca tatraiva tathaivāntaradhīyata || 50-119 ||

tad dṛṣṭvā vismitaḥ śakro rājapārśvamupāyayau |
kīrtimālī ca devendraṃ vimānasthaṃ puraḥ sthitam || 50-120 ||

utthāya praṇato bhūtvā tuṣṭāva śubhayā girā |
tatastuṣṭaḥ śacīnātho rājānamidamabravīt || 50-121 ||

purā vimuktānyastrāṇi viphalāni tavābhavan |
adhunā viparītāni dṛśyante kāraṇaṃ vada || 50-122 ||

sudarśanamahāyantrayantritasya prabhāvataḥ |
vitānasya hare prāptamajayyatvamavehi naḥ || 50-123 ||

ataḥ paraṃ mahārāja sakhyaṃ bhavatu cāvayoḥ |
yanme tat tava yat te syāt tanmama syāditi bruvan || 50-124 ||

sa yayau tridivaṃ devaḥ sabalāyudhavāhanaḥ |
kīrtimālī ca saṃtuṣṭo vijayī svapuraṃ yayau || 50-125 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ kīrtimālyupākhyānavarṇanaṃ nāma pañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 50 ||

Kapitel 51

tārādibījākṣarasvarūpārthavarṇanaṃ nāma ekapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

nāradaḥ-

bhagavan bhūtabhavyeśa bhaganetranipātana |
sādhakānāṃ hitārthāya yantraṃ nānāvidhātmakam || 51-1 ||

nānāmantramayaṃ proktaṃ nānāśaktyupabṛṃhitam |
pradarśitāni cāstrāṇi dvitayānīha śaṃkara || 51-2 ||

vidhānamapi ca proktaṃ divyaṃ māhābhiṣecanam |
uktā coccāvacā śāntiriyaṃ glapitayātanā || 51-3 ||

ṛgbhirapyuditā samyagastraśaktiranekadhā |
nānāphalā mahāvīryā mantrā evātra kāraṇam || 51-4 ||

uktā bhagavatā pūrvaṃ mantrāste tārakādayaḥ |
eṣāmarthakṛtaṃ bhāvaṃ vaktumarhasi śaṃkara || 51-5 ||

yattajjñānaṃ mahat proktaṃ sarvaśāstrārthasaṃbhavam |
tatte manomayaṃ sarvaṃ sarvajño hyasi śāśvata || 51-6 ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

śṛṇu nārada tattvena mantrāṇāmarthajaṃ yaśaḥ |
yadvijñānānnaraḥ śaśvat sarvajñatvamavāpnuyāt || 51-7 ||

tārako nāma yo bhāvaḥ sāraḥ sarvagirāmayam |
prabhavanti hyataḥ śabdā apiyanti ca taṃ punaḥ || 51-8 ||

anenāpyāyitāḥ śabdā bhāvaṃ puṣṇanti ca svakam |

sthūlaḥ sūkṣmaḥ paraśceti bhāvo mantre tridhā sthitaḥ || 51-9 ||

sthūlaḥ saṃsargajo yo'rthaḥ sūkṣmaḥ padavibhāvitaḥ |
aprameyādibhirbhāvairakṣarasthaḥ paraḥ smṛtaḥ || 51-10 ||

saṃstutairanvitairyogaiḥ svasvavācyābhidhānataḥ |
puruṣārtho'vibhāgātmā saṃsargo nāma bhāvyate || 51-11 ||

svarūpālocanenaiva yaḥ pratītaḥ pade pade |
yogena janyate bhāvaḥ sa sūkṣma udito budhaiḥ || 51-12 ||

aprameyādibhirbhāvairbhāvo yo varṇasaṃśrayaḥ |
sa paraḥ kathyate sadbhiriti tredhārthasaṃsthitiḥ || 51-13 ||

otamasmin mitaṃ sarvamityarthaḥ sthūla ucyate |
okāreṇa makāreṇa saṃsargastārakāśrayaḥ || 51-14 ||

dvau varṇau gamakāvetāvotasya ca mitasya ca |
yat kiṃcidbhagavatto'nyat tanmitaṃ sarvamiṣyate || 51-15 ||

śaktimān bhagavān vācyastacchakteḥ pravijṛmbhaṇam |
saṃkalpanīyaḥ saṃkalpa iti yatte puroditam || 51-16 ||

tatra saṃkalpanīyo'rtho bhūtiḥ śuddhetarātmikā |
avyāhatā tu tatprekṣā saṃkalpastat sudarśanam || 51-17 ||

kalpyakalpātmakaṃ sarvaṃ tadetanmitamiṣyate |

mitaṃ tadotaṃ sūtre hi maṇivadbhagavatyaje || 51-18 ||

avatistu praveśārtho gatirvyāptiḥ praveśanam |
mitaṃ praviṣṭaṃ deveśe puṣkare paramāṇuvat || 51-19 ||

oto mite ca deveśaḥ praviṣṭaḥ sūtravanmaṇau |
sthūlo'yaṃ praṇavasyārthaṃ sūkṣmo'rthārtho nirūpyate || 51-20 ||

sṛṣṭisthityantakāriṇyaḥ śaktayastisra ūrjitāḥ |
pūrṇāyā bhagavacchakterekasyā aṃśatāṃ gatāḥ || 51-21 ||

akārādyakṣaratretārūpiṇyaḥ paramādbhutāḥ |

akāraśaktirviśvākhyā ukārotthā tu taijasī || 51-22 ||

makāraśaktiḥ prājñākhyā tāsāṃ rūpaṃ punaḥ śṛṇu |

ekonaviṃśatimukhā viśvākhyā viśvadhāriṇaḥ || 51-23 ||

nānāsṛṣṭimayī viśvā bhuṅkte sthūlāni jāgratī |
dravyakriyāguṇākāraṃ nānāsāmānyacitritam || 51-24 ||

sthūlaṃ tarpayate viśvaṃ viśvāṃ sṛṣṭimayīmajām |

viśvaṃ tadeva sūkṣmākhyamantaḥkaraṇasaṃmitam || 51-25 ||

svāpnīṃ tarpayate śaktimukārasthāṃ tu taijasīm |

viśvaṃ tadeva sūkṣmatvaṃ vihāyānandatāṃ gatam || 51-26 ||

parāṃ tarpayate śaktiṃ sauṣuptiṃ prājñanāmikām |
ukāraśaktistrimukhā sūkṣmā svāpnī puroditā || 51-27 ||

nirañjanā makārākhyā śaktirānandabhojinī |

sthūlaṃ puramadhiṣṭhāya dehaṃ viśvā pravartate || 51-28 ||

sūkṣmaṃ puryaṣṭakaṃ svāpnī puramādāya vartate |

prājñā pravartate prāpya puramānandajaṃ param || 51-29 ||

bāhyapramāṇabhūmiṣṭhā viśvasya sthūlatā daśā |

antaḥkaraṇabhūmiṣṭhā sūkṣmatā tasya vai daśā || 51-30 ||

sadānandamayī tasya viśvasya paratā daśā |

etāstisro daśāstisraḥ śaktīḥ saṃprīṇayanti tāḥ || 51-31 ||

aniruddhādirūpāstā bhoktṛśaktīrvicintayet |

ardhamātrā tu yā divyā makārotthā prakāśinī || 51-32 ||

vāsudevamayīṃ śaktiṃ viddhi tāmanupaskṛtām |

tisṛṇāṃ sārdhamātrāṇāṃ vilaye yā virājate || 51-33 ||

tāṃ viddhi bhagavacchaktimanuccāryāṃ nirañjanām |

uccarannomiti vyaktaṃ kramādādīrvilopayet || 51-34 ||

śaktīścatasra uddiṣṭā uttarottarabhūmiṣu |

yā na kiṃcidivābhāti na satī nāpi cāsatī || 51-35 ||

sarvāsāṃ grasanī divyā śaktīnāṃ pañcamī daśā |

omityuccarataḥ samyak śāmyataḥ kramato mune || 51-36 ||

mahābhāsā nirābhāsā śaktiḥ sāntarvijṛmbhate |

ananyā sā parā śaktirviṣṇorlakṣmīḥ sanātanī || 51-37 ||

gaurī sarasvatī dhenurvācyā vācyakramojjhitā |

udeti svayamevāntaroṃkāraṃ śṛṇvato mune || 51-38 ||

nitye nirañjane śuddhe niṣkale nirvikalpake |
viṣṇau bhavitari vyaktaṃ bhāvo brahmaṇi vartate || 51-39 ||

brahmaviṣṇuśivākhyābhistathaivāvyākṛtākhyayā |
uktā catasṛbhirdivyā stūyate saiva pañcamī || 51-40 ||

īśavidyāsamākhyābhistathaiva ca śivākhyayā |
uktā catasṛbhiḥ saiva śaktiḥ pāśupate mate || 51-41 ||

vyaktāvyaktapumākhyābhistathā kālākhyayā mune |
uktā catasṛbhiḥ saiva śaktirvai sāṃkhyayogayoḥ || 51-42 ||

prāpya tāṃ pañcamīṃ śaktiṃ yadante viramatyasau |
paraṃ brahma paraṃ dhāma tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam || 51-43 ||

ardhamātrordhvagāṃ divyāṃ dīrghaghaṇṭānadopamām |
antarāsvādayañchaktimānandātmānamavyayām || 51-44 ||

yamante labhate bhāvaṃ rūpaṃ viṣṇostadujjvalam |
iti te praṇavasyārthaḥ sūkṣmātmā saṃpradarśitaḥ || 51-45 ||

yo'rthaḥ parāhvayastasya tamidānīṃ nibodha me |
praṇavaṃ bhāvayedetadakṣaradvitayātmakam || 51-46 ||

pañcakṛtyakarī śaktiryā hi sā vaiṣṇavī parā |

tayaivopahitaṃ brahma nānākāravikalpavat || 51-47 ||

abhidhatte paraṃ viṣṇuṃ sṛṣṭikṛt parameśvaraḥ |

avyaktapañcakṛtyāsau tūṣṇīṃbhūteva rājate || 51-48 ||

nirañjanā nirābhāsā niścalā vaiṣṇavī parā |
sadā pratāyamānāpi sūkṣmairbhāvairalakṣaṇaiḥ || 51-49 ||

nirvyāpāreva sā bhāti staimityamiva codadheḥ |
tayaivopahitaṃ brahma nirvikalpaṃ nirañjanam || 51-50 ||

abhidhatte paraṃ viṣṇuṃ vyāpī vyomeśa ujjvalaḥ |

ekatānayanaṃ yat tadanayorvarṇayordvayoḥ || 51-51 ||

tadomityakṣaraṃ brahma pareyamajapā smṛtā |
jagadvilāpanaṃ rūpaṃ tadeva praṇavāhvayam || 51-52 ||

atra yo'vahito yogī sa samādhiṃ vrajet param |

iti te trividhāvasthā praṇavasya pradarśitā || 51-53 ||

tārānutārayoranyā vidhāstisro niśāmaya |

haratyaśeṣaduritamīḍyate ca surāsuraiḥ || 51-54 ||

mīyate cākhilairmānairato hrīmiti kīrtyate |

iti te sthūla uddiṣṭaḥ sūkṣmamadya niśāmaya || 51-55 ||

sarvatra prāṇīti vyaktamalaṃbhāvaṃ na gacchati |
nityonnamanarūpā sā kalayatyakhilaṃ jagat || 51-56 ||

iti te sūkṣma uddiṣṭaḥ paramadya niśāmaya |
paramātmā paro yo'sau devo nārāyaṇāhvayaḥ || 51-57 ||

tasyānapāyinī śaktirdevī taddharmadharmiṇī |
māyāścaryakaratvena pañcakṛtyakarī sadā || 51-58 ||

vyāpinī viṣṇurūpeṇa sarvabhāvānugāminī |
aśeṣabhuvanādhārasaṃkalpapravijṛmbhiṇī || 51-59 ||

samāśritānalaṃbhāvaṃ vidhāya vividhaṃ jagat |
vyomeśavyāpinī spaṣṭaṃ punaḥ sā pratitiṣṭhati || 51-60 ||

paro'yamartha uddiṣṭastārikāyā mahāmune |

śṛṇāti nikhilān doṣāñchrīṇāti ca guṇairjagat || 51-61 ||

śrīyate cākhilairnityaṃ śrayate ca paraṃ padam |
leśataḥ sthūla uddiṣṭaḥ śriya eṣa mahāmune || 51-62 ||

puṇḍarīkaṃ paraṃ dhāma nityamakṣaramavyayam |
śaṃkarī śrayatāṃ tatra mardayantī bhavodadhim || 51-63 ||

nānāścaryakarī bhūtvā tattadbhogapradānataḥ |

iti te sūkṣma uddiṣṭaḥ paramadya niśāmaya || 51-64 ||

praśāntaṃ yat paraṃ brahma nityaśuddhaṃ nirañjanam |
ṣāḍguṇyamacalaṃ divyaṃ nārāyaṇasamāhvayam || 51-65 ||

taddharmadharmiṇī devī śaktistasyānapāyinī |
māyāścaryakaratvena pañcakṛtyakarī sadā || 51-66 ||

vyāpinī viṣṇurūpeṇa sarvabhāvānubhāvinī |

aśeṣabhuvanādhārasaṃkalpapravijṛmbhiṇī || 51-67 ||

samāsthitānalaṃbhāvaṃ vidhāya vividhaṃ jagat |
vyomeśavyāpinī spaṣṭaṃ punaḥ sā pratitiṣṭhati || 51-68 ||

artho'yamanutārāyāstārāyā iva varṇitaḥ |

sarvavācyārthaviṣayaṃ saṃkṣepaṃ śṛṇu nārada || 51-69 ||

yo'sau taverito devaḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ |
śaktimānakhilāvāsaḥ ṣāḍguṇyaparibṛṃhitaḥ || 51-70 ||

taddharmiṇī śaktirekā tasyānapāyinī |
sarvabhūtānugā devī staimityamiva vāridheḥ || 51-71 ||

atyantālpālpakāṃśena sā svenaiva vibhāvyate |
bhāvyabhāvakabhedena bhāvyā bhūtiḥ sitetarā || 51-72 ||

bhāvako viṣṇusaṃkalpaḥ sudarśanasamāhvayaḥ |
bhūtiḥ śabdārthabhedena dvidhā pūrvā pravartate || 51-73 ||

śabdasya śabdanaṃ yat tadarthaṃ prati nirūpyate |
tat kriyārūpato jñeyaṃ saudarśanamayaṃ vapuḥ || 51-74 ||

śabdabhāvo hi yo'rthasya karmībhāvasamāhvayaḥ |
so'pi kriyātmabhāvena sudarśanamayaḥ smṛtaḥ || 51-75 ||

ataḥ spandamayo viṣṇoryaḥ saṃkalpaḥ sudarśanam |
tanmayyeva kriyā sarvā kārakasthā na saṃśayaḥ || 51-76 ||

sarvaḥ śabdaśca sarvaśca vācyo dvedhā pravartate |
guṇena karmaṇā vāpi vidhānyā naiva vidyate || 51-77 ||

ato naiva pravartante vāco brahmaṇi rūpataḥ |
avagāhayato brahma ete tu guṇakarmaṇī || 51-78 ||

te ca saudarśane rūpe viśeṣaṇamayātmanā |
mantragrāmo hi yo yāvān brahmaṇi pravigāhate || 51-79 ||

sudarśanaprabhāveṇa tat sarvamiti cintyatām |
iti te gaditaḥ samyak saṃkṣepaḥ śāstrasaṃmataḥ |
asya vistṛtimavyagro mantre mantre nibodha me || 51-80 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ tārādibījākṣarasvarūpārthavarṇanaṃ nāma ekapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 51 ||

Kapitel 52

viṣṇvādimantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvipañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

tāratārānutārāṇāṃ svarūpaṃ te pradarśitam |
sthūlasūkṣmaparatveṣu guṇakarmanimittajam || 52-1 ||

mantrāṇāṃ viṣṇupūrvāṇāmarthamadya niśāmaya |

prekṣāvataḥ pravṛttiryā prahvībhāvātmikā svataḥ || 52-2 ||

utkṛṣṭaṃ paramuddiśya tannamaḥ parigīyate |

loke cetanavargastu dvidhaiva parikīrtyate || 52-3 ||

jyāyāṃścaiva tathājyāyānnaivābhyāṃ vidyate paraḥ |

kālato guṇataścaiva prakarṣo yatra tiṣṭhati || 52-4 ||

śabdastaṃ mukhyayā vṛttyā jyāyānityavalambate |

ataścetanavargo'nyaḥ smṛtaḥ pratyavaro budhaiḥ || 52-5 ||

ajyāyāṃścānayoryogaḥ śeṣaśeṣitayeṣyate |
ajyāyāṃsaḥ smṛtāḥ sarve jyāyāneko mataḥ paraḥ || 52-6 ||

nantṛnantavyabhāvena teṣāṃ tena samanvayaḥ |
nantavyaḥ paramaḥ śeṣī śeṣā nantāra īritāḥ || 52-7 ||

nantṛnantavyabhāvo'yaṃ na prayojanapūrvakaḥ |
nīcoccayoḥ svabhāvo'yaṃ nantṛnantavyatātmakaḥ || 52-8 ||

upādhirahitenāyaṃ yena bhāvena cetanaḥ |
namati jyāyase tasmai tadvā namanamucyate || 52-9 ||

bhagavān matparo nityamahaṃ pratyavaraḥ sadā |
iti bhāvo namaḥ prokto namasaḥ kāraṇaṃ hi saḥ || 52-10 ||

nāmayatyapi vā devaṃ prahvībhāvayati dhruvam |
prahvībhavati nīce hi paro naicyaṃ vilokayan || 52-11 ||

ato vā nama uddiṣṭaṃ yat taṃ nāmayati svayam |

vācā nama iti procya manasā vapuṣā ca yat || 52-12 ||

tannamaḥ pūrṇamuddiṣṭamato'nyannyūnamucyate |
iyaṃ karaṇapūrtiḥ syādaṅgapūrtimimāṃ śṛṇu || 52-13 ||

śāśvatī mama saṃsiddhiriyaṃ prahvībhavāmi yat |
puruṣaṃ paramuddiśya na me siddhirato'nyathā || 52-14 ||

ityaṅgamuditaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ phalepsā tadvirodhinī |

anādivāsanārohādanaiśvaryāt svabhāvajāt || 52-15 ||

malāvakuṇṭhitatvācca dṛkkriyāvihatirhi yā |
tat kārpaṇyaṃ tadudbodho dvitīyaṃ hyaṅgamīdṛśam || 52-16 ||

svasvātantryāvabodhastu tadvirodhītyudīryate |

paratve sati devo'yaṃ bhūtānāmanukampanaḥ || 52-17 ||

anugrahaikadhīrnityamityetattu tṛtīyakam |
upekṣako yathākarma phaladāyīti yā matiḥ || 52-18 ||

viśvāsātmakametattu tṛtīyaṃ hanti vai sadā |

evaṃbhūto'pyaśaktaḥ sanna trāṇaṃ bhavituṃ kṣamaḥ || 52-19 ||

iti buddhyāsya devasya goptṛśaktinirūpaṇam |
caturthamaṅgamuddiṣṭamamuṣya vyāhatiḥ punaḥ || 52-20 ||

udāsīno guṇābhāvādityupekṣānimittajā |

svasya svāmyanivṛttiryā prātikūlyavivarjanam || 52-21 ||

tadaṅgaṃ pañcamaṃ proktamājñāvyāghātavarjanam |
aśāstrīyopasevā tu tadvyāghāta udīryate || 52-22 ||

carācarāṇi bhūtāni sarvāṇi bhagavadvapuḥ |

atastadānukūlyaṃ me kāryamityeva niścayaḥ || 52-23 ||

ṣaṣṭhamaṅgaṃ samuddiṣṭaṃ tadvighāto nirākṛtiḥ |

pūrṇamaṅgairupāṅgaiśca namanaṃ te prakīrtitam || 52-24 ||

sthūlo'yaṃ namasaścārthaḥ sūkṣmamadya niśāmaya |

cetanasya yadā mamyaṃ svasmin svīye ca vastuni || 52-25 ||

mama ityakṣaradvandvaṃ tadā mamyasya vācakam |

anādivāsanādhīnamithyājñānanibandhanā || 52-26 ||

ātmātmīyapadārthasthā yā svātantryasvatāmatiḥ |
me netyevaṃ samīcīnabuddhyā sātra nivāryate || 52-27 ||

nāhaṃ mama svatantro'haṃ nāsmītyasyārtha ucyate |
na me dehādikaṃ vastu sa śeṣaḥ paramātmanaḥ || 52-28 ||

iti buddhyā nivartante tāstāḥ svīyā manīṣikāḥ |

anādivāsanājātairbodhaistairvikalpitaiḥ || 52-29 ||

rūṣitaṃ yad dṛḍhaṃ cittaṃ svātantryasvatvadhīmayam |
tattadvaiṣṇavasārvātmyapratibodhasamutthayā || 52-30 ||

nama ityanayā vācā nantrā svasmādapohyate |
iti te sūkṣma uddiṣṭaḥ paramadya niśāmaya || 52-31 ||

panthā nakāra uddiṣṭo maḥ pradhāno nirūpyate |
visargaḥ parameśastu tatrārtho'yaṃ nirūpyate || 52-32 ||

anādiḥ parameśo yaḥ śaktimān puruṣottamaḥ |
tatprāptaye pradhāno'yaṃ panthā namananāmavān || 52-33 ||

iti te trividhaḥ prokto namaḥśabdārtha īdṛśaḥ |

viṣṇunārāyaṇādīnāmarthamadya niśāmaya || 52-34 ||

nīcabhāvena saṃdyotyamātmano yat samarpaṇam |
viṣṇvādisthā caturthī tatsaṃpradānapradarśanī || 52-35 ||

nīcībhūto hyasāvātmā yatsaṃrakṣyatayāpyate |
tat kasmā ityapekṣāyāṃ viṣṇave sa itīryate || 52-36 ||

kriyākārakasaṃsargalabhyo'rthaḥ sthūla īritaḥ |

yaḥ prātipadikaprekṣājanyaḥ sūkṣmaḥ sa īryate || 52-37 ||

vyāptikāntipraveśecchāstattaddhātunibandhanāḥ |
paratvadyotikā viṣṇordevasya paramātmanaḥ || 52-38 ||

vyāpnoti deśakālābhyāṃ sarvaṃ yadrūpato'pi ca |
tat paraṃ gaditaṃ sadbhirviṣerdhātornirūpaṇāt || 52-39 ||

kāntirnāma guṇotkarṣo guṇā jñānabalādayaḥ |
ativelaṃ prakṛṣyante yatra kāntaḥ sa īritaḥ || 52-40 ||

akāntāścetanāḥ sarve kāntaḥ sa puruṣaḥ paraḥ |
kāntirnāma guṇaḥ so'yaṃ vaśerdhātornirūpaṇāt || 52-41 ||

cetanācetanāḥ sarve viśantyeva yataḥ svayam |
mahīyāṃsaṃ viśatyeva yo'ṇīyānaṇuṣu svayam || 52-42 ||

sa paro gaditaḥ sadbhirviśerdhātornirūpaṇāt |

ya iṣyate sadā sarvairātmabhāvena cetanaiḥ || 52-43 ||

sa paro gaditaḥ sadbhiriṣerdhātornirūpaṇāt |

viśvaṃ prajāyate vastu samavaiti ca tatra hi || 52-44 ||

prasnauti ca sadā sadbhyaḥ puruṣārthaṃ caturvidham |
veḥ saceśca snuteścaiva viṣṇurdhātutrayānvayāt || 52-45 ||

iti te leśataḥ sūkṣmo viṣṇuśabdārtha īritaḥ |

parastvakṣaralabhyo'rthastasya tattvaṃ niśāmaya || 52-46 ||

amṛtāyitasarvārtho jyotistrayasamindhanaḥ |
dadātyabhayamityetat paro'rthaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 52-47 ||

iti te vaiṣṇave mantre trividhā gatirīritā |

nārāyaṇe nibodhaitadrūpāṇāṃ tritayaṃ mune || 52-48 ||

kriyākārakalabhyo'rthastatra sthūlo nidarśitaḥ |
yaḥ prātipadikastho'rthaḥ sa sūkṣmo'dya nirūpyate || 52-49 ||

narasaṃbandhino nārā naraḥ sa puruṣottamaḥ |
nayatyakhilavijñānaṃ nāśayatyakhilaṃ tamaḥ || 52-50 ||

na riṣyati ca sarvatra narastasmāt sanātanaḥ |
narasaṃbandhinaḥ sarve cetanācetanātmakāḥ || 52-51 ||

īśitavyatayā nārā dhāryapoṣyatayā tathā |
niyāmyatvena sṛjyatvapraveśaharaṇaistathā || 52-52 ||

ayate nikhilānnārān vyāpnoti kriyayā tathā |
nārāścāpyayanaṃ tasya taistadbhāvanirūpaṇāt || 52-53 ||

nārāṇāmayanaṃ vāsaste ca tasyāyanaṃ sadā |
paramā ca gatisteṣāṃ nārāṇāmātmanāṃ sadā || 52-54 ||

āpo nārā iti proktāstā apyayanamasya ca |
ato nārāyaṇo nāma hetubhirdarśitaḥ paraḥ || 52-55 ||

iti te sūkṣma uddiṣṭaḥ paraṃ varṇāśrayaṃ śṛṇu |

akuṇṭhitaścakrarūpaḥ samastaduritānalaḥ || 52-56 ||

vyāpakaḥ sarvaśāstreṣu prathito gopanaḥ satām |
sadānandamayaḥ panthā nārāṇāṃ ca parā gatiḥ || 52-57 ||

ityarthaḥ para uddiṣṭo vāsudeve niśāmaya |

kriyākārakago yo'rthaḥ sthūlaḥ pūrvokta eva saḥ || 52-58 ||

sūkṣmo'rtho vāsudevākhye mantre pratipadāśrayaḥ |
bhagavāniti pūjyārthaḥ śabdo'yaṃ samudāyataḥ || 52-59 ||

dhārayatyakhilaṃ viśvaṃ poṣayatyapi tat sadā |
bharate pūrayatyetat saṃbharatyapi cātmanā || 52-60 ||

trayīkarmātmakaṃ sūkṣmamiti bhārtho nirūpyate |

gīyate nikhilaiḥ śabdairgamyate cāpavargibhiḥ || 52-61 ||

svato'vabudhyate sarvaṃ vyāpnoti nikhilaṃ jagat |
netā ca nikhilārthasya gakārārthaḥ smṛto mune || 52-62 ||

svatvena vṛṇute viśvaṃ vartate ceśatātmanā |
vardhayatyakhilaṃ kāmaṃ vato'rtho'yaṃ samīritaḥ || 52-63 ||

chādayatyakhilaṃ svena jñānānandāmalātmanā |

yathā ca vahnināviṣṭamindhanaṃ tanmayaṃ bhavet || 52-64 ||

evamācchāditaṃ tena viśvaṃ tanmayameva tat |
vasatyasmin yato viśvaṃ tatrāpi ca vasatyayam || 52-65 ||

vāsuśabdārtha uddiṣṭo vā gantā parikīrtyate |
tantuvat sakalārtheṣu saṃtanotīti vāḥ smṛtaḥ || 52-66 ||

prasūyate'khilān bhāvān sauti prerayatītyapi |
makheṣvabhiṣṭutaḥ sadbhiriti svartho'yamucyate || 52-67 ||

dyotate svata evāyaṃ sṛṣṭyādyaiḥ krīḍati svayam |
stūyate ca sadā devairiti devārtha īritaḥ || 52-68 ||

dātā ca sarvakāmānāṃ śodhakaḥ sarvadehinām |
rakṣitā sarvabhūtānāmiti dekāra ucyate || 52-69 ||

sarvaiḥ saṃbhajanīyaśca voḍhā ca sakalātmanām |
vakārārtho'yamuddiṣṭa iti sūkṣmagatistviyam || 52-70 ||

parastvakṣarasaṃlabhyastasya rūpaṃ niśāmaya |
dhruvaḥ pūrvo'vadhirjñeyo yadupādānamucyate || 52-71 ||

dhruvaṃ jagadupādānamiti bhākṣaracintanam |

gāṃ vedayati sacchāstramādau vindati vā svayam || 52-72 ||

govindo nāma devo'sau gārthaḥ saṃkarṣaṇo mune |

varuṇo vṛṇute viśvaṃ trayīkarmobhayātmakam || 52-73 ||

vṛṇute kurute viśvamiti vārtho nirūpyate |

yat sṛjyate saṃhriyate sraggharaḥ parikīrtyate || 52-74 ||

dhatte tadubhayaṃ devaḥ svanābhikamalodare |
ataḥ sragdhara ityevamaniruddho'tra coditaḥ || 52-75 ||

caturbhirakṣarairevaṃ caturvyūhanirūpaṇam |

vakāreṇāmṛtādhāro vāsudevo nirūpyate || 52-76 ||

ākāreṇādidevastu saṃkarṣaṇa udīryate |
yo vāsudevo bhagavān mokṣādhāraḥ sanātanaḥ || 52-77 ||

saṃkarṣaṇaḥ sa eveti vākārārtho nirūpyate |

bhuvanaṃ karma caivādau yo'sūyata sanātanaḥ || 52-78 ||

sa soma uditastena pradyumnaḥ puruṣottamaḥ |
uddāma udayaścātra saṃkarṣaṇa udīryate || 52-79 ||

saṃkarṣaṇadaśāyāṃ hiṃ saṃpūrṇa udayo hareḥ |
vāsudevātmako yaḥ sa saṃkarṣaṇa udīritaḥ || 52-80 ||

pradyumno'pi sa eveti sukārārtho nirūpyate |

datto yenāvakāśo'psu śayānena mahātmanā || 52-81 ||

kṣetrakṣetrajñayorvṛddhyai svanābhikamalodare |
dattāvakāśo dasyārthaḥ so'niruddha udīryate || 52-82 ||

ekāreṇa jagadyoniḥ pradyumnaḥ paripaṭhyate |
saṃkarṣaṇātmako yaḥ sa pradyumnaḥ parikīrtitaḥ || 52-83 ||

aniruddhaḥ sa ityevaṃ dekārārtho nirūpyate |

evaṃ varṇatrayeṇoktaṃ vyūhatādātmyamuttamam || 52-84 ||

upasaṃhārarūpeṇa punarveti taducyate |
leśato vāsudevākhye paro'rthaste pradarśitaḥ |
jitantāyāmidānīṃ me sarvamarthaṃ niśāmaya || 52-85 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ viṣṇvādimantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma dvipañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 52 ||

Kapitel 53

jitantākhyamantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma tripañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

aujjvalyamavighātaśca jayaterartha ucyate |
prayojakaṃ tadubhayaṃ nanturnamanakarmaṇi || 53-1 ||

jñānaśaktibalādyaistadubhayaṃ khalu jāyate |

jñānaśaktibalaiśvaryavīryatejomahodadhiḥ || 53-2 ||

bhagavāneva viśvātmā nantavyaḥ pravivakṣyate |

puṇḍarīkākṣaśabdena tadidaṃ pratisūtryate || 53-3 ||

prayukto rāgaroṣābhyāṃ cakṣuṣaiva vibhāvyate |

ayaṃ tvavāptakāmatvāt tattatkṛtyavivarjitaḥ || 53-4 ||

prasanno vaikṛtatyāgāt puṇḍarīkākṣa ucyate |

rāgādidoṣanirmuktiḥ kalyāṇaguṇapūraṇam || 53-5 ||

puṇḍarīkākṣaśabdena śabdyate puruṣottame |

puṇḍarīkākṣaśabdo'yamādivyūhanirūpaṇaḥ || 53-6 ||

puṇḍarīkākṣamāmantrya brahmā tenaiva hetunā |
nantā svaṃ ca samālokya jitaṃ ta iti vaktyayam || 53-7 ||

iti saṃsargajaḥ sthūlaḥ sūkṣmaṃ cāpi mune śṛṇu |

puṇḍarīkaṃ tu kālākhyaṃ puraṃ jarayate yataḥ || 53-8 ||

tenākṣato bahirbhāvāt tenānākalito yataḥ |

sthūlaḥ sūkṣmaḥ paraḥ kālastrividho na parātmani || 53-9 ||

vāsudeve pare brahmaṇyavagāhanamarhati |
sthūlo lavādimān kālaḥ sūkṣmastattvanirūpakaḥ || 53-10 ||

vyūhānāṃ ceṣṭitavyāpī paraḥ kālo nirūpyate |

vyūhatrayasya bhavati kālena kalanaṃ sadā || 53-11 ||

bhagavān vāsudevastu na vyūhenāpi kālavān |
vyūhatrayamapekṣyaiva kālavyūhanirūpaṇam || 53-12 ||

kālenāmānataścāyamamitadyutirucyate |

puṇḍarīkaṃ paraṃ dhāma nityamakṣayamavyayam || 53-13 ||

tasminnivasanānnityaṃ puṇḍarīkākṣa ucyate |

puṇḍarīkaṃ paraṃ dhāma sva eva mahimojjvalaḥ || 53-14 ||

sve mahimni sthito devaḥ puṇḍarīkākṣa ucyate |
vāsudevastataḥ proktaḥ puṇḍarīkākṣasaṃjñayā || 53-15 ||

puṇḍarīkākṣaśabdasya sūkṣmārthaḥ so'yamīritaḥ |

puṇḍarīkākṣa ityasya paramarthaṃ niśāmaya || 53-16 ||

rāgādidoṣanirmuktaḥ pavitraṃ paramaṃ hariḥ |

nityoditasvarūpatvāduddāma udayaḥ smṛtaḥ || 53-17 ||

vyūhatritayapūrvatvāt pradhānaḥ paripaṭhyate |

śuddhāśuddhādhvasaṃprāpteḥ saṃsmṛto'khaṇḍavikramaḥ || 53-18 ||

saṃkarṣaṇādibhūmyantamaśeṣabhuvanaṃ yataḥ |
bibhartyādhārabhāvena vyāpnotyantaśca tat svayam || 53-19 ||

ānando nairapekṣyeṇa parā ca prakṛtiḥ svayam |

śuddhāśuddhamayasyāsya cetanācetanātmanaḥ || 53-20 ||

vargasyāntaḥ parā sīmā vargāntaḥ paripaṭhyate |

iti varṇamayī rītiḥ parākhyā te pradarśitā || 53-21 ||

varṣāyutairapi vyaktaṃ na śakyā vaktumañjasā |

viśvabhāvanasaṃjñeyaṃ saṃkarṣaśrīsamīraṇī || 53-22 ||

kriyākārakasaṃsargajanyaḥ sthūlo nirūpitaḥ |

sūkṣmamarthamidānīṃ tu gadato me niśāmaya || 53-23 ||

cetanācetanākāraṃ viśvaṃ pradyumnapūrvakam |
bhāvayannaniśaṃ devaḥ kathito viśvabhāvanaḥ || 53-24 ||

viśvaṃ bhāvayati vyaktaṃ jānātyeva yathārthataḥ |
viśvabhāvana uddiṣṭaḥ sarvajñaḥ śabdavittamaiḥ || 53-25 ||

aniśaṃ bibhrataṃ prāpya viśvaṃ bhavati vai tataḥ |
viśvabhāvana uddiṣṭo baladevo mahābalaḥ || 53-26 ||

anāthamabhavadviśvaṃ nātho bhāvayati svayam |
tasminnuditamātre vai viśvaṃ yadbhavati svayam || 53-27 ||

viśvabhāvana uddiṣṭo nāthatvena nirīkṣaṇāt |

viśālo'yaṃ yadādhāro viśvasya bhavane svayam || 53-28 ||

tilakālakavadviśvaṃ yasmāt tatrāvatiṣṭhate |
viśālādhārarūpeṇa viśālākṣo bhavet svayam || 53-29 ||

viśvaṃ tadbhāvayan viśvaṃ viśvabhāvana īryate |
iti te leśataḥ proktaḥ sūkṣmo'rtho viśvabhāvane || 53-30 ||

paramarthamidānīṃ tvaṃ gadato me niśāmaya |

amṛtādhāratastviddho vāsudevādibhūmikaḥ || 53-31 ||

samyagjñānopadeśena śaṃkaraḥ sarvadehinām |

ahnāṃ varamaho yasmādvarāhaḥ paripaṭhyate || 53-32 ||

ahaḥ saṃkarṣaṇaḥ prokto vāsudevasya tattvataḥ |

siddhidaḥ sarvabhūtānāṃ devānāmādireva ca || 53-33 ||

tattatsacchāstrasaṃbhūtaśuklakarmopajoṣaṇaḥ |
siddhiṃ dadāti jīvānāmataḥ siddhida ucyate || 53-34 ||

ādibhūtaḥ sa devānāṃ savyūhavibhavātmanām |
ādiśca dīvyati vyaktamādidevaḥ sa ucyate || 53-35 ||

āvṛṇoti tamaḥ sarvaṃ vivṛṇoti tadakṣaram |
varuṇaḥ so'prameyasthaḥ sa ca panthāḥ smṛto budhaiḥ || 53-36 ||

viśvabhāvana ityevamartho varṇamayaḥ paraḥ |

hṛṣīkeśapadārthaṃ tu bruvato me niśāmaya || 53-37 ||

kriyākārakasaṃsargajanyo'rthaḥ pūrvamīritaḥ |

yaḥ prātipādikārthastaṃ sūkṣmamadya niśāmaya || 53-38 ||

pradyotayati vidyāyāstamo hatvā madhuṃ ripum |

bhagavadbhāvitaṃ rūpaṃ satsattvapratipādakam || 53-39 ||

hṛṣīkeśatvamīśasya tadeva gaditaṃ budhaiḥ |

harṣayatyamalīkṛtya vidyāmīśa itīdṛśam || 53-40 ||

hṛṣīkeśatvametaddhi pradyumnatvamudīryate |

jñānendriyaṃ hṛṣīkaṃ syāt tasya so'ntarniyāmakaḥ || 53-41 ||

hṛṣīkeśatvametaddhi pradyumnasya nigadyate |

hṛṣīkā viṣayāḥ proktāḥ prakṛtiprākṛtātmakāḥ || 53-42 ||

harṣayanti hi te jīvāṃsteṣāmīśo jagadguruḥ |
jaganmayatvametaddhi tanmayatvasamīraṇāt || 53-43 ||

krīḍayā hṛṣyati vyaktamīśastatsṛṣṭirūpayā |
hṛṣīkeśatvamīśasya devatvaṃ cāsya tat sphuṭam || 53-44 ||

avikāritayā hṛṣṭo hṛṣīko vīryarūpayā |
īśaḥ svātantryayogena nityaṃ sṛṣṭyādikarmaṇi || 53-45 ||

aiśvaryavīryarūpatvaṃ hṛṣīkeśatvamucyate |

hṛṣī jñānaṃ samuddiṣṭaṃ hṛṣīkāścetanātmakāḥ || 53-46 ||

jaṅgamatvājjagadrūpāstadīśo jagatāṃ patiḥ |
iti sūkṣmo'yamuddiṣṭaḥ sa prātipādikāśrayaḥ || 53-47 ||

varṇāśrayamidānīṃ me paramarthaṃ niśāmaya |

prāṇayatyakhilaṃ jīvaṃ śukladharmātmabhāvataḥ || 53-48 ||

satyaśca nāmataḥ sacca tyacca yasmādbhavatyayam |

māyayāścaryayogena bhāskaraṃ bharate divi || 53-49 ||

karālāṃ jagato yoniṃ ghorarūpāṃ tamomayīm |

śamayatyaprameyastha iti varṇāśrayā sthitiḥ || 53-50 ||

artho'yaṃ trividhaḥ prokto hṛṣīkeśe mahāmune |

arthaṃ śṛṇu tvaṃ trividhaṃ mahāpuruṣapūrvaje || 53-51 ||

jitaṃ ca iti vākṛṣya āhāryo'tra jayeti vā |
jitaṃ te'tha namaste'stu padametadihobhayam || 53-52 ||

añjasā jagato'dhyakṣe cetanācetanātmanaḥ |
jayaḥ praṇāmarūpo'rtho hyaniruddhe'bhidhīyate || 53-53 ||

jitaṃ ta iti śabdo'yamatisvāmitvasūcakaḥ |
saṃnikṛṣṭo namaskāraḥ sarvotkṛṣṭe kathaṃ bhavet || 53-54 ||

atyucco yena rūpeṇa saṃnikarṣamupaiti saḥ |
tad dvitīyatṛtīyau dvāviti tatra namaskriyā || 53-55 ||

bhāvadvayena bhagavānaniruddho jagaddhitaḥ |
iti dyotayituṃ tatra vācye jayanamaskriye || 53-56 ||

kriyākārakajanyo'rtha iti sthūlo nirūpitaḥ |

yaḥ prātipadikastho'rthastaṃ tvaṃ sūkṣmaṃ niśāmaya || 53-57 ||

mimīte vividhaṃ vastu kṣetrakṣetrajñatanmayam |

jihīte tadaśeṣaṃ ca praviśatyantarātmanā || 53-58 ||

prāṇayatyatha tat sarvaṃ tatra tatra mahīyate |
mahadbhyaśca mahānitthaṃ mahāniti nirucyate || 53-59 ||

puṣyati sthitimāvyakti punaḥ punarudeti ca |

rauti śāstraṃ ca nānārthaṃ rūyate tattadātmanā || 53-60 ||

rāti pūjāmathādatte rāti cārādhitaḥ phalam |

antaṃ karoti pāpānāṃ nānā sabhajyate janaiḥ || 53-61 ||

puramoṣati karmānte purubhiḥ sevyate tathā |

puri śete puraṃ sauti sattve puruṇi sīdati || 53-62 ||

pārayatyakhilaṃ viśvaṃ vārayatyakhilaṃ tamaḥ |

vanate cāśritān sarvāñjayatyapi tamomayam || 53-63 ||

ajati kṣipati spaṣṭaṃ dviṣataḥ krūrayoniṣu |

pūrva eva purāṇaḥ saṃstattadyoniṣu jāyate || 53-64 ||

pūrvajaḥ sarvadevānāṃ pūrvo'jo yasya dehajaḥ |
ajo hi putraḥ pūrvo'sya brahmā prathamakalpitaḥ || 53-65 ||

pūrvā jīvāḥ samākhyātāḥ puraste vanvate yataḥ |
svena rūpeṇa pūrvāṃstān prādurbhāvayati svayam || 53-66 ||

mahattvamanapekṣatvaṃ sarvabhāvakriyāvidhau |
puruṣairavibhāgo yo mahāpuruṣatāsya sā || 53-67 ||

etadeva ca tejastat saiṣā śaktirudīritā |

etadevāniruddhatvaṃ bhagavattvamapīdṛśam || 53-68 ||

sthityutpattilayatrāṇahetutvaṃ caitadīdṛśam |
iti te leśataḥ proktaḥ sūkṣmaḥ pratipadāśrayaḥ || 53-69 ||

varṇāśrayamidānīṃ me paramarthaṃ niśāmaya |

mardanaḥ sarvaduṣṭānāmaprameyaparākramaḥ || 53-70 ||

aribhyaśca hito nityaṃ gopanaḥ sarvadehinām |
vyaktaḥ kriyāvatāṃ panthāstrayīkarmasamudbhavaḥ || 53-71 ||

padmanābho'mbuśāyī sannuddāmabhuvanodayaḥ |

aśeṣabhuvanādhārastattatkāryodayasthitiḥ || 53-72 ||

śvetadvīpe nṛsiṃhaḥ sannagnirūpo havirbhujām |
bhāskaraḥ sarvadevānāṃ pavitraṃ paramaṃ satām || 53-73 ||

nānāvidhānāṃ prajñānāmādhāraḥ kāryasādhane |

balavān sarvalokeśaḥ kalpānte kālapāvakaḥ || 53-74 ||

varāho vasudhoddhāre janmahantā smṛtaḥ satām |
ajito devadaityādyairmahāpuruṣapūrvajaḥ || 53-75 ||

iti varṇāśrayā rītirmahāpuruṣapūrvaje |

nānāvidhamahārtho'yaṃ jitantākhyo mahāmanuḥ |
cakrarūpaṃ citrarūpaṃ vakti devaṃ sanātanam || 53-76 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jitantākhyamantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma tripañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 53 ||

Kapitel 54

nārasiṃhānuṣṭubhamantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma catuṣpañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

iti te leśataḥ prokto jitantākhyo mahāmanuḥ |
nārasiṃhamidānīṃ me tattvataḥ śṛṇu nārada || 54-1 ||

sarvāścaryakaraḥ so'yaṃ nārasiṃho mahāmanuḥ |
divyāntarikṣabhaumānāṃ bhogānāmupapādakaḥ || 54-2 ||

ādhyātmikādirūpāṇāṃ trividhānāṃ tathāpadām |
nivāraṇastathā rakṣodaityadānavamardanaḥ || 54-3 ||

sāṃkhyānāṃ paramaṃ jñānamidameva mahāmune |
iyaṃ sopānabhūmiḥ sā yogināṃ niyatātmanām || 54-4 ||

tadetadayanaṃ hyekaṃ sāttvatānāṃ mahātmanām |
etat trayyantasarvasvametat pāśupataṃ matam || 54-5 ||

saṃkarṣaṇo jagatyasmin sṛṣṭe nānāvidhe purā |
hitāya sarvajīvānāṃ jñānametat paraṃ jagau || 54-6 ||

taptvā ghoraṃ tapo brahmā tasmādadhijagau purā |
adhītavānahaṃ tasmānmatto divyā maharṣayaḥ || 54-7 ||

namanaṃ natirityuktaṃ nīcībhāvaśca sa smṛtaḥ |
paraṃ pratyātmano nīcībhāvaḥ śeṣatvameva hi || 54-8 ||

ātmānaṃ śeṣatāṃ nītvā namāmītipadena tu |
ātmīyamarthaṃ tat tasmai nivedayati mantravit || 54-9 ||

krodhātiśayato raudro rasa ugra udīritaḥ |
utsāhātiśayotthāyī vīro vīrapadoditaḥ || 54-10 ||

caturbhiradbhutaiḥ śabdairmahāviṣṇvādipūrvakaiḥ |
bhayātiśayahetutvād bhīṣaṇena bhayānakaḥ || 54-11 ||

rasaṃ vadati śṛṅgāraṃ mantrabhadrapadaṃ mune |
mṛtyumṛtyupadaṃ cāpi vadatyadbhutabhīṣaṇau || 54-12 ||

ahamityātmaniṣkarṣo nanturbhāgavatātmanā |

ugraḥ śatrudhiyā devo vīro devagaṇekṣayā || 54-13 ||

mahāviṣṇurjvalaṃścaiva sarvatomukha ityapi |
nṛsiṃha iti cāścaryo yogasiddhajanekṣayā || 54-14 ||

bhīṣaṇo deva uddiṣṭaḥ kṣudrarakṣogaṇekṣayā |
ānandavalitāpāṅgyā lakṣmyā bhadro nirīkṣitaḥ || 54-15 ||

ṛṣīṇāṃ mṛtyumṛtyuḥ sa bhīṣaṇāścaryayogataḥ |
kriyākārakasaṃsargajanyo'rthaḥ sthūla īdṛśaḥ || 54-16 ||

sūkṣmamarthaṃ nibodhemaṃ yaḥ prātipadikāśrayaḥ |

udgiratyakhilaṃ viśvamudgīrṇaṃ grasati svayam || 54-17 ||

vīrayatyakhilaṃ bhāvaṃ vividhaṃ ramayatyapi |

kāladeśādyavacchedavirahāt sa mahān smṛtaḥ || 54-18 ||

mahīyatermehatervā muhyaterathavā miheḥ |
manuteḥ sajahātervā māṃ jihīte'thavā mahān || 54-19 ||

mātyasminnatha vā viśvaṃ na jahātyapi vai jagat |

mahīyate pare vyomni mahāniti nirucyate || 54-20 ||

mehatirdānakarmāyaṃ mahān mehatyabhīpsitam |
mohayatyātmaceṣṭābhiriti devo mahān smṛtaḥ || 54-21 ||

svaṃ mehatyapsu vai vīryamaṇḍatveneti vai mahān |
manute nityayogena svena jñānātmanā mahān || 54-22 ||

jahāti vividhān bhāvān ṣaḍ bhāvā iti yān viduḥ |
meti lakṣmīrmatā devī tāṃ jihīte'bhigacchati || 54-23 ||

divyaṃ nityapariṣvaktaṃ mithunaṃ tanmahānataḥ |

mātyasminnikhilenedaṃ kuṇḍe badaravajjagat || 54-24 ||

na jahāti bahirbhūtastacca dehe mahānataḥ |

vivinakti jagatyasmin saccāsacca viceṣṭate || 54-25 ||

veveṣṭi nikhilān bhogān yacchati prāṇināṃ svayam |
āyattaiḥ sakalairjīvaiḥ praṇautyantaḥ svarātmanā || 54-26 ||

iti śabdārthatattvajñā viṣṇuṃ devaṃ pracakṣate |

mahān viśati saṃsāre jāyamāno yato mahān || 54-27 ||

mahāviṣṇumato dhīrā devamenaṃ pracakṣate |

hṛdaye yogināṃ nityaṃ sūrīṇāṃ parame pade || 54-28 ||

vitāneṣu ca viprāṇāṃ yato jvalati vai svayam |
sūryācandramasau vahniriti tejastrayaṃ param || 54-29 ||

āviśya jvalayatyantaravatīrṇo jvalatyapi |
jñānātmanā svarūpeṇa jvalatyeko jagad grasan || 54-30 ||

iti jvalantamāhustaṃ sarvato harimedhasam |

mukhaṃ śaktiḥ samuddiṣṭā sarvato yasya sā sthitā || 54-31 ||

sarvatomukhamāhustaṃ sarvaśaktiṃ sanātanam |

narāṇāṃ bandhanaṃ hanti hinastīti nṛsiṃhatā || 54-32 ||

bhiyaṃ sanoti duṣṭānāṃ bhīṣaṇastena śabdyate |

bhāṃ dadāti ravau bhadrāṃ bhāvaṃ drāvayate satām || 54-33 ||

bhavaṃ drāvayate ghoraṃ saṃsāraṃ tāpasaṃtatam |

mṛtyurajñānamuddiṣṭaṃ mṛtyuḥ prāṇāpahārakaḥ || 54-34 ||

mṛtyuḥ saṃsāra uddiṣṭasteṣāṃ mṛtyuryato hariḥ |

matiṃ tyajatyaneneti mṛtyurajñānamucyate || 54-35 ||

mṛtiṃ tanoti jantūnāmiti mṛtyuriti sthitiḥ |
mṛtisaṃtānarūpatvānmṛtyuḥ saṃsāra ucyate || 54-36 ||

nāśakatvamihoddiṣṭaṃ mitamuttaramṛtyunā |

aṃ jihīte hariṃ yāti svarūpeṇeha tādṛśaḥ || 54-37 ||

pūrṇānandasvarūpo hi cetano nikhilo yataḥ |
ahīnaścāpyayaṃ sarvairjñānaśaktyādibhiḥ svataḥ || 54-38 ||

ahnā vāpyamito'yaṃ syāt kālātīto yato'khilaḥ |
ahni vā māti jīvo'yamahamarthaḥ sa ucyate || 54-39 ||

ahaḥ saṃkarṣaṇo jñeyastasmiñjīvo'khilaḥ sthitaḥ |

ugrabhīṣaṇaśabdābhyāṃ procyate'vyaktarūpatā || 54-40 ||

ugramatyantaghoraṃ yadbhīṣaṇaṃ bhayadāyi ca |
avyaktaṃ tat parijñeyaṃ bhagavadrūpameva hi || 54-41 ||

jvalantamiti śabdena procyate jīvarūpatā |
caitanyaṃ jvalanaṃ proktaṃ tatkartā cetano jvalan || 54-42 ||

jvalannityucyate so'yamasamāptavidikriyaḥ |
sarvataḥ prakṛtiṃ dṛṣṭvā doṣāṃścaiva tadudbhavān || 54-43 ||

viraktaḥ sarvathā tatra yadā vetti paraṃ harim |
tadā samāpyate tasya vettuḥ sarvā vidikriyā || 54-44 ||

ataḥ prakṛtinirmagno budhyamāno ya īryate |
saṃsārī sa jvalan so'pi bhagavāniti bhaṇyate || 54-45 ||

vividhaṃ prerayatyetaccetanācetanaṃ jagat |
yaḥ kālo bhagavadrūpaṃ vīraśabdena sa smṛtaḥ || 54-46 ||

tattattvatritayavyāptirviṣṇuśabdena bhaṇyate |
vyāptau tatrāpyaliptatvaṃ tasmāccādhikatā ca yā || 54-47 ||

mahā mahattvaṃ pūjyatvaṃ mahacchabdena varṇyate |

sarvatomukhaśabdena procyate sarvaśaktitā || 54-48 ||

sarvajñatā ca devasya sarvakartṛtvameva ca |

bhadraśabdena devasya nityanirdoṣatocyate || 54-49 ||

tathā nṛsiṃhaśabdena puruṣottamatocyate |

mokṣapradatvametasya mṛtyumṛtyusamīraṇāt || 54-50 ||

prasaṃkhyānena yā siddhā siddhiḥ kālena bhūyasā |
prakṛtyuttaratā sākṣāt sāhaṃśabdena varṇyate || 54-51 ||

hinasti gacchatītyādiḥ prākṛtī yākhilā kriyā |
tatkartṛvācī haṃśabdastadanyo'haṃpadoditaḥ || 54-52 ||

nirupādhyavamarśo'yaṃ dehaprāṇātyaye sthitaḥ |
ahamityāspadaṃ yāti sa jīvo nirupaskṛtaḥ || 54-53 ||

prasaṃkhyāyetthamātmānaṃ prahvībhavati yat svayam |
nadyā ivāmbudhau deve prahvībhāvo nimagnatā || 54-54 ||

iti te sāṃkhyamārgastho māntro'rthaḥ sūkṣma īritaḥ |
tatprasaṃkhyānatattvajñā viśanti pruṣottamam |
yogamārgasthitaṃ tasya matto rūpaṃ niśāmaya || 54-55 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ nārasiṃhānuṣṭubhamantrārthanirūpaṇam nāma catuṣpañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 54 ||

Kapitel 55

nārasiṃhānuṣṭubhamantrārthanirūpaṇam nāma pañcapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

nirbruvanti yathā yogā mantrametaṃ vicakṣaṇāḥ |
tathā vācyastava mune tanme nigadataḥ śṛṇu || 55-1 ||

udgataḥ krudha ityevamugraḥ karaṇarodhanāt |

vivṛtā yena vijitā īrā dehasthavāyavaḥ || 55-2 ||

sa vīra udito yogaistantravijñānapāragaiḥ |

jitendriyo jitaśvāso yo'ntarjvalati sarvataḥ || 55-3 || anindriyavyavacchedāt sarvataḥ prasṛto jvalan |

sarvatomukha uddiṣṭaḥ sarvajñānamayo hariḥ || 55-4 ||

bhā samyagjñānamuddiṣṭaṃ tasyāḥ preraṇamīṣaṇam |
bheṣaṇo bhīṣaṇaḥ prokto bhagavān viśvabhāvanaḥ || 55-5 ||

mahāviṣṇunṛsiṃhau ca mṛtyumṛtyuśca pūrvavat |

jitendriyasamīrādyaṃ jīvarūpaṃ vyavasthitam || 55-6 ||

vyāpinaṃ mahanīyaṃ ca dhiyāṃ samyak pracodakam |
saṃsāramocakaṃ caiva yaṃ viduḥ puruṣottamam || 55-7 ||

namāmi tamahaṃ devamiti yogānuśāsanam |

ugravratasamārādhya ugraśabdena varṇyate || 55-8 ||

tatpārayitṛvandyatvaṃ vīraśabdena varṇyate |

malatrayaprāgabhāvaḥ sarvatomukhaśabditaḥ || 55-9 ||

savidghanatvamādyasya jvalacchabdena varṇyate |

arthapañcakarūpastu pāśo bhīśabdadarśitaḥ || 55-10 ||

bhiyaṃ syati dyati spaṣṭaṃ pāśaṃ chintte paśoriti |
paśupāśacchidaṃ vakti śabdo bhīṣaṇa ityayam || 55-11 ||

śivaṃkaratvamīśasya mṛtyumṛtyupadoditam |

mahāviṣṇurnṛsiṃhaśca pūrvameva pradarśitau || 55-12 ||

ugravratapriyaṃ nityamugravrataparārcitam |
malatrayāparāmṛṣṭaṃ cidghanaṃ pāśabhedinam || 55-13 ||

śivaṃ vadanti yaṃ viṣṇuṃ mahāntaṃ puruṣottamam |
namāmyahaṃ tamityevamarthaḥ pāśupate smṛtaḥ || 55-14 ||

trayyantapadavīvedyaḥ pūrvameva nirūpitaḥ |

arthaṃ sāttvatasaṃvedyamapramatto'vadhāraya || 55-15 ||

udgiratyamalaṃ śāstramudgīrya ramayatyapi |
giratyante ca tacchāstramugraḥ saṃkarṣaṇaḥ smṛtaḥ || 55-16 ||

vinā kṛtvā prerayati rajasā tamasā trayīm |
vīrāṃ karoti tāṃ vidyāṃ vaidyamānavasargayoḥ || 55-17 ||

vīrayatyapi cātmānaṃ tamomadhunighātane |
vyāpārayati śāstrārthānuṣṭhāne karma nirmalam || 55-18 ||

ato vīraṃ vadantyādyaṃ pradyumnaṃ puruṣottamam |

mahān bhavati ceṣṭābhiraniruddhaśca sarvataḥ || 55-19 ||

ekatricaturīhābhiste pūrve mitavṛttayaḥ |
kāryasya ca mitatvena teṣāṃ śaktirnirodhitā || 55-20 ||

āmnāyante'niruddhe tu ceṣṭāḥ saṃkhyānavarjitāḥ |
kāryāṇyaparimeyāni sṛṣṭisthityādikāni tu || 55-21 ||

śaktistadviṣayā yā tu yā vyāptirviṣṇutā ca sā |
sā cāniruddhatā tasya turyavyūhasya śārṅgiṇaḥ || 55-22 ||

mahāviṣṇustataḥ proktaḥ so'niruddho vicakṣaṇaiḥ |

vikāso jvalanaṃ proktaṃ tasya brahmāṇḍamadhyataḥ || 55-23 ||

yadvadantyavatāraṃ tu vaibhavaṃ harimedhasaḥ |

sarvatomukhaśabdena nānāyoniniveśanam || 55-24 ||

bhadratvaṃ tatra tasyāpi hyajahatsvasvabhāvatā |

bhiyaḥ saṃsārabandhasya sānaṃ bhīṣaṇatā matā || 55-25 ||

sā saprakāravijñānamātralabhyopadiśyate |

heyapratyarthitā yā sā brahmaṇaḥ sārvakālikī || 55-26 ||

svābhāvikī ca sā proktā mṛtyumṛtyupadena tu |

nṝnātmano'nubadhyāntarhitvainān parito'pi ca || 55-27 ||

yā sthitistasya devasya puruṣottamatāhvayā |
soktā nṛsiṃhaśabdena saiṣā vākyārtha ucyate || 55-28 ||

saṃkarṣaṇādirūpeṇa vyūhyātmānaṃ tridhā sthitaḥ |
tattadāśritakāryāya yo vibhuḥ sarvatomukhaḥ || 55-29 ||

nānāvibhavarūpeṇa jvalatyantarbhavodare |
evaṃ jvalan bhavatyeva bhadro bhadratarastathā || 55-30 ||

evaṃ vijñātamātro yo bhīṣaṇo bandhanāśakṛt |
mṛtyorheyasvarūpasya mṛtyuḥ pratibhaṭo yataḥ || 55-31 ||

tamahaṃ vyūhavibhavavijñānasulabhaṃ nṛṇām |
antarbahiridaṃ vyāpya tiṣṭhantaṃ puruṣottamam || 55-32 ||

nṛsiṃhaṃ karaṇaiḥ sarvairātmatvenānusaṃdadhe |
iti sāttvatasiddhārtho leśataste nidarśitaḥ || 55-33 ||

sūkṣmo nānāvidho'rtho yaḥ paramadya niśāmaya |

aśeṣabhuvanādhāraḥ saṃsāragadanāśanaḥ || 55-34 ||

uddāma udayo viṣṇoḥ saṃkarṣaṇasamāhvayaḥ |
ugravarṇaiḥ samuddiṣṭho vaiṣṇavaḥ prathamodayaḥ || 55-35 ||

tilakālakavadyasmāt tatra viśvaṃ prakāśate |
divyaśāstropadeśena gadaṃ dhvaṃsayate yataḥ || 55-36 ||

ata ugrapadoddiṣṭo devaḥ saṃkarṣaṇaḥ prabhuḥ || 55-37 ||

amṛtādhārarūpaśca māyāvāṃśca tato'nalaḥ |
pradyumno vīraśabdena gaditaḥ puṣkarekṣaṇaḥ || 55-38 ||

amṛtaṃ bhagavaddharmastasyādhāraḥ samāśrayaḥ |

saddharmasya hyadhiṣṭātā pradyumno dharmasaṃśrayaḥ || 55-39 ||

māyā jñānaṃ yato vidyāṃ saṃbodhayati māyayā |
dahatyanalavaccaiva vidyādoṣaṃ tamomayam || 55-40 ||

vīravarṇairato devaḥ pradyumnaḥ parikīrtyate |

kālaḥ pradhānamādhārastayoḥ prāṇaḥ sadābhavat || 55-41 ||

gopanaśca tayornityaṃ vṛṇvānaḥ sakalā gatīḥ |
edhayan mānavaṃ garbhaṃ tattatsaṃvatsaraiḥ kramāt || 55-42 ||

agnirūpo jagatyasmin bhāskaraśca svayaṃ bhavan |
bhuvanābhayadaścaiva vaikuṇṭho'vihataṃ jagat || 55-43 ||

śāsitā svayamadhyakṣo mahāviṣṇurvivarṇitaḥ |

puṣkaraṃ kālarūpeṇa dhatte nābhisamudbhavam || 55-44 ||

antaḥsthapuruṣaṃ caiva pradhānaṃ tadgataṃ dadhat |
kālapradhānaśabdābhyāmabhedenābhidhīyate || 55-45 ||

prāṇayan kālataḥ sāṃkhyakālajīvatrayītrayam |
prāṇavarṇena nirdiṣṭho gopano gopanākhyayā || 55-46 ||

kāryāṇi gatayaḥ proktāstāśca vṛṇvaṃścikīrṣayā |
ukto varuṇavarṇena sā hi tasyāniruddhatā || 55-47 ||

garbhaṃ kālsthavidyāyāṃ jīvamanvaṣṭakātmakam |
puṣṇannabdasahasreṇa deva iddhārṇavarṇitaḥ || 55-48 ||

agnisūryādike caiva devasarge hi vaidyake |
tattaddevapraveśena tattannāma dadhat svayam || 55-49 ||

angibhāskaravarṇena svayaṃ deva udīryate |
kālādyavaniparyantaṃ cetanācetanātmakam || 55-50 ||

bhuvanārṇoditaṃ yat tad bhuvanāṅgavicitritam |
tasya duṣṭanibarheṇa yo dadātyabhayaṃ sadā || 55-51 ||

yaścāvihata evāsīt tattatkāryasamudyame |
anupraviśya bhūtāni yo'dhyakṣaḥ saṃniyacchati || 55-52 ||

eṣo'bhayadavaikuṇṭhaśāstṛvarṇena varṇyate |
iti vyūhāḥ samuddiṣṭā ugrāditritayena tu |
jvaladādinirūpyo'rtho hyataḥ paramudīryate || 55-53 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ nārasiṃhānuṣṭubhamantrārthanirūpaṇam nāma pañcapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 55 ||

Kapitel 56

nārasiṃhānuṣṭubhamantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma ṣaṭpañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ-

vaibhavaṃ devatācakraṃ jvaladādyarṇavarṇitam |
yathā tadvarṇyate taistaistathā tadavadhāraya || 56-1 ||

avatāro hi yo viṣṇoḥ padmanābho mahodayaḥ |
ajitaḥ kutracit kaiścit so'jitārṇena varṇyate || 56-2 ||

amṛtādhāravarṇena kāntātmāmṛtadhārakaḥ |

tatraivārṇavaśāyī ca varuṇasthāprameyataḥ || 56-3 ||

dhareśena tu śaktīśo dharā śaktirhi vaiṣṇavī |

vibudho hariruddiṣṭhaḥ kṛṣṇastu puruṣeśvaraḥ || 56-4 ||

vibudhākhyena varṇena varṇyate puruṣeśvaraḥ |
tāvubhau kathitau devau naranārāyaṇātmakau || 56-5 ||

svargāpavargayoḥ panthā yo hi dharmaḥ sanātanaḥ |
sa dhareśottareṇaiva pathā deva udīryate || 56-6 ||

tālalakṣmā hi bhagavān yo'nantaḥ paripaṭhyate |
sa devo dharaṇīdhartā kathyate tālalakṣmaṇā || 56-7 ||

lokamālāḥ srajaḥ proktāḥ sragdharaḥ kūrma ucyate |
virāḍ vidyoditā sadbhirvairājaśca tadīśvaraḥ || 56-8 ||

vairājasragdharākhyena tau devau parikīrtitau |

aprameyanigīrṇena kālena puruṣottamaḥ || 56-9 ||

ucyate kālanemighno yaḥ kālaḥ sa durāsadaḥ |

aprameyasamākrāntamamṛtākṣaramuttamam || 56-10 ||

amṛtāharaṇaṃ vakti puruṣaṃ puṣkarekṣaṇam |

aprameyasamākrāntā saiva tṛptiḥ sanātanī || 56-11 ||

śrīpatiṃ vakti deveśaṃ śrīḥ sā tṛptirudīritā |

aśeṣabhuvanādhāravarāhasamudāyataḥ || 56-12 ||

aśeṣabhuvanādhāro varāhaḥ parigīyate |

aprameyasamākrāntādvaruṇādeva cākṣarāt || 56-13 ||

pātālaśāyī bhagavān devadevo nirucyate |

sragvāk proktā munīndraiḥ sā sṛjatī dadhatī jagat || 56-14 ||

vāgīśaḥ sragdharārṇena dvitīyena nirucyate |

yaḥ sa devo balernetā pṛthivīṃ trirvicakrame || 56-15 ||

harirvikramiṇā tena varṇena parigīyate |

oto devo hi yo viśvaṃ rūpeṇa svena dīvyatā || 56-16 ||

viśvarūpaḥ sa devo'sāvotadevena varṇyate |

odanena samākrānto mardano varṇa uttaraḥ || 56-17 ||

vaktyaurvaṃ baḍabāvaktraṃ devadevaṃ jalāśanam |

odanaṃ jalamuddiṣṭamodanasya prasūryataḥ || 56-18 ||

jalaṃ mṛdgan sa pānena deva odanamardanaḥ |

kharvadeho hi yo varṇaḥ soddāmodayamardanaḥ || 56-19 ||

vāmanaṃ vakti suvyaktaṃ yācitāraṃ baliṃ bhuvam |

uddāmamudayaṃ vyāptiṃ sa hi mṛdgāti vāmanaḥ || 56-20 ||

sa eva varṇo vedātmā vakti vedavidaṃ harim |

naro nārāyaṇaścaiva naranārāyaṇākṣarāt || 56-21 ||

satyā yasya sa satyo'sau pārijātaharo mahān |
sa satyārṇena kathitaḥ satyāmaṅkasthitāṃ vahan || 56-22 ||

kharvadehāt paro yo hi mardanaḥ sahitaḥ pathā |
aṅkuśastatparaḥ soma iti varṇacatuṣṭayāt || 56-23 ||

somasya carato mārgādyo'ṅkuśo rāhurucyate |
taṃ mardayati yo devo rāhujit sa nirucyate || 56-24 ||

rāmadvayaṃ samuddiṣṭaṃ rāmavarṇena nārada |

ekadaṃṣṭreṇa bhagavān kroḍātmā parigīyate || 56-25 ||

sūryeṇa yaḥ sahāyāti haṃsarūpī janārdanaḥ |

vihaṃgamaḥ sa deveśaḥ sūryavarṇena varṇyate || 56-26 ||

yo mardayati kalkyākhyo dasyuṃstiṣyayagugāntajān |
sūryoparisthitenaiva mardanena sa gīyate || 56-27 ||

dhruvo devaḥ samuddiṣṭo dhruvārṇena mahāmune |

māyāmayaṃ samāsthāya nyagrodhadalamujjvalam || 56-28 ||

yaḥ śete kāntarūpeṇa sa māyāvarṇavarṇitaḥ |

nṛsiṃho devadevastu nṛsiṃhārṇena varṇyate || 56-29 ||

madhuṃ nihatya yaḥ pūrvaṃ pradhānaṃ mardanaṃ vidheḥ |
svabāhubalamāsthāya viriñcāyābhayaṃ dadau || 56-30 ||

devo hyabhayadārṇena sa ukto madhusūdanaḥ |

siddhiṃ dadāti yo divyāṃ prasaṃkhyānamayīṃ parām || 56-31 ||

devaḥ siddhipradārṇena kapilaḥ sa nigadyate |

dattātreyastu bhagavān dattātreyārṇavarṇitaḥ || 56-32 ||

doṣakālānalatvena tadvarṇena sa īryate |

kālaḥ kālaḥ samuddiṣṭaḥ pradhānaṃ prakṛtiḥ parā || 56-33 ||

ṛtadhāmā pumāṃstatstho vairājaśca caturgatiḥ |
bhuvanaṃ ca dadhad dehe yaḥ śaṅkho mīna īryate || 56-34 ||

ekaśṛṅgatanurdevo mṛtyuvarṇaiḥ sa gadyate |

pradhānaḥ satyarūpaśca vairājo rājayañjagat || 56-35 ||

caturgatirdevadevo lokanātho mahāprabhuḥ |

mṛtyuvarṇasamuddiṣṭaḥ pūrvasmād bhuvanādapi || 56-36 ||

iti varṇāśrayā rītiḥ parā te saṃpradarśitā |

śṛṇu mantrasya māhātmyaṃ bhūyo'pi munisattama || 56-37 ||

pādaśaḥ pratilomo'yaṃ vaikuṇṭhāstraṃ nigadyate |
akṣarapratilomo'yaṃ smṛtaṃ nārāyaṇāstrakam || 56-38 ||

svarāṇāṃ pratilomo yaḥ saṃhitāśabdarūpavān |
nārasiṃhamahāstraṃ tannakhakrakacasaṃjñitam || 56-39 ||

pramityapeto varuṇaḥ kālapāvakasaṃsthitaḥ |
aprameyaḥ punastādṛk tṛtīyākṣaramīritam || 56-40 ||

sūkṣmasthaḥ prathamaḥ sūkṣmaḥ saṃsthitaḥ kālapāvakaḥ |
varuṇaḥ sūkṣmayordvandvaṃ saptamākṣaramīritam || 56-41 ||

sūkṣmastho gopanaḥ paścādvaruṇo bhuvanāśrayaḥ |
varajādāra ityetannārasiṃhāstramīritam || 56-42 ||

navākṣaramidaṃ śreṣṭhaṃ tatra yat pratilomajam |
astramakṣaraśastattu nārasiṃhaṃ mahādikam || 56-43 ||

tatra svaraprātilomyādastraṃ tvatimahādikam |
vyāpakaḥ sāmṛtādhāro gopano dvyakṣaraṃ tu tat || 56-44 ||

tatra svaraprātilomye gopano gopanaḥ satām |
sarvatra prātilomyena yadyadastramudīritam |
tatra tatrānulomyena tattacchāntirudīritā || 56-45 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ nārasiṃhānuṣṭubhamantrārthanirūpaṇam nāma ṣaṭpañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 56 ||

Kapitel 57

jyotiścakramantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

yattu jyotistrayaṃ pūrvaṃ jyotiścakre nidarśitam |
sāvitraṃ nāma yajjyotistat sāvitrīsamāhvayam || 57-1 ||

tasya vyākhyāmimāṃ samyag gadato me niśāmaya |
saṃkalpaḥ kathito yaḥ sa sudarśanasamāhvayaḥ || 57-2 ||

yā sā bhūtirmahāśaktervaiṣṇavyāḥ koṭibhāgajā |
śuddhāśuddhamayairbhāvaistanute vistṛṇāti tām || 57-3 ||

pratisaṃcaravelāyāṃ tāmayatyeva tāṃ punaḥ |
tāyate tatra tatraiva bhūtyaṃśe dhārakātmanā || 57-4 ||

pramāṇatvena bhūyaśca tattadarthatayā punaḥ |

atastaditi saṃkalpaḥ procyate vaiṣṇavaḥ paraḥ || 57-5 ||

prasauti sakalāśceṣṭāḥ prasūte sakalaṃ jagat |
avatergatikāntyarthāt taraterdānakarmaṇaḥ || 57-6 ||

gato hyavati sarvatra ṣaḍbhiḥ kānto guṇaiḥ paraḥ |
bhogāpavargayordātā saviteti nirucyate || 57-7 ||

varairneyaṃ vareṇyaṃ tu varāḥ khyātāra īritāḥ |
varaṇīyaṃ vareṇyaṃ vā varaṃ nayati tatparam || 57-8 ||

bhargastejaḥ samākhyātaṃ prabhāvaḥ kartṛrūpatā |
bharatīdaṃ jagat kṛtsnaṃ saṃbharatyapi ceśvarān || 57-9 ||

ramayatyapi tat sarvaṃ rāti cārthamabhīpsitam |
gamayatyapi tannāśaṃ syati bandhamaśeṣataḥ || 57-10 ||

bharjayatyakhilaṃ kaṣṭaṃ bhrasjate'nehasaṃ tathā |
ato bhargaḥ paraṃ viṣṇoḥ saṃkalpaṃ viduradbhutam || 57-11 ||

dyotanaḥ sarvabhāvānāṃ dyotamānaḥ svayaṃ sadā |
ajñānamakhilaṃ cānyacchodhayatyakhilaṃ jagat || 57-12 ||

ataḥ sakalamevedaṃ tatrautaṃ maṇisūtravat |
ita īraṇa īḍyaśca vanitaḥ sakalaṃ viyat || 57-13 ||

deva ityudito viṣṇu paramātmā sanātanaḥ |

dhīmahītyatra dhīrjñānaṃ mananaṃ bhāvanaṃ tathā || 57-14 ||

dhiyo dhīpūrvikāśceṣṭāḥ preraṇaṃ tu pracodanam |
yaḥ sarvaśaktiḥ savitā devaṃ saṃvinmayaśca yaḥ || 57-15 ||

yaśca sarvavidīśāno dhiyastāstāḥ pracodayāt |
sṛṣṭisthitilayatrāṇakriyākāraṇamavyayam || 57-16 ||

tasya devasya saṃkalpaṃ bhargaḥ saṃjñamupāsmahe |
gāyantaṃ trāyamāṇāyā gāyattryā artha īdṛśaḥ || 57-17 ||

saṃdhyayorubhayoryukto brāhmaṇyaṃ labhate param |
bahiḥ sahasramabhyastā māsamātreṇa sādhinaḥ || 57-18 ||

trāyate mahataḥ pāpāt sarvasmādapi cāhaṃsaḥ |
oṃkārapūrikāstisro mahāvyāhṛtayo'vyayāḥ || 57-19 ||

tripadā ceyamityetat tritayaṃ pāvanaṃ param |

yā sattā sarvabhūtānāṃ viṣṇuśaktiḥ parāvarā || 57-20 ||

sā bhūriti samākhyātā bhavatīdaṃ jagat svayam |
bhūtvaśaktiṃ samāsthāya yāvatīdaṃ jagat svayam || 57-21 ||

sā bhuvaḥ kathitā sadbhiravantī bhāvitaṃ jagat |
vasīyo bhogamokṣākhyaṃ sūte yā satataṃ satām || 57-22 ||

sā sruvaḥ kathitā sadbhirvyāhṛtirvāṅmayī tataḥ |

pādaśo brahmadaṇḍāstraṃ pratilomastadityṛ ca || 57-23 ||

astraṃ brahmaśiro nāma padaśaḥ parigīyate |
varṇaśo brāhmamastraṃ syāt tatsvarapratilomajam || 57-24 ||

subrahmāstramiti proktaṃ sarvāstravinirbarhaṇam |
ānando varuṇastadvānvaruṇaḥ sacaturgatiḥ || 57-25 ||

sāprameyastṛtīyaḥ syācchaṅkhastho vyāpakastathā |
sānando varuṇaścaiva sāprameyaścaturgatiḥ || 57-26 ||

śāṅkhadvayaṃ sadā devamastraṃ saptākṣaraṃ param |
atibrāhmaṃ samuddiṣṭamasya svaravilomajam || 57-27 ||

ānandaḥ kevalastattu divyamekākṣaraṃ smṛtam |
tadityṛco'syāḥ sāvitryā iyatī darśitā bhidā || 57-28 ||

jātavedasa ityasyāstriṣṭubho'rthaṃ niśāmaya |
jātajātaṃ hi yo vetti bhūte bhūte'khilaṃ sadā || 57-29 ||

jātaṃ svabhāvasaṃsiddhaṃ vijñānaṃ tasya sarvadā |
vedaḥ sattā mahāśaktirānandaspandalakṣaṇā || 57-30 ||

prādurbhūtā sadā yasya sā devī jagatāṃ gatiḥ |
vedo vicāraṇaṃ proktaṃ vicāro vividhā kriyā || 57-31 ||

prādurbhūtā kriyā yasya viṣṇoḥ sā sarvakartṛtā |
sarvajñaḥ sarvaśaktiśca sarvakṛt puruṣottamaḥ || 57-32 ||

jātavedāḥ samuddiṣṭa ātmā somaḥ samīritaḥ |
sa hyavidyāvaśāt sarvayonisthaḥ sūyate sadā || 57-33 ||

yogyatāpādanaṃ tasya procyate'tra sunotinā |

pṛthakkāro hi somasya svarasasya sunotijaḥ || 57-34 ||

rasībhūtena somena yāgaḥ kartuṃ sa śakyate |
upamāgarbha evāyaṃ vākyārthaḥ pūrvapādajaḥ || 57-35 ||

somaṃ yathābhiṣuṇvanti hyadhvare jātavedase |
ditsamānastathātmānamṛṣiḥ svaṃ paramātmane || 57-36 ||

dehendriyamanaḥprāṇadhīguṇebhyaḥ svarūpataḥ |
vivinakti prasaṃkhyānaiḥ sāmyavaiṣamyahetujaiḥ || 57-37 ||

evaṃ vivicya dattvāsmai smātmānaṃ jātavedase |
tatsthaḥ sa tanmanā bhūtvā svenātho saṃvivitsate || 57-38 ||

namaḥśabdārtha evāyaṃ prakārāntaradarśitaḥ |

arthaṃ dvitīyapādasya procyamānaṃ nibodha me || 57-39 ||

arātīyān sa tu prokto yo hyarātivadācaret |
sa ca bandhaḥ samākhyāto mithyājñānanibandhanaḥ || 57-40 ||

tasya vedaḥ smṛtā sattā guṇasaktiranādikā |
svīkartuṃ sa sutaṃ somaṃ jātavedāḥ sanātanaḥ || 57-41 ||

tatpratidvandvinīṃ bandhasattāṃ vidahatu svayam |

baddhvā sa nitarāṃ sattāṃ guṇasaṅgasvarūpiṇīm || 57-42 ||

heyatattvāni durgāṇi pārayatyakhilāni naḥ |

jātavedāḥ sa cātrāpi hyagni śabdena varṇyate || 57-43 ||

aṅgīkāraṃ samīpaṃ svamāgataṃ nikhilaṃ jagat |
nayatyātmānamityevamagniśabdo nirucyate || 57-44 ||

svātmopasarpiṇaṃ jīvaṃ netāgniḥ svaṃ paraṃ padam |
jātavedāḥ sa durgāṇi pārayatyakhilāni naḥ || 57-45 ||

atra nāveti dṛṣṭāntaḥ sindhurnāma mahodadhiḥ |
taṃ yathā nāviko nāvā nausthitaṃ pārayennaram || 57-46 ||

duritādipadadvandvāt pāraṇe duritātyayaḥ |
duritaṃ gaditaṃ dauḥsthyaṃ vātavarṣādisaṃbhavam || 57-47 ||

atītyatītya duritā diritānīti varṇayate |
duritaṃ vātavarṣādyaṃ parihṛtya yathākhilam || 57-48 ||

nāvikaḥ pārayennāvā sāgaraṃ nausthitaṃ naram |

evaṃ sa bhagavānagnirjātavedā hariḥ svayam || 57-49 ||

duritaṃ kleśasaṃghātamapavargavighātakam |
sarvaṃ pariharan durgaṃ pārayet tattvapaddhatim || 57-50 ||

atra nāveti dṛṣṭāntādupāyasthānameva tu |
nareṇa kṛtyamanyattu nāvikasyeva taddhareḥ || 57-51 ||

pādaśaḥ pratilomaḥ sa pāvakāstraṃ nigadyate |
pādaśo jātavedaḥsthamāgneyaṃ varṇaśastu tat || 57-52 ||

svaraśaḥ pratilomo'yamatyāgneyaṃ nigadyate |
caturgatiḥ sāprameyaḥ sodayo'tha caturgatiḥ || 57-53 ||

sūkṣmadvayaṃ sāprameyaṃ sāprameyaścaturgatiḥ |
caturgatiḥ sāprameyo varāhaḥ śaṅkha eva ca || 57-54 ||

aprameyaśca piṇḍasthaṃ tramekīkṛtaṃ smaret |
caturgatiḥ sāprameyaḥ sādidevaścaturgatiḥ || 57-55 ||

uttarārthavilomo'yamatha pūrvārdhajaṃ śṛṇu |
ānandaḥ kevalaḥ sūkṣmadvayayuk cāprameyataḥ || 57-56 ||

caturgatiḥ sāprameyo varāhaḥ śaṅkha eva ca |
aprameyaśca piṇḍasthaṃ tramekīkṛtaṃ smaret || 57-57 ||

caturgatiḥ sādidevaḥ sānando varuṇastathā |
caturgatiḥ sādideva iti pūrvārdhajā sthitiḥ || 57-58 ||

hanadvayaṃ varma sāstramagnijāyā tathāntataḥ |
svaraśaḥ pratilomo'yaṃ smṛtaṃ pañcadaśākṣaram || 57-59 ||

hanādyaṣṭākṣaraṃ cānte yaḥ svaraḥ pratilomajaḥ |
tryakṣaraḥ sa tu vijñeyo dvivarṇaścordhvabhāgbhavet || 57-60 ||

ekārṇaścaiva pūrvārdhe tayo rūpe punaḥ śṛṇu |
aprameyo'tha sānando varuṇo dvyakṣaro manuḥ || 57-61 ||

ānanda ekaḥ pūrvārdhe saṃhatyā yat trivarṇakam |
tasyāpi pratilomo'yamānandaḥ kevalaḥ smṛtaḥ || 57-62 ||

pratilomāvimau sarvaśāntisvastyayanātmakau |
ityeṣā triṣṭubho rītirleśataste nidarśitā || 57-63 ||

adhunānuṣṭubho rītiṃ śṛṇu tvaṃ pāvanīṃ parām |
icchā jñaptiḥ kriyā ceti tisro lokasya mātaraḥ || 57-64 ||

tisrastu yasya vidyante jagadbhāvinya ūrjitāḥ |
tryambakaḥ sa tu vijñeyo jñānaśaktikriyānvitaḥ || 57-65 ||

yajatirdravyasaṃtyāgaḥ kāṃciduddiśya devatām |

śobhano yasya gandho'sti sa sugandhiritīryate || 57-66 ||

śobhanaṃ sūcayan sarvaḥ sugandhiriti śabdyate |
yaḥ yaṣṭu sarvatattvāni gandhayatyātmatejasā || 57-67 ||

gandhayatyanuvedhena svasvarūpīkaroti yaḥ |
gandhādīni pṛthivyādibhūtānyevākhilāni ca || 57-68 ||

śobhanaṃ yasya tiṣṭhanti vaśe devasya śāsituḥ |
sa sugandhiḥ samākhyāto jñānātmā sarvavidvaśī || 57-69 ||

puṣṭirbhūtiḥ samākhyātā yā sā sadasadātmikā |
śaktirviṣṇumayī viṣṇoḥ sa tāṃ vardhayati svayam || 57-70 ||

saṃkalpena samudbhāvya vitatya vividhātmanā |
saṃdhārya saṃniyamyātha pratisaṃharate ca tām || 57-71 ||

tato'sau bhagavān viṣṇuḥ kathyate puṣṭivardhanaḥ |

icchājñānakriyākāraṃ śobhanākhyaṃ jagatpriyam || 57-72 ||

svākārajñāpitaiśvaryaṃ śuddhaṃ saṃvinmayaṃ param |
īśānaṃ sarvalokānāṃ puruṣaṃ puṣkarekṣaṇam || 57-73 ||

devatāṃ svāṃ samuddiśya svātmākhyadravyamuttamam |
yajāma iti mantrasya pūrvabhāgārtha īdṛśaḥ || 57-74 ||

nirukto mṛtyuśabdo'tra mṛtyumṛtyunirūpaṇe |
svātmasvātmīyasaṃnyāsī deve'dya paramātmani || 57-75 ||

mṛtyormucyeya saṃsārānnānāduḥkhamahodadheḥ |
urvārukaṃ yathā pakvamakleśena svabandhanāt || 57-76 ||

mucyate mṛtyutastadvadahaṃ mucyeya bandhanāt |
saṃnyāse sthairyamāśāste kṛte'smin māmṛtāditi || 57-77 ||

amṛtād brahmaṇastasmādyasmai māṃ dattavānaham |
jātucinmā sva mucyeya kṣemī bhāvo bhavenmama || 57-78 ||

ityartho'nuṣṭubhaḥ prokto brahmabhāvamayaḥ śubhaḥ |
jyotistrayaṃ niruktaṃ tu tadidaṃ chandasāṃ trayam || 57-79 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ jyotiścakramantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma saptapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 57 ||

Kapitel 58

pañcahotṛmantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma aṣṭapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

daśahotā caturhotā pañcahotā tathaiva ca |
ṣaḍḍhotā saptahotā ca pañca hotāra īritāḥ || 58-1 ||

viśvaṃ sisṛkṣato viṣṇoryat tajjñānamayaṃ tapaḥ |
hotṛbhiḥ kraturūpeṇa sa saṃkalpo nirūpyate || 58-2 ||

adyāpyavadadhāno'yaṃ yogī tattannirūpaṇam |
tāṃstānnirvartayatyeva kratūn jñānamayāñchubhān || 58-3 ||

cittiḥ srugdaśahotāyamagnihotrasya kāraṇam |
pṛthivītyādiko hotā caturhotā nigadyate || 58-4 ||

darśasya pūrṇamāsasya nidānaṃ sa dvayorapi |
agnirhotā pañcahotā cāturmāsyodbhavastu saḥ || 58-5 ||

sūryaṃ te sa ca gāgghotā paśubandhasya kāraṇam |
ṣaḍḍhotārāvimau vede nirṇītau munisattamaiḥ || 58-6 ||

(mahāhaviḥ saptahotā jyotiṣṭomasya kāraṇam |
)

athārtho daśahotrādervarṇyate śṛṇu nārada || 58-7 ||

cittirnāma smṛtā buddhirvyavasāyasya kāraṇam |
ahaṃkārastu cittaṃ syādabhimānasya kāraṇam || 58-8 ||

mano nāmendriyaṃ hetuḥ sa saṃkalpavikalpayoḥ |
vāṅ nāma vyāhṛtā vāṇī evamastvitirūpiṇī || 58-9 ||

ādhītaṃ nāma vāgṛttiryadadhyayanamucyate |
keto jñānamiti proktamuccāryasyāvadhāraṇam || 58-10 ||

vijñātaṃ yat taduccāryamavadhāraṇagocaram |
yat tadvāgindriyaṃ proktaṃ tadvyaṅgyā yā sarasvatī || 58-11 ||

sā vāk tāṃ subruvan pāti yaḥ sa vākyapatirucyate |
uccāraṇapravṛtteryaḥ prayatno heturucyate || 58-12 ||

sa prāṇaḥ sāma tat proktaṃ yaduccāraṇasauṣṭhavam |

daśahotrādihotrākhyā yāgopakaraṇābhidhā || 58-13 ||

ekāntino jagadviṣṇoḥ kurvataḥ śaktiśālinaḥ |
yā śaktirvaiṣṇavī devī sarvabhāvānugāminī || 58-14 ||

tadekāṃśaḥ kriyā nāma kṛtyopakaraṇaṃ hareḥ |
tadekāṃśo vibhūtyākhyo lakṣyate'tra jagattathā || 58-15 ||

saṃkalpaḥ procyate viṣṇoḥ kṛtyopakaraṇaṃ kriyā |

evamastviti vākyānto mityādiḥ sa ca kathyate || 58-16 ||

buddhyahaṃkāramanasāṃ vṛttiḥ śabde vivakṣyate |
trirūpā miti ruddiṣṭā te stabdho------tra śabditam || 58-17 ||

buddhyādimitiparyantaṃ vṛttimaṭvṛttirūpakam |
yajñe jagadvidhānākhye vitate harimedhasaḥ || 58-18 ||

sruktayājyatayā copavaktṛtvenāgnibhāvataḥ |
upavaktā smṛto brahmānujñā pravacanaṃ smṛtam || 58-19 ||

uccāryatvena vijñātaḥ śabdo'gniriti kathyate |
uccāraṇaṃ yadādhītaṃ tadbarhiriti gīyate || 58-20 ||

tasya hetuḥ prayatno yaḥ prāṇaḥ sa havirucyate |
vāg vyāhṛtā tu vediḥ syāddhartā hoteti gīyate || 58-21 ||

uccāraṇasya sāmyaṃ yat sāma so'dhvaryurucyate |

itthaṃ jagadvidhānākhyo daśopakaraṇānvitaḥ || 58-22 ||

yo yajño vaiṣṇavo vṛttastamadyatve vicintayet |
vākyaṃ samuccaran kiṃcillaukikaṃ vaidikaṃ tu vā || 58-23 ||

vaiṣṇavaṃ bhāvamāsādya mantraṃ cemaṃ vicintayet |

vācaspate vidhe nāmanniti tasyārtha ucyate || 58-24 ||

vāṅ nāma vaiṣṇavī śaktiḥ śabdabrahmamayī parā |
vācaspatistatpatiḥ syād vidadhātīti vai vidhiḥ || 58-25 ||

nāmayatyakhilaṃ svasminniti nāmāgnirucyate |
vidhema bhagavannāma prahvībhāvāparābhidham || 58-26 ||

tvaṃ cāsmākaṃ vidheḥ kuryā nāma pravaṇacittatām |
etadeva punarvakti muniḥ svātmasamarpaṇam || 58-27 ||

vācaspatiḥ sa pūrvoktaḥ somaṃ somarasopamam |
pibatvātmarasaṃ svasmai mayā hutamivādhvare || 58-28 ||

pītvā cāsmāsu nṛmṇaṃ yat svamādhādādadhātu tat |
mananīyaṃ nṛbhirnṛmṇaṃ tadanugraharūpakam || 58-29 ||

svāheti svātmasaṃnyāsaḥ svāhutaṃ tadbhavediti |

ayameva ca yajño'tra caturhotṛtayeṣyate || 58-30 ||

jagatprathanarūpā sā pṛthivī prakṛtiḥ smṛtā |
puruṣo dyauriti prokto dyotate sa svayā citā || 58-31 ||

ruṇaddhi pralaye tau dvau srāvayatyudaye'pi ca |
rudra ityuditaḥ kālaḥ saṃyojakaviyojakaḥ || 58-32 ||

bṛhat sā śaktiruddiṣṭā yato bṛṃhayate'khilam |
bṛhaspatiḥ patistasyā devadevo janārdanaḥ || 58-33 ||

vāco vīryaṃ bhavet prāṇo viṣṇoḥ sṛṣṭyudyamaḥ paraḥ |

tatsaṃbhṛtatamaṃ caiva sarvārthaviṣayatvataḥ || 58-34 ||

prāṇo haviriti nyāyāt prāṇo haviriheṣyate |

āyakṣyase pūjyase'dya yastvaṃ vācaspatiḥ svayam || 58-35 ||

ato'smai yajamānāya vāryaṃ varyaṃ suvaḥ sukham |
ākastvamākuruṣvādya somaṃ pibati pūrvavat || 58-36 ||

irāṃ dadatamindraṃ māmindriyāyādyaśaktaye |
brahmāptihetubhūtāyai sa yogyaṃ janayatvajaḥ || 58-37 ||

caturhotāyamuddiṣṭaḥ pañcahotā nigadyate |
agnirniruditaḥ pūrvaṃ sa hotā parigīyate || 58-38 ||

jñānaprāṇāvaśvinau dvāvaśnuvāte yato jagat |
adhvaryuḥ pratiprasthātā dvāvadhvaryū prakīrtitau || 58-39 ||

tvaṣṭā saṃkalpa uddiṣṭastvaṣṭṭakāryaṃ yato'khilam |
mitro maitrī samuddiṣṭā karuṇā harimedhasaḥ || 58-40 ||

soma ityādimantro'yaṃ yajane tasya śiṣyate |

ṣaṣṭhyantau somaśukrau dvau latāsārābhidhāyinau || 58-41 ||

itarāvātmavacanau purogā heturucyate |

jīvaḥ somasya somo'yaṃ purogāḥ semato'pi yat || 58-42 ||

somo hyabhiṣṭuto yādṛk prīṇayet puruṣottamam |
ātmayāgahuto jīvo na tādṛk kiṃtvato'dhikaḥ || 58-43 ||

martyo hyabhiṣṭutaḥ somo yastvamartyo hi cinmayaḥ |

śukra ityatisāratvājjagadbījatayāpi ca || 58-44 ||

ākhyā jīvasya tatrāpi yojanaiṣā puroditā |

indretyapi ca saṃbodho devasya harimedhasaḥ || 58-45 ||

vātāpītyucyate vyāpī vātena kriyayā svayā |
jagaddhātuḥ kriyā sṛṣṭiratarkyā vyāptipūrvikā || 58-46 ||

tasyā aviṣayo nāsti bhāvaḥ ko'pi kathaṃcana |

havanaśrut samākhyātaḥ śṛṇvannāhvānamādarāt || 58-47 ||

he indra parameśāna kartaste havanaśrutaḥ |
śrātāḥ śritā guṇaiḥ somā ātmānasta ime vayam || 58-48 ||

svāhā svāhutamastvetat tadidaṃ paramaṃ haviḥ |

uddiṣṭaḥ pañcahotāyaṃ ṣaḍḍhotādya nigadyate || 58-49 ||

yajamānaṃ paśuṃ bhūtaṃ vāktyātmānaṃ haviṣkṛtam |
dehendriyaiḥ samaṃ viṣṇuṃ prāptādya sahaviṣkṛtam || 58-50 ||

sūte ca ramate caiva yajate caiva kathyate |
sūryoviṣṇuṃ viśatvenaṃ cakṣurvijñānakāraṇam || 58-51 ||

vāto gatimataḥ saṃjñā gatirvyāptirudīritā |
dyotamānastathā sa dyaurdevo vijñānasārathiḥ || 58-52 ||

antaḥ samīkṣamāṇaḥ sannantarikṣamudīryate |
sarvān saṃgamayan prāṇairyajña ijyatayāpi ca || 58-53 ||

pṛthivī vaiṣṇavī śakti prathamānā svatejasā |
pañcātmāvayavaḥ prāṇaḥ pṛṣṭhaṃ mūrdhāṅgamucyate || 58-54 ||

ātmāntaḥkaraṇaṃ proktamanādyantasthitāni ca |
śarīrāṇyatha bāhyāṅgānyatho graha udīryate || 58-55 ||

vācaspatiḥ samuddiṣṭaḥ śaktirvāg vaiṣṇavī kriyā |
saiva proktā juhūḥ prāṇo hotrāhutirudīryate || 58-56 ||

nānādehādirūpeṇa vṛddhā devā udīritaḥ |
erayasva prerayasva preraṇaṃ tveraṇaṃ matam || 58-57 ||

athāparasya ṣaḍḍhoturnirṇayaṃ śṛṇu nārada |
dīkṣā mānasasaṃkalpo vāgavasthā tu vāk smṛtā || 58-58 ||

āpo dayārdratā viṣṇormana icchā nigadyate |
tapo vijñānamuddiṣṭaṃ potā tvabhigaro mataḥ || 58-59 ||

mahāhaviriti proktaḥ saptahotā manīṣibhiḥ |
mano haviriti proktaṃ mano havirihocyate || 58-60 ||

mahāviṣayatā tasya mahattvaṃ parigīyate |
yatno haviriti proktaṃ prāṇo havirihocyate || 58-61 ||

satyatā tvaviparyāsaḥ saṃtatodyuktatā tathā |
pājasteja iha prokto nityatācyutatāsya tu || 58-62 ||

mano matiriha proktā tasyāḥ pūrvavadacyutiḥ |
anādhṛṣyāpradhṛṣyau ca śaktyaiśvaryanirūpakau || 58-63 ||

potā ca maitrāvaruṇaḥ smṛtāvabhigarāviha |
anāyāsaviṣayatvādayāsya iti varṇyate || 58-64 ||

harati svīkarotīha pūjāṃ hṛditi varṇyate |
daivyastanturiti proktā śiṣyācāryaparamparā || 58-65 ||

manuṣyastanturityuktā satsaṃtānasamṛddhitā |
dyāvāpṛthivyau pitarau pitarau śrītadīśvarau |
vyākhyāto hotṛvargo'yamiti te leśato mune || 58-66 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ pañcahotṛmantrārthanirūpaṇam nāma aṣṭapañcāśo'dhyāyaḥ || 58 ||

Kapitel 59

puruṣasūktaśrīsūktavārāhamantrārthanirūpaṇam nāma ekonaṣaṣṭitamo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

ahirbudhnyaḥ -

saṃbhārā devapatnyaśca dakṣiṇā hṛdayāni ca |
rudrā brahmāṇi cetyetannigadena nirūpyate || 59-1 ||

sūktaṃ tu pauruṣaṃ puṃsaḥ parasmādutthitaṃ purā |
jagaddhitāya lakṣmyāśca śrīsūktaṃ tat samudgatam || 59-2 ||

nānābhedaprapāṭhaṃ tat pauruṣaṃ sūktamucyate |
ṛcaścatasraḥ kecittu pañca ṣaṭ sapta cāpare || 59-3 ||

ṛcaḥ ṣoḍaśa cāpyanye tathāṣṭādaśa cāpare |
adhīyate tu puṃsūktaṃ pratiśākhaṃ tu bhedataḥ || 59-4 ||

samastajagadutpattihetuḥ svargāpavargadaḥ |
pauruṣo mānuṣo yajñaḥ sūkte'smin pratipādyate || 59-5 ||

tatrādyābhiścatasṛbhiścāturātmyaṃ vivicyate |

yaḥ paraḥ puṇḍarīkākṣaḥ paramātmā sanātanaḥ || 59-6 ||

yā ca sā jagatāṃ yonirlakṣmīstaddharmadharmiṇī |
bhagavān vāsudevo'sāvādyayā pratipādyate || 59-7 ||

sahasrā sahagā yasya sahabhāvamupeyuṣī |
śrīrnāma paramā śaktiḥ pūrṇaṣāḍguṇyavigrahā || 59-8 ||

niḥsaktāsaktako yaśca nityaṃ san sakalāśrayaḥ |
sahasraśīṛsa ityevaṃ bhagavān parigīyate || 59-9 ||

pūrṇatvāt puruṣo nityaṃ pṛṇāteḥ pūraṇārthakāt |

aśnoterathavāśnāterakṣo'jerañcateruta || 59-10 ||

akṣaḥ puruṣa uddiṣṭo yaḥ prakṛtyāśrito vibhuḥ |

padyateḥ pariṇāmārthāt pādityeṣa nirucyate || 59-11 ||

pāditi prakṛtiḥ proktā sā nityapariṇāminī |

ṣaṇṇāṃ guṇānāṃ madhye yā śaktiḥ sā hasra ucyate || 59-12 ||

pradhānapuruṣau tasyāḥ sṛtau sarge sanātanau |
tāmevāpi śritāvante tau sahasrāvataḥ smṛtau || 59-13 ||

sahasrapuruṣāvyaktaḥ sahasrākṣaḥ sahasrapāt |

sa bhūmiṃ viśvato vṛtvetyetenaiva nirūpyate || 59-14 ||

yadatītya sṛtaṃ viśvaṃ nānāsattātmanaḥ sthitiḥ |
kārye hi kāraṇeyattā payaso dadhisaṃbhave || 59-15 ||

kāryaṃ satsaṃtatau kvāpi kāryeyattaiva kāraṇe |
madhūcchiṣṭamaye piṇḍe yathākāraviyoginī || 59-16 ||

naivaṃ bhagavataḥ sarge pratisarge'pi vā sati |
kāryeyattātvamastīti sa bhūmimiti varṇyate || 59-17 ||

bhagavatyārjitānīti śuddhāśuddhamayāni ca |
bhūmiṃ jagadupādānaṃ bhūmiśaktirihocyate || 59-18 ||

śuddhāśuddhavibhāgo yaḥ kālapuṃprakṛtisthitiḥ |
sa bhūmiṃ viśvato vṛtvā viṣṭabhya svena tejasā || 59-19 ||

svasaṃkalpasvarūpeṇa prabhavāpyayavelayoḥ |
atyatiṣṭiadatītyaiva sthito bhūyo daśāṅgulam || 59-20 ||

daśāṅgulibhirānantyaṃ kāraṇasyopadiśyate |

atha saṃkarṣaṇāvasthā jagaddheturnirūpyate || 59-21 ||

yadidaṃ dṛśyate viśvaṃ bhūtabhavyātmarūpakam |
idaṃ puruṣa evādau sisṛkṣāyāmabhūt kila || 59-22 ||

puruṣaḥ syandati vyaktaṃ samyagvijñānayojanāt |
ataḥ puruṣa ityevaṃ saṃkarṣaṇa udīryate || 59-23 ||

tilakālakavad viśvaṃ bibhraccidacidātmakam |
saṃkarṣaṇa udeti sma sa evaṃ punarucyate || 59-24 ||

utāmṛtatvasyeśāna iti tasyārtha ucyate |
annena bhogyabhūtena prakṛtiprākṛtātmanā || 59-25 ||

kālasaṃkalitenaiva nānākāravidhājuṣā |
acidaṃśena jīvātmā yaścidaṃśo'dhirohati || 59-26 ||

svasyāsaṃbandhapūrvaṃ yaḥ pūrvasaṅgavaśādiha |
tasya sadguṇasaṃsargānnānābandhakṣaye sati || 59-27 ||

amṛtatvaṃ svarūpāvirbhāvamokṣāparāhvayam |
tasya saṃkarṣaṇo deva īśāno jñānadeśanāt || 59-28 ||

saṃsārānalasaṃtaptacetanānujighṛkṣayā |
saṃkarṣaṇodayo viṣṇurucyate'tha tṛtīyayā || 59-29 ||

etāvānasya mahimā viṣṇoḥ saṃkarṣaṇātmanaḥ |
yadayaṃ dhṛtavān viśvaṃ samunmīlanamādimam || 59-30 ||

jyāyānato'pi puruṣaḥ pradyumna upakārataḥ |

purū prakṛtipuṃrūpau puruṣaḥ sṛjatīti yat || 59-31 ||

viśvopakāraceṣṭābhirjyāyastvaṃ tasya varṇyate |

ṛcā turīyayā sūkte tripādūrdhva udaiditi || 59-32 ||

devo'parimitehaḥ sannaniruddho nirūpyate |

purā sīdati kāryāṇi kārayan prāṇino'khilān || 59-33 ||

phalāni puruṣebhyaśca sanoti kriyayārcitaḥ |
tataḥ puruṣa ityevamaniruddho'bhidhīyate || 59-34 ||

puri san san purīvāyaṃ purādūrdhvamudait parāt |
tadavasthena nāghrātamityartho'yamihocyate || 59-35 ||

pādo'syaikāṃśa eveha cetanācetanātmakaḥ |
antaryāmitayā vyāptistattanniyamanecchayā || 59-36 ||

etadeva vyanaktīha tato viṣvaṅṅiti tvṛcā |
viṣvak samantato bhūtvā vyakrāmat prāviśad bahu || 59-37 ||

sāśanānaśane prokte cetanācetane ubhe |
tasmād virāḍiti proktā virāḍ vidyā parāhvayā || 59-38 ||

hiraṇyagarbho viśvātmā sa pūruṣa ihocyate |

śeṣaṃ tu lokataḥ siddhamityayaṃ sūkta īdṛśaḥ || 59-39 ||

hiraṇyavarṇāṃ śrīsūktaṃ kṛto'nyatrāsya vistaraḥ |
varṇo varayate rūpaṃ varṇo vara udīritaḥ || 59-40 ||

hitaśca ramaṇīyaśca yasyā varṇa iti sthitiḥ |
hiraṇyavarṇā sā devī śrīśaktiḥ paramāmṛtā || 59-41 ||

tadetat sūktamityuktaṃ mithunaṃ paracihnitam |
ādāvanyonyamiśratvādanyonyapratipādakam || 59-42 ||

niyato niyatāhāro nirato niyatendriyaḥ |
bhajan sūktadvayaṃ yāti tadviṣṇoḥ paramaṃ padam || 59-43 ||

vārāho nāma yo mantro hyatyanuṣṭubitīritaḥ |
tasya sāṃsargikī mudrā viditā lokatastava || 59-44 ||

asya pratipadārtho yo mattastaṃ tvaṃ niśāmaya |
varāhādāvabhivyaktaṃ yasya rūpaṃ sanātanam || 59-45 ||

varāharūpo bhagavān vasudhāharaṇodyataḥ |
saṃsāro rātriruddiṣṭo mokṣo varamahaḥ smṛtaḥ || 59-46 ||

varāharūpa uddiṣṭo varasyāhno nirūpaṇāt |

aśeṣabhuvanādhāro gopanaścaiva sarvadā || 59-47 ||

prajñānāmapi cādhāro rakṣodaityadavānalaḥ |
pavitraḥ sarvalokānāmaprameyaḥ sanātanaḥ || 59-48 ||

paramātmā varāho'bhūditthaṃ sa para īritaḥ |
digiyaṃ darśitā samyageṣā mantrāntare gatiḥ || 59-49 ||

nyāyenānena mantrāṇāṃ gatiṃ piṇḍaṃ nirūpaya |

bhūyaśca śṛṇu saṃkṣepāt sudarśanagatiṃ prati || 59-50 ||

nimiṣacconmiṣaccaiva caraṃ cācarameva ca |
divyaṃ ca prākṛtaṃ caiva sūkṣmaṃ ca sthūlameva ca || 59-51 ||

hrasvaṃ dīrghaṃ ca yat kiṃcidīśitavyamatheśvaram |
vijñānaṃ yadavijñānaṃ sukhaṃ vā yadi vāsukham || 59-52 ||

iti dvandvapadādyairyad vastu kiṃcid vikalpyate |
sudarśanasamunmeṣaṃ tattad viddhi munīśvara || 59-53 ||

leśato bhagavānuktaḥ svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ |
taddharmadharmiṇī śaktistasya tattvena varṇitā || 59-54 ||

tasyā atyalpa unmeṣo bhūtirbhāvyā ta īritā |
śuddhāśuddhamayī vyaktistasyāstattvena varṇitā || 59-55 ||

bhāvakaścāpi śaktyaṃśaḥ saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavaḥ paraḥ |
rūpato varṇitaḥ samyak sudarśanaparāhvayaḥ || 59-56 ||

deśakālādikā vyāptistasya tattvena varṇitā |
prāṇakriyā balaṃ tejaḥ saṃkalpo vaiṣṇavaṃ yaśaḥ || 59-57 ||

sudarśanaṃ parodyogaḥ prāṇo viṣṇusamudyamaḥ |
avyāhato mahāyogo yogātmā yogabhāvanaḥ || 59-58 ||

ityādibhirmahāśabdaistattadarṇavigāhibhiḥ |
kriyāśaktiḥ parā viṣṇoḥ śāstre śāstre nigadyate || 59-59 ||

yathā kāraṇatāṃ yāti yathaivādhāratāmapi |
yathā pramāṇatāṃ yāti yathā yāti tadarthatām || 59-60 ||

yathā yāti vidhāyābhistattadarthādhikāritām |
niṣkalena svarūpeṇa yathā divyo'bhavadvidhiḥ || 59-61 ||

yathā ca madhyamaṃ rūpaṃ yantraṃ tadubhayātmakam |
sakalaṃ yacca tadrūpaṃ śastrāstramayamujjvalam || 59-62 ||

divyāḥ saudarśanā vyūhā vaiśvarūpyaṃ ca tanmahat |
rājño'pi vijayaḥ sarvo rodasīvijayastathā || 59-63 ||

kṛtsno yogavidhiścaiva nyāsayogavidhistathā |
nānopadravaśāntiśca vyavasthā yogagocarā || 59-64 ||

brahmāstrādisvarūpaṃ ca tattanmantravidhistathā |
mahābhiṣecanavidhirastrayogavidhistathā || 59-65 ||

dhvajādimantrayogāśca setihāsaviniścayāḥ |
sthūlasūkṣmaparātmāno divyamantraviniścayāḥ || 59-66 ||

iti te nikhilenārthā darśitāste munīśvara |
nidhāya hṛdaye tattvaṃ svastho bhava nirāmayaḥ || 59-67 ||

vyākṛtāḥ saṃśayāḥ sarve nāradarṣe manaḥsthitāḥ |
karāmalakavaccaiva divyā saudarśanī gatiḥ || 59-68 ||

ādarśanasvarūpeṇa guṇaiḥ saphalavaibhavaiḥ |
saṃhiteyaṃ samākhyātā nānāśāstrāvagāhinī || 59-69 ||

pañcarātramayī divyā sāṃkhyayogādisaṃmitā |
saṃhiteyaṃ mahāguhyā nānāmantramayī parā || 59-70 ||

nāvāsudevabhaktāya tvayā deyā kathaṃcana |
nāstike bhinnamaryāde kṛtaghne'nṛtavādake || 59-71 ||

niḥsvādhyāyavaṣaṭkāre devabrāhmaṇadūṣake |
brahmacaryavratabhraṣṭe pañcayajñaparāṅmukhe || 59-72 ||

dūṣaṇe'pi ca vedānāṃ brāhmaṇe mantravarjite |

vedavidyāvratasnāte śrotriye gṛhamedhini || 59-73 ||

brahmacāriṇi vā samyag gurusvādhyāyatatpare |
vanasthe vā vratopete bhikṣau vā tattvavitpare || 59-74 ||

karmaṇā manasā vācā bhakte deve janārdane |
pañcarātrapriye nityaṃ vedavidyāsuniṣṭhite || 59-75 ||

vaktavyeyaṃ parā vidyā sarvavedāntabṛṃhaṇī |

samastajagadutpattisthitisaṃhārahetave |
sudarśanābhidhānāyai namaḥ śaktyai kriyātmane || 59-76 ||

nāradaḥ -

ajñānatimiradhvaṃsabhāskarāyādivedhase |
śivaṃkarāya bhūtānāṃ namaḥ śāntāya tejase || 59-77 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ puruṣasūktaśrīsūktavārāhamantrārthanirūpaṇaṃ nāma ekonaṣaṣṭitamo'dhyāyaḥ || 59 ||

Kapitel 60

śāstravaibhavanirūpaṇaṃ nāma ṣaṣṭitamo'dhyāyaḥ

dhyātaṃ sakṛdbhavānekakoṭyaghaughaṃ haratyaram |
sudarśanasya tad divyaṃ bhargo devasya dhīmahi ||

durvāsāḥ -

ityetannāradāyādau pṛṣṭaḥ provāca śaṃkaraḥ |

rahasyaṃ bhagavajjñānaṃ jñānānāmuttamaṃ mahat || 60-1 ||

sthityutpattipralayakṛd bhūtānāṃ yatra cintyate |
sa viṣṇuścintyate yatra svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ || 60-2 ||

yatra sā śaktisaṃkhyātā viṣṇostaddharmadharmiṇī |
śītaraśmeriva jyotsnā bhāvābhāvānugāminī || 60-3 ||

ananyā cānyarūpā ca jñānānandakriyāmayī |
mahāvibhūtisaṃsthānā nirvikārā nirañjanā || 60-4 ||

niḥsaktāsaktasanmatrā pūrṇā riktā ṛtaṃbharā |
pratyastamitabhedā sā samunmīlitabhedinī || 60-5 ||

ṣaḍadhvaviṣayātītā ṣaḍadhvaviṣayātmikā |
nimeṣonmeṣarūpā sā bhāvābhāvasvalakṣaṇā || 60-6 ||

cintyate yatra sā lakṣmīḥ svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ |
bhāvyabhāvakarūpā sā śaktiḥ śaktidvayābhidhā || 60-7 ||

cintyate yatra vispaṣṭaṃ svarūpaguṇavaibhavaiḥ |
śuddhāśudhasvarūpā sā viṣṇuśaktirjaganmayī || 60-8 ||

bhūtirvicintyate yatra bhāvyakā yatra vartate |

utprekṣārūpiṇī śaktiḥ sudarśanaparāhvayā || 60-9 ||

sā paṅkajā jagaddhāturbhāvikā yatra cintyate |
yatra kāraṇarūpatvaṃ kriyāśaktervicintyate || 60-10 ||

sākāratākāratā ca śuddhāśuddhavibheditā |
cintyate yatra vispaṣṭaṃ viṣṇuśakteḥ kriyātmanaḥ || 60-11 ||

pramāṇarūpatā yatra trividhā paricintyate |
maryādāstraughaśastraughaśāstraughaparibheditā || 60-12 ||

puruṣārthātmatā śaktestathā tadadhikāritā |
jagadrakṣaṇarūpatvaṃ mantrayantrāstravistṛtam || 60-13 ||

iti saudarśanaṃ rūpaṃ niṣkalaṃ yatra cintyate |
nānāvyūhasamudbhedaṃ nānāsaṃsthānaśobhitam || 60-14 ||

cintyate sakalaṃ rūpaṃ yatra saudarśanaṃ mahat |
jagadrakṣaṇavidhvaṃsasṛjiśāli mahodayam || 60-15 ||

sudarśanāṅgasaṃbhūtamastrajātamaśeṣataḥ |
svarūpaśabdavikrāntairnipuṇaṃ yatra cintyate || 60-16 ||

sāṃkhyayogavidhiryatra kārtsnyena paricintyate |
vividhā mantrayogāśca mantrāśca vidhayo'khilāḥ || 60-17 ||

nānāsāmarthyabhedāśca setihāsapravistarāḥ |
ātmanyāsavidhiścaiva vidhīnāmuttamo vidhiḥ || 60-18 ||

mantrārthā vividhāścaiva sthūlasūkṣmaparātmakāḥ |
cintyante yatra vispaṣṭaṃ viṣṇusaṃkalpajṛmbhitāḥ || 60-19 ||

tadetadupaśāntena śāntena gurusevinā |
adhyeyaṃ tantrasārākhyamāhirbudhnyaṃ hi śāsanam || 60-20 ||

nāśrotriyāya nājñāya nāprātaḥsnāyine tathā |
na śaṭhāya na dṛptāya na kūṭavidhisevine || 60-21 ||

nānantevāsine caiva nāsaṃvatsaravāsine |
naiva deyaṃ kṛtaghnāya nāsūyānalaśāyine || 60-22 ||

suputrāya suśiṣyāya sarvasvaprāṇadāyine |
guhyagopanaśīlāya śāstrārthasthāpakāya ca || 60-23 ||

ūhāpohasudakṣāya mantravat saṃskṛtāya ca |
deyametat trivarṇāya nityamadhyātmaśāline || 60-24 ||

ṣaṣṭyadhyāyaiḥ samuddiṣṭā saṃhitā seyamuttamā |
yāṃ jñātvā puruṣaḥ śaśvat sarvajñatvamavāpnuyāt || 60-25 ||

parā ca madhyamā caiva ye hi te saṃhite smṛte |
tadarthaḥ sakalo'pyatra saṃkṣepeṇa pradarśitaḥ || 60-26 ||

namaḥ śivāya śāntāya nāradāya maharṣaye |
namaḥ sudarśanāyātha viṣṇoḥ saṃkalparūpiṇe || 60-27 ||

iti śrīpāñcarātre tantrarahasye ahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ śāstravaibhavanirūpaṇaṃ nāma ṣaṣṭitamo'dhyāyaḥ || 60 ||

Anhang: Sudarshana Sahasranama

Der folgende Zusatz gehört nicht zu den 60 Kapiteln. Die editorische Vorbemerkung behandelt ihn ausdrücklich als Pariśiṣṭa. Die Schlussanmerkung nennt höchstens 560 gezählte Namen und erörtert mögliche Überlieferungslücken. Die traditionelle Bezeichnung „Sahasranama“ ist daher keine Bestätigung von 1000 erhaltenen Namen. Die Vorrede zählt 1–21; die Namenslitanei beginnt anschließend erneut mit 1 und reicht einschließlich Fruchtverheißung bis 119. Die im Text vorkommende Ziffer 0 ist ein Wiederholungszeichen; sie wird nicht zu einer ausgeschriebenen Formel ergänzt.

praṇamya śirasā devaṃ nārāyaṇamaśeṣagam |
ramāvakṣojakastūrīpaṅkamudritavakṣasam || 1 ||

sarvaśāstrārthatattvajñaḥ pārāśaryastapodhanaḥ |
hitāya sarvajagatāṃ nāradaṃ munimabravīt || 2 ||

jñānavidyāviśeṣajñaṃ karpūradhavalākṛtim |
vīṇāvādanasaṃtuṣṭamānasaṃ marutāṃ param || 3 ||

hiraṇyagarbhasaṃbhūtaṃ hiraṇyākṣādisevitam |
puṇyarāśiṃ purāṇajñaṃ pāvanīkṛtadiktaṭam || 4 ||

vyāsa uvāca -

devarṣe nārada śrīman sākṣād brahmāṅgasaṃbhava |

bhavānaśeṣavidyānāṃ pāragastapasāṃ nidhiḥ || 5 ||

vedāntapāragaḥ sarvaśāstrārthapratibhojjvalaḥ |
parabrahmaṇi niṣṇātaḥ saccidānandavigrahaḥ || 6 ||

jagaddhitāya janitaḥ sākṣādeva caturmukhāt |
hanyante bhavatā daityā daityāribhujavikramaiḥ || 7 ||

kālo'nugrahakartā tvaṃ trailokyaṃ tvadvaśe'nagha |
manuṣyā ṛṣayo devāstvayā jīvanti sattama || 8 ||

kartṛtve lokakāryāṇāṃ varatve pariniṣṭhita |
pṛcchāmi tvāmaśeṣajñaṃ nidānaṃ sarvasaṃpadām || 9 ||

sarvasaṃsāranirmuktaṃ cidghanaṃ śāntamānasam |
yaḥ sarvalokahitakṛdyaṃ praśaṃsanti yoginaḥ || 10 ||

idaṃ carācaraṃ viśvaṃ dhṛtaṃ yena mahāmune |
spṛhayanti ca yatprītyā yasmai brahmādidevatāḥ || 11 ||

nirmāṇasthitisaṃhārā yato viśvasya sattama |
yasya prasādād brahmādyā labhante vāñchitaṃ phalam || 12 ||

dāridryanāśo jāyeta yasmin śrutipathaṃ gate |
vivakṣitārthanirvāhā mukhānniḥsaratīha gīḥ || 13 ||

nṛpāṇāṃ rājyahīnānāṃ yena rājyaṃ bhaviṣyati |
aputraḥ putravān yena vandhyā putravatī bhavet || 14 ||

śatrūṇāmacirānnāśo jñānaṃ jñānaiṣiṇāmapi |
cāturvargaphalaṃ yasya kṣaṇād bhavati suvrata || 15 ||

bhūtapretapiśācādyā yakṣarākṣasapannagāḥ |
bhūtajvarādirogāśca yasya smaraṇamātrataḥ || 16 ||

mucyante muniśārdūla yenākhilajagaddhṛtam |
tadetaditi niścitya sarvaśāstraviśārada || 17 ||

sarvalokahitārthāya brūhi me sakalaṃ guro |
ityuktastena muninā vyāsenāmitatejasā || 18 ||

baddhāñjalipuṭo bhūtvā sādaraṃ nārado muniḥ |
namaskṛtya jaganmūlaṃ lakṣmīkāntaṃ parāt param || 19 ||

uvāca paramaprītaḥ karuṇāmṛtadhārayā |
āpyāyayan munīn sarvān vyāsādīn brahmatatparān || 20 ||

nāradaḥ -

bahirantastamaśchedi jyotirvande sudarśanam |
yenāvyāhatasaṃkalpaṃ vastu lakṣmīdharaṃ viduḥ || 21 ||

oṃ asya śrīsudarśanasahasranāmastotramahāmantrasya ahirbudhnyo bhagavānṛṣiḥ, anuṣṭup chandaḥ, śrīsudarśanamahāviṣṇurdevatā, raṃ bījam, huṃ śaktiḥ, phaṭ kīlakam, rāṃ rīṃ rūṃ raiṃ rauṃ raḥ iti mantraḥ, śrīsudarśanaprasādasiddhyarthe jape viniyogaḥ |
oṃ rāṃ aṅguṣṭhābhyāṃ namaḥ, oṃ rīṃ tarjanībhyāṃ namaḥ, oṃ rūṃ madhyamābhyāṃ namaḥ, oṃ raiṃ anāmikābhyāṃ namaḥ, oṃ rauṃ kaniṣṭhikābhyāṃ, oṃ raḥ karatalakarapṛṣṭhābhyāṃ namaḥ |

evaṃ hṛdayādinyāsaḥ - oṃ rāṃ jñānāya hṛdayāya namaḥ, o rīṃ aiśvaryāya śirase svāhā, oṃ rūṃ śaktyai śikhāyai vaṣaṭ, oṃ raiṃ balāya kavacāya huṃ, oṃ rauṃ vīryāyāstrāya phaṭ, oṃ raḥ tejase netrābhyāṃ vauṣaṭ |
atha digbandhaḥ - oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ pūrvāṃ diśaṃ cakreṇa badhnāmi namaścakrāya huṃ phaṭ svāhā, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ āgneyīṃ diśaṃ 0, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ yāmyāṃ diśaṃ 0, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ nair-ṛtīṃ diśaṃ 0, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ vāruṇīṃ diśaṃ 0, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ vāyavīṃ diśaṃ 0, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ kauberīṃ diśaṃ 0, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ aiśānīṃ diśaṃ 0, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ ūrdhvāṃ diśaṃ 0, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ adharāṃ diśaṃ 0, oṃ ṭhaṃ ṭhaṃ sarvāṃ diśaṃ cakreṇa badhnāmi namaścakrāya huṃ phaṭ svāhā |
iti digbandhaḥ |

kalpāntārkaprakāśaṃ tribhuvanamakhilaṃ tejasā pūrayantaṃ raktākṣaṃ piṅgakeśaṃ ripukulabhayadaṃ bhīmadaṃṣṭrāṭṭahāsam |
śaṅkhaṃ cakraṃ gadābjaṃ pṛthutaramusalaṃ cāpapāśāṅkuśādīn bibhrāṇaṃ dorbhirādyaṃ manasi murariporbhāvaye cakrarājam ||

śaṅkhaṃ cakraṃ gadābjaṃ śaramasimiṣudhiṃ cāpapāśāṅkuśādīn bibhrāṇaṃ vajrakheṭaṃ halamusalalasatkuntamatyugradaṃṣṭram |
jvālākeśaṃ trinetraṃ jvaladanalanibhaṃ hārakeyūrabhūṣaṃ dhyāyet ṣaṭkoṇasaṃsthaṃ sakalaripujanaprāṇasaṃhāracakram ||

Namenslitanei

kalyāṇaguṇasaṃpannaḥ kalyāṇavasanojjvalaḥ |
kalyāṇācalagambhīraḥ kalyāṇajanarañjakaḥ || 1 ||

kalyāṇadoṣanāśaśca kalyāṇarucirāṅgakaḥ |
kalyāṇāṅgadasaṃpannaḥ kalyāṇākārasaṃnibhaḥ || 2 ||

karālavadano'trāsī karālāṅgo'bhayaṃkaraḥ |
karālatanujoddāmaḥ karālatanubhedakaḥ || 3 ||

karañjavanamadhyasthaḥ karañjadadhibhojanaḥ |
karañjāsurasaṃhartā karañjamadhurāṅgakaḥ || 4 ||

khañjanānandajanakaḥ khañjanāhārajūṣitaḥ |
khañjanāyudhabhṛd divyakhañjanākhaṇḍagarvahṛt || 5 ||

kharāntakaḥ khararuciḥ kharaduḥkhairasevitaḥ |
kharāntakaḥ kharodāraḥ kharāsuravibhañjanaḥ || 6 ||

gopālo gopatirgoptā gopastrīnātharañjakaḥ |
gojāruṇatanurgojo gojāratikṛtotsavaḥ || 7 ||

gambhīranābhirgambhīro gambhīrārthasamanvitaḥ |
gambhīravaidyamaruto gambhīraguṇabhūṣitaḥ || 8 ||

ghanarāvo ghanarucirghanagambhīranisvanaḥ |
ghanāghanaughanāśī ca ghanasaṃtānadāyakaḥ || 9 ||

ghanarocirghanacaro ghanacandanacarcitaḥ |
ghanahetirghanabhujo ghano'khilasurārcitaḥ || 10 ||

ṅakārāvadhivibhavo ṅakāro munisaṃmataḥ |
ṅakāravītasahito ṅakārākārabhūṣitaḥ || 11 ||

cakrarājaścakrapatiścakrādhīśaḥ sucakrabhūḥ |
cakrasevyaścakradharaścakrabhūṣaṇabhūṣitaḥ || 12 ||

cakrarājaruciścakraścakrapālanatatparaḥ |
cakradhṛccakravaradaścakrabhūṣaṇabhūṣitaḥ || 13 ||

sucakradhīḥ sucakrākhyaḥ sucakraguṇabhuṣitaḥ |
vicakraścakranirataścakrasaṃpannavaibhavaḥ || 14 ||

cakradoścakradaścakraścakrarājaparākramaḥ |
cakranādaścakracaraścakragaścakrapāśakṛt || 15 ||

cakravyāpī cakraguruścakrahārī vicakrabhṛt |
cakrāṅgaścakramahitaścakravākaguṇākaraḥ || 16 ||

ācakraścakradharmajñaścakrakaścakramardanaḥ |
ācakraniyamaścakraḥ sarvapāpavidhūnanaḥ || 17 ||

cakrajvālaścakradharaścakrapālitavigrahaḥ |
cakravartī cakradāyī cakrakārī madāpahaḥ || 18 ||

cakrakoṭimahānādaścakrakoṭisamaprabhaḥ |
cakrarājāvanacaraścakrarājāntarojjvalaḥ || 19 ||

cañcalārātidamanaścañcalasvāntaromakṛt |
cañcalo mānasollāsī cañcalācalabhāsuraḥ || 20 ||

cañcalārātinirataścañcalādhikacañcalaḥ |

chāyayākhilatāpaghnaśchāyāmadavibhañjanaḥ || 21 ||

chāyāpriyo'dhikaruciśchāyāvṛkṣasamāśrayaḥ |
chāyānvitaśchāyayārcyaśchāyādhikasukhapradaḥ || 22 ||

chāyāmbaraparīdhānaśchāyātmajanamuñcitaḥ |

jalajākṣīpriyakaro jalajānandadāyakaḥ || 23 ||

jalajāsiddhiruciro jalajālasamo bharaḥ |
jalajālāpasaṃstutyo jalajātāya modakṛt || 24 ||

jalajāhāracaturo jalajārādhanotsukaḥ |
janakastutisaṃtuṣṭo janakārādhitādhikaḥ || 25 ||

janakāmodanaparo janakānandadāyakaḥ |
janakādhyānasaṃtuṣṭahṛdayo janakārcitaḥ || 26 ||

janakānandajanano janakṛddhṛdayāmbujaḥ |

jhañjhāmārutavegāḍhyo jhañjhāmārutasaṃgaraḥ || 27 ||

jhañjhāmārutasaṃrāvo jhañjhāmārutavikramaḥ |

ñakārāmbujamadhyastho ñakārakṛtasaṃnidhiḥ || 28 ||

ṭaṅkadhārī ṭaṅkavapuṣṭaṅkasaṃhārakārakaḥ |
ṭaṅkacchinnasuvarṇābhaṣṭaṅkāradhanurujjvalaḥ || 29 ||

ṭaṅkārāgnisamākāraṣṭaṅkāraravameduraḥ |
ṭaṅkārakīrtibharitaṣṭaṅkārānandavardhanaḥ || 30 ||

ḍambhasaṃhatisaṃhartā ḍambhasaṃtativardhanaḥ |
ḍambhadhṛg ḍambhahṛdayo ḍambhadaṇḍanatatparaḥ || 31 ||

ḍimbhadhṛg ḍimbhakṛḍḍimbho ḍimbhasūdanatatparaḥ |
ḍimbhapāpaharo ḍimbhasaṃbhāvitapadāmbujaḥ || 32 ||

ḍimbharodyatkaṭambājo ḍamarudhyānatatparaḥ |
ḍamarūdbhavasaṃhartā ḍamarūdbhavanandanaḥ || 33 ||

ḍāḍimīvanamadhyastho ḍāḍimīkusumapriyaḥ |
ḍāḍimīphalasaṃtuṣṭo ḍāḍimīphalavarjitaḥ || 34 ||

ḍhakkāmanoharavapurḍhakkāravavirājitaḥ |
ḍhakkāvādyeṣu nirato ḍhakkādhāraṇatatparaḥ || 35 ||

ḍhakārabījasaṃpanno ḍhakārākṣarameduraḥ |
ḍhakāramadhyasadano ḍhakāravihitāntrakaḥ || 36 ||

ṇakārabījavasatirṇakāravasanojjvalaḥ |
ṇakārātigabhīrāṅgo ṇakārārādhanapriyaḥ || 37 ||

taralākṣīmahāhartā tārakāsurahṛttariḥ |
taralojjvalahārāḍhyastaralasvāntarañjakaḥ || 38 ||

tārakāsurasaṃsevyastārakāsuramānitaḥ |
turaṅgavadanastotrasaṃtuṣṭahṛdayāmbujaḥ || 39 ||

turaṅgavadanaḥ śrīmāṃsturaṅgavadanastutaḥ |
tamaḥ paṭalasaṃchannastamaḥ saṃtatimardanaḥ || 40 ||

tamonudo jalaśayastamaḥsaṃvardhano haraḥ |

thavarṇamadhyasaṃvāsī thavarṇavarabhūṣitaḥ || 41 ||

thavarṇabījasaṃpannasthavarṇarucirālayaḥ |

darabhṛd darasārākṣo darahṛd daravañcakaḥ || 42 ||

daraphullāmbujarucirdaracakravirājitaḥ |
dadhisaṃgrahaṇavyagro dadhipāṇḍarakīrtibhṛt || 43 ||

dadhyannapūjanarato dadhivāmanamodakṛt |

dhanvī dhanapriyo dhanyo dhanādhipasamañcitaḥ || 44 ||

dharo dharāvanarato dhanadhānyasamṛddhidaḥ |
dhanaṃjayo dhānādhyakṣo dhanado dhanavarjitaḥ || 45 ||

dhanagrahaṇasaṃpanno dhanasaṃmatamānasaḥ |
dhanarājavanāsakto dhanarājayaśobharaḥ || 46 ||

dhanarājamadāhartā dhanarājasamīḍitaḥ |
dharmakṛddharmaghṛddharmī dharmanandanasaṃnutaḥ || 47 ||

dharmarājo dhanāsakto dharmajñākalpitastutiḥ |

nararājavanāyatto nararājāya nirbharaḥ || 48 ||

nararājastutaguṇo nararājasamujjvalaḥ |
navatāmarasodāro navatāmarasekṣaṇaḥ || 49 ||

navatāmarasāhāro navatāmarasāruṇaḥ |
navasauvarṇavasano navanāthadayāparaḥ || 50 ||

navanāthastutanado navanāthasamākṛtiḥ |
nālikānetramahito nālikāvalirājitaḥ || 51 ||

nālikāgatimadhyastho nālikāsanasevitaḥ |

puṇḍarīkākṣarucitaḥ puṇḍarīkamadāpahaḥ || 52 ||

puṇḍarīkamunistutyaḥ puṇḍarīkasuhṛddyutiḥ |
puṇḍarīkaprabhāramyaḥ puṇḍarīkanibhānanaḥ || 53 ||

puṇḍarīkākṣasanmānaḥ puṇḍarīkadayāparaḥ |
paraḥ parāgativapuḥ parānandaḥ parāt paraḥ || 54 ||

paramānandajanakaḥ paramānnādhikapriyaḥ |
puṣkarākṣakarodāraḥ puṣkarākṣaḥ śivaṃkaraḥ || 55 ||

puṣkaravrātasahitaḥ puṣkarāravasaṃyutaḥ |

phaṭkārataḥ stūyamānaḥ phaṭkārākṣaramadhyagaḥ || 56 ||

phaṭkāradhvastadanujaḥ phaṭkārāsanasaṃgataḥ |
phalahāraḥ stutaphalaḥ phalapūjākṛtotsavaḥ || 57 ||

phaladānarato'tyantaphalasaṃpūrṇamānasaḥ |

balastutirbalādhāro balabhadrapriyaṃkaraḥ || 58 ||

balavān balahārī ca balayugvairibhañjanaḥ |
baladātā baladharo balarājitavigrahaḥ || 59 ||

balādbalo balakaro balāsuraniṣūdanaḥ |
balarakṣaṇaniṣṇāto balasaṃmodadāyakaḥ || 60 ||

balasaṃpūrṇahṛdayo balasaṃhāradīkṣitaḥ |

bahvastuto bhavapatirbhavasaṃtānadāyakaḥ || 61 ||

bhavadhvaṃsī bhavaharo bhavastambhanatatparaḥ |
bhavarakṣaṇaniṣṇāto bhavasaṃtoṣakārakaḥ || 62 ||

bhavasāgarasaṃchettā bhavasindhusukhapradaḥ |
bhadrado bhadrahṛdayo bhadrakāryasamāśritaḥ || 63 ||

bhadraśrīcarcitatanurbhadraśrīdānadīkṣitaḥ |
bhadrapādapriyo bhadro hyabhadravanabhañjanaḥ || 64 ||

bhadraśrīgānasaraso bhadramaṇḍalamaṇḍitaḥ |
bharadvājastutapado bharadvājasamāśritaḥ || 65 ||

bharadvājāśramarato bharadvājadayākaraḥ |

masāranīlaruciro masāracaraṇojjvalaḥ || 66 ||

masārasārasatkāryo masārāṃśukabhūṣitaḥ |
mākandavanasaṃcārī mākandajanarañjakaḥ || 67 ||

mākandānandamandāro mākandānandabandhuraḥ |
maṇḍalo maṇḍalādhīśo maṇḍalātmā sumaṇḍalaḥ || 68 ||

maṇḍeśo maṇḍalāntamaṇḍalārcitamaṇḍalaḥ |
maṇḍalāvananṣṇāto maṇḍalāvaraṇī ghanaḥ || 69 ||

maṇḍalastho maṇḍalalāgryo maṇḍalābharaṇāṅkitaḥ |
madhudānavasaṃhartā madhumañjulavāgbharaḥ || 70 ||

madhudānādhikarato madhumaṅgalavaibhavaḥ |
madhujetā madhukaro madhuro madhurādhipaḥ || 71 ||

madhuvāraṇasaṃhartā madhusaṃtānakārakaḥ |
madhumāsātiruciro madhumāsavirājitaḥ || 72 ||

madhupuṣṭo madhutanurmadhugo madhusaṃvaraḥ |
madhuro madhurākāro madhurāmbarabhūṣitaḥ || 73 ||

madhurānagarīnātho madhurāsurabhañjanaḥ |
madhurāhāranirato madhurāhlādadakṣiṇaḥ || 74 ||

madhurāmbhojanayano madhuradhipasaṃgataḥ |
madhurānandacaturo madhurārātisaṃgataḥ || 75 ||

madhurābharaṇollāsī madhurāṅgadabhūṣitaḥ |
mṛgarājavanīsakto mṛgamaṇḍalamaṇḍitaḥ || 76 ||

mṛgādaro mṛgapatirmṛgārātividāraṇaḥ |

yajñapriyo yajñavapuryajñasaṃprītamānasaḥ || 77 ||

yajñasaṃtānanirato yajñasaṃbhārasaṃbhramaḥ |
yajñayajño yajñapado yajñasaṃpādanotsukaḥ || 78 ||

yajñaśālākṛtāvāso yajñasaṃbhāvitānnakaḥ |

rasendro rasasaṃpanno rasa rājo rasotsukaḥ || 79 ||

rasānvito rasadharo rasacelo rasākaraḥ |
rasajetā rasaśreṣṭho rasarājābhirañjitaḥ || 80 ||

rasatattvasamāsakto rasadāraparākramaḥ |
rasarājo rasadharo raseśo rasavallabhaḥ || 81 ||

rasanetā rasāvāso rasotkaravirājitaḥ |

lavaṅgapuṣpasaṃtuṣṭo lavaṅgakusumocitaḥ || 82 ||

lavaṅgavanamadhyastho lavaṅgakusumotsukaḥ |
latāvalisamāyukto latārasamarcitaḥ || 83 ||

latābhirāmatanubhṛllatātilakabhūṣitaḥ |

vīrastutapadāmbhojo virājagamanotsukaḥ || 84 ||

virājapatramadhyastho virājarasasevitaḥ |
varado varasaṃpanno varasamunnataḥ || 85 ||

varastutirvardhamāno varadhṛd varasaṃbhavaḥ |
varadānarato varyo varadānasamutsukaḥ || 86 ||

varadānārdrahṛdayo varavāraṇasaṃyutaḥ |

śāradāstutapādābjaḥ śāradāmbhojakīrtibhṛt || 87 ||

śāradāmbhojanayanaḥ śāradādhyakṣasevitaḥ |
śāradāpīṭhavasatiḥ śāradādhipasaṃnutaḥ || 88 ||

śāradāvāsadamanaḥ śāradāvāsabhāsuraḥ |
śatakratustūyamānaḥ śatakratuparākramaḥ || 89 ||

śatakratusamaiśvaryaḥ śatakratumadāpahaḥ |
śaracāpadharaḥ śrīmān śarasaṃbhavavaibhavaḥ || 90 ||

śarapāṇḍarakīrtiśrīḥ śaratsārasalocanaḥ |
śarasaṃgamasaṃpannaḥ śaramaṇḍalamaṇḍitaḥ || 91 ||

śarātigaḥ śaradharaḥ śaralālanalālasaḥ |
śarodbhavasamākāraḥ śarayuddhaviśārada || 92 ||

śarabṛndāvanaratiḥ śarasaṃmatavikramaḥ |

ṣaṭpadaḥ ṣaṭpadākāraḥ ṣaṭpadāvalisevitaḥ || 93 ||

ṣaṭpadākāramadhuraḥ ṣaṭpadī ṣaṭpadoddhataḥ |
ṣaḍaṅgavedavinutaḥ ṣaḍaṅgapadameduraḥ || 94 ||

ṣaṭpadmakavitāvāsaḥ ṣaḍbinduracitadyutiḥ |
ṣaḍbindumadhyavasatiḥ ṣaḍbinduviśadīkṛtaḥ || 95 ||

ṣaḍāmnāyastṛyamānaḥ ṣaḍāmnāyāntarasthitaḥ |
ṣaṭchaktimaṅgalavṛtaḥ ṣaṭcakrakṛtaśekharaḥ || 96 ||

sārasārasaraktāṅgaḥ sārasārasalocanaḥ |
sāradīptiḥ sāratanuḥ sārasākṣakarapriyaḥ || 97 ||

sāradīpī sārakṛpaḥ sārasāvanakṛjjvalaḥ |
sāraṅgasāradamanaḥ sārakalpitakuṇḍalaḥ || 98 ||

sārasāraṇyavasatiḥ sārasāravameduraḥ |
sāragānapriyaḥ sāraḥ sārasārasupaṇḍitaḥ || 99 ||

sadrakṣakaḥ sadāmodī sadānandanadeśikaḥ |
sadvaidyavandyacaraṇaḥ sadvaidyojjvalamānasaḥ || 100 ||

harijetā hariratho harisevāparāyaṇaḥ |
harivarṇo haricaro harigo harivatsalaḥ || 101 ||

haridro harisaṃstotā haridhyānaparāyaṇaḥ |
harikalpāntasaṃhartā harisārasamujjvalaḥ || 102 ||

haricandanaliptāṅgo harimānasasaṃmataḥ |
harikāruṇyanirato haṃsamocanalālasaḥ || 103 ||

hariputrābhayakaro hariputrasamañcitaḥ |
haridhāraṇasāṃnidhyo harisaṃmodadāyakaḥ || 104 ||

hetirājo hetidharo hetināyakasaṃstutaḥ |
hetirharirhetivapurhetihā hetivardhanaḥ || 105 ||

hetihantā hetiyuddhakaro hetivibhūṣaṇaḥ |
hetidātā hetiparo hetimārgapravartakaḥ || 106 ||

hetisaṃtatisaṃpūrṇo hetimaṇḍalamaṇḍitaḥ |
hetidānaparaḥ sarvahetyugraparibhūṣitaḥ || 107 ||

haṃsarūpī haṃsagatirhaṃsasaṃnutavaibhavaḥ |
haṃsamārgarato haṃsarakṣako haṃsanāyakaḥ || 108 ||

haṃsadṛggocaratanurhaṃsasaṃgītatoṣitaḥ |
haṃsajetā haṃsapatirhaṃsago haṃsavāhanaḥ || 109 ||

haṃsajo haṃsagamano haṃsarājasupūjitaḥ |
haṃsavego haṃsadharo haṃsasundaravigrahaḥ || 110 ||

haṃsavat sundaratanurhaṃsasaṃgatamānasaḥ |
haṃsasvarūpasārajño haṃsasaṃnatamānasaḥ || 111 ||

haṃsasaṃstutasāmarthyo harirakṣaṇatatparaḥ |
haṃsasaṃstutamāhātmyo haraputraparākramaḥ || 112 ||

kṣīrārṇavasamudbhūtaḥ kṣīrasaṃbhavabhāvitaḥ |
kṣīrābdhināthasaṃyuktaḥ kṣīrakīrtivibhāsuraḥ || 113 ||

kṣaṇadāravasaṃhartā kṣaṇadāravasaṃmataḥ |
kṣaṇadādhīśasaṃyuktaḥ kṣaṇadānakṛtotsavaḥ || 114 ||

kṣīrābhiṣekasaṃtuṣṭa kṣīrapānābhilāṣukaḥ |
kṣīrājyabhojanāsaktaḥ kṣīrasaṃbhavavarṇakaḥ || 115 ||

Fruchtverheißung

ityetat kathitaṃ divyaṃ sarvapāpapraṇāśanam |
sarvaśatrukṣayakaraṃ sarvasaṃpatpradāyakam || 116 ||

sarvasaubhāgyajanakaṃ sarvamaṅgalakārakam |
sarvādāridryaśamanaṃ sarvopadravanāśanam || 117 ||

sarvaśāntikaraṇ guhyaṃ sarvaroganivāraṇam |
atibandhagrahaharaṃ sarvaduḥkhanivārakam || 118 ||

nāmnāṃ sahasraṃ divyānāṃ cakrarājasya tatpateḥ |
nāmāni hetirājasya ye paṭhantīha mānavāḥ |
teṣāṃ bhavanti sakalāḥ saṃpado nātra saṃśayaḥ || 119 ||

ityahirbudhnyasaṃhitāyāṃ tantrarahasye vyāsanāradasaṃvāde śrīsudarśanasahasranāmastotraṃ saṃpūrṇam

Hinweise zur Verszählung

Die abschließende Summe von 3880 Versen stimmt mit den 3880 Kapitel-Vers-Markern des Grundtextes überein. Sechs durch Zeilenumbrüche getrennte Versnummern wurden technisch zusammengeführt (12.9, 18.21, 21.27, 22.24, 35.47 und 35.54). Alle Kapitel haben eine lückenlose Zählung. Inhaltliche Textlücken, etwa in 1.35, bleiben davon unberührt.

Hauptartikel · Sanskrit IAST · Devanagari · 108 Verse und Mantras